ibscbase station controller radio parameter reference

ZXG10 iBSCBase Station Controller

Radio Parameter Reference

Version 6.20.21

ZTE CORPORATIONNO. 55, Hi-tech Road South, ShenZhen, P.R.ChinaPostcode: 518057Tel: (86) 755 26771900Fax: (86) 755 26770801URL: http://ensupport.zte.com.cnE-mail: [email protected]

LEGAL INFORMATION

Copyright © 2010 ZTE CORPORATION.

The contents of this document are protected by copyright laws and international treaties. Any reproduction or distribution ofthis document or any portion of this document, in any form by any means, without the prior written consent of ZTE CORPO-RATION is prohibited. Additionally, the contents of this document are protected by contractual confidentiality obligations.

All company, brand and product names are trade or service marks, or registered trade or service marks, of ZTE CORPORATIONor of their respective owners.

This document is provided “as is”, and all express, implied, or statutory warranties, representations or conditions are dis-claimed, including without limitation any implied warranty of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, title or non-in-fringement. ZTE CORPORATION and its licensors shall not be liable for damages resulting from the use of or reliance on theinformation contained herein.

ZTE CORPORATION or its licensors may have current or pending intellectual property rights or applications covering the subjectmatter of this document. Except as expressly provided in any written license between ZTE CORPORATION and its licensee,the user of this document shall not acquire any license to the subject matter herein.

ZTE CORPORATION reserves the right to upgrade or make technical change to this product without further notice.

Users may visit ZTE technical support website http://ensupport.zte.com.cn to inquire related information.

The ultimate right to interpret this product resides in ZTE CORPORATION.

Revision History

Revision No. Revision Date Revision Reason

R1.0 20100430 First edition

R1.1 20100530 Updated(In Chapter 1 Overview, the description of"Change mode" in "The Format to Explain Parameters"is updated.)

R1.2 20100620 Revise the parameter category based on DLD parameterdivision results

R1.3 20100730 Add a field “Impact on sevice” for each parameters;optimize description of some parameters

Mo Shenghua

Serial Number: SJ-20100414142254-017

Contents

About This Manual............................................. I

Overview...........................................................1Introduction to BSS Radio Parameters ............................... 1

Method of Modifying Radio Parameters .............................. 2

Method of Modifying Parameters in Batch........................... 6

The Format to Explain Parameters ...................................12

Precautions on Parameter Adjustment ..............................13

BSC Function Parameters ................................15Radio Basic Property ......................................................15

DCS1800/PCS1900 supported (FuncExt).......................16

Load indication allowed (LoadInd)................................17

Send confusion message allowed (ConfusionMsg) ..........17

Inter-Cell handover allowed (InHoEnable) .....................18

Send assignment failure allowed (ExDRSendAss-

Fail).................................................................19

Load indication valid time (LoadValidTime)....................20

Load indication period (LoadIndPrd) .............................21

Automatic resource indication threshold (Resour-

ceIndThs).........................................................21

Resource adjust threshold (ResourceAdjustThs) .............23

BSC MAX reset number (BSCMaxResetNum) .................24

MR report enable (MrRptEnable) ..................................24

HBTS scan site number (HBTSScanSiteNum) .................25

Range of BARANG......................................................26

Other Parameters ..........................................................27

Length of super vision (LcsSuperVision)........................27

Length of radio (LcsRadio) ..........................................28

LCS wait intra BSS handover timer (LcsWaitIn-

TraHO) .............................................................29

Monitor physical context request (RmsT9108,

100ms) ............................................................30

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION I

ZXG10 iBSC Radio Parameter Reference

Timer for MSG waiting (TWaitMsg, 100ms)....................30

Timer for RANCSEST Waiting (TWaitRancsEst,

100ms) ............................................................31

Timer for RANCSCLECOM Waiting (TWaitRancsCleCom,

100ms) ............................................................32

Timer for CCM waiting (CcmWaitTimer) ........................33

Get static param timer (GetStaticParamTimer,

100ms) ............................................................34

Starting time for oriented retry (RmsT10, 100ms)..........34

TFO Enable (TFOControl_0).........................................35

Codec type optimization enable (TFOControl_1).............36

Codec mismatch resolution enable (TFOControl_2) .........37

AMR Optimization Mode (TFOControl_3) .......................37

External cell load notify (Info_0_0) ..............................38

Neighbor cell load valid duration (Info_0_1,10s) ............39

LMU build request deal or not (Info_1_0)......................39

MBMS request deal or not (Info_1_1)...........................40

Channel request reserved field deal or not

(Info_1_2)........................................................41

MS power hold in handover option (Info_0_9) ...............41

Level threshold of target cell (Info_0_10) .....................42

Channel Allocation Control Parameters .............................43

Dynamic HR enable (DynaHREnable)............................44

Threshold for TRX switched from FR to HR (HRThs) .........45

AMR Dynamic HR Conversion Threshold

(AmrHRThs)......................................................46

HR channel fragment finishing support (HRDfragSup-

port)................................................................46

HR channel percentage threshold (HRTsPercent-

age) ................................................................47

User priority for EMLPP (PriThreshold) ..........................48

Preferred speech version (PreferSpeechVer H) ...............49

Preferred speech version (PreferSpeedchVer F)..............50

Reserved channel first (RsvChanFirst) ..........................51

EMLPP channel reserved time (EMLPPThs, %)................51

TRX PS busy threshold (TrxPSBusyThs) ........................52

Resource pool for PS rate (PsAbisThs, %) .....................53

Maximum PS uplink user per TS (MaxPsUser-

PerTs_0)...........................................................54

II Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Maximum PS downlink user per TS (MaxPsUser-

PerTs_1)...........................................................54

Extended uplink dynamic allocation support

(ExUpDynSupport).............................................55

Timer 1........................................................................56

Blocking/unblocking period (T1, 100ms) .......................56

Global resetting period (T4, 100ms).............................57

Protection period for global resetting (T13, 100ms) .........58

Circuit resetting period on BSS side (T19, 100ms) .........59

Circuit group blocking/unblocking period (T20,

100ms) ............................................................60

RLSD message receive protection timer (T9101,

100ms) ............................................................60

Channel activation protection timer (RmsT9103,

100ms) ............................................................61

MSC clear command protection timer (T9104,

100ms) ............................................................62

SCCP connection protection timer (T9105, 100ms) .........63

Protective time waiting for access (RmsT1, 100ms) .........64

Protective time for applying to channel (RmsT2,

100ms) ............................................................65

Protective time for link establishment response

(RmsT3, 100ms) ...............................................66

Protective time for P0 confirms the message HO/ASS

COM (RmsT4, 100ms) ........................................66

Encryption mode modification time (RmsT5,

100ms) ............................................................67

SAPI3 link establishment time (RmsT6, 100ms).............68

External handover protective time (RmsT8,

100ms) ............................................................69

Protective time for No.7 signal instantaneous

disconnection (T3, 100ms)..................................70

Protective time that PO responses external handover

completion message (RmsT7, 100ms) ..................71

HBTS scan begin time (HBTSScanBT) ...........................72

HBTS scan cycle (HBTSScanCyc, 3600s) .......................72

Timer 2........................................................................73

Protective time for RF channel release (RmsT9,

100ms) ............................................................74

Queue period of assignment (RmsT11, 100ms)..............74

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION III


Acknowledgment interval for periodic status (RmsT12,

100ms) ............................................................75

Mode modification process time (RmsT13, 100ms) .........76

Protective time of UM assignment completion (RmsT14,

100ms) ............................................................77

Waiting time for oriented retry (RmsT16, 100ms) ..........78

Queue timer for handover (RmsTqho, 100ms) ...............78

First overload period of flow traffic control (mT11,

100ms) ............................................................79

Second overload period of flow traffic control (mT12,

100ms) ............................................................80

Time of micro-micro handover delay (Tmicro,

100ms) ............................................................81

BSIC decoding period (Tbsic, 100ms) ...........................82

Handover protecting timer to WCDMA/FDD (RmsT3121,

100ms) ............................................................83

Immediate assignment period (RmsT3101,

100ms) ............................................................84

Handover period of source cell (RmsT3103,

100ms) ............................................................84

Assignment period (RmsT3107, 100ms) .......................85

Channel release period (RmsT3109, 100ms) .................86

Channel deactivation delay (RmsT3111, 100ms) ............87

Continue timer for mode modify (TModeModifyConn,

100ms) ............................................................88

Handover protecting time to UTRAN (mT7, 100ms) .........89

Time of destination instance waiting for available

resources when forced disconnection (RmsT15,

100ms) ............................................................90

Protecting time of FUC response to system message

broadcast (BcProtect, 100ms) .............................91

HO performed ack timer (TwaitHoPFMAck, 100ms) .........91

Round trip delay (RtdDefault, 20ms) ............................92

GPRS Maximum Retrying Times.......................................93

MAX times of BVC block retry (BVCBlkMax)...................94

MAX times of BVC unblock retry (BVCUnblkMax)............95

MAX times of BVC reset retry (BVCRestMax) .................96

MAX times of NS block retry (NSBlkMax) ......................97

MAX times of NS unblock retry (NSUnblkMax) ...............98

MAX times of NS alive retry (NSAliveMax).....................99

IV Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

MAX times of suspend retry (SuspendMax) ................. 100

MAX times of resume retry (ResumeMax) ................... 101

MAX times of radio access capabilities update retry

(UpdateMax)................................................... 102

Max times of PFC create retry (DownLoadBssPFC-

Max).............................................................. 103

Max times of PFC modify retry (ModifyBssPFC-

Max).............................................................. 103

GPRS Timer ................................................................ 104

BVC block/unblock retry time (BssgpT1, 100ms).......... 105

BVC reset retry time (BssgpT2, 100ms)...................... 106

Suspend retry time (BssgpT3, 100ms)........................ 107

Resume retry time (BssgpT4, 100ms) ........................ 108

Access capability update retry time (BssgpT5,

100ms) .......................................................... 108

PFC creating retry time (BssgpT6, 100ms) .................. 109

PFC modifying retry time (BssgpT8, 100ms)................ 110

BVC flow control period (CellFcPer, 10ms) ................... 111

MS flow control period (MsFcPer, 10ms)...................... 112

Timer that monitors block/unblock procedure (NS_T1,

100ms) .......................................................... 113

Timer that monitors reset procedure (NS_T2, 100

ms) ............................................................... 114

NC-cycle of NS-VC test process (NS_T3, 100 ms) ......... 114

Timer that monitors alive process of NSVC (NS_T4,

100 ms) ......................................................... 115

Max attempt period of reset (NS_T5, 100 ms) ............. 116

TFI and USF release timer (T3169, 10ms)................... 117

TBF release timer (T3191, 10ms)............................... 118

TBF release time of downlink transmission (T3193,

10ms)............................................................ 119

TBF protect time when radio link failure (T3195,

10ms)............................................................ 120

PS channel delay release timer (PSRelDelay,

100ms) .......................................................... 121

AMR Half Method Parameters ........................................ 122

AMR Half Active Codec Set (AmrHalfAcs) .................... 122

Thresholds of AMR (AmrThresholds)........................... 123

Hysteresis of AMR (AmrHysteresis) ............................ 124

Initial codec mode (IsAmrICM) .................................. 125

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION V


Start mode (AmrStartMode)...................................... 126

Enable noise control (IsAmrNscb) .............................. 127

AMR Full Method Parameters ......................................... 128

AMR Full Active Codec Set (ArmFullAcs)...................... 128

Threshold of AMR (AmrThresholds) ............................ 129

Hysteresis of AMR (AmrHysteresis) ............................ 130

Initial codec mode (IsAmrlCM) .................................. 131

Start mode (AmrStartMode)...................................... 132

Enable noise control (IsAmrNscb) .............................. 133

GPRS Other Parameters 1............................................. 134

Cn......................................................................... 134

Nn......................................................................... 135

Xn ......................................................................... 137

Max allowed number of continuous losses of uplink

data blocks (N3101) ........................................ 138

Times of packet uplink ACK/NACK retries (N3103) ......... 139

Max allowed number of continuous losses of uplink

RLC/MAC control message (N3105).................... 140


NACC support (NACCSupport) ................................... 141

BSC's net operation mode (NMO)............................... 142

Page coordination support (PagCoordination)............... 143

Satellite transmission at GB interface indication

(IsSatelliteGB) ................................................ 144

Extended RLC send window allowed (IsWindowEx-

pend)............................................................. 145

TBF establish support (TBF_EST) ............................... 145

Signal extended uplink TBF support (Signal_EU-

TBF) .............................................................. 146

Highest coding scheme of signal TBF (SigTBFMax-

Code) ............................................................ 147

Optimized POC service support (PocSupport)............... 148

Highest coding scheme of POC service in GPRS

(PocAttSelt_0)................................................. 148

Highest coding scheme of POC service in EGPRS

(PocAttSelt_1)................................................. 149

Maximal users of POC service on shared PS channel0

(PSCapaThs_UL).............................................. 150

Maximal users of POC service on shared PS channel1

(PSCapaThs_DL) ............................................. 151

VI Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

PDU buffer time (Info_1_16, 10ms) ........................... 151

BVC Flow Control Parameters ........................................ 152

BVC flow control support (BVCFlowCtrl) ...................... 153

MS flow control support (MSFlowCtrl) ......................... 154

Flow control mode (FlowCtrlMode) ............................. 155

Parameter of flow control mode 1 (FlowC-

trlMode1Para) ................................................. 156

Parameter of flow control mode 2 (FlowC-

trlMode2Para) ................................................. 157

BVC flow control R MIN value (BVCFlowCtrlRMin, 100

bps)............................................................... 157

MS flow control R MIN value (MSFlowCtrlRMin, 100

bps)............................................................... 158

PFC flow control procedures support (PFCFlowC-

trl) ................................................................ 159

Coefficient of BVC bucket size (Info_2_0) ................... 160

Coefficient of MS bucket (Info_2_16) ......................... 161

CBL in BVC/MS flow control (Info_1_9)....................... 161

FUC Flow Control Map Parameters.................................. 162

Flow Control Reason ................................................ 163

Emergency Call ....................................................... 164

Call Rebuilt ............................................................. 164

Call Response ......................................................... 165

Calling ................................................................... 166

Location Update ...................................................... 167

GPRS Access........................................................... 167

Restore .................................................................. 168

Flow control map slim adjust (bit).............................. 169

EDGE Parameters ........................................................ 169

PFC support (PFCSupport) ........................................ 170

R99 Ind (R99Ind) .................................................... 171

Enhanced radio status procedures support

(EnRadioStu) .................................................. 172

RS......................................................................... 173

RR......................................................................... 174

RA......................................................................... 174

RM ........................................................................ 175

RB......................................................................... 176

RG......................................................................... 176

RE......................................................................... 177

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION VII


ABIS resource dynamic manage (Info_1_8) ................ 178

eMLPP Set .................................................................. 179

Strategy for preemption when assign (AssPreempt-

strategy) ........................................................ 179

Strategy for preemption when handover

(HoPreemptstrategy) ....................................... 180

Maximum forced handover times when assign

(AssForcedHoTry) ............................................ 181

Maximum forced handover times when handover

(HoForcedHoTry) ............................................. 181

Maximum forced release times when assign

(AssForcedRelTry)............................................ 182

Maximum forced release times when handover

(HoForcedRelTry)............................................. 183

Preemption duration when assign (AssPreempTimer,

100ms) .......................................................... 184

Preemption duration when handover (HoPreempTimer,

100ms) .......................................................... 184

Timer for start forced release when assign

(AssForceRelTimer).......................................... 185

Timer for start forced release when handover

(HoForceRelTimer)........................................... 186

Interval for search forced handover target when assign

(AssForceHoInterval, 100ms) ............................ 187

Interval for search forced handover target when

handover (HoForceHoInterval, 100ms) ............... 187

Interval for search forced release target when assign

(AssForceRelInterval, 100ms)............................ 188

Interval for search forced release target when handover

(HoForceRelInterval, 100ms)............................. 189

Queue timer for assign (RmsT11, 100ms) ................... 190

Queue timer for handover (RmsTqho, 100ms) ............. 191

Queue indicate when assign (QueueIndAss) ................ 191

Queue allowed when handover (QueueIndHo) ............. 192

Forced release indicate when assign (PreemptionIn-

dAss) ............................................................. 193

Forced release allowed when handover (Preemp-

tionIndHo)...................................................... 194

Forced handover indication for assign (ForcedHol-

ndAss) ........................................................... 194

VIII Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Forced handover indication for handover

(ForcedHolndHo) ............................................. 195

Wait resource timer after forced handover

(ForceHoWait, 100ms)...................................... 196

Wait resource timer after forced release (ForceRelWait,

100ms) .......................................................... 197

Enough low priority for preemption (LowestPrior-

ity) ................................................................ 197

Enough call duration for preemption........................... 198

Forced handover target penalty time (Force-

HoPenalty)...................................................... 199

Priority of emergency service (EmergServicelPrio) ......... 200

Ater Timer Parameters ................................................. 200

Ater wait SCCP connection timer (TAterWaitConn,

100ms) .......................................................... 201

Ater wait resource timer (TWaitAterRes, 100ms).......... 202

Ater wait resource release timer (TAterWaitRel,

100ms) .......................................................... 203

Ater handover monitor timer (TAterMoniterHO,

100ms) .......................................................... 203

Ater wait resource acknowledge timer (TWaitAterRe-

sAck, 100ms).................................................. 204

Ater block circuit timer (TAterCicBlk, 100ms)............... 205

Ater block circuit group timer (TAterBlkCicGrp,

100ms) .......................................................... 206

Ater reset circuit timer (TAterRstCic, 100ms)............... 206

Ater reset timer (TAterRst, 100ms) ............................ 207

Ater reset guard timer (TITCRst, 100ms) .................... 208

Ater block a interface circuit timer (TBIkACic,

100ms) .......................................................... 209

Ater block a interface circuit group timer (TBIkACicGrp,

100ms) .......................................................... 209

External Cell Parameters...............................211GERAN External Cell Parameters.................................... 211

External cell ID ....................................................... 212

Cell type (CellType).................................................. 213

MCC (MCC)............................................................. 213

MNC (MNC)............................................................. 214

Frequency band (FreqBand) ...................................... 215

BCCH frequency (BcchArfcn) ..................................... 216

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION IX


LAC (LAC) .............................................................. 216

CI ......................................................................... 217

NCC....................................................................... 218

BCC....................................................................... 219

GPRS service support (PsSupport) ............................. 219

Cell reselection offset (ReselOff_0, 2db) ..................... 221

Cell reselection offset (ReselOff_1, 2db) ..................... 222

Temporary offset of cell reselection (TempOffset_0,

db) ................................................................ 223

Cell reselection temporary offset (TempOffset_1,

db) ................................................................ 224

Penalty time of cell reselection (PenalTime_0,

10s) .............................................................. 225


10s) .............................................................. 225

HCS exist (HCS_EXIST_0) ........................................ 226

HCS exist (HCS_EXIST_1) ........................................ 227

Threshold of HCS signal level (HCS_THR_0) ................ 228

Threshold of HCS signal level (HCS_THR_1) ................ 229

HCS priority (PrioClass_0) ........................................ 230


Allow SOLSA MS to access (EXC_ACC)........................ 231

Cell reselection status (CellBarAc2) ............................ 232

LSA ID (LSA_Id)...................................................... 233

RAC (RAC).............................................................. 233

Access minimal signal level (RxLevAsMin_0)................ 234

Access minimal signal level (RxLevAsMin_1)................ 236

Maximum initial access signal level (MsTxMax-

CCH_0) .......................................................... 237

Maximum initial access signal level (MsTxMax-

CCH_1) .......................................................... 238

UTRAN External Cell Parameters .................................... 239

External UTRAN ID (Ec3GID)..................................... 240

UTRAN cell type (CellType3G).................................... 241

MCC (MCC)............................................................. 242

MNC (MNC)............................................................. 242

UTRAN cell frequency (Arfcn3G) ................................ 243

LAC (LAC) .............................................................. 244

RNC ID (RNC_ID) .................................................... 245

C ID (C_ID) ............................................................ 246

X Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Scrambling code or cell parameter (ScCodeCell-

Para) ............................................................. 246

TX diversity indication (DiverSity) .............................. 247

RAC (RAC).............................................................. 248

UTRAN adjacent cell bandwidth (BandWidth3G) ........... 249

Apply Sync Case (SyncCaseTSTD).............................. 250

Cell Parameters.............................................251Basic Parameters 1 ...................................................... 251

BTS ID (BtsId) ........................................................ 252

Cell type (CellType).................................................. 253

MCC (MCC)............................................................. 254

MNC (MNC)............................................................. 254

LAC (LAC) .............................................................. 255

CI (CI) ................................................................... 256

NCC (NCC) ............................................................. 257

BCC (BCC).............................................................. 258

Frequency band (FreqBand) ...................................... 258

Subcell used (SubCellUsed)....................................... 259

Frequency band of subCell (SubFreqBand) .................. 260

ARFCN list (CaArfcnList) ........................................... 261

GPRS service support (PsSupport) ............................. 262

Dynamic HR enable (DynaHREnable).......................... 262

Use cell dynamic HR parameter (UseCell-

DynHRPara) .................................................... 263

CBC support (SmsCbUsed) ....................................... 264

Threshold for FR to HR (HRThs, %) ............................ 265

PS busy threshold (Info_1_16) .................................. 266

Use cell AMR parameter (UseCellAMRParam) ............... 266

Common control channel configuration (Ccch-

Conf) ............................................................. 267

Template file ........................................................... 269

Basic Parameters 2 ...................................................... 270

TA maximum (TaMax) .............................................. 270

TA minimum (TaMin) ................................................ 271

TA allowed (TaAllowed)............................................. 272

CCCH load indication period (CcchLoadIndPrd, s) ......... 272

Periodical location updating timer (T3212, 360s).......... 273

Protection period for access attempt (T3122, s) ........... 274

Multi-band report indication (MulbandReport) .............. 275

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION XI


Minimal level threshold of MS uplink RACH access

(RachAccessMin, -db)....................................... 277

CCCH load indication (RACH) (Cc-

chLoadINDThs_0) ............................................ 278

CCCH load indication (PAGCH) (CcchLoa-

dINDThs_1) .................................................... 278

8PSK modulating power attenuation level

(Tn7Lowerlevel, 0.2db) .................................... 279

Repeated ACCH support (RepeatACCH)....................... 280

Start PA power off (StartPAPowerOff) ......................... 281

Switch flag of cell TRX power off (StartTRX-

PowerOff)....................................................... 281

Bss Radio Link Timer's Max Value for AMR HR Bug

(BsRadioLkTmOutAMRFR) ................................. 282

Bss Radio Link Timer's Max Value for AMR HR Bug

(BsRadioLkTmOutAMRHR)................................. 283

AMR codec adjust mode (AmrAdjMode) ...................... 284

AMR codec adjust interval (AmrAdjInterval,

480ms) .......................................................... 284

HR channel fragment finishing support (HRDfragSup-

port).............................................................. 285

Idle FR threshold For HR defrag (Info_0_8, %) ............ 286

Busy threshold for HR defrag (Info_1_24, %).............. 287

Percentage of HR Ts (HRTsPercentage) ....................... 288

AMR Dynamic HR Conversion Threshold

(AmrHRThs).................................................... 288

FR-HR handover based on cell load (FRThrHoSup-

port).............................................................. 289

Start PA output voltage tuning (Info_0_0) .................. 290

NCC permitted (NccPermitted)................................... 291

Basic Parameters 3 ...................................................... 291

Average bursts count surveyed by RACH

(AvgSlots) ...................................................... 292

RACH receiving signal level threshold for busy burst

(RachBusyThs) ................................................ 293

Overload sending period (OverloadPrd, s) ................... 294

BA show (BcchBaInd)............................................... 295

MIN received signal level to access (RxLevAccess-

Min)............................................................... 296

XII Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

MAX number of re-transmitting events times

(MRetrans) ..................................................... 297

Number of slots to spread transmission

(TxInteger)..................................................... 298

Control channel MAX power level

(MsTxPwrMaxCch) ........................................... 300

Number of multi-frames of the PCH (BsPaMframs) ......... 301

Interval of SDCCH re-sending PHY info message

(T3105d, 10ms) .............................................. 302

Interval of TCH re-sending PHY info message (T3105f,

10ms)............................................................ 303

MAX resending times for physical information

(NY1)............................................................. 304

Number of blocks reserved for AGCH (BsAg-

BlkRes) .......................................................... 305

Lapdm Timer for controlling sdcch channel (T200_0,

5ms).............................................................. 306

Lapdm Timer for controlling facch/full rate channel

(T200_1, 5ms)................................................ 306

Lapdm Timer for controlling facch/half rate channel

(T200_2, 5ms)................................................ 307

Lapdm Timer for controlling sacch with tch sapi0

channel (T200_3, 10ms) .................................. 308

Lapdm Timer for controlling sacch with sdcch channel

(T200_4, 10ms) .............................................. 309

Lapdm Timer for controlling sdcch sapi3 channel

(T200_5, 5ms)................................................ 309

Lapdm Timer for controlling sacch with tch sapi3

channel (T200_6, 10ms) .................................. 310

Optional Parameters .................................................... 311

Early category classmark sending control (ECSC) ......... 311

IMSI attach/detach allowed (ImsIadAllowed)............... 312

Cell bar access (CellBarAccess).................................. 313

Call re-establishment allowed (CallReestablish)............ 314

Downlink discontinuous transmission allowed

(DtxDwlink) .................................................... 315

Uplink discontinuous transmission (DtxU-

plinkBcch) ...................................................... 316

Emergency call allowed (EmergencyCall) .................... 317

Cell bar qualify (CellBarQualify) ................................. 318

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION XIII


Access Control (AccessControl).................................. 319

HBTS proofread support (HBTSScanSupport)............... 320

RSSI threshold (RSSlThrd)........................................ 321

Proofread freqband type (GSM1900Support) ............... 322

Range of HBTS BARANG ........................................... 322

Cell Selection Parameters ............................................. 323

Additional reselection parameter indication

(AdditionReselPI)............................................. 324

Cell reselection parameter indication (CellRe-

selPI)............................................................. 325

Cell reselection offset (ReselOffset, 2db)..................... 326

Temporary offset (TemporaryOffset, 10dB).................. 328

Penalty time (PenaltyTime, 20s) ................................ 329

Cell reselecting hysteresis level (ReselHysteresis,

2dB) .............................................................. 330

New setup cause indication (NECI)............................. 331

Power offset indication (PowerOffsetInd)..................... 332

Power offset (PowerOffset, 2db) ................................ 333

Service Process Additional Parameters............................ 334

Directed retry indication (DrInd_0) ............................ 335

Inter directed retry indication (DrInd_1) ..................... 336

Queue allowed when assign (QueueInd_0).................. 337

Queue allowed when handover (QueueInd_1).............. 337

Preemption allowed when assign (Preemp-

tionInd_0) ...................................................... 338

Preemption allowed when handover (Preemp-

tionInd_1) ...................................................... 339

When assigned forced handover (ForcedHoInd_0) ......... 340

When handover forced handover (Forced-

HoInd_1)........................................................ 341

Number of candidate cells for handover

(CandidateNum).............................................. 341

Fast average indication (FastAvg)............................... 342

BCCH switch allowed (CanBcchExch) .......................... 343

SDCCH dynamic configuration allowed (CanSdcch-

Dyn) .............................................................. 344

Minimal resource threshold (ResourceThs, %).............. 345

Base-band hopping TRX exchange support

(Info_0_3)...................................................... 345

XIV Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Allowed FACCH call setup after emergency call

(FacchCallInd_0) ............................................. 346

Allowed FACCH call setup when page respond

(FacchCallInd_1) ............................................. 347

Allowed call setup on FACCH (FacchCallInd_2) ............. 348

Allowed call reestablished on FACCH (FacchCall-

Ind_3) ........................................................... 348

System Parameters...................................................... 349

Interference averaging period (InterfAvgPrd) .............. 350

Interference Band Boundary (InterfBoundary_0 ~

InterfBoundary_5) ........................................... 351

Radio link timeout on MS side (MsRadioLKTmOut) ......... 352

Radio link failure criterion (ConFailCriterion)................ 353

Radio link timeout on BSS side (BsRadioLKT-

mOut)............................................................ 354

Receiving level threshold (RxLevThs).......................... 355

Receiving quality threshold (RxQualThs) ..................... 356

Radio link failure checking period (RxLevQualprd) ......... 357

Other Parameters ........................................................ 358

Preprocessing indication (Preprocess)......................... 359

Reserved rate of EMLPP (EmlppThs) ........................... 360

Use cell EMLPP Threshold (UseCellEmlppThs)............... 360

Frequency offset Correct support (Info_0_1) ............... 361

Max power on handover Command support

(Info_0_2)...................................................... 362

MR Report Time Bmp (MrRptTimeBmp)....................... 363

Cell Support Encryption Mode (CipherMode) ................ 364

Channel Select Strategy ........................................... 364

GPRS Basic Parameters ................................................ 365

SGSN ID (SGSNID).................................................. 366

NSEI (NSEI) ........................................................... 367

BVCI (BVCI) ........................................................... 368

RAC (RAC).............................................................. 369

UPU unit (UpuUnit) .................................................. 370

DSP No. (DSP)........................................................ 370


Additional reselect parameter indictor (Ad-

dResPI2) ........................................................ 372

SI13 sending position (Si13Locate) ............................ 373

Route area color code (RaColor) ................................ 374

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION XV


Min number of idle CS channel (CsChansThs) .............. 375

Packet access priority threshold (PriAcThr) .................. 376

Packet System Information Send Speed

(SendSpeed)................................................... 377

Overload report period on PRACH (OvLoadPer, s) ......... 378

Link error counter (RLTimeout).................................. 378

PRACH receive signal level threshold (Prach-

BusyT) ........................................................... 379

Average measuring bursts number on PRACH

(MeaAvgSlot) .................................................. 380

Buffer threshold of paging message (PccchIndTh_0,

%) ................................................................ 381

Queue length threshold in 64 multiframe paging period

(PccchIndTh_1, %) .......................................... 382

PRACH overload threshold ratio (PccchIndTh_2,

%) ................................................................ 383


DTM support (DTMSupport)....................................... 384

Max number of GTTP Lapdm frame (GttpLapdm-

Num)............................................................. 385

CCN mode support (CCNActive)................................. 386

Cell support system message status flow

(SIStatusInd).................................................. 386

Allow SOLSA MS to access (Exc_Acc) ......................... 387

CCCH SPLITPGCYCLE support (SpgcSuport) ................ 388

Extended paging support (EpageMode)....................... 389

PSI status support (PsiStatInd) ................................. 389

Cell support extendable uplink TBF (Ext_UTBF)............ 390

Uplink delay time (UIDelayTime, ms) ......................... 391

Downlink delay time (DIDelaytime, ms)...................... 392

Extend uplink TBF time (ExtUITBFTime, ms) ............... 393

Interval number of GPRS TBF downlink's RRBP

(GPRSDIRrbpInterVal)...................................... 394

Interval number of EGPRS TBF downlink’s RRBP

(EGPRSDIRrbpInterVal) .................................... 394

Interval number of GPRS TBF uplink’s ACK

(GPRSUIAckInterVal)........................................ 395

Interval number of EGPRS TBF uplink’s ACK

(EGPRSUIAckInterVal)...................................... 396

Single Block Assign Offset (SBAssOffset) .................... 397

XVI Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Polling retry times (PollingRetryTime)......................... 397

Uplink measure report period (Ulmeasureperiod,

ms) ............................................................... 398

Calculating period of load on PPCH (LoadPer, s) ........... 399

PSI1 send period (Psi1RepPer) .................................. 399

Selective granularity (USFGranularity)........................ 400

Extended uplink dynamic allocation support

(ExUpDynSupport)........................................... 401

ABIS time slots reserved for packet service

(Info_1_0)...................................................... 402

The maximum of ABIS for GPRS user (Info_1_8) ......... 403

GPRS initial downlink allocation by multislot class 1

(Info1_1_4).................................................... 404


C/I (Sc) ................................................................. 405

ARP (Sa) ................................................................ 406

THP (St)................................................................. 407

PS queuing support (PsQueueInd) ............................. 408

Max PS queue count (PsMaxQueueInstNum) ............... 409

PS preemption support (PsPreemptionInd) .................. 410

3G NACC support (Support3GCCN) ............................ 410

PS prompt CS support (PSPrmpCSSupport) ................. 411

Max resource for POC service (POCSrcThs,%).............. 412

Transform from uplink delay to extend

(Info1_1_16) .................................................. 413

Max Num of resend packet assignment

(Info1_1_8).................................................... 414

Resource adjust for CS preempt (Info1_1_17)............. 415

Subcell selection of PS channel allocation

(PSALLOCSC_0) .............................................. 416

Level for PS channel allocate in subcell 1

(PSALLOCSC_1) .............................................. 417

Level for PS channel allocate in subcell 2

(PSALLOCSC_2) .............................................. 418

GPRS Cell Options Parameters....................................... 419

T3168.................................................................... 420

T3192.................................................................... 420

T3142(s) ................................................................ 421

T3172(s) ................................................................ 422

DRX mode holding time (DrxTimeMax, s).................... 423

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION XVII


MAX blocks transmission in each TS (BsCvMax) ........... 424

Packet control acknowledgment type (CtraCK-

Type) ............................................................. 425

Access burst type (AccessType) ................................. 426

N3102 decrease step (PanDec).................................. 426

N3102 increase step (PanInc) ................................... 427

N3102 MAX (PanMax) .............................................. 428

GPRS Phone Init Coding ........................................... 429

GPRS phones init code can be changed

(InitAttachExch_0)........................................... 430

GPRS NC Survey Parameters......................................... 431

Packet Idle mode (NcRepPerI, s)................................ 432

Packet transmission mode (NcRerPerT, s).................... 432

Extended measurement report order (MeaOrder) ......... 433

Network control order (CtrlOrder) .............................. 434

NC hold time in non-drx mode (NcNoDrxPer, s)............ 435

Extended measurement report order

(ExMeaOrder) ................................................. 436

Type of extended measurement report (ExtRep-

Type) ............................................................. 437

Report period of extended measurement (ExtRepPer,

s) .................................................................. 438

The size of test report's slip window (Wnd) ................. 439

Allowed report number of the same cell in slip window

(AllowedRepNum)............................................ 439

GPRS Power Control Parameters .................................... 440

Filter period in the packet idle mode (T_AVG_W,

s) .................................................................. 441

Filter period in packet transmission mode (T_AVG_T,

s) .................................................................. 442

PSI4 sending mark (Psi4Send) .................................. 443

Power control measurement channel

(PcMeasChan) ................................................. 444

Power control parameter (Alpha) ............................... 444

Filter constant of power control (N_AVG_I) ................. 445

GPRS Cell Reselection Parameters.................................. 446

Cell reselection offset (ReselOffset_0, 2db) ................. 447

Cell reselection offset2 (ReselOffset_1, 2db) ............... 448

Temporary offset of cell reselection (TempOffset_0,

db) ................................................................ 449

XVIII Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Temporary offset of cell reselection2 (TempOffset_1,

db) ................................................................ 450


10s) .............................................................. 451

Penalty time of cell reselection2 (PenalTime_1,

10s) .............................................................. 452

Interval of reselecting the same cell (T_Resel_0,

s) .................................................................. 453

Interval of reselecting the same cell2 (T_Resel_1,

s) .................................................................. 454

Threshold of HCS signal level (HCS_Thr_0) ................. 454

Threshold of HCS signal level2 (HCS_Thr_1) ............... 455


HCS priority2 (PrioClass_1)....................................... 457

C31 hysteresis (C31_Hyst_0) .................................... 458

C31 hysteresis2 (C31_Hyst_1) .................................. 458

GPRS cell reselection hysteresis (ReselHys_0, db) ......... 459

GPRS cell reselection hysteresis2 (ReselHys_1,

db) ................................................................ 461

Routing reselection hysteresis (RaReselHys_0,

db) ................................................................ 462

Routing reselection hysteresis2 (RaReselHys_1,

db) ................................................................ 463

Random access attempt permitted

(RadAcRetry_0)............................................... 464

Random access attempt permitted2

(RadAcRetry_1)............................................... 465

Usage of cell reselection offset (C32_Qual_0) .............. 466

Usage of cell reselection offset2 (C32_Qual_1) ............ 466

GPRS access minimum signal level1 (RxLevAs-

Min_0) ........................................................... 467

GPRS access minimum signal level2 (RxLevAs-

Min_1) ........................................................... 468

Priority threshold (Prio_Thr, db)................................. 469

HCS exist (HCS_Exist_0) .......................................... 470

HCS exist2 (HCS_Exist_1) ........................................ 471

GPRS MAX initial access signal level1 (MsTxMax-

Cch_0)........................................................... 472

GPRS MAX initial access signal level2 (MsTxMax-

Cch_1)........................................................... 473

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION XIX


LSA ID (LSA_Id)...................................................... 474

LSA offset (LSA_Offset) ............................................ 475

GPRS Channel Parameters ............................................ 476

PAGCH reserved blocks (PagBlkRes)........................... 476

PBCCH reserved blocks (PbcchBlks) ........................... 477

PRACH reserved blocks (PrachBlks)............................ 478

Interval range of packet access attempt (TxInt)........... 479

Interval period of packet access attempt (S) ............... 480

MAX Times of Attempt (MaxRetrans) .......................... 481

Access Control Level (AccCtrlClass) ............................ 481

Access Persist Level (PersistLev)................................ 482

Subscriber occupying other preference channel support

(HybridOccuSupp) ........................................... 483

PS subscriber moving out of other preference channel

support (AllowPsMove) ..................................... 484

CS subscriber moving support (AllowCsMove).............. 485

Congeneric service threshold for PS-moving

(SfPreferBusyThs) ........................................... 486

Un-congeneric service threshold for PS-moving

(OpPreferBusyThs) .......................................... 487

PS channel expand (Info1_1_18)............................... 487

Idle TCH threshold for PS channel expand (Info1_1_24,

%) ................................................................ 488

EDGE Parameters ........................................................ 489

EGPRS packet channel request access program support

(EgprsPacketChreq) ......................................... 490

Uplink LA+IR quality control support (IrSup-

portUp) .......................................................... 491

Take Preemptive transmit bit function (Preemptive-

Trans) ............................................................ 492

Average filter period for uplink BEP (BEPperiodUp) ......... 493

Average filter period for downlink BEP (BEPperiod-

Down)............................................................ 493

EGPRS phone quality measure mode

(LinkQuameaMode).......................................... 494

EDGE initial downlink allocation by multislot class 1

(Info1_1_0).................................................... 495

EGPRS Phone Init Coding (EGPRSInitAttSelt)............... 496

EGPRS phones init code can be changed

(InitAttachExch_1)........................................... 497

XX Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Cell Object Parameters..................................499TRX Parameters .......................................................... 499

TRX Information Parameters ..................................... 499

TRX ID (TrxId)................................................ 500

Sub cell ID (SubCellId) .................................... 501

TRX type (TrxType) ......................................... 502

Priority (TrxPriority)......................................... 503

BCCH carrier frequency (BcchMark) ................... 503

Static power level (PwRreduction) ..................... 504

Power level (PowerClass) ................................. 505

Support FHS................................................... 505

BhGroupId ..................................................... 506

FhsID ............................................................ 507

Frequency...................................................... 508

Channel Information Parameters................................ 509

Channel ID..................................................... 509

TS Channel Combination .................................. 510

TSC............................................................... 512

MAIO............................................................. 513

Dynamic TS.................................................... 514

Ps Service Preference Property ......................... 514

PDCH Precedence............................................ 515

TSC............................................................... 516

PDCH ............................................................ 516

PS service preference ...................................... 517

Dynamic TS.................................................... 518

IP Parameters ......................................................... 518

BIPB Unit ....................................................... 519

DSP Sunit ...................................................... 520

DspMarkSeq................................................... 520

Port No.......................................................... 521

Panel Parameters..................................................... 522

TRX mode...................................................... 522

Delay count.................................................... 523

IRC ............................................................... 524

Support antenna hop....................................... 525

Power Control Parameters............................................. 525

Power Control Parameters......................................... 525

Uplink rapid power control indication

(UlRapidPcInd) .................................... 526

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION XXI


Downlink rapid power control indication

(DlRapidPcInd) .................................... 527

Power Control PwrDesrLimit.............................. 528

Power Survey Parameters ......................................... 529

Report period of measurement for power control

(PwrCtrlReportPrd) ............................... 529

Uplink level Sample count (PcUlLevWin-

dow) .................................................. 530

Uplink level Weight (PcUlLevWeight) .................. 531

Downlink level Sample count (PcDlLevWin-

dow) .................................................. 532

Downlink level Weight (PcDlLevWeight).............. 533

Uplink quality Sample count (PcUlQualWin-

dow) .................................................. 534

Uplink quality Weight (PcUlQualWeight).............. 534

Downlink quality Sample Count (PcDlQualWin-

dow) .................................................. 535

Downlink quality Weight (PcDlQualWeight) ......... 536

Power Adjustment Threshold Parameters .................... 537

Increase uplink level Threshold (PcULInclLevTh-

sThs), Value P (PcULInclLevThsP), and

Value N (PcULInclLevThsN).................... 538

Increase downlink level Threshold

(PcDLInclLevThsThs), Value P

(PcDLInclLevThsP), and Value N

(PcDLInclLevThsN) ............................... 539

Decrease uplink level Threshold (PcULRedLevTh-

sThs), Value P (PcULRedLevThsP), and

Value N (PcULRedLevThsN) ................... 540

Decrease downlink level Threshold

(PcDLRedLevThsThs), Value P

(PcDLRedLevThsP), and Value N

(PcDLRedLevThsN) ............................... 541

Increase uplink quality Threshold

(PcULInclQualThsThs), Value P

(PcULInclQualThsP), and Value N

(PcULInclQualThsN).............................. 542

Increase downlink quality Threshold

(PcDLInclQualThsThs), Value P

XXII Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

(PcDLInclQualThsP), and Value N

(PcDLInclQualThsN) ............................. 543

Decrease uplink quality Threshold

(PcULRedQualThsThs), Value P

(PcULRedQualThsP), and Value N

(PcULRedQualThsN) ............................. 544

Decrease downlink quality Threshold

(PcDLRedQualThsThs), Value P

(PcDLRedQualThsP), and Value N

(PcDLRedQualThsN) ............................. 545

Other Parameters .................................................... 545

Power increasing step (PwrIncStep, db) ............. 546

Power decreasing step (PwrRedStep, db)............ 547

Uplink power control allowed (PwrCon-

trolUl) ................................................ 547

Downlink power control allowed (PwrCon-

trolDl) ................................................ 548

MAX power level of MS (MsTxPwrMax) ............... 549

MIN power level of MS (MsTxPwrMin)................. 550

MIN power level of BS (BxTxPwrMin) ................. 551

MIN interval of power control (PcMinlnter-

val).................................................... 551

GPRS Power Control Parameters ................................ 552

Expected signal intensity of MS (SS_BTS)........... 553

Uplink power control strategy (UlPwCtrl) ............ 554

Downlink power control strategy (DlPwCtrl) ......... 554

Downlink power control mode (PwC-

trlMode) ............................................. 555

Power control level (PwCtrlLev)......................... 556

Power descending of PDCH to BCCH in A mode

(P0, 2db) ............................................ 557

Handover Control Parameters........................................ 557

Handover Pretreatment Parameters............................ 558

Number of zero allowed in AV (ZeroAl-

lowed)................................................ 558

Uplink power level Sample count

(HoUlLevWindow) ................................ 559

Uplink power level Weight (HoUlLevWeight) ......... 560

Downlink power level Sample count

(HoDlLevWindow) ................................ 561

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION XXIII


Downlink power level Weight

(HoDlLevWeight).................................. 562

Uplink quality Sample count (HoUlQualWin-

dow) .................................................. 563

Uplink quality Weight (HoUlQualWeight) ............. 564

Downlink quality Sample count (HoDlQualWin-

dow) .................................................. 565

Downlink quality Weight (HoDlQualWeight) ......... 565

Distance (DistanceWindow) .............................. 566

Neighboring cell (NCellWindow) ........................ 567

Handover Threshold Parameters ................................ 568

Uplink receive level Threshold (HoUlLevThs),

Value N (HoUlLevN), Value P

(HoUlLevP).......................................... 568

Downlink receive level Threshold (HoDlLevThs),

Value N (HoDlLevN), Value P

(HoDlLevP) ......................................... 569

Uplink receive quality Threshold (HoUlQualThs),

Value N (HoUlQualN), Value P

(HoUlQualP) ........................................ 571

Downlink receive quality Threshold

(HoDlQualThs), Value N (HoDlQualN),

Value P (HoDlQualP)............................. 572

Uplink receive level of intra-ho Value

N (IntraHoUlLevN) / Value P

(IntraHoUlLevP)................................... 573

Downlink receive level of intra-ho Value

N (IntraHoDlLevN) / Value P

(IntraHoDlLevP)................................... 574

Good C/I Threshold (GoodCiThs), Value N

(GoodCiN), Value P (GoodCiP)................ 575

Bad C/I Threshold (BadCiThs), Value N (BadCiN),

Value P (BadCiP).................................. 576

Rapid handover Threshold (RapidHoThs) / Value

N (RapidHoN) ...................................... 577

Distance handover Value N (DistanceN) / Value P

(DistanceP) ......................................... 578

PBGT handover Value N (PBGTHoN) / Value P

(PBGTHoP).......................................... 578

Handover Condition Parameters................................. 579

XXIV Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Max time advance threshold between MS and

BTS (DistanceThs)................................ 580

MIN interval between inter-cell handover

(HoMinInterval, s)................................ 581

Handover back penalty (HoBackPenalty) ............ 582

Prior layer selecting parameter on signal

level/quality (LayerPriority) ................... 582

Handover to same layer other band

neighbor cell for PBGT permitted

(PbgtHoLayer_0).................................. 584

Handover to neighbor cell with no layer

relation for PBGT permitted

(PbgtHoLayer_1).................................. 584

Handover to upper layer neighbor cell for PBGT

permitted (PbgtHoLayer_2) ................... 585

Handover to under layer neighbor cell for PBGT

permitted (PbgtHoLayer_3) ................... 586

Synchronism (HoPatternInd_0) ......................... 586

Asynchronism (HoPatternInd_1) ....................... 587

Pseudo-synchronization (HoPatternInd_2) .......... 588

Pre-synchronism (HoPatternInd_3).................... 588

Downlink rapid handover threshold

(DLRapidHoThs)................................... 589

Downlink rapid handover N (DLRapidHoN) .......... 590

Downlink rapid handover offset of high speed

(DLRapidHoOffset_0)............................ 591

Downlink rapid handover offset of middle speed


Downlink rapid handover offset of low speed


Downlink rapid handover enable (HoCon-

trol_23).............................................. 593

Handover Control Parameters.................................... 594

Allow SDCCH handover (HoControl_0) ............... 594

Allow intra-cell handover attempt due to uplink

interference (HoControl_1).................... 595

Allow intra-cell handover attempt due to downlink

interference (HoControl_2).................... 596

Allow handover due to distance (HoCon-

trol_3)................................................ 596

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION XXV


Allow standard PBGT handover (HoCon-

trol_4)................................................ 597

Allow automatic handover based on traffic

(HoControl_5) ..................................... 598

Allow intra-cell handover in super TRX

channel due to downlink interference

(HoControl_8) ..................................... 598

Allow intra-cell handover in super TRX

channel due to uplink interference

(HoControl_9) ..................................... 599

Allow adjacent cells handover in super

TRX channel due to PBGT

(HoControl_10).................................... 600

Allow dynamic adjustment of handover priority

(HoControl_11).................................... 600

Allow rapid handover (HoControl_12) ................ 601

Allow Macro-Micro delay handover

(HoControl_13).................................... 602

Allow Micro-Micro delay handover

(HoControl_14).................................... 602

Allow force transfer handover (HoCon-

trol_16).............................................. 603

Allow quality handover in uplink (HoCon-

trol_19).............................................. 604

Allow level handover in uplink (HoCon-

trol_20).............................................. 604

Allow quality handover in downlink

(HoControl_21).................................... 605

Allow level handover in downlink

(HoControl_22).................................... 606

The priority of the handover from Macro cell to

Micro cell (MacroMicroHoPrio) ................ 606

C/I Limited Handover Support (HoCon-

trol_24).............................................. 607


Penalty time for handover failure

(HoFailPenalTime) ................................ 608

Difference of dynamic priority (DynPrioOff-

set).................................................... 609

PBGT difference (PbgtOffset) ............................ 610

XXVI Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Layer control value for handover on traffic

(TrafficHoLayrCtl)................................. 611

Frequency control value for handover on traffic

(TrafficHoFreqCtl)................................. 612

Threshold of traffic for handover (TrafficThs,

%)..................................................... 612

Lag time for PBGT between different layers

(PbgtHoParam_0,s) .............................. 613

Level offset for PBGT to up layer

(PbgtHoParam_1) ................................ 614

Level offset for PBGT to low layer

(PbgtHoParam_2) ................................ 614

The threshold for starting PBGT handover

(PbgtHoStartThs) ................................. 615

Handover from macro to micro (MacroMicroStart-

Ths) ................................................... 616

Hysteresis timer when traffic handover

(TrafficHysteresisTm, s) ........................ 617

Handover Algorithm Parameters ................................ 617

Traffic handover threshold (TrafficLevThs) .......... 618

Level offset during penalty (PenaltyLevOff-

set).................................................... 619

Uplink interference quality offset (QOffSe-

tUl) .................................................... 619

Uplink interference level offset (SOffSetUl) ......... 620

Downlink interference quality offset

(QOffsetDl) ......................................... 621

Downlink interference level offset

(SOffSetDl) ......................................... 622

Invalid intra-handover time (TMaxiHo) ............... 623

MAX count of invalid intra-handover

(MaxiHo) ............................................ 624

MAX path loss threshold on force handover

(MaxLossThs) ...................................... 625

MAX time advance threshold on force handover

(MaxTaThs) ......................................... 627

N value of force handover (HoForceN)................ 628

P value of force handover (HoForceP) ................ 629

Subcell Parameters .................................................. 631

Dual band power offset (DuleBandOffset) ........... 631

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION XXVII


The MAX of path loss (PathLossMax).................. 632

The MIN of path loss (PathLossMin) ................... 632

The MAX of time advance (SubCellTAMax) .......... 633

The MIN of time advance (SubCellTAMin) ........... 634

N value of subcell handover (SubCellN).............. 634

P value of subcell handover (SubcellP) ............... 635

Subcell handover algorithm (HoCon-

trol_17).............................................. 636

UTRAN Handover Control Parameters ............................. 637

Basic Properties 1.................................................... 637

Punishment period of UTRAN cell when handover

failure (HoFailPenalTm3G) ..................... 637

Slippery window size for calculating Ec/No

or RSCP average value to be zero

(HoWindow3G) .................................... 638

Number that measurement value allowed to be

zero (ZeroAllowed3G)........................... 639

UTRAN handover (ServiceHo) ........................... 640

FDD/TDD handover (FDDTDDPrio)..................... 641

Threshold for load sharing (Load-

HoRSCPThsFDD) .................................. 641

Ec/No threshold when handover from

GSM to 3G for load sharing

(LoadHoEcNoThsFDD)........................... 642

RSCP threshold when handover from

GSM to TDD for load sharing

(LoadHoRSCPThsTDD) .......................... 643

Basic Properties 2.................................................... 644

Inter system handover supported

(InterSysHoCtrl) .................................. 645

Directed retry to UTRAN cell allowed

(InterSysHoCtrl) .................................. 646

Handover from GSM to UTRAN FDD RSCP

Threshold (HoRSCPThsFDD) .................. 646

Handover from GSM to UTRAN FDD RSCP Value

N (HoRSCP_N_FDD) ............................. 647

Handover from GSM to UTRAN FDD RSCP Value

P (HoRSCP_P_FDD).............................. 648

Handover from GSM to UTRAN FDD Ec/No

Threshold (HoEcNoThsFDD)................... 649

XXVIII Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Handover from GSM to UTRAN FDD Ec/No Value

N (HoEcNo_N_FDD).............................. 649

Handover from GSM to UTRAN FDD Ec/No Value

P (HoEcNo_P_FDD) .............................. 650

Handover from GSM to UTRAN TDD RSCP

Threshold (HoRSCPThsTDD) .................. 651

Handover from GSM to UTRAN TDD RSCP Value

N (HoRSCP_N_TDD) ............................. 651

Handover from GSM to UTRAN TDD RSCP Value

P (HoRSCP_P_TDD).............................. 652

UTRAN Cell Control Parameters ..................................... 653

Basic Properties 1 Parameters ................................... 653

Channel location of si2quater broadcast

(SI2QuaterPos).................................... 654

CS measurement type reported by UE

(ReportTypeCS) ................................... 655

Measurement threshold of UE performing UTRAN

cell reselection (Qsearch_I) ................... 656

Threshold when UE performs search under

specialized mode (Qsearch_C) ............... 656

Initial parameter instead of qsearch_c

before UE receiving qsearch_C

(QsearchCInit)..................................... 657

CS number of same frequency adjacent cells in

report (SvrBandRprtCS)........................ 658

Max number of GSM neighbor cells

(IndexStartEMR).................................. 659

CS class of reported quantities of UTRAN

adjacent cells (FDDrepQntCS)................ 659

MIN Ec/No of UTRAN reselecting cell

(FDD_Qmin)........................................ 660

CS max number of UTRAN/FDD adjacent

cells in measurement report

(FDDMulRatrrptCS) .............................. 661

FDD reselection offset (FDD_Qoffset)................. 662

A minimum threshold of RSCP for UTRAN FDD

cell re-selection (FDD_RSCPmin)............ 663

Applies an offset to FDD_Qmin value

(FDD_Qmin_Offset).............................. 664

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION XXIX


Require UE to send UTRAN class-mark change

message early (ECSC_3G)..................... 664

Basic Properties 2 Parameters ................................... 665

CS measurement reporting rate of adjacent cell

(ReportRateCS) ................................... 666

CS multiband report indication (MulBndR-

prtCS) ................................................ 667

CS offset which is added when UE reports RXLEV

value (ScaleOrdCS) .............................. 668

TDD reselection offset (TDD_Qoffset) ................ 669

CS MAX number of UTRAN/TDD adjacent


(TDDMulRatRrptCS).............................. 669

CS UE report invalid cell level allowed

(InvldBSICRprtCS) ............................... 670

CS UE search UTRAN adjacent cell in

BSIC decoding frame indication

(SearchPrioCS3G) ................................ 671

GSM850M Adjacent cell reporting signal level

Offset (RprtOffsetCS850) ...................... 672


Threshold (RprtThoCS850) .................... 672


Offset (RprtOffsetCS900) ...................... 673


Threshold (RprtThoCS900) .................... 674


Offset (RprtOffsetCS1800) .................... 675


Threshold (RprtThoCS1800) .................. 676


Offset (RprtOffsetCS1900) .................... 676


Threshold (RprtThoCS1900) .................. 677

UTRAN/FDD Adjacent cell reporting signal level

Offset (FDDRprtOffsetCS)...................... 678


Threshold (FDDRprtThoCS) ................... 679

UTRAN/TDD Adjacent cell reporting signal level

Offset (TDDRprtOffsetCS) ..................... 680

XXX Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


Threshold (TDDRprtThoCS) ................... 680

GPRS Parameters 1.................................................. 681

PS offset which is added when UE reports RXLEV

value (ScaleOrdPS) .............................. 682

PS measurement type reported by UE

(ReportTypePS) ................................... 683

PS number of same frequency adjacent cells in

report (SvrBandRprtPS) ........................ 684

PS measurement reporting rate of adjacent cell

(ReportRatePS).................................... 685

Measurement threshold of UE performing GPRS

UTRAN cell (Qsearch_P)........................ 685

FDD GPRS reselection offset (FDD_GPRS_Qoff-

set).................................................... 686

TDD GPRS reselection offset (TDD_GPRS_Qoff-

set).................................................... 687

PS MIN Ec/No of UTRAN reselecting cell

(FDD_QminPS) .................................... 688

Offset of FDD_QminPS (FDD_Qmin_Off-

setPS) ................................................ 689

PS MIN RSCP of UTRAN reselecting cell

(FDD_RSCPminPS) ............................... 690

Measurement report threshold of Ec/No or RSCP

(FDDRprtTho2PS) ................................ 690

PS class of reported quantities of UTRAN adjacent

cells (FDDRepQntPS) ............................ 691

PS max number of UTRAN/FDD adjacent


(FDDMulRatRrptPS) .............................. 692

PS multiband report indication (MulBndR-

prtPS) ................................................ 693

TDD multi report PS (TDDMulRatRrptPS) ............ 694

GPRS Parameters 2.................................................. 695

PS UE report invalid cell level allowed

(InvldBSICRprtPS) ............................... 695

PS UE search UTRAN adjacent cell in bsic decoding

frame indication (SearchPrioPS3G) ......... 696

Reselect priority control of 2G/3G

(ServiceCC)......................................... 697

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION XXXI



Offset (RprtOffsetPS850) ...................... 698


Threshold (RprtThoPS850) .................... 698


Offset (RprtOffsetPS900) ...................... 699

GSM 900M Adjacent cell reporting signal level

Threshold (RprtThoPS900) .................... 700


Offset (RprtOffsetPS1800)..................... 701


Threshold (RprtThoPS1800)................... 702


Offset (RprtOffsetPS1900)..................... 702


Threshold (RprtThoPS1900)................... 703


Offset (FDDRprtOffsetPS)...................... 704


threshold (FDDRprtThoPS) .................... 705


Offset (TDDRprtOffsetPS)...................... 706


threshold (TDDRprtThoPS) .................... 706

Adjacent Cell Parameters.............................................. 707

Adjacent Interference Cell Parameters........................ 707

Interference cell No. (IntfObjectId) ................... 708

Related cell DN (RelationDN) ............................ 709

Adjacent Cell Handover and Reselection

Parameters ..................................................... 709

Adjacent cell handover and reselection ID

(HoResObjectId) .................................. 710

Priority of handover (Hopriority)........................ 711

MAX power level of MS (MsTxPwrMax) ............... 712

Min power level for handover access

(RxLevMin) ......................................... 712

Min threshold of signal level for handover on

PBGT (HoMarginPbgt) ........................... 714


power level (HoMarginRxLev) ................ 715

XXXII Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


quality (HoMarginRxQual) ..................... 715

Max level difference of force handover

(MaxForceHoDiff) ................................. 716

Handover force resource threshold

(HoForceResThs).................................. 717

Neighboring cell layer (NCellLayer) .................... 718

CS adjacent cell report priority (RepPrioCS) ......... 719

PS adjacent cell report priority (RepPrioPS) ......... 720

Target cell traffic threshold (TargetCellTraf-

ficThs)................................................ 721

Handover threshold from macro to micro

(MacroMicroHoThs, dbm) ...................... 722

Counter of handover threshold from macro to

micro (MacroMicroHon)......................... 722

The direction fo neighbour cell (NCellDir) ........... 723

Related cell DN ............................................... 724

Is related cell (IsRelatedCell) ............................ 724

Is handover forced neighbor cell (IsHoFor-

ceNcell) .............................................. 725

CCN supported (CCNSupport) ........................... 726

The number of C/I limited cell (CILimited-

Num) ................................................. 727

The objectID list of C/I limited cell .................... 727

The threshold list of C/I limited cell ................... 728

Adjacent Cell Handover Parameters............................ 729

Adjacent cell handover object ID

(HoObjectId) ....................................... 730

Priority of handover (HoPriority)........................ 731

Max power level of MS (MsTxPwrMax)................ 732

Min power level for handover access

(RxLevMin) ......................................... 732


PBGT (HoMarginPbgt) ........................... 734


power level (HoMarginRxLev) ................ 735


quality (HoMarginRxQual) ..................... 735

Max level difference of force handover

(MaxForceHoDiff) ................................. 736

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION XXXIII


Handover force resource threshold

(HoForceResThs).................................. 737

Neighboring cell layer (NCellLayer) .................... 738



ficThs)................................................ 740

Handover threshold from macro to micro

(MacroMicroHoThs, dbm) ...................... 741

Counter of Handover Threshold from Macro to

Micro (MacroMicroHoN)......................... 741

The direction fo neighbour cell (NCellDir) ........... 742

Is related cell (IsRelatedCell) ............................ 743

Is handover forced neighbor cell (IsHoFor-

ceNcell) .............................................. 743

Related cell DN ............................................... 744

Adjacent Cell Reselection Parameters ......................... 745

Adjacent cell reselection object ID

(ReSelObjectId) ................................... 745

Adjacent cell report priority (RepPrioPS)............. 746


Related cell DN ............................................... 747

UTRAN Adjacent Cell Handover and Reselection

Parameters ..................................................... 748

Adjacent UTRAN cell handover and reselection

object ID (S3GHoRSObjectId)................ 749

RSCP offset handover to UTRAN adjacent cell

(HoRSCPOffset3G) ............................... 749

Ec/No offset handover to UTRAN adjacent cell

(HoEcNoOffset3G)................................ 750


PS adjacent cell report priority (RepPrioPS) ......... 752



ficThs)................................................ 754

Relation DN.................................................... 754

UTRAN Adjacent Cell Handover Parameters ................. 755

UTRAN HO ID (S3GHoObjectId) ........................ 756

RSCP offset handover (HoRSCPOffset3G) ........... 756

Ec/No offset handover (HoEcNoOffset3G) ........... 757


XXXIV Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION


ficThs)................................................ 759

Relation DN.................................................... 760

UTRAN Adjacent Cell Reselection Parameters............... 761

Adjacent UTRAN cell reselection object ID

(S3GrsObjectId) .................................. 761

CS adjacent cell report priority (RepPrioPS) ......... 762


Relation DN.................................................... 764

Frequency Hopping System Parameters .......................... 764

Frequency hopping No. (FhsId) ................................. 765

Hopping sequence No. (HSN).................................... 766

Frequency hopping mode (FreqHopMode) ................... 767

Hopping group ID (BhGroupId).................................. 767

MA Frequency List Number (MaFreqNum) ................... 768

System Control Parameters...........................771Operation Control Parameters ....................................... 771

Assign query enable (AssQueEnable).......................... 772

Internal redirection enable (InDrEnable) ..................... 773

Outer redirection enable (OutDrEnable) ...................... 774

Assign preemption enable (AssPreEmpt) ..................... 774

BSC intracell handover enable (HoIntraEnable)............ 775

BSC intercell handover enable (HoInterEnable)............ 776

BSC outer handover enable (HoOutEnable) ................. 777

SDCCH handover enable (ShoEnable)......................... 777

TCH/F handover enable (TfHoEnable) ......................... 778

TCH/H handover enable (ThHoEnable)........................ 779

Handover queue enable (HoQueEnable)...................... 779

Handover preemption enable (HoPreEmpt).................. 780

Handover check arithmetic choose (HoA) .................... 781

Handover request response (HoAck) .......................... 782

Force FACCH (FacchOnly) ......................................... 782

Continuum handover trigger (HoTrigger)..................... 783

Handover reason tip (HoCauseInd) ............................ 784

Local cell position number (LAC)................................ 785

Local cell identification (CI)....................................... 785

Outer cell target number (OutCellNum) ...................... 786

Outer cell position number 1 (OutLAC1)...................... 787



Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION XXXV


Outer cell number 1 (OutCI1).................................... 789



Outer RNC 1 (OutRNC1) ........................................... 791

Outer RNC 2 (OutRNC2) ........................................... 792

Outer RNC 3 (OutRNC3) ........................................... 792

Old BSS to new BSS information (OldToneWctrl) .......... 793

Access Control (AccessCtrl)....................................... 794

Resume set option (ResumeSetOpt) ........................... 795

Handout queue sign (HandOutQueInd) ....................... 795

Send cell prefer indication (SendCellPreferInd) ............ 796

IPA AMR start mode (IpaAMRStartMode)..................... 797

TDD cell handover enable (TdHoEnable) ..................... 797

Sending HO detect message to MSC during intra-BSC

HO with IPA (InBscHoSendHoDet)...................... 798

ICM optimize when intra BSC handover

(AmrHoOpt_0) ................................................ 799

ICM optimize when inter BSC handover

(AmrHoOpt_1) ................................................ 800

FUC Parameters .......................................................... 801

Use system message method when MSC overload or

link block (MSCSysInfoFlc)................................ 802

Start system message method (CPUSysInfoFlc) ........... 803

Start system message method, start limit(%)

(CPUSysInfoCTLCPU) ....................................... 804

Start FUC flow control (CPUFucFlc)............................. 805

Start limit of FUC flow control (CPUFucCtlCPU, %)......... 805

The maximum control level for MSC overload or link

block (MSCFlcMaxLevel) ................................... 806

Handover Parameters of BCCH ...................................... 807

Handover BCCH (CanBCCHEx)................................... 808

Scan BCCH (ScanBCCH) ........................................... 808

BCCH starting delay (BCCHDelay).............................. 809

BCCH finishing delay (ReBCCHEx).............................. 810

Delay of TRX forcible release (TrxRel) ......................... 811

The MAX cells' amount of simultaneously handover

(MaxChangeProc) ............................................ 812

Handover Parameters of SD .......................................... 813

Dynamic configuration SDCCH (CanSDCCHDyn)........... 813

Scan SDCCH (ScanSDCCH) ....................................... 814

XXXVI Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Delay of TS forcible release (TsRel) ............................ 815

Delay protection (MaxDelay) ..................................... 816

TCH->SDCCH limit (MinSDCCH) ................................ 817

SDCCH->TCH delay (TimeToTch)................................ 818

Other Parameters ........................................................ 818

B2 support AMR (V2TruSupportAMR).......................... 819

CHR Enable (ChrEnable) ........................................... 820

NC2 support (NC2support)........................................ 821

MR server IP (MRSvrIP)............................................ 821

MR server port (MRSvrPort) ...................................... 822

BER weight (VoiceQualWeight_0) ............................... 823

FER weight (VoiceQualWeight_1) ............................... 823

Handover frequency weight (VoiceQualWeight_2) ......... 824

DTX weight (VoiceQualWeight_3)............................... 825

Coding decode weight (VoiceQualWeight_4) ................ 826

ABIS transmission error code weight (VoiceQual-

Weight_5) ...................................................... 826

Delay weight (VoiceQualWeight_6)............................. 827

A port resource block threshold (Reslimit_0) ............... 828

NSVC resource block threshold (Reslimit_1) ................ 829

Channel resource block threshold (Reslimit_2)............. 829

Subcell busy threshold (Reslimit_3) ........................... 830

ABIS alarm delay time (AbisAlmDelayTime) ................ 831

DTX factor (Info_0_8) .............................................. 832

IBS Parameters ........................................................... 832

The method of intelligent TRX power off

(Info_0_0)...................................................... 833

Performance Management Parameters............................ 834

PingPong handover duration (PingPongDura, s)............ 835

Number of measurement reports for dropped

connections (LatestMeasureRptNum).................. 835

Uplink quality threshold (DropBadQualULThs,

RQ) ............................................................... 836

Downlink quality threshold (DropBadQualDLThs,

RQ) ............................................................... 837

Uplink signal strength threshold

(DropLowSigStrULThs) ..................................... 838

Downlink signal strength threshold

(DropLowSigStrDLThs) ..................................... 838

Excessive TA threshold (DropExcessiveTAThs).............. 839

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION XXXVII


Baseband Frequency Hopping TRX Exchange

Parameters ......................................................... 840

Baseband frequency hopping TRX exchange support

(Info_0_1)...................................................... 841

Baseband Frequency hopping TRX Exchange scan timer

(Info_1_0)...................................................... 841

Baseband frequency hopping TRX configuration timer

(Info_1_16).................................................... 842

Baseband frequency hopping TRX exchange check

delay timer (Info_2_0) ..................................... 843

GPRS Operation Control Parameters ............................... 844

Two phase access (TwoPhaseAccess) .......................... 844

Send radio status to SGSN (GBMsgSndInd_0) ............. 845

Send LLC discard to SGSN (GBMsgSndInd_1).............. 846

Threshold of quality in radio status (Rad-

StaQuaThs) .................................................... 847

Send packet TBF release to MS when BSS abnormal

(PacketTBFRel)................................................ 848

Flow Control Policy Values ............................849

Power Values ................................................851

Cell Layer Number Values..............................853

Corresponding Relationship between

Parameter Interface and Database

Values ...........................................................855BSC Global Resource Parameters Interface...................... 855

Basic Property Parameters ........................................ 855

Radio Basic Property Parameters ............................... 858


AMR Half Method Parameters .................................... 860

AMR Full Method Parameters ..................................... 861

GPRS Other Parameters 1......................................... 861

GPRS Other Parameters 2......................................... 862

EDGE Parameters .................................................... 862

GERAN External Cell Parameters.................................... 863

UTRAN External Cell Parameters .................................... 863

Cell Parameters........................................................... 864

Basic Parameters 1 .................................................. 864

Basic Parameters 2 .................................................. 865


XXXVIII Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

System Parameters.................................................. 866

GPRS Other Params1 Parameters............................... 866

GPRS Cell Options Parameters................................... 866

GPRS NC Survey Parameters..................................... 869

GPRS Power Control Parameters ................................ 871

GPRS Cell Reselection Parameters.............................. 871

GPRS Channel Parameters ........................................ 873

EDGE Parameters .................................................... 875

Cell Object Parameters ................................................. 875

TRX Information Parameters ..................................... 875

Channel Information Parameters................................ 876

Power Control Parameters......................................... 877

Handover Control Parameters.................................... 878

UTRAN Cell Control Parameters ................................. 880

UTRAN Handover Control Parameters ......................... 881

Adjacent Cell Handover and Reselection

Parameters ..................................................... 881

Adjacent Cell Handover Parameters............................ 882

Frequency Hopping System Parameters ...................... 882

Figures ..........................................................883

Glossary ........................................................887

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION XXXIX


This page is intentionally blank.

XL Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

About This Manual

Purpose This manual introduces the ZXG10 BSS radio parameters for radioconfiguration and commissioning.

IntendedAudience

� System Engineer

� Commissioning Engineer

� Maintenance Engineer

What Is in ThisManual

This manual has the following chapters.

Section Summary

Chapter 1, Overview Introduces the scope, descriptionmethods, and adjustment cautionsfor radio parameters.

Chapter 2, BSC FunctionParameters

Introduces the BSC functionparameters.

Chapter 3, External CellParameters

Introduces the GERAN externalcell parameters and UTRANexternal cell parameters.

Chapter 4, Cell Parameters Introduces the cell parameters inthe BSS system.

Chapter 5, Cell Object Parameters Introduces the cell objectparameters in the BSS system.

Chapter 6, System ControlParameters

Introduces the system controlparameters in the BSS system.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION I



II Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

C h a p t e r 1

Overview

This chapter explains the definition and classification of radio pa-rameters in GSM network, modification methods of radio param-eters, explanation format of radio parameters, and precautions inradio parameters adjustment.

Table of ContentsIntroduction to BSS Radio Parameters ................................... 1Method of Modifying Radio Parameters .................................. 2Method of Modifying Parameters in Batch............................... 6The Format to Explain Parameters .......................................12Precautions on Parameter Adjustment ..................................13

Introduction to BSS RadioParameters900/1800 MHz TDMA digital celluar mobile communication system(GSM) is an integrated system covering fields of network tech-nology, digital stored program control technology, all transmissiontechnologies and radio technologies.

GSM consists of Network Sub System (NSS), Base Station Sub-system (BSS) and Mobile Station (MS).

GSM system signaling structure covers MAP interface, A-interface(between MSC and BSC), Abis interface (between BSC and BTS),Ater interface (between BSC and external TC) and Um interface(between BTS and MS, also called air interface).

All these objects and interfaces contain large quantity of configura-tion parameters and performance parameters, some of which aredetermined during the development and production of the equip-ment, and most of which depend on actual need and operation bynetwork providers. Settings and adjustment of latter parametershave a great impact on the operation of entire GSM network.

Radio parameters in GSM network refer to parameters related toradio devices and radio resources. These parameters have an im-portant impact on coverage of cells, distribution of signaling flowand service property of network, etc. Therefore, adjusting radioparameters reasonably plays a very important part in GSM net-work optimization.

GSM radio parameters are classified into project parameters andresource (cell) parameters.

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 1


1. Project parameters

Project parameters refer to parameters related to design,installation, and commissioning of the project, like antennaheight, antenna direction, antenna gain, antenna downloadobliquity and cable loss, etc. These parameters must bedetermined during network design and are seldom changedduring the operation of the network.

2. Resource (cell) parameters

Resource (cell) parameters refer to parameters related toconfiguration and utilization of radio resources, which usuallytransmit on radio interface (Um) to keep the base stationand mobile station consistent. Radio parameters covered inthis manual are mainly resource parameters. Radio resourceparameters in BSS contain:

� GERAN subnetwork parameters, BSC management NE pa-rameters, configuration set parameters;

� Global resource parameters for BSC, site parameters,GERAN external cell parameters, UTRAN external cellparameters;

� Cell Parameters;

� TRX parameters, power control parameters, handover con-trol parameters, UTRAN handover control parameters, ad-jacent interference cell parameters, adjacent handover cellparameters, adjacent reselection cell parameters, adjacenthandover and reselection cell parameters, UTRAN adjacentcell handover and reselection parameters, UTRAN adjacenthandover cell parameters, UTRAN adjacent reselection cellparameters, frequency hopping system parameters.

Method of Modifying RadioParametersAfter successfully login NetNumen M31, user can perform the fol-lowing steps:

1. In the left topology tree of NetNumen M31 main interface,right-click the shortcut menu corresponding to the createdGSM NE agent, select Start.

2. Right-click the started GSM NE and select Start, as shown inFigure 1.

2 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Chapter 1 Overview

FIGURE 1 STARTING NE AGENT

3. Click Start, the system automatically starts this NE.

4. After starting, in the left topology tree of NetNumen M31 maininterface, right-click shortcut menu corresponding to createdGSM NE agent, select NE Agent Management > Configura-tion Management, as shown in Figure 2.

FIGURE 2 SELECTING NE MANAGEMENT > CONFIGURATIONMANAGEMENT



5. Click Configuration Management, the system enters intoconfiguration management interface, as shown in Figure 3.

FIGURE 3 CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT INTERFACE

The tree in the left pane shows the objects to be created andmaintained. User can double-click the node whose parametersshall be modified, the corresponding parameter interface oc-curs in right window.

6. Under initial case, the shortcut button Modify in configura-tion management toolbar is inactivated, and parameters cannot be modified. User must perform the operation of "ApplyMutex Right" to enable the toolbutton.

Note:

"Apply Mutex Right" function is to avoid multiple clients do ac-tions for the data, which may cause data confused and errors.

Take the data modification of primary configuration set as anexample, operation steps are listed as follows:

i. Right-click on BSC Managed Element, and select ApplyMutex Right in the pop-up menu, as shown in Figure 4.


Chapter 1 Overview

FIGURE 4 SELECTING APPLY MUTEX RIGHT

ii. Click Apply Mutex Right, and the Information dialog boxappears, as shown in Figure 5.

FIGURE 5 INFORMATION DIALOG BOX

iii. Click Yes, and the mutex right is successfully acquired,and the icon appears on the configuration resource tree,as shown in Figure 6. Then, the toolbutton is enabled,and user can modify the configuration data of this managedelement.

FIGURE 6 SUCCESSFULLY APPLYING MUTEX RIGHT

iv. After the data modification is completed, user should right-click on BSC Managed Element and select Release Mu-tex Right in the pop-up menu, as shown in Figure 7. Afterthe mutex right is released, other users can perform oper-ations on the configuration data of this managed element.



FIGURE 7 SELECTING RELEASE MUTEX RIGHT

Method of ModifyingParameters in BatchAfter successfully logging in to NetNumen M31, perform the fol-lowing steps to modify parameters in batch.

1. In the configure resource tree window, right-click OMC >GERAN subnet user ID > BSC Management Element ID >Config Set ID > BSC Function ID > Export ConfigurationData > Export Network Plan Data, as shown in Figure 8.

FIGURE 8 SELECTING EXPORT NETWORK PLAN DATA


Chapter 1 Overview

2. Click Export Network Plan Data, and the Choose MOC tobe Exported dialog box appears. Select the parameter list tobe exported, and click Next, as shown in Figure 9.

FIGURE 9 SELECTING MOC TO BE EXPORTED

3. In the Choose Attributes of Each MOC to be Exported(RDN Excluded) dialog box, select attribute of the param-eter list to be exported, and click OK. Here, suppose the MOCselected is IBSCFUNCTION_TABLE, as shown in Figure 10.



FIGURE 10 SELECTING ATTRIBUTES TO BE EXPORTED FOR MOC

4. Select the file type to be exported, and click OK. Here, supposethe data is exported to be an Excel file, as shown in Figure 11.

FIGURE 11 SELECTING FILE TYPE TO BE EXPORTED

5. Set the saving path and file name for the exported data, andclick Save, as shown in Figure 12.


Chapter 1 Overview

FIGURE 12 SETTING SAVING PATH AND FILE NAME FOR DATA

The data export progress bar is displayed, and then the systemprompts that the data is exported successfully.

6. Open the exported data file, as shown in Figure 13.

FIGURE 13 PARAMETER DATA

7. Modify the data file according to actual requirement, and saveit.

The operation indications are described as follows.

i. D indicates deleting the MO. A indicates adding the MO. Mindicates modifying the MO (this command is issued onlywhen the parameter value is changed). Any value beyondD, A and M (including the lower case form) will be ignoredby the system, and the corresponding data in that row willnot be processed.

ii. For the same management object MO (such as cell, cellpower control and cell handover control), if the operationtype (D, A or M) appears in multiple exported tables, thenthe operation types of all columns must be the same; oth-erwise, the system will give error prompt.

iii. No matter how many records in the Excel table should bedeleted, created or modified, the system performs deletionfirst, then performs creation, and finally performs modifi-cation.



Note:

The order of operations has nothing to do with the order ofrecords being displayed in the Excel file.

iv. If multiple objects among which reference relationship ex-ists should be deleted, the system first deletes the activereference object (such as sub-object), and then deletesthe passive reference object (such as parent-object). Ifmultiple objects among which reference relationship existsshould be created, the system first creates the passive ref-erence object (such as parent-object), and then creates theactive reference object (such as sub-object). If multiple ob-jects among which reference relationship exists should bemodified, the system first modifies the passive referenceobject (such as parent-object), and then modifies the ac-tive reference object (such as sub-object).

The following lists the restriction conditions.

i. The exported Excel file is the import template.

ii. In the Excel template, the work sheet name cannot be mod-ified.

iii. In the Excel template, the title row in the work sheet cannotbe modified, the frozen column cannot be modified, andthe cell type cannot be modified. However, common datacolumns and data rows can be deleted.

iv. The parameter that cannot be modified on the interfacecannot be modified in the batch modification.

v. In the Excel template, the attributes USERLABEL, MCC,MNC, LAC and CI appear in multiple work sheets, but onlythe modification in the network parameter list is valid.

vi. The parameter MAIO of channels supporting baseband fre-quency hopping cannot be modified.

8. In the configuration resource tree window, right-click OMC >GERAN Subnetwork ID > BSC Managed Element ID >Config Set ID > BSC Function ID > Batch Apply NetworkPlan Data, as shown in Figure 14.


Chapter 1 Overview

FIGURE 14 SELECTING BATCH APPLY NETWORK PLAN DATA

9. Select the file type to be imported, and click OK, as shown inFigure 15.

FIGURE 15 SELECTING FILE TYPE TO BE IMPORTED

10. In the Open dialog box, select the data file to be imported,and click Open.

11. In the Batch Network Plan Data Apply dialog box, selectthe object to which the data is applied, and click OK, as shownin Figure 16.



FIGURE 16 APPLYING NETWORK PLANNING DATA IN BATCH

The progress bar is displayed, and then the system promptsthat the instruction is executed successfully.

Note:

If the number of successfully executed instructions is 0, it indi-cates that no data needs to be modified. If the number is not0, it indicates that the data in the file is inconsistent with thatat the server.

The Format to ExplainParametersEach radio parameter in this manual is individually clarified by us-ing tables, for details see Table 1.

TABLE 1 FORMAT TO EXPLAIN RADIO PARAMETERS

Full name Chinese parameter name on the interface

Abbreviation Abbreviation for English parameters

3GPP Name Parameter name in 3GPP protocol

3GPPreference

3GPP protocol version number for parameterreference

Description Descriptive text for this parameter.


Chapter 1 Overview

ManagementObject Involved object by the parameter

Value Range

Value range of this parameter. If the parameteris in mapping form, actual parameter value thatcorresponds to all indices will be enumerated

Unit Parameter unit

Default valueDefault value and its description on parameterinterface

Change mode

Online = After a parameter’s value is modified, it isimmediately synchronized and takes effect.

Offline = After one or several parameters’ values aremodified, the modification takes effect after datasynchronization.

RelevantFeatures

Relevant functions and features of the network thatcorresponds to this parameter

Relevantparameters

Influenced parameters due to variations of thisparameter

Relationship Dependency among relevant parameters

Relatedinterfaces Interfaces related to this parameter

Impact onservice

Whether service will be affected when the parametermodification takes effect, and impact details(especially when service is interrupted)

Caution:

1. Radio parameters in this system is modified through offlinemodification mode, that is, the modification on interface onlycan be effective after the synchronization action to foregroundis conducted.

2. Some parameter values in the interface are not fully same asthose in database, with certain corresponding relationship be-tween them. For specific corresponding relationship see ap-pendix.

Precautions on ParameterAdjustmentRadio parameters adjustment, according to the type of the prob-lem to be solved, falls into two kinds.

� First is to solve static problem, that is, to correct traffic modelin system design by measuring actual average traffic and sig-



naling flow in every district and to solve common problemsexisting for long.

� Second is to solve problems at a particular time like traffic over-load in some district, channel congestion due to sudden eventsor random events.

For the first type, service providers must perform measurementand summarization on actual operation regularly, and then per-form appropriate adjustment on global or partial parameters andconfigurations. For the second type, network operators adjustsome radio parameters at real time according to instant data frommeasurement results.

Most radio parameters in GSM system are based on one cell orone location area. It is necessary to consider whether parameteradjustment in this cell will influence other cells, especially the ad-jacent one, for parameters between cells are related to each othergreatly. Otherwise, it may cause negative influence. Determinewhether the problem results from equipment fault (including con-nections) first when it occurs in some part of the network. Adjustradio parameters only when determined that the problem does re-sult from service.


C h a p t e r 2

BSC FunctionParameters

Below introduces BSC function for radio parameters.

Table of ContentsRadio Basic Property ..........................................................15Other Parameters ..............................................................27Channel Allocation Control Parameters .................................43Timer 1............................................................................56Timer 2............................................................................73GPRS Maximum Retrying Times...........................................93GPRS Timer .................................................................... 104AMR Half Method Parameters ............................................ 122AMR Full Method Parameters ............................................. 128GPRS Other Parameters 1................................................. 134GPRS Other Parameters 2................................................. 140BVC Flow Control Parameters ............................................ 152FUC Flow Control Map Parameters...................................... 162EDGE Parameters ............................................................ 169eMLPP Set ...................................................................... 179Ater Timer Parameters ..................................................... 200

Radio Basic PropertyThe interface of basic radio property parameters is as shown inFigure 17.



FIGURE 17 RADIO BASIC PROPERTY PARAMETERS

DCS1800/PCS1900 supported(FuncExt)

Full name DCS1800/PCS1900 Supported

Abbreviation FuncExt

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

DescriptionSpecify the frequency supported. It is unmodifiableafter being created successfully.

Management Ob-ject BSC

Value Range DCS1800, PCS1900

Unit None

Default value DCS1800

Change mode Offline

Relevant Features None

Relevant parame-ters

Frequency band (FreqBand)


Frequency band of subCell (SubFreqBand)

Relationship None

Related interfaces None

Impact on service None


Chapter 2 BSC Function Parameters

Load indication allowed (LoadInd)

Full name Load Indication

Abbreviation LoadInd

3GPP Name None

3GPP refer-ence None

The load indication process informs the adjacent BSCof the cell load at border to provide more referenceinformation in normal handover and the internal traffichandover of BSC.

Description

This parameter determines if load indication is avail-able, an also determines the validity of parameter ‘Loadvalid time’ and ‘Load indication period’. If this parame-ter is ‘No’ (load indication process is disabled), the lattertwo parameters are invalid. Otherwise they are valid.

ManagementObject BSC

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures None

Relevant pa-rameters None

Relationship None

Related inter-faces None

Impact onservice None

Send confusion message allowed(ConfusionMsg)

Full name Send confusion message allowed

Abbreviation ConfusionMsg

3GPP Name None




Description

Confusion message is bidirectional. If the receivedmessage could not be processed properly for somereason, and there is no other proper fault message tosend, the system will send confusion message.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Inter-Cell handover allowed(InHoEnable)

Full name Inter-Cell handover allowed

Abbreviation InHoEnable

3GPP Name None


Description

According to GSM specifications, intra-BSC inter-cellhandover is implemented by the following meth-ods: BSC-controlled inter-cell handover without MSCinvolvement; MSC-controlled intra-BSC inter-cellhandover whose handover flow is similar to that ofinter-BSC handover. This parameter decides the choiceof method for intra-BSC inter-cell handover. 'Yes'indicates that it is BSC-controlled inter-cell handoverflow; 'No' indicates that it is MSC-controlled inter-cellhandover flow. Do not select 'No' for this parameter ifit is not necessary.




Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value Yes

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Send assignment failure allowed(ExDRSendAssFail)

Full name Send assignment failure allowed

Abbreviation ExDRSendAssFail

3GPP Name None


DescriptionIt describes if external redirection allows assignmentfailure.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures ZGB-03-01-002 Directed Retry




Relationship None



Load indication valid time(LoadValidTime)

Full name Load Valid Time

Abbreviation LoadValidTime

3GPP Name Time indication IE

3GPP refer-ence

48.008 Mobile Switching Centre - Base Station System(MSC-BSS) interface

Description

In load indication process, BSC sends BSSAP LOAD IN-DICATION message to MSC periodically, notifying aboutthe load status. The message includes time indicationinformation which indicates the valid time length of theservice load information. MSC relays the BSSAP LOADINDICATION message to neighboring BSCs. This pa-rameter represents the valid time length of the loadmessage. 255 means valid permanently.


Value Range 0 ~ 255

Unit 10 s

Default value 18

Change mode Offline



Relationship None

Related inter-faces A Interface




Load indication period (LoadIndPrd)

Full name Load Indication Period

Abbreviation LoadIndPrd

3GPP Name None


Description

In load indication process, BSC sends BSSAP LOAD IN-DICATION message to MSC periodically, notifying aboutthe load status. The message includes time indicationinformation which indicates the valid time length of theservice load information. MSC relays the BSSAP LOADINDICATION message to neighboring BSCs. When theload indication message is sent periodically, this param-eter decides the period for BSC to send the load indica-tion message.


Value Range 10 ~ 65530

Unit 100 ms

Default value 1500

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Automatic resource indicationthreshold (ResourceIndThs)

Full name Automatic resource indication threshold

Abbreviation ResourceIndThs

3GPP Name None




Description

This parameter defines that BSC automaticallyindicates to MSC about the ratio of presently availablechannels to the total channels. When available cellresource is lower than this parameter, resourceindication shall be sent to MSC about this cellcondition, which shall be configured by O&M.

The four modes of resource indication fromBSC are as follows:

� Automatic Mode: BSC instantly returns theBSSAP RESOURCE INDICATION message as anacknowledgment without any resource informationafter receiving the BSSAP RESOURCE REQUESTmessage. BSC automatically sends BSSAPRESOURCE INDICATION message to MSC. BSCuses the periodicity IE in BSSAP RESOURCEREQUEST to determine the indication messagesinterval (unless the ‘Periodicity IE’ is 0 andBSC ignores 0) once O&M of BSC satisfiesthe Auto condition (service threshold or theinterval between any two messages).

� One time mode: BSC instantly returns a BSSAPRESOURCE INDICATION message with resourceinformation after receiving BSSAP RESOURCEREQUEST message. BSC stops sending andwaits for next BSSAP RESOURCE REQUEST ifthe BSSAP RESOURCE REQUEST message doesnot contain Extended Resource Indication IE. Ifthere is Extended Resource Indication IE, BSCshall follow the regulations of Subsequent Modeelement in the message, same as mode 4. If theprevious one is mode 1 or 3, then you can usemode 1 or 3, otherwise you can use mode 4.

� Period mode: After BSC receives the “BSSAPRESOURCE REQUEST” message, it will immediatelyreturn a “BSSAP RESOURCE INDICATION”message that contains the resource information.After that, BSC periodically sends the “BSSAPRESOURCE INDICATION” message. If “PeriodicityIE” in the “BSSAP RESOURCE REQUEST” messageis not 0, then the period to send the message isthe value of “Periodicity IE” multiplied by 100 ms.If Periodicity IE is 0, then the message is wrongand the whole “BSSAP RESOURCE REQUEST”message is considered as incorrect.

� Stop mode: After the “BSSAP RESOURCEREQUEST” message is received, BSC immediatelyreturns a “BSSAP RESOURCE INDICATION”message without any resource information as anacknowledgement. And then, it will no longersend the cell resource information to MSC.


Value Range 0 ~ 100

Unit %

Default value 30

Change mode Offline





Relationship None



Resource adjust threshold(ResourceAdjustThs)

Full name Resource adjust threshold

Abbreviation ResourceAdjustThs

3GPP Name None


Description

When bytes transmitted for packet servie data havecrossed the threshold, timeslot allocation is adjustedfrom single timeslot to multiple timeslots (or the thresh-old from single timeslot to multiple timeslots for packetservice timeslot allocation).



Unit Byte

Default value 2000

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





BSC MAX reset number(BSCMaxResetNum)

Full name BSC Max Reset Num

Abbreviation BscMaxResetNum

3GPP Name None


Description

The maximum allowable resets to BSC. AfterBSC sends the BSSAP RESET message to MSC,if BSSAP RESET ACKNOWLEDGE message fails toreach BSC from MSC within GSM-specified T4 timeinterval, the resetting will be repeated.

BSSAP RESET message repeats up to N times.MSC ends the reset process and notifies OMSincase of no reply from BSC after N times. Ndepends on this parameter.


Value Range 1 ~ 255

Unit None

Default value 3

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



MR report enable (MrRptEnable)

Full name MR report enable

Abbreviation MrRptEnable

3GPP Name None




Description

This parameter determines if data report function issupported for measurement report, in combination withMrRptTimap. If enable, and place it at this time, reportfunction of measurement data is supported.


Value Range

Yes, No

� Yes: enable� No: disable

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



HBTS scan site number(HBTSScanSiteNum)

Full name HBTS scan site number

Abbreviation HBTSScanSiteNum

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

DescriptionIt indicates the number of HBTS scanning sitesat each time. 0 indicates the periodical scanningscanning function is disabled.

ManagementObject S8001

Value Range 0~10

Unit None



Default value 10

Change mode Offline

RelevantFeatures None

Relevantparameters

HBTS scan cycle (HBTSScanCyc, 3600s) and HBTSscan begin time (HBTSScanBT)

Relationship If this parameter is set to 0, these two relevantparameters can be configured but be invalid.

Relatedinterfaces Abis interface


Range of BARANG

Full name Range of BARANG

Abbreviation None

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

Value includes single frequency or frequency range,sent to MS in CHANNEL RELEASE. Certain frequencycan be firstly inspected while MS selects cell.

Input the minimum and maximum value ofbroadcast range in the left and right blank andclick Add to save this range. Range of BARANGcan be same within different global resource.

Note: input frequency ranges cannot be overlapped.


Value Range

PGSM(1 ~ 124)

EGSM(0 ~ 124, 975 ~ 1023)

DCS1800(512 ~ 885)

GSM1900(512 ~ 810)

GSM850(128 ~ 251)

Unit None

Default value 0&&0

Change mode Offline





Relationship None

Related interfa-ces None

Impact on serv-ice None

Other ParametersThe interface of other parameters is shown in Figure 18.

FIGURE 18 OTHER PARAMETERS

Length of super vision(LcsSuperVision)

Full name Length of super vision

Abbreviation LcsSuperVision

3GPP Name None


Description

Supervise the timer length in whole locating process.

After BSC sends locating request to SMLC, this timer isconfigured and shall receives locating response priorto timeout, otherwise locating process is terminated.





Unit None

Default value 250

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures

ZGO-01-03-002 LCS with CGI+TA

ZGO-01-03-003 LCS with AGPS


Relationship None



Length of radio (LcsRadio)

Full name Length of radio

Abbreviation LcsRadio

3GPP Name None


Description

Supervise the timer length to transmit ra-dio information.

This timer supervises the process to deliverMS the message related with locating. Startwhile sending message to MS, and stop whilereceiving response from MS.



Unit None

Default value 50

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures






Relationship None



LCS wait intra BSS handover timer(LcsWaitInTraHO)

Full name LCS wait intra BSS handover timer

Abbreviation LcsWaitInTraHO

3GPP Name None


Description

Length of timer waiting intra BSS handover completed.

Continue locating process after handover is finished,with a length threshold for waiting. Stop whilethis timer length is exceeded.



Unit None

Default value 60

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures




Relationship None





Monitor physical context request(RmsT9108, 100ms)

Full name Monitor physical context request

Abbreviation RmsT9108

3GPP Name None


Description

This parameter is timer T9108. Currently, the proc-ess to monitor physical context request is not used, re-served for later use.


Value Range 20

Unit 100 ms

Default value 20

Change mode Offline



Relationship None

Related inter-faces Um interface


Timer for MSG waiting (TWaitMsg,100ms)

Full name Timer for MSG waiting

Abbreviation TWaitMsg

3GPP Name None




Description

Timer for MSG Waiting on RanAWorker process. RanA-Worker process is the working process of RANA module.Start if RANA instance is created, stop if message is re-ceived, and instance is released if timeout.


Value Range 5 ~ 20

Unit 100 ms

Default value 20

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Timer for RANCSEST Waiting(TWaitRancsEst, 100ms)

Full name Timer for RANCSEST Waiting

Abbreviation TWaitRancsEst

3GPP Name None


Description

Time to wait for RANCS process applyingfor resource protection.

RANCS process is to process CS service. Thistimer is started if RANA receives external handoverrequest and applying for channel from RANCS;stop if receiving RANCS response, and fail to sendhandover to interface A if timeout.



Unit 100 ms



Default value 100

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Timer for RANCSCLECOM Waiting(TWaitRancsCleCom, 100ms)

Full name Timer for RANCSCLECOM Waiting

Abbreviation TWaitRancsCleCom

3GPP Name None


Description

Interval for RanAWorker process waiting for RANCSprocess responding ClearCom. RanAWorker process isthe working process of RANA module. Start if sendingclear command to RANCS, stop if receiving RANCSresponse, and continue release process if timeout.


Value Range 10 ~ 30

Unit 100 ms

Default value 30

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Timer for CCM waiting(CcmWaitTimer)

Full name Timer for CCM waiting

Abbreviation CcmWaitTimer

3GPP Name None


Description

Timer that is waiting for disconnecting and disablingBTS during dynamic channel conversion.

Start if CCM starts channel conversion, stop ifreceiving successive module and BTS response, andsend message to BTS again if timeout.


Value Range 45 ~ 55

Unit 100 ms

Default value 45

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Get static param timer(GetStaticParamTimer, 100ms)

Full name Get static param timer

Abbreviation GetStaticParamTimer

3GPP Name None


Description

The counting parameter, used by RancRrm, is usedto timely poll UPU unit below CMP.

This timer is configured periodically, and queryresource occupation data for UPU if timeout.



Unit 100 ms

Default value 120

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Starting time for oriented retry(RmsT10, 100ms)

Full name Starting time for oriented retry

Abbreviation RmsT10

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None



Description This parameter is T10 timer.



Unit 100 ms

Default value 60

Change mode Offline



Relationship None

Related interfa-ces A Interface


TFO Enable (TFOControl_0)

Full name TFO Enable

Abbreviation TFOControl_0

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter is one of TFO control parameters,to describe whether TFO is enabled. 0 representsdisable, 1 represents enable.

� 0: disable;� 1: enable.

When TFO is not enabled, or value ofTFOControl_0 is 0, other switch is disabledand values of TFOControl_1, TFOControl_2and TFOControl_3 are 0 too.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline



Relevant Fea-tures ZGO-04-02-006 TFO


Relationship None



Codec type optimization enable(TFOControl_1)

Full name Codec type optimization enable


3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter is one of TFO control parameters,to describe whether coding/decoding type can beoptimized. 0 represents disable, 1 represents enable.



Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Codec mismatch resolution enable(TFOControl_2)

Full name Codec mismatch resolution enable


3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter is one of TFO control parameters,to describe whether unmatched coding/decodingtype can not be solved. 0 represents disable,1 represents enable.



Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



AMR Optimization Mode(TFOControl_3)

Full name AMR Optimization Mode


3GPP Name None



3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter is one of TFO control parameters,to describe if it is AMR optimization mode.

� 0: don't support ACS variations;� 1: support ACS variations.


Value Range Support or don't support ACS variations

Unit None

Default value Don't support ACS variations.

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



External cell load notify (Info_0_0)

Full name External cell load notify

Abbreviation Info_0_0

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

It describes if the load information in this cellis filled in the unit of "New BSS to old BSSinformation" for handover request while thecell service under current BSC is switched tothe cell under other BSCs.

Management Object BSC

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline




Relevant parameters None

Relationship None



Neighbor cell load valid duration(Info_0_1,10s)

Full name Neighbor cell load valid duration


3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description It describes the valid time of the loadinformation.


Value Range 1 ~ 255

Unit 10 s

Default value 6

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



LMU build request deal or not(Info_1_0)

Full name LMU build request deal or not (INFO)




3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description It indicates if to handle LMU (LocationMeasurement Units) establishment request.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



MBMS request deal or not (Info_1_1)

Full name MBMS request deal or not (INFO)


3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description It indicates if to handle MBMS (MultimediaBroadcast/Multicast Service) request.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Channel request reserved field dealor not (Info_1_2)

Full name Channel request reserved field deal or not(INFO)


3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description It describes if to handle Channel Requestreserved field.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



MS power hold in handover option(Info_0_9)

Full name MS power hold in handover option

Abbrevia-tion Info_0_9

3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None



Description It indicates if MS power hold in handover option issupported.

Manage-ment Ob-ject None

ValueRange Yes/No

Unit None

Defaultvalue No

Changemode Offline


Relevantparameters None

Relation-ship None

Relatedinterfaces None


Level threshold of target cell(Info_0_10)

Full name Level threshold of target cell


3GPPName None

3GPPreference None

Descrip-tion Level threshold of target cell

Manage-ment Ob-ject None



ValueRange

0 ~ 63

� 0: < -110 dBm;� 1: -110 dBm ~ -109 dBm;� 2: -109 dBm ~ -108 dBm;� ......� 62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm;� 63: > -48 dBm

Unit None

Defaultvalue 27

Changemode Offline


Relevantparame-ters None

Relation-ship None



Channel Allocation ControlParametersThe interface of channel allocation control parameters is shown inFigure 19.



FIGURE 19 CHANNEL ALLOCATION CONTROL PARAMETERS

Dynamic HR enable (DynaHREnable)

Full name Dynamic HR Enable

Abbreviation DynaHREnable

3GPP Name None


Description If this cell supports dynamic HR.

ManagementObject Cell

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures

ZGO-03-02-003 Full dynamic channel allo-cation on Um interface

ZGO-03-02-005 Dynamic Half Rate Allocation

Relevant pa-rameters Use cell dynamic HR parameter (UseCellDynHRPara)

Relationship If this parameter is set to Yes, 'Use cell dynamic HRparameter' is configurable.





Threshold for TRX switched from FRto HR (HRThs)

Full name Threshold for TRX switched from FR to HR

Abbreviation HRThs

3GPP Name None


DescriptionWhen channel occupation exceeds this threshold, it willapply for half-rate channel directly to increase the usercapacity.


Value Range 1 ~ 100

Unit %

Default value 60

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures




Relationship None





AMR Dynamic HR ConversionThreshold (AmrHRThs)

Full name AMR Dynamic HR Conversion Threshold

Abbreviation AmrHRThs

3GPP Name None


Description

When busy timeslot/general timeslot >=AmrHRThs/100, and carrier and cell support AMR,subsequent service prefers AMR voice rate.

This threshold value can be configured on BSCand BTS, when "User cell dynamic HR parameter"(UseCellDynHRPara) is yes, AmrHRThs valueconfigured by cell will be used, otherwise AmrHRThsconfigured by BSC is used.


Value Range 0 ~ 100

Unit %

Default value 50

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures

ZGO-03-02-006 Dynamic AMR HR/FR conversion inde-pendent threshold


Relationship None



HR channel fragment finishingsupport (HRDfragSupport)

Full name HR channel fragment finishing support

Abbreviation HRDfragSupport



3GPP Name None


Description

It is a switch to support HR channel frag finishing func-tions, which can be configured both on BSC and BTS.Only when both BSC and BTS are enabled and (num-ber of unfinished HR defragment instances / numberof idle HR channels in the cell) is no more than HRDe-fragThs, the HR channel defragmentation function isenabled, otherwise, it is disabled.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures ZGO-03-02-004 HR Concentration


Relationship None



HR channel percentage threshold(HRTsPercentage)

Full name HR channel percentage threshold

Abbreviation HRTsPercentage

3GPP Name None


Description

When HR timeslot in the cell / general timeslotin the cell < HRTsPercentage/100, the cell cangenerate new HR channel.

This parameter can be configured on BSC andBTS. If the proportion of HR timeslot in the cell islower than HRTsPercentage/100 of BSC and BTS,the cell can generate new HR channel.




Value Range 0 ~ 100

Unit %

Default value 50

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



User priority for EMLPP(PriThreshold)

Full name User Priority

Abbreviation PriThreshold

3GPP Name None


Description

This parameter (PriThreshold) uses the service ofpreferred access for high-priority subscriber, that iseMLPP service, the system may set some reservedchannels (currently, only full rate TCH channels aresupported to be the reserved channels).

When CS instance calls database to apply forchannels, the subscriber's PriorityLevel informationreaches to database, and is compared withPriThreshold in the database and BSC table.When PriorityLevel≤PriThreshold (the less thesubscriber's priority level value, the higher thepriority level, that is the subscriber's prioritylevel is not lower than PriThreshold priority),the reserved channel can be used.


Value Range 1 ~ 15



Unit None

Default value 2

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures ZGO-03-02-002 Enhancement on Channel Allocation


Relationship None



Preferred speech version(PreferSpeechVer H)

Full name Preferred speech version (half)

Abbreviation PreferSpeechVer H

3GPP Name None


DescriptionWhen implementing the CS channel allocation policy,describe the preferred half-rate speech version. Half-rate version 1 refers to HR, and version 3 for AMR.


Value Range Not specify the preferred version, Half-rate version 1,Half-rate version 3

Unit None

Default value Not specify the preferred version

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures ZGO-01-01-001 Half Rate


Relationship None





Preferred speech version(PreferSpeedchVer F)

Full name Preferred speech version (full)

Abbreviation PreferSpeechVer F

3GPP Name None


Description

When implementing the CS channel allocation policy, itdescribe the preferred full-rate voice version. Full-rateversion 1 refers to FR, version 2 for EFR, and version3 for AMR.


Value Range Not specify the preferred version, Full-rate version 1,full-rate version 2, full-rate version 3

Unit None

Default value Not specify the preferred version

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures

ZGO-01-01-002 Enhanced Full Rate (EFR) Speech Co-dec


Relationship None





Reserved channel first(RsvChanFirst)

Full name Reserved channel first

Abbreviation RsvChanFirst

3GPP Name None


Description The selection order of reserved channel and non-re-served channel


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value Yes

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures ZGO-01-03-001 eMLPP


Relationship None



EMLPP channel reserved time(EMLPPThs, %)

Full name EMLPP channel reserved time

Abbreviation EMLPPThs

3GPP Name None




DescriptionWhen using high priority user to access service, thatis, EMLPP service, the system may configure certainremained channels


Value Range 0 ~ 100

Unit %

Default value 0

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



TRX PS busy threshold(TrxPSBusyThs)

Full name TRX PS busy threshold

Abbreviation TrxPSBusyThs

3GPP Name None


Description

This parameter is used to collect PS service onthe idle carrier while applying for PS, againstinfinite expansion. Application sequence: theidle carrier above this threshold ® idle carrier® idle carrier below this threshold.

Calculate it according to remained available quotaon each available PS timeslot * number of accessedAbis * 100 / number of users.



Unit None



Default value 1280

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Resource pool for PS rate(PsAbisThs, %)

Full name Resource pool for PS rate

Abbreviation PsAbisThs

3GPP Name None


Description

Full dynamic Abis resource pool provides use propor-tion of PS channel. if default value for this parameteris configured as 80%, which refers to upper limit forPS. The aim is to idle Abis resource while CS channel isactivated. If this threshold is exceeded, Abis resourcecannot be allocated to PS service again.


Value Range 0 ~ 100

Unit %

Default value 80

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures ZGO-03-03-001 Full Dynamic Abis Allocation


Relationship None





Maximum PS uplink user per TS(MaxPsUserPerTs_0)

Full name Maximum PS uplink user per TS

Abbreviation MaxPsUserPerTs_0

3GPP Name None


Description This parameter describes maximum PS uplink user perts.


Value Range 1 ~ 7

Unit None

Default value 4

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Maximum PS downlink user per TS(MaxPsUserPerTs_1)

Full name Maximum PS downlink user per TS

Abbreviation MaxPsUserPerTs_1



3GPP Name None


Description This parameter describes the maximum number of PSdownlink users per wireless timeslot.


Value Range 1 ~ 16

Unit None

Default value 6

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Extended uplink dynamic allocationsupport (ExUpDynSupport)

Full name Extended uplink dynamic allocation support

Abbreviation ExUpDynSupport

3GPP Name None


Description

This parameter indicates if cell supports extended up-link dynamic allocation. While using this function, theMS only need listen USF allocation with the least time-slot, so you can determine to send uplink block on allallocated uplink timeslot.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None



Default value No

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures ZGO-03-02-007 Extended Dynamic Allocation


Relationship None

Related inter-faces Um Interface


Timer 1The interface of timer 1 parameters is shown in Figure 20.

FIGURE 20 TIMER 1 PARAMETERS

Blocking/unblocking period (T1,100ms)

Full name Blocking/Unblocking period

Abbreviation T1

3GPP Name T1

3GPP refer-ence 3GPP TS 48.008 V5.12.0



Description

This parameter is T1 timer. BSS blocks/unblocks aterrestrial circuit and sends BLOCK/UNBLOCK mes-sage to MSC due to various reasons (such as O&M;equipment failure/recovery; radio resources un-available/available). T1 timer sets the time intervalbetween BLOCK/UNBLOCK ACKNOWLEDGE messagesent from MSC to BSC and BLOCK/UNBLOCK message.T1 is used to identify it during this period.



Unit 100 ms

Default value 80

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Global resetting period (T4, 100ms)

Full name Global resetting period

Abbreviation T4

3GPP Name T4


Description

This parameter is T4 timer, monitoring the BSSAPRESET message sent from BSC to MSC.

� Timer start condition: T4 starts when aglobal resetting occurs in BSC.

� Timer stop condition: The “BSSAP RESETACKNOWLEDGE” message from MSC is received.

� Timeout action: If T4 expires, BSC willrepeat the whole process.





Unit 100 ms

Default value 100

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Protection period for global resetting(T13, 100ms)

Full name Protective period for global resetting

Abbreviation T13

3GPP Name T13


Description

This parameter is T13 timer, which is a protectiontime period for a local call clearing process.

� Timer Start: T13 timer starts when BSC receivesBSSAP HANDOVER COMMAND message.

� Timer Stop: T13 timer suspends when SCCPreceives a SSP/SPI message.

� Overtime Action: If this timer is overtime, BSSwill send BSSAP RESET ACKNOWLEDGEMENTmessage to MSC.


Value Range 30 ~ 60

Unit 100 ms

Default value 40

Change mode Offline





Relationship None



Circuit resetting period on BSS side(T19, 100ms)

Full name Circuit resetting period on BSS side

Abbreviation T19

3GPP Name T19


Description

If BSC SCCP connection is abnormal while the circuitsmust be released to idle status, BSS will send the“BSSAP CIRCUIT RESET” message to MSC and startT19. After MSC receives this message, it will releasethe corresponding services and the circuits to theidle status and send the “BSSAP CIRCUIT RESETACKNOWLEDGE” message to BSC. The timer stopswhen MSC receives RESET CIRCUIT ACKNOWLEDGEmessage from BSC.



Unit 100 ms

Default value 80

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Circuit group blocking/unblockingperiod (T20, 100ms)

Full name Circuit group blocking/unblocking period

Abbreviation T20

3GPP Name T20


Description

For some reasons (0; intervention; equipmentfault/recovery; radio resources unavailable/available),BSS will block a group of terrestrial circuits, then sendthe “BSSAP CIRCIUIT GROUP BLOCK/UNBLOCK” mes-sage to MSC. After receiving this message, MSC willsend the “BSSAP CIRCIUIT GROUP BLOCK/UNBLOCKACKNOWKEDGE” message to BSS for notification.



Unit 100 ms

Default value 80

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



RLSD message receive protectiontimer (T9101, 100ms)

Full name RLSD message receive protection timer

Abbreviation T9101

3GPP Name None




Description

This parameter is timer T9101, supervisingthe reception of RLSD.

� Timer start condition: T9101 starts whenBSC sends the “BSSAP CLEAR COMPLETE”message to MSC.

� Timer stop condition: T9101 stops when theRLSD message from MSC is received.

� Overtime Action: If this timer is overtime, BSC willsend RLSD message to release SCCP connection.


Value Range 20 ~ 50

Unit 100 ms

Default value 20

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Channel activation protection timer(RmsT9103, 100ms)

Full name Channel activation protection timer


3GPP Name None




Description

This parameter is timer T9103, monitoringchannel activation process.

� Timer Start: T9103 timer starts when BSC sendsCHANNEL ACTIVATION message to BTS.

� Timer Stop: T9103 timer suspends whenBSC receives CHANNEL ACTIVATION ACK orCHANNEL ACTIVATION NACK message.

� Overtime Action: If this timer is overtime, BSCwill send RF CHANNEL RELEASE message to BTS


Value Range 20

Unit 100 ms

Default value 20

Change mode Offline



Relationship None

Related inter-faces Abis Interface


MSC clear command protection timer(T9104, 100ms)

Full name MSC clear command protection timer

Abbreviation T9104

3GPP Name None


Description

This parameter is T9104 timer. It supervisesCLEAR COMMAND from MSC.

� Timer Start: T9104 timer starts when BSC sendsa CLEAR REQUEST message to MSC.

� Timer Stop: T9104 timer suspends when BSCreceives CLEAR COMMAND message from MSC.

� Overtime Action: If this timer is overtime,CLEAR REQUEST message will be resent(four times at the most).




Value Range 20 ~ 50

Unit 100 ms

Default value 30

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



SCCP connection protection timer(T9105, 100ms)

Full name SCCP connection protection timer

Abbreviation T9105

3GPP Name None


Description

This parameter is T9105 timer, monitoringSCCP connection process.

� Timer Start: T9105 timer starts when BSCsends BSSAP SCCP_CONNECTION_REQmessage to MSC.

� Timer Stop: T9105 suspends when BSC receivesSCCP_CONNECTION_CONFIRM”/”SCCP_CON-NECTION_REFUSED message.

� Overtime Action: If this timer is overtime, BSCwill send CHANNEL RELEASE message to MS.


Value Range 20 ~ 60

Unit 100 ms

Default value 30



Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Protective time waiting for access(RmsT1, 100ms)

Full name Protective time waiting for access

Abbreviation RmsT1

3GPP Name None


Description

This parameter is rmsT1 timer. It indicates protectionwaiting time for MS access during assignment orhandover, after channel activation process.

� Timer start condition: The destination channelreceives the “CHL ACITIVATION ACK” messageand sends the “RADIO AVAILABLE” messageto the source channel.

� Timer stop: In MS access, the destinationchannel receives the “ASSIGNMENT COM” or“HANDOVER COM” message.


Value Range 0 ~ 300

Unit 100 ms

Default value 70

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Protective time for applying tochannel (RmsT2, 100ms)

Full name Protection time for applying to channel

Abbreviation RmsT2

3GPP Name None


Description

This parameter is T2 timer.

� Timer start condition: The new channel sendsthe “RADIO APPLY” message.

� Timer stop: Channel request succeedsand the new channel receives the “RADIOAVAILABLE” message; or the channel requestfails and the “RADIO UNAVAILABLE” messageis received; or the “RADIO PROCEEDING”message is received in queuing.


Value Range 20 ~ 50

Unit 100 ms

Default value 40

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Protective time for link establishmentresponse (RmsT3, 100ms)

Full name Protection time for link establishment response

Abbreviation RmsT3

3GPP Name None


Description


� Timer start: RANCS instance sends "ESTABLISHIND" to RANA instance.

� Timer stop: RANCS instance receives the"CONNECT CONF" sent by RANA instance,or the "CONNECT FAIL" when RANA failsto establish the link.



Unit 100 ms

Default value 60

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Protective time for P0 confirms themessage HO/ASS COM (RmsT4,100ms)

Full name Protective time for P0 confirms the message HO/ASSCOM



Abbreviation RmsT4

3GPP Name None


Description


� Timer start: After RANCS receives the"HO COM" or "ASS COM" message of MSand forwards it to RANA.

� Timer stop: RANCS receives acknowledgement of"HO COM" or "ASS COM" message by RANA.


Value Range 10 ~ 80

Unit 100 ms

Default value 30

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Encryption mode modification time(RmsT5, 100ms)

Full name Encryption mode modification time

Abbreviation RmsT5

3GPP Name None




Description

This parameter is timer T5, used to supervisemodification process of encryption mode, thatis, the timer that waits for MS response afterconfiguring radio encryption mode.

� Timer Start: T5 timer starts when BSC receivesCIPHER MODE COMMAND message from MSC.

� Timer Stop: T5 timer suspends when BSC receivesCIPHER MODE COMPLETE message from MS.

� Overtime Action: If this timer is overtime,BSC will send BSSAP CIPHER MODEREJECT message to MSC.



Unit 100 ms

Default value 100

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



SAPI3 link establishment time(RmsT6, 100ms)

Full name SAPI3 link establishment time

Abbreviation RmsT6

3GPP Name None




Description

Timer T6 supervises link establishment of SAPI3.

� Timer start: timer T6 starts when BSC receivesthe DTAP (SAPI = 3) message from MSCand there is no SAPI3 link.

� Timer stop: timer T6 stops when BSC receivesthe ESTABLISH CONFIRM message from BTS.

� Overtime action: When timer T6 expires,the BSSMAP SAPI"n" REJECT messagewill be sent to MSC.



Unit 100 ms

Default value 100

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



External handover protective time(RmsT8, 100ms)

Full name External handover protective time

Abbreviation RmsT8

3GPP Name None


Description

This parameter is timer rmsT8, monitoringexternal handover process.

� Timer start: rmsT8 starts after handovercommand is sent in Serve state while RANCSinstance shall be handovered externally.

� Timer stop: rmsT8 timer stops if RANCS instancereceives HO COMCLEAR CMD (handover success)or UM HO FAIL (handover failed).





Unit 100 ms

Default value 100

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Protective time for No.7 signalinstantaneous disconnection (T3,100ms)

Full name Protective time for No.7 signal instantaneous discon-nection

Abbreviation T3

3GPP Name None


Description

This timer is configured to prevent from signalinstantaneous disconnection and wrong actions.

If disconnection duration of no.7 link exceeds timerprotective time, global resetting is issued. If nosignaling point reachable event is received duringdelay time, no.7 link is considered as disconnectionand global resetting process begins; if reachablesignaling point is received during delay time, no.7link is considered as instantaneous disconnection.



Unit 100 ms



Default value 100

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Protective time that PO responsesexternal handover completionmessage (RmsT7, 100ms)

Full name Protective time that PO responses external handovercompletion message

Abbreviation RmsT7

3GPP Name T7


Description

� Timer start: it starts when RANCS sends theHANDOVER REQUIRED message to MSC.

� Timer stop: it stops when RANCS instance receivesHANDOVER COMMAND response from MSC.



Unit 100 ms

Default value 150

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





HBTS scan begin time(HBTSScanBT)

Full name HBTS scan begin time

Abbreviation HBTSScanBT

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description It indicates the begin time of HBTS scanning.


Value Range 0 ~ 23

Unit None

Default value 3 (indicates 3 o'clock)

Change mode Offline


Relevantparameters HBTS scan site number

Relationship If HBTS scan site number (HBTSScanSiteNum) is setto 0, this parameter can be configured but invalid.



HBTS scan cycle (HBTSScanCyc,3600s)

Full name HBTS scan cycle

Abbreviation HBTSScanCyc



3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description It indicates the HBTS scanning cycle.


Value Range 1 ~ 255

Unit 3600 s

Default value 24

Change mode Offline






Timer 2The interface of timer 2 parameters is shown in Figure 21.

FIGURE 21 TIMER 2 PARAMETERS



Protective time for RF channelrelease (RmsT9, 100ms)

Full name Protective time for RF channel release

Abbreviation RmsT9

3GPP Name None


Description


� Timer start: T9 starts when RF CHANNEL RELEASEis sent to BTS when RANCS instance is released.

� Timer stop: T9 stops when RANCS instancereceives RF CHANNEL RELEASE ACKNOWLEDGEresponse from BTS.


Value Range 10 ~ 50

Unit 100 ms

Default value 20

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Queue period of assignment(RmsT11, 100ms)

Full name Queue period of assignment

Abbreviation RmsT11

3GPP Name T11




DescriptionThis parameter is T11 timer. It determines the maxi-mum allowable queue time which starts from the as-signment request.



Unit 100 ms

Default value 60

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures ZGB-03-01-003 Queuing


Relationship None



Acknowledgment interval for periodicstatus (RmsT12, 100ms)

Full name Acknowledgment interval for periodic status

Abbreviation RmsT12

3GPP Name None


Description


� Timer Start: T12 timer starts periodically whenRANCS receives CONNECT CONF message fromRANA. Timer decides to perform activity checkat peer end. Laterly, it is periodical start.

� Timer Stop: T12 timer stops when RANCSinstance receives RELEASE TYPE message.





Unit 100 ms

Default value 50

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Mode modification process time(RmsT13, 100ms)

Full name Mode modification process time

Abbreviation RmsT13

3GPP Name None


Description

This parameter is T13 timer. It supervises BTS andMS modes modification process. Mode modificationrefers to modify channel mode. When there is notSDCCH and FACCH is allocated, new channel is notallocated after assignment, but modify the modes.

� Timer start condition: When BSC sends the“MODE MODIFY” message to BTS and sends the“CHANNEL MODE MODIFY” message to MS.

� Timer stop condition: When BSC receivesthe “MODE MODIFY ACK/NACK” messagefrom BTS and the “CHANNEL MODE MODIFY”message from MS.

� Overtime Action: If the timer is overtime,the BSC will send BSSAP ASSIGNMENTFAILURE message to MSC.



Unit 100 ms

Default value 60



Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Protective time of UM assignmentcompletion (RmsT14, 100ms)

Full name Protective time of UM assignment completion

Abbreviation RmsT14

3GPP Name None


DescriptionThis parameter is timer T14. It is the period betweensending of ASS/HO COM and receiving of ASS/HO COMACK messages at destination instance.


Value Range 10 ~ 50

Unit 100 ms

Default value 20

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Waiting time for oriented retry(RmsT16, 100ms)

Full name Waiting time for oriented retry

Abbreviation RmsT16

3GPP Name None


Description

When attempting oriented retry, if target cell has notbeen gained through inspection, you shall configurermsT16 to wait for receiving measurement report, andthen check if oriented retry is conducted at target cellafter rmsT16 is timeout. This process can be repeatedfor several times.


Value Range 20 ~ 60

Unit 100 ms

Default value 20

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Queue timer for handover (RmsTqho,100ms)

Full name Queue timer for handover

Abbreviation RmsTqho

3GPP Name None




Description It is the maximum allowable queue time for handoverattempt, calculated from handover request.



Unit 100 ms

Default value 50

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



First overload period of flow trafficcontrol (mT11, 100ms)

Full name First overload period of flow traffic control

Abbreviation mT11

3GPP Name None


Description

Overload contains overloads of CPU, MSC signalingpoint, MSC service, and CCCH.

In cell overload conditions, BSC adopts a timermT11 for traffic flow control. This clock is usedtogether with mT12 to modify the parameter “ACCESSCONTROL” configured for the cell and notify MS viathe system information for flow control. The valueof timer must be less than that of timer mT12.





Unit 100 ms

Default value 80

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures ZGB-03-04-001 BSC Load Control


Relationship None



Second overload period of flow trafficcontrol (mT12, 100ms)

Full name Second overload period of flow traffic control

Abbreviation mT12

3GPP Name None


Description

Overload contains overloads of CPU, MSC signalingpoint, MSC service, and CCCH.

In cell overload conditions, BSC adopts a timermT12 for traffic flow control. The mT12 timer incombination with mT11 timer modifies ACCESSCONTROL parameter in the cell. BSC notifies the MSto achieve flow control through system information.

The value of timer must be more than that of mT11timer. The two clocks control the cell flow as follows:When the network receives the overload message forthe first time, the system decreases the flow by onelevel, and starts mT11 and mT12. The OVERLOADmessage during mT11 period will be ignored. If theOVERLOAD message is received between mT11 andmT12, the flow will be decreased by another level andboth mT11 and mT12 will be restarted. If BSC doesnot receive OVERLOAD message after mT12 timerstops, the flow increases to one more level, and themT12 timer restarts. Lower grade and higher graderepresent different proportion to reject service.





Unit 100 ms

Default value 150

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Time of micro-micro handover delay(Tmicro, 100ms)

Full name Time of micro-micro handover delay

Abbreviation Tmicro

3GPP Name None


Description

In micro-micro handover control, a delay time valueis required (the timer value). Timer Start: relevanttimer starts instantly when a call enters a micro cell.Timer Stop: relevant timer stops when it reaches theset value. Existing call can use neighboring micro cellin the same layer only when the timer stops. In thisway, it could prevent fast moving mobiles staying inthe micro cell layer.



Unit 100 ms

Default value 80

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures ZGO-05-02-008 Multi-layer Cell Structure




Relationship None



BSIC decoding period (Tbsic, 100ms)

Full name BSIC decoding period

Abbreviation Tbsic

3GPP Name None


Description

The parameter Tbsic defines a period, which iscalculated from call establishment or handovercompletion (inter-cell or intra-cell). TC/I evaluationis considered as unreliable during this period, thus,handover to a special TRX is not allowed. Duringthis period, MS can decode BSIC that interferes withneighboring cells before handover procedure starts.

This parameter is only valid in concentric circle case.



Unit 100 ms

Default value 50

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures

ZGO-05-02-009 Concentric Circle Technology

ZGO-04-02-005 Co-BCCH


Relationship None





Handover protecting timer toWCDMA/FDD (RmsT3121, 100ms)

Full name Handover protecting timer to WCDMA/FDD


3GPP Name T3121


Description

Timer T3121, protection time after sendinginter-system to utran handover command (UM) to UE.

� Timer Start: The timer starts when BSCsends "inter-system to utran handovercommand" message to MS.

� Timer stop: the timer stops when BSC receives"CLEAR COMMAND" message from MSC or"HANDOVER FAILURE" message from MS.

� Overtime Action: If this timer is overtime, BSCwill send CLEAR REQUEST message to MSC.


Value Range 1 ~ 650

Unit 100 ms

Default value 100

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Immediate assignment period(RmsT3101, 100ms)

Full name Immediate assignment period


3GPP Name T3101


Description

This timer indicates the time period for theinstant assigning process.

� Timer Start: The timer starts when BSC sendsIMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT COMMAND message.

� Timer Stop: The timer stops when BSC receivesESTABLISH INDICATION message.

� Overtime Action: If the timer is overtime, the BSCwill send CHANNEL RELEASE message to BTS.


Value Range 10 ~ 50

Unit 100 ms

Default value 30

Change mode Offline



Relationship None

Related inter-faces Um interface, Abis interface


Handover period of source cell(RmsT3103, 100ms)

Full name Handover period of source cell




3GPP Name T3103


Description

This timer indicates the time period for internalhandover process of BSC.

� Timer Start: The timer starts when BSC sendsHANDOVER COMMAND message to MS.

� Timer Stop: The timer suspends when BSCreceives HANDOVER COMPLETE message on anew channel or HANDOVER FAILURE messageon an old channel from MS.

� Overtime Action: If the timer is overtime, theBSC will send a CLEAR REQUEST message toMSC, and the new channel is released.


Value Range 0 ~ 300

Unit 100 ms

Default value 60

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Assignment period (RmsT3107,100ms)

Full name Assignment period


3GPP Name T3107




Description

This timer indicates the time period for assignmentperiod and internal handover of a cell..

� Timer Start: The timer starts when BSC sendsRIL3_RR ASSIGNMENT COMMAND message to MS.

� Timer Stop: The timer stops when BSC receivesRIL3_RR ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE message orRIL3_RR ASSIGNMENT FAILURE message.

� Overtime Action: If this time is overtime, inthe case of assignment, the former and newchannel will be released; in the case of cellinternal handover, the BSC will send a CLEARREQUEST message to the MSC.


Value Range 0 ~ 300

Unit 100 ms

Default value 60

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Channel release period (RmsT3109,100ms)

Full name Channel release period


3GPP Name T3109




Description

This timer supervises the channel release process.

� Timer start condition: The timer startswhen BSC sends RIL3_RR CHANNELRELEASE message to MS.

� Timer stop condition: The timer stops when BSCreceives RELEASE INDICATION message fromBTS (when BTS receives DISC frame from MS).

� Overtime Action: If this timer is overtime, BSCwill send CHANNEL RELEASE message to MS.


Value Range 0 ~ 400

Unit 100 ms

Default value 50

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Channel deactivation delay(RmsT3111, 100ms)

Full name Channel deactivation delay


3GPP Name T3111


Description

After releasing the UM interface radio link layer, inorder to make sure the radio link is disconnected,BSC sets a period of protection time rmsT3111.Releases the wireless channel and deactivatesit after rmsT3111 timer stops.

� Timer start: rmsT3111 timer starts when BSCreceives RELEASE INDICATION message.

� Overtime Action: If rmsT3111 timer isovertime, the BSC will send RF CHANNELRELEASE message to BTS.




Value Range 1 ~ 5

Unit 100 ms

Default value 3

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Continue timer for mode modify(TModeModifyConn, 100ms)

Full name Continue timer for mode modify

Abbreviation TModeModifyConn

3GPP Name None


DescriptionConnection delay timer. This timer is used to wait forconnection finished after sending connection request,including Abis connection and TC connection.


Value Range 50 ~ 70

Unit 100 ms

Default value 50

Change mode Offline





Relationship None



Handover protecting time to UTRAN(mT7, 100ms)

Full name Handover protecting time to UTRAN

Abbreviation mT7

3GPP Name T7


Description

This timer is used to send HANDOVER REQUIREDto MSC, where target cell is UTRAN cell, waitingfor response from MSC.

� Timer start: this timer starts if BSC sendsHANDOVER REQUIRED to MSC, wheretarget cell is UTRAN cell.

� Timer stop: it stops when BSC receivesHANDOVER COMMAND from MSC.

� Timeout action: configure penalty for UTRANtarget cell carried in HANDOVER REQUIRED.



Unit 100 ms

Default value 100

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Time of destination instance waitingfor available resources when forceddisconnection (RmsT15, 100ms)

Full name Time of destination instance waiting for available re-sources when forced disconnection

Abbreviation RmsT15

3GPP Name None


Description


� Timer start: When the target instance decidesforced release, it will send the "PREEMPTAPPLY" to the released object.

� Timer stop: The target instance receivesthe "RESOURCE AVAILABLE" message fromthe released object, indicating that theresources are available.


Value Range 10 ~ 50

Unit 100 ms

Default value 30

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Protecting time of FUC responseto system message broadcast(BcProtect, 100ms)

Full name Protecting time of FUC response to system messagebroadcast

Abbreviation BcProtect

3GPP Name None


DescriptionIt is the protection timer for waiting for FUC responseto system message broadcast. FUC response is usedto ensure BTS correctly receives system message.



Unit 100 ms

Default value 50

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



HO performed ack timer(TwaitHoPFMAck, 100ms)

Full name HO performed ack timer

Abbreviation TwaitHoPFMAck

3GPP Name None




Description

When using IP carrier at user plane of interface A,because TC is placed at MGW, CN shall be informedto replace codec during intra-BSC handover. CNreplacement codec is triggered by HANDOVERPERFORMED message. To ensure MSC has receivedthis message and successfully command MGSto replace codec against obstacles at speechaspect, HANDOVER PERFORMED ACK message isadded. This timer is used to wait for HANDOVERPERFORMED ACK message from MSC.

� Timer start: it starts when BSC sends HANDOVERPERFORMED message to MSC.

� Timer stop: it stops when BSC receivesHANDOVER PERFORMED ACK message from MSC.

� Timeout action: release call while sendingCLEAR REQUEST message to MSC.


Value Range 50 ~ 70

Unit 100 ms

Default value 60

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Round trip delay (RtdDefault, 20ms)

Full name Round trip delay

Abbrevia-tion RtdDefault

3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None



Description

When handover is performed in AMR, BSC sends thepre-handover notification message to BTS to make BTSnot implement voice rate adjustment.� Timer start: When BSC sends the pre-handover

notification message to BTS, the timer is started.� Timer stop: When BSC receives the response for

pre-handover notification message from BTS, thetimer is stopped.

� Overtime action: BSC sends the handover commandto MS.

This parameter is supported from version 6.20.21.

Manage-ment Ob-ject BSC

ValueRange 1 ~ 20

Unit 20 ms

Defaultvalue 5

Changemode Offline



Relation-ship None

Relatedinterfaces Abis Interface


GPRS Maximum RetryingTimesThe interface of GPRS maximum retrying times is shown in Figure22.



FIGURE 22 GPRS MAX RETRYING TIMES PARAMETERS

MAX times of BVC block retry(BVCBlkMax)

Full name MAX times of BVC block retry

Abbreviation BVCBlkMax

3GPP Name BVC-BLOCK-RETRIES

3GPP refer-ence 3GPP TS48.018 V5.13.0

Description

If the PTP BVC must be blocked due to OAMintervention or equipment faults (disableblocking/unblocking the signaling BVC), BSSwill first set the BVC status as “Blocked” anddiscard the uplink service data.

To notify SGSN to stop sending downlink data,BSS initiates BVC blocking procedure. BSC repeatsBVC blocking procedure after sending BVC BLOCKmessage to SGSN. If BSC fails to receive BVC BLOCKACKNOWLEDGE message from SGSN in BSSGPT1,then BVC blocking repeats for a maximum of N times.

BSC stops BVC blocking and notifies OMS forN times if there is no answer. N depends onmaximum retries of BVC BLOCK.


Value Range 3 ~ 10

Unit None

Default value 3



Change mode Offline



Relationship None

Related inter-faces Gb interface


MAX times of BVC unblock retry(BVCUnblkMax)

Full name MAX times of BVC unblock retry

Abbreviation BVCUblkMax

3GPP Name BVC-UNBLOCK-RETRIES


Description

If the PTP BVC must be unblocked due to the OAMintervention or recovery of the equipment fault(disable blocking/unblocking the signaling BVC), BSSwill first set the BVC status as “Unblocked”.

To notify SGSN to start sending the downlink data,BSS will initiate the BVC unblocking procedure. BSCrepeats the BVC unblocking procedure after sendingthe BVC UNBLOCK message to SGSN. If BSC fails toreceive the BVC UNBLOCK ACKNOWLEDGE messagefrom SGSN in BSSGPT1 then BVC unblockingrepeats for a maximum of N times.

BSC stops BVC unblocking and notifies OMS forN times if there is no answer. N depends onmaximum retries of BVC UNBLOCK.


Value Range 3 ~ 10

Unit None

Default value 3

Change mode Offline





Relationship None



MAX times of BVC reset retry(BVCRestMax)

Full name MAX times of BVC reset retry

Abbreviation BVCRestMax

3GPP Name BVC-RESET-RETRIES


Description

To keep the initial status consistent between thetwo BVC sides, the “Reset BVC” process must beinitiated in the following cases: 1) system faultsthat affect the BVC function in BSS or SGSN (suchas restart upon power-on); 2) lower layer networkservice entity failure (such as frame relay fault); 3)lower layer network service entity capability update(for example, frame relay capability changed from0kbps to greater than 0kbps); 4) change of thecorresponding relationship between BVC and the cell.

For faults that affect NSE, BSC initiates SignalingBVC RESET procedure. For faults that affect asingle BVC, BSC initiates the PTP BVC RESETprocedure. BSC initiates all PTP BVC RESETprocedure for corresponding NSE after asignaling BVC reset procedure.

After the BVC RESET message is sent to SGSN,if the BVC RESET ACKNOWLEDGE message fromSGSN cannot be received within BSSGPT2, theBVC RESET process is repeated.

The BVC RESET process could be repeated for N timesat most. If there is no answer after the N times, BSCstops BVC RESET and notifies OMS. N depends onthe maximum number of retries of BVC RESET.


Value Range 0 ~ 255

Unit None

Default value 3



Change mode Offline



Relationship None



MAX times of NS block retry(NSBlkMax)

Full name MAX times of NS block retry

Abbreviation NSBlkMax

3GPP Name NS-BLOCK-RETRIES


Description

BSC repeats the blocking process when sendingthe NS BLOCK message to SGSN. If NS BLOCKACKNOWLEDGE message from SGSN fails to reachBSC within specified NS_T1 time then BSC repeatsthe NS BLOCK message for a maximum of N times.

BSC stops BLOCK procedure and notify OMS forN times if there is no answer. N depends onmaximum retries of NS BLOCK.


Value Range 0 ~ 10

Unit None

Default value 3

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





MAX times of NS unblock retry(NSUnblkMax)

Full name MAX times of NS unblock retry

Abbreviation NSUnblkMax

3GPP Name NS-UNBLOCK-RETRIES


Description

BSC repeats UNBLOCK procedure after sendingNS UNBLOCK message to SGSN. If BSC fails toreceive the NS BLOCK ACKNOWLEDGE message fromSGSN within NS_T1 timer, then BSC repeats the NSUNBLOCK message for a maximum of N times.

BSC stops UNBLOCK procedure and notify OMSfor N times if there is no answer. N depends onmaximum retries of NS UNBLOCK.


Value Range 0 ~ 10

Unit None

Default value 3

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





MAX times of NS alive retry(NSAliveMax)

Full name MAX times of NS alive retry

Abbreviation NSAliveMax

3GPP Name NS-ALIVE-RETRIES


Description

BSC repeats alive procedure after sending NSAlive message to SGSN. If BSC fails to receive NSAlive ACKNOWLEDGE message from SGSN withinNS_T4 timer then BSC repeats NS Alive messagefor a maximum of N times. NS Alive process isspecified by the procotol, used to test connectioncondition of NSVC terminal side.

BSC stops BSC Alive procedure and notify OMSfor N times if there is no answer. N dependson maximum retries of NS Alive.


Value Range 0 ~ 20

Unit None

Default value 10

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





MAX times of suspend retry(SuspendMax)

Full name MAX times of suspend retry

Abbreviation SuspendMax

3GPP Name SUSPEND-RETRIES


Description

MS first sends a SUSPEND message to BSS overSDCCH when a Class B GPRS MS is about to initiate avoice service. BSS initiates suspending procedure toSGSN to notify SGSN to stop sending PS paging anddownlink packet data after BSS receives the message.

BSC repeats suspending procedure after sendingSUSPEND message to SGSN. If BSC fails toreceive SUSPEND ACK/NACK message from SGSNin BSSGPT3 then BSC repeats the suspendingprocedure for a maximum of N times.

BSC stops suspending and notify OMS for Ntimes if there is no answer. N depends onmaximum suspending retries.


Value Range 0 ~ 10

Unit None

Default value 3

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





MAX times of resume retry(ResumeMax)

Full name MAX times of resume retry

Abbreviation ResumeMax

3GPP Name RESUME-RETRIES


Description

BSSGP layer parameters. when GPRS-attachedMS leaves a special mode, BSS adopts oneof the following strategies:

1. Notify MS of carrying out "route area upgrade".

2. Notify SGSN of recovering the GPRS service.

In case of Routing Area Update, MS and SGSNdirectly negotiate GMM status. With the “Resume”method (usually for the MS in the packet transmissionstatus), BSS will initiate the “RESUME” process toSGSN for the purpose of notifying SGSN to start thenormal packet downlink transmission action. If BSCfails to receive the RESUME ACK/NACK messagefrom SGSN in BSSGPT4, then repeats Resumeprocedure for a maximum of N times.

BSC stops the Resume procedure and notify OMSN times if there is no answer. N depends on themaximum times of resuming retry.


Value Range 0 ~ 10

Unit None

Default value 3

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





MAX times of radio accesscapabilities update retry (UpdateMax)

Full name MAX times of radio access capabilities update retry

Abbreviation UpdateMax

3GPP Name RA-CAPABILITY-UPDATE-RETRIES


Description

BSSGP layer parameters. When MS is establishinguplink/downlink TBF, BSS requires informationabout the radio access capability of MS. BSSobtains such information from SGSN through RadioAccess Capabilities Update procedure.

BSC repeats this procedure after sending the RADIOACCESS CAPABILITIES UPDATE message to SGSN. IfBSC fails to receive the RADIO ACCESS CAPABILITIESUPDATE ACK/NACK message from SGSN in BSSGPT5then the Radio Access Capabilities Update procedurerepeats for a maximum of N times. After N timesif there is no answer, then BSC stops Radio AccessCapabilities Update procedure and notify OMS. Ndepends on the maximum update retry times.


Value Range 0 ~ 10

Unit None

Default value 3

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Max times of PFC create retry(DownLoadBssPFCMax)

Full name Max times of PFC create retry

Abbreviation DownLoadBssPFCMax

3GPP Name DOWNLOAD-BSS-PFC-RETRIES


Description

Max retry times to create PFC. If "Creat BSS PFC" isnot received before timer BSSGPT6 is timeout, BSSsends "Download BSS PFC" message according to maxtimes of retrying to create PFC. If "Creat BSS PFC"is not received still after trying DownLoadBSSPRC-Max+1, the process is completed and inform O&M.


Value Range 0 ~ 10

Unit None

Default value 3

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures

ZGO-01-02-004 Streaming Service Policies

ZGO-01-02-003 Service based QoS

ZGB-01-02-001 Quality of Service (QoS)


Relationship None



Max times of PFC modify retry(ModifyBssPFCMax)

Full name Max times of PFC modify retry

Abbreviation ModifyBssPFCMax

3GPP Name MODIFY-BSS-PFC-RETRIES




Description

Max retry times to modify PFC. If "Modify BSS PFCAck" is not received before timer BSSGPT8 is time-out, BSS sends "Modify BSS PFC" message accord-ing to max times of retrying to modify PFC. If "ModifyBSS PFC Ack" is not received still after trying Modi-fyBssPFCMax +1, the process is completed and informO&M.


Value Range 0 ~ 10

Unit None

Default value 3

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures





Relationship None



GPRS TimerThe interface of GPRS timer parameters is shown in Figure 23.



FIGURE 23 GPRS TIMER PARAMETERS

BVC block/unblock retry time(BssgpT1, 100ms)

Full name BVC block/unblock retry time

Abbreviation BssgpT1

3GPP Name T1


Description

It monitors BSSGP blocking/unblocking process.

Global process in BSC central module MP uses thetimer value. BSS initiates BVC blocking/unblockingprocedure for a point-to-point BVC in case ofOAM intervention or device faults. BSC repeatsthis procedure, if SGSN does not return BVCBLOCK/UNBLOCK ACK/NACK messages. Theinterval between the messages is the BVCblocking/unblocking retry time.



Unit 100 ms

Default value 30

Change mode Offline





Relationship None



BVC reset retry time (BssgpT2,100ms)

Full name BVC reset retry time


3GPP Name T2


Description

It monitors BSSGP reset procedure.

BSS initiates "BVC reset" process when BVC(including PTP BVC and signaling BVC) is requiredto be reset (such as Gb interface is changed fromdisconnected to connected, cell is changed from notsupporting GPRS to supporting GPRS/EDGE, andOMCR initiates resetting) due to certain causes. BSCrepeats the procedure if SGSN does not return BVCRESET ACK/NACK message. The interval betweenthe messages is the BVC reset retry time.



Unit 100 ms

Default value 30

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Suspend retry time (BssgpT3,100ms)

Full name Suspend retry time


3GPP Name T3


Description

Class B MS notifies the network to suspend packetservice when MS is ready to perform a voice service.BSS initiates to suspend SGSN procedure after receiv-ing SUSPEND message from MS and repeats the pro-cedure if SGSN does not return SUSPEND ACK/NACKmessage. The interval between the messages is thesuspend retry time.


Value Range 1 ~ 100

Unit 100 ms

Default value 30

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Resume retry time (BssgpT4, 100ms)

Full name Resume retry time


3GPP Name T4


Description

It monitors BSSGP resuming procedure.

Service process in BSC peripheral module MPuses the timer value. BSS initiates resumingprocedure to SGSN when GPRS-attached MS isnot in dedicated mode and BSS uses Notify SGSNto resume GPRS service policy. BSS repeatsthe procedure if SGSN does not return RESUMEACK/NACK message. The interval between themessages is the resuming retry time.


Value Range 1 ~ 100

Unit 100 ms

Default value 30

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Access capability update retry time(BssgpT5, 100ms)

Full name Access capability update retry time


3GPP Name T5




Description

It monitors BSSGP RA_CAPABILITY procedure.

Service process in BSC peripheral module MP usesthe timer value. BSC repeats Radio Access CapabilityUpdate procedure after BSS initiates RA_CAPABILITYprocedure to SGSN and if SGSN does not returnthe RA_CAPABILITY UPDATE ACK/NACK message.The interval between the messages is the retrytime for radio access capability update.



Unit 100 ms

Default value 30

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



PFC creating retry time (BssgpT6,100ms)

Full name PFC creating retry time


3GPP Name T6




Description

PFC creating retry time

The conditions of timer start, stop, and timeoutactions are as follows:

� Timer start: it starts while BSC initiatesDownload PFC process;

� Timer stop: it stops while receiving SGSNCreate PFC message;

� Timeout action: retransfer for N times(configurable)


Value Range 1 ~ 100

Unit 100 ms

Default value 30

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



PFC modifying retry time (BssgpT8,100ms)

Full name PFC modifying retry time


3GPP Name T8


Description

Retry time to modify PFC. The conditions of timerstart, stop, and timeout actions are as follows:

� Timer start: it starts while BSC initiatesModify BSS PFC process;

� Timer stop: it stops while receiving SGSNModify BSS PFC Ack message;





Value Range 1 ~ 100

Unit 100 ms

Default value 30

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures





Relationship None



BVC flow control period (CellFcPer,10ms)

Full name BVC flow control period

Abbreviation CellFcPer

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter is the BVC leakage ratiomeasurement period in the ‘BVC Flow Control’process, that is, BVC long measurement period.

To provide reference to the BVC flow controlat SGSN side, the BSSGP process at BSS sideperiodically measures the current BVC leakageratio. BSC initiates the ‘BVC flow control’ procedureunconditionally when the long measurementtimer overflows. SGSN confirms to BSC if thedifference of leakage ratios between the twotimes exceeds CellFcThs. BSC also initiates ‘BVCflow control’ procedure with SGSN confirmationif the short measurement timer overflows, andthe difference of the leakage ratio betweenthe two timers exceed CellFcThs.





Unit 10 ms

Default value 3000

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures ZGB-03-05-016 BVC Flow Control (in DL)


Relationship None



MS flow control period (MsFcPer,10ms)

Full name MS flow control period

Abbreviation MsFcPer

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter is the MS leakage ratio measurementperiod in the ‘MS Flow Control’ process.

For reference of flow control at SGSN side, theBSSGP process at BSS side periodically measuresthe current leakage ratio of each MS. When thestatistic timer overflows, the ‘MS Flow Control’process is initiated unconditionally.



Unit 10 ms

Default value 3000

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures ZGB-03-05-017 MS Flow Control (in DL)


Relationship None





Timer that monitors block/unblockprocedure (NS_T1, 100ms)

Full name Timer that monitors block/unblock procedure

Abbreviation NS_T1

3GPP Name Tns-block


Description

Timer that monitors the block/unblock procedure.The conditions of timer start, stop, and timeoutactions are as follows:

� Timer start: it starts if NS block/unblockprocedure is initiated;

� Timer stop: it stops while receivingSGSN response;




Unit 100 ms

Default value 100

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Timer that monitors reset procedure(NS_T2, 100 ms)

Full name Timer that monitors reset procedure

Abbreviation NS_T2

3GPP Name Tns-reset


Description

Timer that monitors reset procedure. Theconditions of timer start, stop, and timeoutactions are as follows:

� Timer start: it starts if NS reset proc-ess is initiated;

� Timer stop: it stops while receivingSGSN response;

� Overtime actions: Repeat NS reset process,and the timer restarts



Unit 100 ms

Default value 100

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



NC-cycle of NS-VC test process(NS_T3, 100 ms)

Full name NC-cycle of NS-VC test process

Abbreviation NS_T3



3GPP Name Tns-test


Description

NC-Cycle of NS-VC test process. The conditionsof timer start, restart, and timeout actionsare as follows:

� Timer start: it starts after NS Resetprocess is finished;

� Timer restart: it restarts after receivingNS Alive Ack;

� Timeout action: send NS Alive mes-sage on timeout.



Unit 100 ms

Default value 300

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Timer that monitors alive process ofNSVC (NS_T4, 100 ms)

Full name Timer that monitors alive process of NSVC

Abbreviation NS_T4

3GPP Name Tns-alive




Description

Timer that monitors alive process of NSVC. Theconditions of timer start, stop, and timeoutactions are as follows:

� Timer start: it starts if NS Alive is initiated;� Timer stop: it stops while receiving

SGSN response;� Timeout action: retransfer for N times

(configurable)


Value Range 30

Unit 100 ms

Default value 30

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Max attempt period of reset (NS_T5,100 ms)

Full name Max attempt period of reset

Abbreviation NS_T5

3GPP Name None


Description

Maximum attempt period of reset.

Start timer NS_T5 while starting NS reset process,no reset response is received before NS_T2 timer istimeout, repeat NS reset process until timer NS_T5is timeout. If still no reset response is received,NS reset process shall be terminated and reportNS alarm to O&M. If reset response is receivedprior to timeout, the timer is cleared.




Value Range 1800

Unit 100 ms

Default value 1800

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



TFI and USF release timer (T3169,10ms)

Full name TFI and USF release timer

Abbreviation T3169

3GPP Name T3169


Description

This parameter is timer T3169. During the packetuplink transmission, if N3101 or N3103 counterstops, BSS starts the T3169 timer. Network utilizesTFI and USF resources on release when T3169 stops.

� Timer Start: T3169 timer starts when thecounter N3101 = N3101_MAX or the counterN3103 = N3103_MAX.

� Timer stop condition: None.� Timeout action: Release USF and TFI resources.



Unit 10 ms

Default value 500

Change mode Offline





Relationship None

Related inter-faces Um Interface


TBF release timer (T3191, 10ms)

Full name TBF release timer

Abbreviation T3191

3GPP Name T3191


Description

This parameter is timer T3191. During the packetdownlink transmission, if the BSN of the RLC datablock to be transmitted is the maximum (that is,the final downlink data block), the network willsend a RLC data block whose Final Block Identifier(FBI) domain is 1 and which includes effectiveRRBP domain to initialize release of the downlinkTBF. Then the network starts T3191. For eachRLC data block that receives FBI with value 1and contains effective RRBP domain:

� In acknowledged mode, the MS sends PACKETDOWNLINK ACK/NACK message whose FBIdomain is 1 on the uplink block specified bythe RRBP domain. If the network receives the“PACKET DOWNLINK ACK/NACK” message beforeT3191 expires and has to re-transmit it, T3191is stopped and the required RLC data block isre-transmitted. If re-transmission is not required,T3191 is stopped and T3193 is started. WhenT3193 expires, the network releases TBF. Thenetwork also releases TBF when T3191 stops.

� In unacknowledged mode, MS sends the PACKETCONTROL ACKNOWLEDGE message in theuplink block specified as per RRBP field. T3191terminates to enable only when the networkreceives the PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEmessage before T3191 stops. When T3193expires, the network releases TBF. The networkalso releases TBF when T3191 stops.



Unit 10 ms



Default value 500

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



TBF release time of downlinktransmission (T3193, 10ms)

Full name TBF release time of downlink transmission

Abbreviation T3193

3GPP Name T3193


Description

This parameter is timer T3193 which is usedfor protection on TBF release during downlinkpacket transmission. Refer to the descriptionof T3191 timer given below:

� Timer start condition: The final “PACKETDOWNLINK ACK/NACK” or “PACKET CONTROLACKNOWLEDGE” message is received.

� Timer stop condition: The network establishesa new downlink TBF.

� Timeout action: Release the TFI resource.

This parameter is bigger than timer T3192 to makesure the TFI of MS is unique at the same time.



Unit 10 ms

Default value 51

Change mode Offline





Relationship None



TBF protect time when radio linkfailure (T3195, 10ms)

Full name TBF protect time when radio link failure

Abbreviation T3195

3GPP Name T3195


Description

This parameter the protection time of TBF whenthe radio link fails or when the cell change leads toMS failure to respond. During the packet downlinktransmission, if the counter N3105 expires, BSSwill start T3195. Network uses the TFI resourceagain when T3195 timer stops.

� Timer start: T3195 timer starts when thecounter N3105 = N3105_MAX

� Timer stop condition: None.� Timeout action: Release the TFI resource.



Unit 10 ms

Default value 500

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





PS channel delay release timer(PSRelDelay, 100ms)

Full name PS channel delay release timer

Abbreviation PSRelDelay

3GPP Name None


Description

Information of releasing this PS channel when thisthreshold is achieved. The conditions of timer start,stop, and timeout actions are as follows:

� Timer start: it starts while all serviceare released on PDTCH;

� Timeout action: release PDTCH channel,during which if this channel is occupied again,the timer shall be cleared.



Unit 100 ms

Default value 300

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





AMR Half MethodParametersThe interface of AMR half method parameters is shown in Figure24.

FIGURE 24 AMR HALF METHOD PARAMETERS

AMR Half Active Codec Set(AmrHalfAcs)

Full name AMR Half Active Codec Set

Abbreviation AmrHalfAcs

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

The code has 8 bits. Bit 6~ Bit 8: reserved; Bit5: 7.40 kbps; Bit 4: 6.70 kbps …… Bit 2: 5.15kbps; Bit 1: 4.75 kbps. ‘Yes’ represents ‘1’ and ‘No’represents ‘0’. Four coding modes could be set atthe most. Default code is 00011110 (that is 30).


Value RangeFrom 4.75 kbit/s, 5.15 kbit/s, 5.90 kbit/s, 6.70kbit/s to 7.40 kbit/s, value range is Yes/No.

Unit None

Default value Default is [No, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes] in order.



Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures ZGO-01-01-003 Adaptive Multi-rate Codec (AMR)

Relevant param-eters Start mode (AmrStartMode)

Relationship

� When only a value is configured as "No" within5 elements in AmrStartMode interface, valuerange is 1~4;

� When two values are configured as "No" within5 elements in AmrStartMode interface, valuerange is 1~3;

� When three values are configured as "No"within 5 elements in AmrStartMode interface,value range is 1~2;

� When four values are configured as "No" within5 elements in AmrStartMode interface, valuerange is 1;

� When all five values are configured as "No" inAmrStartMode interface, value range is null;



Thresholds of AMR (AmrThresholds)

Full name Thresholds of AMR

Abbreviation AmrThresholds

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None



Description

The threshold of changing AMR mode includesfive factors: AmrThresholds1, AmrThres-holds2, AmrThresholds3, AmrThresholds4,AmrThresholds5. Also, the following restrictedconditions shall be met:

AmrThresholds1≤AmrThresholds2≤AmrThres-holds3≤AmrThresholds4≤AmrThresholds5AmrThresholds1AmrHysteresis1≤AmrThres-holds2AmrHysteresis2≤AmrThresholds3AmrHysteresis3≤AmrThresholds4AmrHystere-sis4≤AmrThresholds5AmrHysteresis5


Value Range

Including mode 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5. Valuerange is 0~63.

� 0: 0.0 dB;� 1: 0.5 dB� 2: 1.0 dB

......

� 63: 31.5 dB

Unit None

Default value [22, 25, 29, 34, 40]

Change mode Offline


Relevant param-eters None

Relationship None



Hysteresis of AMR (AmrHysteresis)

Full name Hysteresis of AMR

Abbreviation AmrHysteresis

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None



Description

The hysteresis of changing AMR mode includesfive factors: AmrHysteresis1, AmrHysteresis2,AmrHysteresis3, AmrHysteresis4, andAmrHysteresis5. Also, the following restrictedconditions shall be met:

AmrThresholds1AmrHysteresis1≤AmrThres-holds2AmrHysteresis2≤AmrThresholds3AmrHysteresis3≤AmrThresholds4AmrHystere-sis4≤AmrThresholds5AmrHysteresis5


Value Range

Including mode 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5. Valuerange is 0~15.

� 0: 0.0 dB� 1: 0.5 dB� 2: 1.0 dB

......

� 15: 7.5 dB

Unit None

Default value [4, 5, 5, 6, 6]

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Initial codec mode (IsAmrICM)

Full name Initial codec mode

Abbreviation IsAmrlCM

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description Use the coding mode specified by Startmode


Value Range Start-mode codec, Initial codec mode



Unit None

Default value Startmode codec

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Start mode (AmrStartMode)

Full name Start mode

Abbreviation AmrStartMode

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description Startmode codec mode


Value Range

The values are as follows:

� 1: Select the coding mode with lowest bitrate as the initial coding mode.

� 2: Select the coding mode with thesecond lowest bit rate, if there is morethan one coding mode.

� 3: Select the coding mode with the third lowestbit rate, if there is more than two coding modes.

� 4: Select the coding mode with thefourth lowest bit rate, if there are morethan three coding modes.

Unit None

Default value 1

Change mode Offline


Relevant param-eters AMR Half Active Codec Set (AmrHarfAcs)



Relationship

� When only a value is configured as "No" within5 elements in "AMR Half Active Codec Set(AmrHarfAcs)" interface, value range is 1~4;

� When two values are configured as "No" within5 elements in "AMR Half Active Codec Set(AmrHarfAcs)" interface, value range is 1~3;

� When three values are configured as "No"within 5 elements in "AMR Half Active Codec Set(AmrHarfAcs)" interface, value range is 1~2;

� When four values are configured as "No" within5 elements in "AMR Half Active Codec Set(AmrHarfAcs)" interface, value range is 1;

� When all values are configured as "No" for5 elements in "AMR Half Active Codec Set(AmrHarfAcs)" interface, value range is null;



Enable noise control (IsAmrNscb)

Full name Enable noise control

Abbreviation IsAmrNscb

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter defines whether AMR noisesuppression is disabled, that is, to suppressbackground noise and keep original voice quality.

� No: Enable noise suppression;� Yes: Disable noise suppression;


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





AMR Full MethodParametersThe interface of AMR full method parameters is shown in Figure25.

FIGURE 25 AMR FULL METHOD PARAMETERS

AMR Full Active Codec Set(ArmFullAcs)

Full name AMR full Active Codec Set

Abbreviation AmrFullAcs

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

The code has 8 bits. The code has 8 bits. Bit 8:12.2 kbps; Bit 7: 10.2 kbps; Bit 6: 7.95 kbps; Bit5: 6.70 kbps … Bit 2: 5.15 kbps; Bit 1: 4.75 kbps.‘Yes’ represents ‘1’ and ‘No’ represents ‘0’. Defaultcode is 10101010 (that is 170).




Value Range

From 4.75 kbit/s, 5.15 kbit/s, 5.90 kbit/s, 6.70kbit/s, 7.40 kbit/s, 7.95 kbit/s, 10.2 kbit/s to 12.2kbit/s, value range is Yes/No.

Unit None

Default valueDefault is [No, Yes, No, Yes, No, Yes, No, Yes] inorder.

Change mode Offline


Relevant param-eters Start mode (AmrStartMode)

Relationship

� When four values are configured as "No" within8 elements in AmrStartMode interface, valuerange is 1~4;

� When five values are configured as "No" within8 elements in AmrStartMode interface, valuerange is 1~3;

� When six values are configured as "No" within8 elements in AmrStartMode interface, valuerange is 1~2;

� When seven values are configured as "No"within 8 elements in AmrStartMode interface,value range is 1;

� When all eight values are configured as "No" inAmrStartMode interface, value range is null;



Threshold of AMR (AmrThresholds)

Full name Thresholds of AMR

Abbreviation AmrThresholds

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None



Description

The threshold of changing AMR mode includesseven factors: AmrThresholds1, AmrThresholds2,AmrThresholds3, AmrThresholds4, AmrThres-holds5, AmrThresholds6, AmrThresholds7. Also,the following restricted conditions shall be met:

AmrThresholds1≤AmrThresholds2≤AmrThres-holds3≤AmrThresholds4≤AmrThresholds5≤Amr-Thresholds6≤AmrThresholds7, AmrThresholds1AmrHysteresis1≤AmrThresholds2AmrHyste-resis2≤AmrThresholds3AmrHysteresis3≤Amr-Thresholds4AmrHysteresis4≤AmrThresholds5AmrHysteresis5≤AmrThresholds6AmrHystere-sis6≤AmrThresholds7AmrHysteresis7


Value Range

Including mode 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7.Value range is 0 ~ 63.

� 0: 0.0 dB;� 1: 0.5 dB� 2: 1.0 dB

......

� 63: 31.5 dB

Unit None

Default value [6, 9, 13, 18, 24, 31, 39]

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Hysteresis of AMR (AmrHysteresis)

Full name Hysteresis of AMR

Abbreviation AmrHysteresis

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None



Description

The hysteresis of changing AMR mode includesseven factors: AmrHysteresis1, AmrHysteresis2,AmrHysteresis3, AmrHysteresis4, AmrHysteresis5,AmrHysteresis6, AmrHysteresis7. Also, thefollowing restricted conditions shall be met:

AmrThresholds1AmrHysteresis1≤AmrThresholds2AmrHysteresis2≤AmrThresholds3AmrHyste-resis3≤AmrThresholds4AmrHysteresis4≤Amr-Thresholds5AmrHysteresis5≤AmrThresholds6AmrHysteresis6≤AmrThresholds7AmrHysteresis7


Value Range

Including mode 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7.Value range is 0 ~ 15.

� 0: 0.0 dB� 1: 0.5 dB� 2: 1.0 dB

......

� 15: 7.5 dB

Unit None

Default value [3, 4, 3, 5, 5, 5, 6]

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Initial codec mode (IsAmrlCM)

Full name Initial codec mode

Abbreviation IsAmrICM

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description Use the coding mode specified by Startmode




Value Range Start-mode codec, Initial codec mode

Unit None

Default value Startmode codec

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Start mode (AmrStartMode)

Full name Start mode

Abbreviation AmrStartMode

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description Startmode codec mode


Value Range

� When four values are configured as "No" within8 elements in "AMR full Active Codec Set(AmrFullAcs)" interface, value range is 1~4;

� When five values are configured as "No" within8 elements in "AMR full Active Codec Set(AmrFullAcs)" interface, value range is 1~3;

� When six values are configured as "No" within8 elements in "AMR full Active Codec Set(AmrFullAcs)" interface, value range is 1~2;

� When seven values are configured as "No"within 8 elements in "AMR full Active Codec Set(AmrFullAcs)" interface, value range is 1;

� When all values are configured as "No" for8 elements in "AMR full Active Codec Set(AmrFullAcs)" interface, value range is null.


� 1: Select the coding mode with lowest bitrate as the initial coding mode.

� 2: Select the coding mode with the second lowestbit rate, if there is more than one coding mode.

� 3: Select the coding mode with the third lowestbit rate, if there is more than two coding modes.



� 4: Select the coding mode with the fourthlowest bit rate, if there are more thanthree coding modes.

Unit None

Default value 1

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Enable noise control (IsAmrNscb)

Full name Enable noise control

Abbreviation IsAmrNscb

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter defines whether AMR noisesuppression is disabled, that is, to suppressbackground noise and keep original voice quality.

� No: Enable noise suppression;� Yes: Disable noise suppression;


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





GPRS Other Parameters 1The interface of GPRS other parameters 1 is shown in Figure 26.

FIGURE 26 GPRS OTHER PARAMETERS 1

Cn

Full name Cn

Abbreviation None

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None



Description

This parameter is used to determine theincrease of coding mode level.

Unlike the unified coding mode of the circuitchannel, the GPRS data block may employ theCS-1 to CS-4 coding modes, with data rates9.05 kbps, 13.4 kbps, 15.6 kbps, and 21.4 kbps,respectively. The low level coding mode hashigher error correction capability and lower datathroughput. User can choose different codingmodes for each timeslot or even each TBF.

During data transmission of GRPR, to reach themaximum radio throughput, the network shallselect the coding mode dynamically according tothe data rate requirement and radio transmissionquality. Good radio transmission quality meansthat the probability of the retransmission of theerror radio blocks is small. In this time the codingmode that carries large data volume (that is,high level coding mode) can be used.

For TBF (uplink and downlink) in the channelcoding mode CSn (1≤n≤3), if the number of datablocks transmitted consecutively and correctlyexceeds the predefined parameter Cn[n-1], thecoding mode will be increased by one level.

Subscript 1, 2, and 3 in the interface arecoding conversion parameters among CS1~CS2,CS2~CS3, and CS3~CS4.


Value Range 0 ~ 255

Unit None

Default value 85

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Nn

Full name Nn

Abbreviation None



3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter is used to determine thedecrease of coding mode level. It is usedat the RLC/MAC layer of BRP.

Unlike the unified coding mode of the circuitchannel, the GPRS data block may employ the CS-1to CS-4 coding modes, with data rates 9.05 kbps,13.4 kbps, 15.6 kbps, and 21.4 kbps, respectively.The low level coding mode has higher errorcorrection capability and lower data throughput.

Different coding modes can be chosen for eachtimeslot or even each TBF. The network selectsthe coding mode dynamically according to thedata rate requirement and radio transmissionquality at the transmission of the GPRS data,to reach maximum radio throughput.

When the radio transmission quality is poor,the coding mode with stronger anti-interferencecapability (that is, low level coding mode) shallbe used. The coding level decreases to onelevel if Nnn-2 data blocks are transmitted,the number of consecutive data blocks lossesin the coding mode CSn (2≤n≤4) for the TBF(downlink and uplink) is Xn[n–2]%.

Subscript 1, 2, and 3 in the interface arecoding conversion parameters among CS1~CS2,CS2~CS3, and CS3~CS4.


Value Range 0 ~ 255

Unit None

Default value 20

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Xn

Full name Xn

Abbreviation None

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter is the threshold for determiningthe decrease in the level of the coding mode. Itis used at the RLC/MAC layer of BRP.

Unlike the unified coding mode of the circuitchannel, the GPRS data block may employ the CS-1to CS-4 coding modes, with data rates 9.05 kbps,13.4 kbps, 15.6 kbps, and 21.4 kbps, respectively.The low level coding mode has higher errorcorrection capability and lower data throughput.

Different coding modes can be chosen for eachtimeslot or even each TBF. The network selectsthe coding mode dynamically according to thedata rate requirement and radio transmissionquality at the transmission of the GPRS data,to reach maximum radio throughput.

When the radio transmission quality is poor,the coding mode with stronger anti-interferencecapability (that is, low level coding mode) shallbe used. The coding level decreases to onelevel if Nnn-2 data blocks are transmitted,the number of consecutive data blocks lossesin the coding mode CSn (2≤n≤4) for the TBF(downlink and uplink) is Xn[n-2]%.

Subscript 1, 2, and 3 in the interface arecoding conversion parameters among CS1~CS2,CS2~CS3, and CS3CS4.


Value Range 0 ~ 100

Unit %

Default value 25

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Max allowed number of continuouslosses of uplink data blocks (N3101)

Full nameMax allowed number of continuous losses of uplinkdata blocks

Abbreviation N3101

3GPP Name N3101

3GPP reference 3GPP TS44.060 V5.19.0

Description

This parameter is counter N3101, which isused at RLC/MAC layer of BRP.

During packet uplink transmission, BSS specifiesUSF (corresponding to one uplink TBF) for eachuplink block. For a USF, if the network receivescorrect data from a specified uplink block, N3101clears for that TBF. If the number of lossesin specified uplink block exceeds N3101, thenT3169 timer starts. Network uses the TFI andUSF resources when T3169 stops.


Value Range 9 ~ 255

Unit None

Default value 50

Change mode Offline



Relationship None

Related interfa-ces Um Interface




Times of packet uplink ACK/NACKretries (N3103)

Full name Times of packet uplink ACK/NACK retries

Abbreviation N3103

3GPP Name N3103


Description


During the packet uplink transmission, if thenetwork detects that at the end of uplink TBF (CV= 0, and V(Q) = V(R)), all RLC data blocks havebeen received, the network shall send a “PACKETUPLINK ACK/NACK” message and set the FinalAcknowledgement Identifier (FAI) as 1. The headerof the RLC/MAC control block contains a valid RRBPdomain. And the counter N3103 is cleared.

MS sends PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEmessage in the block specified in RRBP and releaseTBF if MS receives PACKET UPLINK ACK/NACKmessage with FAI1 from network side.

Network re-transmits PACKET UPLINK ACK/NACKmessage with N3103 counter incrementing, ifthe network fails to receive PACKET CONTROLACKNOWLEDGE message in the radio blockspecified in the RRBP field.

The network starts T3169 timer if the value ofN3103 exceeds the limiting N3103max. Networkuses the TFI and USF resources when T3169 stops.


Value Range 0 ~ 255

Unit None

Default value 10

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Max allowed number of continuouslosses of uplink RLC/MAC controlmessage (N3105)

Full nameMax allowed number of continuous losses of uplinkRLC/MAC control message

Abbreviation N3105

3GPP Name N3105


Description


During packet uplink transmission, BSS specifiesUSF (corresponding to one uplink TBF) for eachuplink block. For a USF, if the network receivescorrect data from a specified uplink block, N3101clears for that TBF. If the number of lossesin specified uplink block exceeds N3101, thenT3169 timer starts. Network uses the TFI andUSF resources when T3169 stops.


Value Range 0 ~ 255

Unit None

Default value 15

Change mode Offline



Relationship None







NACC support (NACCSupport)

Full name NACC support

Abbreviation NACCSupport

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

LLC framework conversion refers to the process: onNACC, if target cell is the cell in BSC, downlink LLCframe data that has not been sent to this MS fromBSC is transferred to target cell, and then it is sentto this MS after MS uplink TBF link is established.


Value Range

Not support NACC; Support NACC, not support LLCframework conversion; Support NACC, also supportLLC framework conversion.

Unit None

Default value Not support NACC

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures ZGO-02-02-010 Network-assisted Cell Change




Relationship None



BSC's net operation mode (NMO)

Full name Net operation mode

Abbreviation NMO

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

There are three network operation modes:

� Mode 1: The network sends to the"GPRS-attached" MS the CS paging messageon the same channel of GPRS paging channel(packet or CCCH paging channel), or on theGPRS traffic channel (when it is assigned witha packet data channel). Mode 1 indicates thatMS only need to monitor one paging channel.

Network operation mode 1 is required whileconfiguring PBCCH; Gs interfce is requiredwhile configuring network operation mode 1.

� Mode 2: The network sends to the“GPRS-attached” MS the CS paging messageon the CCCH paging channel, which is alsofor GPRS paging. Mode 2 indicates thatthe MS only need to monitor CCCH pagingchannel, but when BSC allocates a packetdata channel, the CS paging message usesthe CCCH paging channel.

� Mode 3: The network sends to the"GPRS-attached" MS the CS paging message onthe CCCH paging channel, and sends the GPRSpaging message either on the packet pagingchannel (if any in the cell) or on the CCCHpaging channel. Mode 3 indicates that the MSmust monitor two paging channels (if packetpaging channel is available in the cell) in orderto receive CS or GPRS paging message.


Value RangeNet operation mode 1, Net operation mode 2, Netoperation mode 3

Unit None



Default value Network Operation Mode 2

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Page coordination support(PagCoordination)

Full name Page coordination support

Abbreviation PagCoordination

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter determines if intra-BSC cell supportsCS based paging. This parameter is broadcasted inGPRS CELL OPTIONS through SI13, PSI1, and PSI13messages. For more information, refer to the proto-col 04.60 12.24. It is invalid when NMO is 1.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Satellite transmission at GB interfaceindication (IsSatelliteGB)

Full name Satellite transmission at GB interface indication

Abbreviation IsStatelliteGB

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

It describes if BSC system supports "satellite trans-mission at Gb interface". This function is mainly toimplement the modification of delay.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures ZGO-05-01-003 Gb Interface over Satellite


Relationship None





Extended RLC send window allowed(IsWindowExpend)

Full name Extended RLC send window allowed

Abbreviation IsWindowExpend

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

DescriptionIt describes whether extended RLC send window isallowed.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



TBF establish support (TBF_EST)

Full name TBF establish support

Abbreviation TBF_EST

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter indicates if BSC supports TBF estab-lishment process. TBF flow establishment refers towhile releasing uplink TBF, to determine if new uplinkTBF shall be established immediately for CTRL_ACKfield in Packet Control Acknowledgement message.




Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Signal extended uplink TBF support(Signal_EUTBF)

Full name Signal extended uplink TBF support

Abbreviation Signal_EUTBF

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter indicates if signaling uplink TBF canuse extended uplink TBF functions. This parame-ter has the functions when the cell supports for ex-tended uplink TBF. Signaling TBF at this place refersto TBF established to transmit GMM signaling.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures ZGB-03-05-014 Delayed TBF Release in UL




Relationship None



Highest coding scheme of signal TBF(SigTBFMaxCode)

Full name Highest coding scheme of signal TBF

Abbreviation SigTBFMaxCode

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

While transferring upper signaling, such as PDPactivation, routing area update, this parameter canrestrict the highest coding mode of this kind ofsignaling data.


Value Range MCS1, MCS2, MCS3, MCS4, MCS5, MCS6, MCS7,MCS8, MCS9

Unit None

Default value MCS6

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Optimized POC service support(PocSupport)

Full name Optimized POC service support

Abbreviation PocSupport

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

It indicates if PoC subscriber applies for dedicatedPOC channel. PoC indicates Push to talk overCellular. Consider the MS with proper function aswalkie-talkie. This kind of MS has a talkie key.After pressing this key, you can talk with othersubscribers or in a group.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Highest coding scheme of POCservice in GPRS (PocAttSelt_0)

Full name Highest coding scheme of POC service in GPRS

Abbreviation PocAttSelt_0

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None



Description It describes the highest coding mode that can beused while GPRS MS does POC service.


Value Range CS1, CS2, CS3, CS4

Unit None

Default value CS3

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Highest coding scheme of POCservice in EGPRS (PocAttSelt_1)

Full name Highest coding scheme of POC service in EGPRS

Abbreviation PocAttSelt_1

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description It describes the highest coding mode that can beused while EGPRS MS does POC service.


Value Range MCS1 ~ MCS9

Unit None

Default value MCS6

Change mode Offline





Relationship None



Maximal users of POC serviceon shared PS channel0(PSCapaThs_UL)

Full name Maximal users of POC service on shared PSchannel0

Abbreviation PSCapaThs_UL

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

It indicates the upper limit of PoC servicesubscribers in shared uplink channel.

If dedicated PoC channel is configured, it indicatesthe upper limit of PoC subscribers on the uplinkof each dedicated PoC channel. If it exceeds thisnumber, PoC subscriber access is not allowed onthe uplink of this dedicated PoC channel.


Value Range 2 ~ 6

Unit Times

Default value 3

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Maximal users of POC serviceon shared PS channel1(PSCapaThs_DL)

Full name Maximal users of POC service on shared PSchannel1

Abbreviation PSCapaThs_DL

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

It indicates the upper limit of PoC servicesubscribers in shared downlink channel.

If dedicated PoC channel is configured, it indicatesthe upper limit of PoC subscribers on the downlinkof each dedicated PoC channel. If it exceeds thisnumber, PoC subscriber access is not allowed onthe downlink of this dedicated PoC channel.


Value Range 2 ~ 6

Unit Times

Default value 3

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



PDU buffer time (Info_1_16, 10ms)

Full name PDU buffer time


3GPP Name None



3GPPreference None

Description

This parameter indicates the longest duration ofBSSGP instance being kept after being released atradio interface. During cell reselection, the old BSSGPinstance is kept. If MS has not been accessed tothe new cell within a certain time longer than thisparameter's value, then the old BSSGP instance willbe released.

The parameter's value is 0: Indicates no buffer; Theparameter's value is 60000: Indicates using the buffertime PduLifeTime of SGSN's life cycle. The parameter'svalue is other value: Indicates using the minimumof the following two values: configuration data andPduLifeTime of SGSN.




Unit 10 ms

Defaultvalue 500

Changemode Offline



Relationship None



BVC Flow ControlParametersThe interface of BVC flow control parameters is as shown in Figure28.



FIGURE 28 BVC FLOW CONTROL PARAMETERS

BVC flow control support(BVCFlowCtrl)

Full name BVC flow control support

Abbreviation BVCFlowCtrl

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

BVC flow control occurs at Gb interface betweenSGSN and BSS, and only in downlinks. BSSprovides control parameters and SGSN executes,in order to avoid one BVC on BSS to abandoningsome LLC data because of the overtime causedby grouping channel is too busy (too many LLCframe caches) and to avoid abandoning newdownlink LLC data because of limit of memoryresource (overflow of LLC frame caches).

BSSGP process at BSS side counts current leakingrate of BVC periodically (including short statisticsand long statistics). This parameter originatesunconditionally if long statistics timer overflowsand SGSN acknowledgement is necessary ifdiscrepant range of adjacent leaking rates is overCellFcThs. ‘BVC flow control supported’ originatesand SGSN confirmation is necessary if shortstatistics timer overflows and discrepant range ofadjacent leaking rates is over CellFcThs.




Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value Yes

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



MS flow control support (MSFlowCtrl)

Full name MS flow control support

Abbreviation MSFlowCtrl

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

MS flow control occurs at Gb interface betweenSGSN and BSS, and only in downlinks. BSSprovides control parameters and SGSN executes,to avoid one MS on BSS to abandoning someLLC data because of the overtime caused bygrouping channel is too busy (too many LLCframe caches) and to avoid abandoning newdownlink LLC data because of limit of memoryresource (overflow of LLC frame caches).

The BSSGP process at the BSS side periodicallymeasures the current leakage ratio of MS. Whenthe statistic timer overflows, the ‘MS Flow Control’process is initiated unconditionally.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No



Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Flow control mode (FlowCtrlMode)

Full name Flow control mode

Abbreviation FlowCtrlMode

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

BSC has different flow control modes toreport flow control parameters to SGSN.The modes are as follows:

� 1: Mode 1: Report flow control parametersaccording to actual traffic on radiointerface counted at BSC;

� 2: Mode 2: Report flow control parametersaccording to max traffic that the cellcan provide;

� 3: Mode 3: Reserved

"Flow control mode 1 parameter" is enabledif selecting "mode 1"; "Flow control mode 2parameter" is enabled if selecting "mode 2".


Value Range 1 ~ 3

Unit None

Default value 1

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Related interfa-ces Gb interface


Parameter of flow control mode 1(FlowCtrlMode1Para)

Full name Parameter of Flow control mode 1

Abbreviation FlowCtrlMode1Para

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

BSC reports flow control parameters according toactual traffic at radio interface when adopting mode1. Actual counted value is smaller due to radio inter-face re-transmission and TBF failure. So BSC multi-plies the actual traffic with a multiple determined bythis parameter when reporting flow control param-eters.


Value Range 1 ~ 100

Unit 100 bps

Default value 1

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Parameter of flow control mode 2(FlowCtrlMode2Para)

Full name Parameter of Flow control mode 2

Abbreviation FlowCtrlMode2Para

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

BSC reports flow control parameters according tomax traffic that the cell can provide when adoptingmode 2. Maximum value depends on configuredchannels. Counting formula: channels * max trafficthat every channel can provide. This parameter ismax traffic that every channel can provide, with theunit of 100 bps.



Unit 100 bps

Default value 214

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



BVC flow control R MIN value(BVCFlowCtrlRMin, 100 bps)

Full name BVC flow control R MIN value

Abbreviation BVCFlowCtrlRMin

3GPP Name None



3GPP reference None

Description

This is the minimum value of leaking rate R in re-ported BVC flow control parameters under all kindsof flow control mode, that is, the reported param-eter R must be equal or over the set value, in theunit of 100 bps.



Unit 100 bps

Default value 80

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



MS flow control R MIN value(MSFlowCtrlRMin, 100 bps)

Full name MS flow control R MIN value

Abbreviation MSFlowCtrlRMin

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This is the minimum value of leaking rate R in re-ported MS flow control parameters under all kinds offlow control mode, that is, the reported parameterR must be equal or over the set value, in the unit of100 bps.



Unit 100 bps



Default value 80

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



PFC flow control procedures support(PFCFlowCtrl)

Full name PFC flow control procedures support

Abbreviation PFCFlowCtrl

3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None

Description

PFC flow control occurs at Gb interface between SGSNand BSS, and only in downlink. BSS provides controlparameters and SGSN executes. It helps avoid aPFC in BSS discarding some LLC data due to timeoutcaused by grouping channels being too busy (too manyLLC frame buffers) and avoid discarding new downlinkLLC data due to limited memory resource (overflowof LLC frame buffer).

The BSSGP process at the BSS side periodicallymeasures the current leakage ratio of MS. When thestatistic timer overflows, the 'PFC Flow Control' processis initiated unconditionally.



Value RangeYes/No

0: No; 1: Yes

Unit None

Default value No

Changemode Offline



RelevantFeatures ZGB-03-05-017 MS Flow Control (in DL)


Relationship None



Coefficient of BVC bucket size(Info_2_0)

Full name Coefficient of BVC bucket size


3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None

Description

This parameter is used to calculate the size of BVCbucket. User can modify this parameter's value tochange the size of BVC bucket.




Unit None

Defaultvalue 3000

Changemode Offline



Relationship None





Coefficient of MS bucket (Info_2_16)

Full name Coefficient of MS bucket


3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None

Description

This parameter is used to calculate the size of MSbucket. User can modify this parameter's value tochange the size of MS bucket.




Unit None

Defaultvalue 300

Changemode Offline



Relationship None



CBL in BVC/MS flow control(Info_1_9)

Full name CBL in BVC/MS flow control


3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None



Description

This parameter indicates whether Current Bucket Level(CBL) should be reported in the BVC/MS flow controlmessage.



Value RangeYes/No

0: No; 1: Yes

Unit None

Defaultvalue No

Changemode Offline



Relationship None



FUC Flow Control MapParametersInterface of FUC Flow Control Map parameter shown in Figure 29.



FIGURE 29 FUC FLOW CONTROL MAP PARAMETERS

Flow Control Reason

Full name Flow control reason

Abbreviation None

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter describes FUC flow control level.

The parameter value corresponding to level0 can't be modified.


Value Range Level 0~10

Unit None

Default value [Level 0~10]

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Emergency Call

Full name Emergency call

Abbreviation None

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter describes hurry call percentagecorresponding to certain FUC flow control level.



Value Range Level 0~10, value range is: 0~100

Unit %

Default value [0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0]

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures

ZGB-03-04-001 BSC Load Control

ZGB-01-03-001 Emergency Call Handling


Relationship None



Call Rebuilt

Full name Call Rebuilt

Abbreviation None

3GPP Name None



3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter describes call rebuilt percentagecorresponding to certain FUC flow control level.




Unit %

Default value [0, 50, 75, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100]

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Call Response

Full name Call Response

Abbreviation None

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter describes call response percentagecorresponding to certain FUC flow control level.




Unit %

Default value [0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 25, 50, 50, 75, 75, 75]

Change mode Offline





Relationship None



Calling

Full name Calling

Abbreviation None

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter describes calling percentagecorresponding to certain FUC flow control level.




Unit %

Default value [0, 0, 0, 0, 25, 25, 40, 78, 100, 100, 100]

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Location Update

Full name Location Update

Abbreviation None

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter describes site refresh percentagecorresponding to certain FUC flow control level.




Unit %

Default value [0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 25, 25, 50, 75]

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



GPRS Access

Full name GPRS access

Abbreviation None

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description







Unit %

Default value [0, 0, 0, 20, 46, 73, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100]

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Restore

Full name Restore

Abbreviation None

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description





Unit %

Default value [0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0]

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Flow control map slim adjust (bit)

Full name Flow control map slim adjust (bit)

Abbreviation None

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

FUC establishes a channel request refusemap. After flow control is started, you canbe based on this bitmap to determine ifcertain access can be refused.

Each bit in this map represents if to allowchannel access due to this reason: 1 representsrefusal, 0 represents allowance.


Value Range None

Unit Bit

Default value None

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



EDGE ParametersThe interface of EDGE property parameters is shown in Figure 30.



FIGURE 30 EDGE PARAMETERS

PFC support (PFCSupport)

Full name PFC support

Abbreviation PFCSupport

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference Section 44.060 12.24, 23.060, 48.018

Description

This parameter is broadcasted through SI13,PSI1, and PSI13 messages.

In EGPRS system with broadband features,the QoS concept of UMTS has been imported,which enables transferring the negotiable QoSconfiguration to BSS through Gb interface.BSS can maintain QoS subscribing informationthrough function PFC (packet flow context) flow,which include acquiring QoS, modifying QoS,and deleting QoS signaling flow.

Network notifies MS if the network supports PFCflow through the system message parameterPFC_FEATURE_MODE. If yes, the MS will addPFI when establishing uplink TBF (PACKETRESOURCE REQUEST). BSS can decide QoSas MS requires according to PFI.




Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures





Relationship None



R99 Ind (R99Ind)

Full name R99 Ind

Abbreviation R99Ind

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

It indicates R99 protocol version ID. BSS consid-ers this parameter as a basis to determine if to en-code/decode message field added after R99 versionfor the protocol.


Value Range Version of R98 or it's before, Version of R99

Unit None

Default value R99 version

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Related interfa-ces Um interface


Enhanced radio status proceduressupport (EnRadioStu)

Full name Enhanced radio status procedures support

Abbreviation EnRadioStu

3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None

Description

On the basis of Radio Status, enhanced Radio Statusreports three more cause values:

� x02: Indicates the enhanced Radio Status processis used when the cell reselection occurs. Usually,it helps satisfy the service requirement to themaximum extent.

� x03: Indicates the enhanced Radio Status processis used when the MS is required to perform cellreselection and LLC frame transferring is notsupported.

� x04: Indicates that SGSN is notified when BSCdetects cell reselection failure.

SGSN has the following responses:

� When Radio Status with the cause value x02is received, the downlink LLC frame sending isresumed after cell reselection is completed.

� When Radio Status with the cause value x03is received, either the downlink data sending isresumed after cell reselection is completed, orRadio Status with other cause values are received.

� When Radio Status with the cause value x04 isreceived, if there are data to be sent to MS, thenthe downlink LLC frame sending is resumed.

With Radio Status that supports multiple cause values,SGSN can better understand the status of MS, whichavoids sending data to the old cell blindly.



Value RangeYes/No

0: No; 1: Yes

Unit None

Defaultvalue No



Changemode Offline



Relationship None



RS

Full name RS

Abbreviation RS

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

Uplink throughput weight value at Gb inter-face, the dynamic Abis adjustment parameter.RS+RR+RA+RM+RB+RG+RE must be equal to 100.


Value Range 0 ~ 100

Unit None

Default value 12

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





RR

Full name RR

Abbreviation RR

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

Downlink throughput weight value at Gb inter-face, the dynamic Abis adjustment parameter.RS+RR+RA+RM+RB+RG+RE must be equal to 100.


Value Range 0 ~ 100

Unit None

Default value 12

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



RA

Full name RA

Abbreviation RA

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

Weight value of EGPRS MS accessing requesttimes, the dynamic Abis adjustment parameter.RS+RR+RA+RM+RB+RG+RE must be equal to 100.




Value Range 0 ~ 100

Unit None

Default value 6

Change mode Offline


Relationship None




RM

Full name RM

Abbreviation RM

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

Weight value of big-bandwidth request times,the dynamic Abis adjustment parameter.RS+RR+RA+RM+RB+RG+RE must be equal to 100.


Value Range 0 ~ 100

Unit None

Default value 14

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





RB

Full name RB

Abbreviation RB

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

Weight value of the biggest bandwidth us-age, the dynamic Abis adjustment parameter.RS+RR+RA+RM+RB+RG+RE must be equal to 100.


Value Range 0 ~ 100

Unit None

Default value 6

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



RG

Full name RG

Abbreviation RG

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None



Description

This parameter defines weights of GPRS carrierproportion, RS+RR+RA+RM+RB+RG+RE must beequal to 100


Value Range 0 ~ 100

Unit None

Default value 15

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



RE

Full name RE

Abbreviation RE

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter defines weights of EDGE carrierproportion, RS+RR+RA+RM+RB+RG+RE must beequal to 100


Value Range 0 ~ 100

Unit None

Default value 35

Change mode Offline





Relationship None



ABIS resource dynamic manage(Info_1_8)

Full name ABIS resource dynamic manage


3GPP Name None

3GPPreference

None

DescriptionThis parameter indicates whether Abis resourcedynamic management is allowed.


ManagementObject

Site/BSC

Value RangeYes/No

0: No; 1: Yes

Unit None

Default value Yes

Change mode Offline

RelevantFeatures

None

Relevantparameters

None

Relationship None

Relatedinterfaces

None

Impact onservice

None



eMLPP SetFigure 31 shows the interface of eMLPP set.

FIGURE 31 EMLPP SET

Strategy for preemption when assign(AssPreemptstrategy)

Full name Strategy for preemption when assign

Abbreviation AssPreemptstrategy

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description This parameter decides the preemption policy if thereis no available channel on assginment.


Value RangePriority 1 ~ 15. Value range is: Only forcedhandover; First forced handover, if fail, forcedrelease; First forced release.

Unit None

Default value Only forced handover

Change mode Offline





Relationship None



Strategy for preemption whenhandover (HoPreemptstrategy)

Full name Strategy for preemption when handover

Abbreviation HoPreemptstrategy

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description This parameter decides the preemption policy if thereis no available channel on handover.


Value RangePriority 1 ~ 15. Value range is: Only forcedhandover; First forced handover, if fail, forcedrelease; Directly forced release.

Unit None

Default value Only forced handover

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Maximum forced handover timeswhen assign (AssForcedHoTry)

Full name Maximum forced handover times when assign

Abbreviation AssForcedHoTry

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

DescriptionIt determines the max number of retry for forcedhandover if there is no available channel duringassignment.


Value Range Priority 1 ~ 15, value range: 1 ~ 5

Unit None

Default value 1

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Maximum forced handover timeswhen handover (HoForcedHoTry)

Full name Maximum forced handover times when handover

Abbreviation HoForcedHoTry

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None



DescriptionIt determines the max number of retry for forcedhandover if there is no available channel duringhandover.



Unit None

Default value 1

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Maximum forced release times whenassign (AssForcedRelTry)

Full name Maximum forced release times when assign

Abbreviation AssForcedRelTry

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

DescriptionIt determines the max number of retry for forcedrelease if there is no available channel duringassignment.



Unit None

Default value 1

Change mode Offline





Relationship None



Maximum forced release times whenhandover (HoForcedRelTry)

Full name Maximum forced release times when handover

Abbreviation HoForcedRelTry

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

DescriptionIt determines the max number of retry for forcedrelease if there is no available channel duringhandover.



Unit None

Default value 1

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Preemption duration when assign(AssPreempTimer, 100ms)

Full name Preemption duration when assign

Abbreviation AssPreempTimer

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

It determines the period of forced handover orforced release if there is no available channel duringassignment. If the period elapses, only queue isallowed, and new forced handover or forced releasenot required.



Unit 100 ms

Default value 40

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Preemption duration when handover(HoPreempTimer, 100ms)

Full name Preemption duration when handover

Abbreviation HoPreempTimer

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None



Description

It determines the period of forced handover orforced release if there is no available channel duringhandover. If the period elapses, only queue isallowed, and new forced handover or forced releasenot required.



Unit 100 ms

Default value 30

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Timer for start forced release whenassign (AssForceRelTimer)

Full name Timer for start forced release when assign

Abbreviation AssForceRelTimer

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

It determines if to do forced handover if both forcedhandover and forced release are allowed when thereis no available channel in the cell during assignment,or to do forced release and do not forced handoverafter no any channel is gotten.



Unit 100 ms

Default value 30



Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Timer for start forced release whenhandover (HoForceRelTimer)

Full name Timer for start forced release when handover

Abbreviation HoForceRelTimer

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

It determines if to do forced handover if both forcedhandover and forced release are allowed when thereis no available channel in the cell during handover,or to do forced release and do not forced handoverafter no any channel is gotten.



Unit 100 ms

Default value 25

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Interval for search forcedhandover target when assign(AssForceHoInterval, 100ms)

Full name Interval for search forced handover target whenassign

Abbreviation AssForceHoInterval

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter determines the waiting time forsearching forced handover target again if forcedhandover target can not be found when there is noavailable channel in the cell during assignment.



Unit 100 ms

Default value 5

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Interval for search forcedhandover target when handover(HoForceHoInterval, 100ms)

Full name Interval for search forced handover target whenhandover

Abbreviation HoForceHoInterval



3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter determines the waiting time forsearching forced handover target again if forcedhandover target can not be found when there is noavailable channel in the cell on handover.



Unit 100 ms

Default value 5

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Interval for search forcedrelease target when assign(AssForceRelInterval, 100ms)

Full name Interval for search forced release target when assign

Abbreviation AssForceRelInterval

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter determines the waiting time forsearching forced release target again if forced releasetarget can not be found when there is no availablechannel in the cell during assignment.





Unit 100 ms

Default value 5

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Interval for search forcedrelease target when handover(HoForceRelInterval, 100ms)

Full name Interval for search forced release target whenhandover

Abbreviation HoForceRelInterval

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter determines the waiting time forsearching forced release target again if forced releasetarget can not be found when there is no availablechannel in the cell on handover.



Unit 100 ms

Default value 5

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Queue timer for assign (RmsT11,100ms)

Full name Queue timer for assign

Abbreviation RmsT11

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

It determines the max time of waiting for queueif there is no available channel in the cell duringassignment. The assignment fails if no any resourceis gotten.



Unit 100 ms

Default value 60

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Queue timer for handover (RmsTqho,100ms)

Full name Queue timer for handover

Abbreviation RmsTqho

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

DescriptionIt determines the max time of waiting for queue ifthere is no available channel in the cell on handover.The handover fails if no any resource is gotten.



Unit 100 ms

Default value 50

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Queue indicate when assign(QueueIndAss)

Full name Queue indicate when assign

Abbreviation QueueIndAss

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None



DescriptionIt determines if queue is allowed or set it per cellif there are no available channels in the cell duringassignment.


Value Range Queue forbidden when assign, Queue allowed whenassign, According to the cell

Unit None

Default value Queue forbidden when assign

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Queue allowed when handover(QueueIndHo)

Full name Queue allowed when handover

Abbreviation QueueIndHo

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

DescriptionIt determines if queue is allowed or set it per cellif there are no available channels in the cell duringhandover.


Value Range Queue forbidden when handover, Queue allowed whenhandover, According to the cell

Unit None

Default value Queue forbidden when handover

Change mode Offline





Relationship None



Forced release indicate when assign(PreemptionIndAss)

Full name Forced release indicate when assign

Abbreviation PreemptionIndAss

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

DescriptionIt determines if forced release is allowed or set itper cell if there are no available channels in the cellduring assignment.


Value Range Forced release forbidden when assign, Forced releaseallowed when assign, According to the cell

Unit None

Default value Forced release forbidden when assign

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Forced release allowed whenhandover (PreemptionIndHo)

Full name Forced release allowed when handover

Abbreviation PreemptionIndHo

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

DescriptionIt determines if forced release is allowed or set itper cell if there are no available channels in the cellduring handover.


Value Range Forced release forbidden when handover, Forced re-lease allowed when handover, According to the cell

Unit None

Default value Forced release forbidden when handover

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Forced handover indication for assign(ForcedHolndAss)

Full name Forced handover indication for assign

Abbreviation ForcedHolndAss

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None



DescriptionIt determines if forced handover is allowed or set itper cell if there are no available channels in the cellduring assignment.


Value Range Forced handover forbidden when assign, Forced hand-over allowed when assign, According to the cell

Unit None

Default value forced handover forbidden when assigned

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Forced handover indication forhandover (ForcedHolndHo)

Full name Forced handover indication for handover

Abbreviation ForcedHolndHo

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

DescriptionIt determines if forced handover is allowed or set itper cell if there are no available channels in the cellduring handover.


Value RangeForced handover forbidden when handover, Forcedhandover allowed when handover, According to thecell

Unit None

Default value Forced handover forbidden when handover

Change mode Offline





Relationship None



Wait resource timer after forcedhandover (ForceHoWait, 100ms)

Full name Wait resource timer after forced handover

Abbreviation ForceHoWait

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

It determines the time of waiting for resource afterforced handover. If getting the resource within thisperiod, do not initiate forced handover or forcedrelease and quit from the queue. If can not get it,initiate forced handover, forced release, or queue.

This parameter is configured according to the timerequired to finish handover.


Value Range 10 ~ 40

Unit 100 ms

Default value 25

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Wait resource timer after forcedrelease (ForceRelWait, 100ms)

Full name Wait resource timer after forced release

Abbreviation ForceRelWait

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

It determines the time of waiting for resource afterforced release. If getting the resource within thisperiod, do not initiate forced release and quit fromthe queue. If can not get it, initiate forced releaseor queue.

This parameter is configured according to the timerequird to finish handover.


Value Range 10 ~ 40

Unit 100 ms

Default value 25

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Enough low priority for preemption(LowestPriority)

Full name Enough low priority for preemption

Abbreviation LowestPriority

3GPP Name None



3GPP reference None

Description

To reduce the search times when searching for thetarget of forced handover and forced release, if targetpriority is not higher than this priority, it is consideredthat the priority of this target is low enough, and donot search for the lowest priority. 1: highest priority


Value Range 1 ~ 15

Unit None

Default value 14

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Enough call duration for preemption

Full name Enough call duration for preemption

Abbreviation LongCallDuration

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

To reduce search times while searching for the targetof forced handover and forced release, if the durationof target call is longer than this parameter value, it isconsidered that the duration of target call is sufficientand do not search the target with the longest callduration.



Unit 480 ms

Default value 50



Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Forced handover target penalty time(ForceHoPenalty)

Full name Forced handover target penalty time

Abbreviation ForceHoPenalty

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

DescriptionIt determines this instance can not be used asforced handover target within this period after forcedhandover fails.


Value Range 0 ~ 255

Unit 480 ms

Default value 60

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Priority of emergency service(EmergServicelPrio)

Full name Priority of emergency service

Abbreviation EmergServicelPrio

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description It determines if the call with higher or equivalentpriority is emergency call. 1: highest priority


Value Range 1 ~ 15

Unit None

Default value 1

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Ater Timer ParametersIn basic property interface, if you select "Outer TC" in "TC typesupported (TCType)", a parameter interface named Ater Timer willbe added.

For Ater Timer parameter interface see Figure 32.



FIGURE 32 ATER TIMER PARAMETERS

Ater wait SCCP connection timer(TAterWaitConn, 100ms)

Full name Ater wait SCCP connection timer

Abbreviation TAterWaitConn

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter describes SCCP CONNECT CONFIRMmessage used to wait for iTC after iBSC configuresthis timer.


Value Range 5 ~ 20

Unit 100 ms

Default value 15

Change mode Offline





Relationship None

Related interfa-ces Ater Interface


Ater wait resource timer(TWaitAterRes, 100ms)

Full name Ater wait resource timer

Abbreviation TWaitAterRes

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter describes RESOURCE REQUEST AC-KNOWLEDGE message used to wait for iTC after iBSCconfigures this timer.


Value Range 10 ~ 30

Unit 100 ms

Default value 20

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Ater wait resource release timer(TAterWaitRel, 100ms)

Full name Ater wait resource release timer

Abbreviation TAterWaitRel

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter describes RESOURCE RELEASE AC-KNOWLEDGE message used to wait for iTC after iBSCconfigures this timer.


Value Range 20 ~ 50

Unit 100 ms

Default value 20

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Ater handover monitor timer(TAterMoniterHO, 100ms)

Full name Ater handover monitor timer

Abbreviation TAterMoniterHO

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

DescriptionThis parameter describes monitor handover processwhen iBSC configures this timer to use outer iTC.





Unit 100 ms

Default value 120

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Ater wait resource acknowledge timer(TWaitAterResAck, 100ms)

Full name Ater wait resource acknowledge timer

Abbreviation TWaitAterResAck

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter describes the response to apply forresource from iTC, to configure this timer wait for iTCduring iBSC handover.


Value Range 5 ~ 25

Unit 100 ms

Default value 15

Change mode Offline





Relationship None



Ater block circuit timer (TAterCicBlk,100ms)

Full name Ater block circuit timer

Abbreviation TAterCicBlk

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter describes BLOCKING ACKNOWLEDGEmessage or UNBLOCKING ACKNOWLEDGE messageused to wait for iTC after iBSC configures this timer.



Unit 100 ms

Default value 80

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Ater block circuit group timer(TAterBlkCicGrp, 100ms)

Full name Ater block circuit group timer

Abbreviation TAterBlkCicGrp

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter describes BLOCKING CIRCUIT GROUPACKNOWLEDGE message or UNBLOCKING CIRCUITGROUP ACKNOWLEDGE message used to wait for iTCafter iBSC configures this timer.



Unit 100 ms

Default value 80

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Ater reset circuit timer (TAterRstCic,100ms)

Full name Ater reset circuit timer

Abbreviation TAterRstCic

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None



Description

This parameter describes RESET CIRCUIT ACKNOWL-EDGE message used to wait for iTC after iBSC con-figures this timer.



Unit 100 ms

Default value 80

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Ater reset timer (TAterRst, 100ms)

Full name Ater reset timer

Abbreviation TAterRst

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter describes RESET ACKNOWLEDGEmessage used to wait for iTC when iBSC configuresthis timer.



Unit 100 ms

Default value 100

Change mode Offline





Relationship None



Ater reset guard timer (TITCRst,100ms)

Full name Ater reset guard timer

Abbreviation TITCRst

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

DescriptionThis parameter describes iBSC configures this timerto delay when resetting globally, to release resource.


Value Range 30 ~ 60

Unit 100 ms

Default value 40

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Ater block a interface circuit timer(TBIkACic, 100ms)

Full name Ater block a interface circuit timer

Abbreviation TBlkACic

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter describes BLOCKING A CIRCUIT AC-KNOWLEDGE message or UNBLOCKING CIRCUIT AC-KNOWLEDGEmessage used to wait for iTC when iBSCconfigures this timer.



Unit 100 ms

Default value 100

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Ater block a interface circuit grouptimer (TBIkACicGrp, 100ms)

Full name Ater block a interface circuit group timer

Abbreviation TBlkACicGrp

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None



Description

This parameter describes BLOCKING A CIRCUITGROUP ACKNOWLEDGE message or UNBLOCKINGA CIRCUIT GROUP ACKNOWLEDGE message to waitfor iTC after iBSC configures this timer.



Unit 100 ms

Default value 100

Change mode Offline



Relationship None




C h a p t e r 3

External Cell Parameters

External cell parameters include GERAN external cell parametersand UTRAN external cell parameters.

Table of ContentsGERAN External Cell Parameters........................................ 211UTRAN External Cell Parameters ........................................ 239

GERAN External CellParametersThe interface of GERAN external cell parameters is as shown inFigure 33.



FIGURE 33 BASIC PROPERTY PARAMETERS FOR GERAN EXTERNAL CELL

External cell ID

Full name External cell ID

Abbreviation None

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description External cell number



Unit None

Default value 1

Change mode Offline



Chapter 3 External Cell Parameters


Relationship None



Cell type (CellType)

Full name Cell type

Abbreviation CellType

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description GERAN External Cell type


Value RangeUmbrella cell, Macro Cell, Micro Cell, Micro-microCell, Extended Cell

Unit None

Default value Macro Cell

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



MCC (MCC)

Full name MCC (MCC)

Abbreviation MCC



3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

MCC consists of three digits of decimal number. Itis used to uniquely identify the home country of themobile user (or system).


Value Range 0 ~ 999

Unit None

Default value 460

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures ZGO-05-02-011 Multi PLMN


Relationship None



MNC (MNC)

Full name MNC (MNC)

Abbreviation MNC

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

MNC consists of three digits of decimal number. Ituniquely identifies a specific PLMN network in a coun-try (determined by MCC).


Value Range

� When MNC3Digits is selected as 2 digits,MNC value will be 0~99;


Unit None

Default value 0



Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures ZGO-05-02-011 Multi PLMN


Relationship None




Full name Frequency band

Abbreviation FreqBand

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description The frequency band of the system


Value Range

� When the value of DCS1800/PCS1900supported (FuncExt) is DCS1800, it value rangeis GSM900, EXT900, DCS1800, GSM850;

� When the value of DCS1800/PCS1900 supported(FuncExt) is PCS1900, it value range is GSM900,EXT900, PCS1900, GSM850;

Unit None

Default value GSM900

Change mode Offline


Relevant pa-rameters BCCH frequency (BcchArfcn)

Relationship None





BCCH frequency (BcchArfcn)

Full name BCCH frequency

Abbreviation BcchArfcn

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description ARFCN of the cell BCCH carrier


Value Range

� When Frequency Band is GSM900, itsvalue range is 1~124;

� When Frequency Band is EXT900, its valuerange is 0~124, 975~1023;

� When Frequency Band is PCS1900, itsvalue range is 512~810;

� When Frequency Band is DCS1800, itsvalue range is 512~885;

� When Frequency Band is GSM850, itsvalue range is 128~251;

Unit None

Default value 1

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



LAC (LAC)

Full name LAC (LAC)

Abbreviation LAC

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None



Description

Each GSM PLMN is divided into many location areas(LAs) in order to determine the MS location, the loca-tion area code identifies the different location areas.LAC comes under LAI (LAI = MCC + MNC + LAC).One location area contains multiple cells. This pa-rameter is consistent with the data at CN side.



Unit None

Default value 1

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



CI

Full name CI

Abbreviation CI

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

In order to distinguish each cell in GSM PLMNuniquely, the network operators allocate a uniquecode for each cell in a location area.



Unit None

Default value 0

Change mode Offline





Relationship None



NCC

Full name NCC

Abbreviation NCC

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

NCC is one of the composition parts of Base StationID Code (BSIC) (BSIC = NCC + BCC). which is usedto enable the MS to distinguish adjacent and differ-ent GSM PLMN cells. Normally, adjacent operatorsshall have different NCCs. The parameter related toNCC is “NccPermitted” of the cell. By prohibiting MSto report related NCC in the cell, MS is prohibited tomeasure the cell information of the related opera-tors. Actually, NCC occupies three bits. NCC is oneof the network identification parameters.


Value Range 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7

Unit None

Default value 0

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





BCC

Full name BCC

Abbreviation BCC

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

BCC is one of the composition parts of Base StationID Code (BSIC) (BSIC = NCC + BCC). Normally, BCCis used to enable MS to distinguish adjacent cells withthe same BCCH carrier frequency and belonging tothe same GSM PLMN. In addition, the GSM speci-fications stipulate that the TSC (Training SequenceCode) of the broadcast control channel of a cell shallbe equal to the cell BCC. BCC occupies three bits BCCand is one of the network identification parameters.


Value Range 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7

Unit None

Default value 0

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



GPRS service support (PsSupport)

Full name GPRS service support

Abbreviation PsSupport

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None



Description Determine if the cell supports GPRS.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline


Relevant pa-rameters TsChannelComb

Relationship

If "GPRS Supported (PsSupport)" is No, that is,GPRS is not supported, the system automaticallychange all timeslot channels whose type is PS inthe cell to TCH.


If GPRS service support is set as "Yes", a GPRS Property tabwill appear, as shown in Figure 34.



FIGURE 34 GPRS PROPERTY PARAMETERS FOR GERAN EXTERNAL CELL

Cell reselection offset (ReselOff_0,2db)

Full name Reselection offset

Abbreviation ReselOff_0

3GPP Name GPRS_RESELECT_OFFSET

3GPP reference 3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description

This parameter is used at MS side. It is broadcastedto MS via system message by BTS. In theGPRS system, C32 is used as the standardfor cell reselection. C32 standard calculation,similar to C2 standard in GSM, contains a cellreselection offset parameter. This parameteris notnecessary to append in packet system messagewhen the offset value is 0 dB.

This parameter indicates the parameters usedduring reselection on idle status, which onlyfunctions while configuring PBCCH.




Value Range 0 ~ 31

Unit 2 dB

Default value 0

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Cell reselection offset (ReselOff_1,2db)





Description

This parameter is used at MS side. Inform MSon PACCH. In the GPRS system, C32 is used asthe standard for cell reselection. C32 standardcalculation, similar to C2 standard in GSM, containsa cell reselection offset parameter. This parameteris not necessary to appear in packet systemmessage when the offset value is 0 dB.

This parameter indicates the parameter usedduring reselection in transmission state.


Value Range 0 ~ 31

Unit 2 dB

Default value 0

Change mode Offline





Relationship None



Temporary offset of cell reselection(TempOffset_0, db)

Full name Reselection temporary offset

Abbreviation TempOffset_0

3GPP Name GPRS_TEMPORARY_OFFSET


Description

This parameter is used at MS side. It is broadcastedto MS via system message by BTS. In the GPRSsystem, C32 is used as the standard for cellreselection. There is a temporary offset in C32that provides a negative offset, similar to C2in GSM system. The effective time depends onPenalty Time of cell reselection.



Value Range 0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, infinite

Unit dB

Default value 0

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Cell reselection temporary offset(TempOffset_1, db)





Description

This parameter is used at MS side. Inform MS onPACCH. In the GPRS system, C32 is used as thestandard for cell reselection. There is a temporaryoffset in C32 that provides a negative offset,similar to C2 in GSM system. The effective timedepends on Penalty Time of cell reselection.



Value Range 0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, infinite

Unit dB

Default value 0

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Penalty time of cell reselection(PenalTime_0, 10s)

Full name Penalty time of cell reselection

Abbreviation PenalTime_0

3GPP Name GPRS_PENALTY_TIME


Description

This parameter is used at MS side. It is broadcastedto MS via system message by BTS. In the GPRSsystem, C32 is used as the standard for cellreselection. There is a temporary offset in C32that provides a negative offset, similar to C2in GSM system. The effective time depends onPenalty Time of cell reselection.



Value Range 0 ~ 31

Unit 10 s

Default value 0

Change mode Offline



Relationship None










Description

This parameter is used at MS side. Inform MS onPACCH. In the GPRS system, C32 is used as thestandard for cell reselection. There is a temporaryoffset in C32 that provides a negative offset,similar to C2 in GSM system. The effective timedepends on Penalty Time of cell reselection.



Value Range 0 ~ 31

Unit 10 s

Default value 0

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



HCS exist (HCS_EXIST_0)

Full name HCS exist

Abbreviation HCS_EXIST_0

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None



Description

This parameter is used at MS side. This parameterbelongs to Hierarchical Cell Structure (HCS) andbroadcasted to MS via system message by BTS. PSImessage indicates if the HCS exist (HCS priority andThreshold of HCS signal level) exist in the cell. MSignores HSC exist parameters of other cells if servingcell does not use HSC exist parameters (all the cellsuse Threshold of HSC signal level of infinity).



Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



HCS exist (HCS_EXIST_1)

Full name HCS exist

Abbreviation HCS_EXIST_1

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter is used at MS side. This parameterbelongs to Hierarchical Cell Structure (HCS) and beinformed to MS on PACCH. PSI message indicatesif the HCS exist (HCS priority and Threshold ofHCS signal level) exist in the cell. MS ignores HSCexist parameters of other cells if serving cell doesnot use HSC exist parameters (all the cells useThreshold of HSC signal level of infinity).





Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Threshold of HCS signal level(HCS_THR_0)

Full name Threshold of HSC signal level

Abbreviation HCS_THR_0

3GPP Name HCS_THR


Description

This parameter is used at MS side. It belongsto HCS parameter, which is broadcasted toMS via system message by BTS. Thresholdof HCS signal level identifies the HCS signalstrength threshold of the cell.



Value Range 0 ~ 31

Unit None

Default value 0

Change mode Offline





Relationship None



Threshold of HCS signal level(HCS_THR_1)


Abbreviation HCS_THR_1

3GPP Name HCS_THR


Description

This parameter is used at MS side. It belongsto HCS parameter, which is informed to MS onPACCH. Threshold of HCS signal level identifies theHCS signal strength threshold of the cell.



Value Range 0 ~ 31

Unit None

Default value 0

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





HCS priority (PrioClass_0)

Full name HCS Priority

Abbreviation PrioClass_0

3GPP Name PRIORITY_CLASS


Description

This parameter is used at MS side. It belongs toHCS parameter, which is broadcasted to MS viasystem message by BTS, indicating cell HCS priority.



Value Range 0 ~ 7

Unit None

Default value 0

Change mode Offline



Relationship None










Description

This parameter is used at MS side. It belongsto HCS parameter, which is informed to MS onPACCH, indicating cell HCS priority.



Value Range 0 ~ 7

Unit None

Default value 0

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Allow SOLSA MS to access(EXC_ACC)

Full name Allow SOLSA MS to access

Abbreviation EXC_ACC

3GPP Name EXC_ACC


Description

System broadcasts this parameter to MS in SI4, SI6,and SI7 messages. In addition, the parameter infor-mation is available in PSI3 and Psi3bis messages oflocal and neighboring cells. The network uses AllowSOLSA MS to access to prevent MS from residing inthe cell.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No



Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Cell reselection status (CellBarAc2)

Full name Cell reselection status

Abbreviation CellBarAc2

3GPP Name CELL_BAR ACCESS_2


Description

Cell reselection status belongs to HCS, and the sys-tem broadcasts to MS in PSI3 message. It indicatesthe cell reselection status.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





LSA ID (LSA_Id)

Full name LSA Mark

Abbreviation LSA_Id

3GPP Name LSA ID


Description

System broadcasts the parameter to MS in SI4, SI6,SI7, and PSI3 messages of serving cell. In addition,system broadcasts the parameter information in PSI3and Psi3bis messages of the neighboring cells. LSAID specifies LSA identifier of the cell.



Unit None

Default value 0

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



RAC (RAC)

Full name RAC (RAC)

Abbreviation RAC

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None



Description

RAC is a composition part of Routing AreaIdentity (RAI). RAI defines the GPRS servingcell identification. GPRS system divides thelocation area (LAs) to several routing areas (RAs)using RAI (MCC+MNC+LAC+RAC). Routing Area(RA) distribution, similar to GSM system, usesthe location area to manage a group of cells.MS initiates ‘Routing area update’ procedure incell reselection mode if new RAI differs fromold RAI during cell reselection.

SGSN knows the routing area information ofthe MS in the standby status. Then, when thenetwork has packet data or circuit data to transmit,it will page the MS in that routing area. RAIcannot span more than one SGSN.

This parameter is consistent with the data at CN side.


Value Range 0 ~ 255

Unit None

Default value 0

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Access minimal signal level(RxLevAsMin_0)

Full name GPRS access minimum signal level

Abbreviation RxLevAsMin_0

3GPP Name GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN




Description

This parameter is used at MS side. It is broadcastedto MS via system message by BTS. This parameterindicates the minimum receiving level while allowingMS access to this system (GPRS).

To prevent the MS from accessing the systemat a low receiving signal level (usually, the poorcommunication quality cannot guarantee normalcommunication process after access) and fromunreasonably wasting radio resources of thenetwork, it is stipulated in the GSM system thatthe receiving level be greater than a thresholdlevel for MS to access the network, that is,“MS Minimal Level to Access”.

In addition, the parameter serves as referencefor MS during cell selection and reselection (aparameter to calculate C31 and C32).



Value Range

0 ~ 63

� 0: < -110 dBm;� 1: -110 dBm ~ -109 dBm;� 2: -109 dBm ~ -108 dBm;

......

� 62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm;� 63: > -48 dBm)

Unit None

Default value 12 (-99 dBm ~ -98 dBm)

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Access minimal signal level(RxLevAsMin_1)

Full name GPRS access minimum signal level




Description

This parameter is used at MS side. This parameteris informed to MS on PACCH. This parameterindicates the minimum receiving level while allowingMS access to this system (GPRS).

To prevent the MS from accessing the systemat a low receiving signal level (usually, the poorcommunication quality cannot guarantee normalcommunication process after access) and fromunreasonably wasting radio resources of thenetwork, it is stipulated in the GSM system thatthe receiving level be greater than a thresholdlevel for MS to access the network, that is,“MS Minimal Level to Access”.




Value Range

0 ~ 63


......

� 62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm;� 63: > -48 dBm

Unit None


Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Maximum initial access signal level(MsTxMaxCCH_0)

Full name GPRS MAX initial access signal level

Abbreviation MsTxMaxCCH_0

3GPP Name GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH


Description

This parameter is used at MS side. It is broadcastedto MS via system message by BTS. Network controlsthe MS transmit power during communicationwith BTS. The network controls MS power usingpower command. MS outputs transmit powerclosest to the specified power value if unavailable.The power before MS receives the networkpower control information (the power used inrandom access), depends on this parameterwhen MS is receiving PBCCH.

This parameter is also a parameter for cellselection and reselection by MS, involved incalculation of C1 and C2 values.

Refer to Appendix C, for the maximum power beforeMS receives the power control information.

The principle of setting this parameter is asfollows: Under the precondition that the MS atthe cell boundary is guaranteed with a certainaccess success rate, the MS access level shouldbe reduced as much as possible. Generally, itis recommended to set this parameter as 5 (forGSM900MS) and 2 (for GSM1800MS).

In actual application, after the parameter is set,make a dial test at the cell boundary, and test MSaccess success rate and access time with differentparameter settings to determine whether to increaseor decrease the value of the parameter.



Value Range 0 ~ 31

Unit None

Default value 5



Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Maximum initial access signal level(MsTxMaxCCH_1)


Abbreviation MsTxMaxCCH_1



Description

This parameter is used at MS side. This parameter isinformed to MS on PACCH. Network controls the MStransmit power during communication with BTS. Thenetwork controls MS power using power command.MS outputs transmit power closest to the specifiedpower value if unavailable. The power before MSreceives the network power control information(the power used in random access), depends onthis parameter when MS is receiving PBCCH.

This parameter is also a parameter for cellselection and reselection by MS, involved incalculation of C1 and C2 values.

Refer to Appendix C, for the maximum power beforeMS receives the power control information.

The principle of setting this parameter is asfollows: Under the precondition that the MS atthe cell boundary is guaranteed with a certainaccess success rate, the MS access level shouldbe reduced as much as possible. Generally, itis recommended to set this parameter as 5 (forGSM900MS) and 2 (for GSM1800MS).






Value Range 0 ~ 31

Unit None

Default value 5

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



UTRAN External CellParametersThe interface of UTRAN external cell parameters is shown in Figure35.



FIGURE 35 UTRAN EXTERNAL CELL PARAMETERS

External UTRAN ID (Ec3GID)

Full name External UTRAN ID (Ec3GID)

Abbreviation Ec3GID

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description Serial number of UTRAN external cell



Unit None

Default value 1

Change mode Offline





Relationship None



UTRAN cell type (CellType3G)

Full name UTRAN cell type

Abbreviation CellType3G

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description The type of this UTRAN cell


Value Range FDD, TDD

Unit None

Default value FDD

Change mode Offline


Relevant pa-rameters

UTRAN cell Frequency (Arfcn3G)

Scrambling code or Cell Parameter (ScCodeCellPara)

UTRAN adjacent cell bandwidth (BandWidth3G)

Apply Sync Case (SyncCaseTSTD)

Relationship

This parameter value has influence on the valuerange of ScCodeCellPara, and the value range anddefault value of Arfcn3G.

When selecting TDD, two configurable parametersappear in the interface, which are BandWidth3G andSyncCaseTSTD.





MCC (MCC)

Full name MCC (MCC)

Abbreviation MCC

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

MCC consists of three digits of decimal number. Itis used to uniquely identify the home country of themobile user (or system).


Value Range 0 ~ 999

Unit None

Default value 460

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



MNC (MNC)

Full name MNC (MNC)

Abbreviation MNC

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

MNC consists of three digits of decimal number. Ituniquely identifies a specific PLMN network in a coun-try (determined by MCC).




Value Range



Unit None

Default value 0

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



UTRAN cell frequency (Arfcn3G)

Full name UTRAN cell Frequency (Arfcn3G)

Abbreviation ArfcnUT3G

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description UTRAN adjacent cell's frequency range


Value Range

� When "UTRAN Cell Type (CellType3G)" isFDD, value range is 412 ~ 10838;

� When "UTRAN Cell Type (CellType3G)" isTDD and "UTRAN adjacent cell bandwidth(BandWidth3G)" is 0 (3.84 Mcps), valuerange is 2112 ~ 13088;

� When "UTRAN Cell Type (CellType3G)" isTDD and "UTRAN adjacent cell bandwidth(BandWidth3G)" is 1 (1.28 Mcps), valuerange is 9254 ~ 13096.

Unit None



Default value

� When "UTRAN Cell Type (CellType3G)" isFDD, default value is 412;

� When "UTRAN Cell Type (CellType3G)" is TDDand "UTRAN adjacent cell bandwidth(BandWidth3G)" is 0 (3.84 Mcps),default value is 2112;

� When "UTRAN Cell Type (CellType3G)" is TDDand "UTRAN adjacent cell bandwidth(BandWidth3G)" is 1 (1.28 Mcps),default value is 9254;

Change mode Offline





RelationshipThe value of CellType3G and BandWidth3G hasinfluence on the value range and default value ofthis parameter.



LAC (LAC)

Full name LAC (LAC)

Abbreviation LAC

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description




Unit None

Default value 1

Change mode Offline





Relationship None



RNC ID (RNC_ID)

Full name RNC ID (RNC_ID)

Abbreviation RNC_ID

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

Each RNC has a unique number in the UTRAN net-work of PLMN to route corresponding UTRAN inter-face message correctly.



Unit None

Default value 0

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





C ID (C_ID)

Full name C ID (C_ID)

Abbreviation C_ID

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description It identifies the UTRAN adjacent cell.



Unit None

Default value 0

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Scrambling code or cell parameter(ScCodeCellPara)

Full name Scrambling code or Cell Parameter (ScCodeCellPara)

Abbreviation ScCodeCellPara

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None



Description

� FDD: It is described in detail in protocol 3GPPTS25.213. The scrambling code is used todistinguish the carriers in UTRAN/FDD network.MS measure the main scrambling code of thedownlink CPICH channel in cell for handoveror cell reselection. The scrambling codesare divided into 0~511. There are one mainscrambling code and 15 auxiliary scramblingcodes in each group. 511 main scrambling codescould be divided into 64 scrambling code sets,and there are 8 scrabbling codes in each set;

� TDD: The parameters describing adjacent cell


Value Range

� When "UTRAN Cell Type (CellTypeUTRAN)" isFDD, this parameter represents FDD interferencecode, value range is 0 ~ 511, 65535.

� When "UTRAN Cell Type (CellTypeUTRAN)"is TDD, this parameter represents TDD cellparameter, value range is 0 ~ 127, 65535.

Unit None

Default value 0

Change mode Offline


Relevant pa-rameters UTRAN cell type (CellType3G)

Relationship The value of UTRAN Cell Type has influence on thevalue range of this parameter.



TX diversity indication (DiverSity)

Full name TX diversity indication

Abbreviation DiverSity

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

DescriptionIt indicates if UTRAN adjacent cell uses diversitytransmission.




Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



RAC (RAC)

Full name RAC (RAC)

Abbreviation RAC

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description





Value Range 0 ~ 255

Unit None

Default value 0



Change mode Offline



Relationship None



UTRAN adjacent cell bandwidth(BandWidth3G)

Full name UTRAN adjacent cell bandwidth

Abbreviation BandWidth3G

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

When "UTRAN cell type" is TDD, this parameter ap-pears and can be configured, indicating the band-width of UTRAN adjacent cell.


Value Range 1 (1.28Mcps), 0 (3.84Mcps)

Unit None

Default value 1 (1.28Mcps)

Change mode Offline




UTRAN cell frequency (Arfcn3G)


Relationship

When CellTypeUTRAN is TDD, this parameterappears and can be configured.

According to different parameter values, the valuerange and default value of Arfcn3G varies andnames of SyncCaseTSTD are different.






Full name Apply Sync Case / Apply TSTD

Abbreviation SyncCaseTSTD

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description It indicates if to apply SyncCase or TSTD


Value Range

� When CellType3G is TDD and BandWidth3G is 1(1.28 Mcps), the parameter indicates whetherTSTD is applied, the parameter name is "ApplyTSTD", the value range is Yes/No.

� When CellType3G is TDD and BandWidth3G is 0(3.84 Mcps), the parameter indicates whetherSyncCase is applied, the parameter name is"Apply Sync Case", the value range is Yes/No.

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline





Relationship

When CellTypeUTRAN is TDD, this parameterappears and can be configured. Based on differentparameter value of BandWidth3G, this parametername may be different.




C h a p t e r 4

Cell Parameters

This chapter explains the cell parameters, including basic param-eters, optional parameters, and GPRS/EDGE parameters.

Table of ContentsBasic Parameters 1 .......................................................... 251Basic Parameters 2 .......................................................... 270Basic Parameters 3 .......................................................... 291Optional Parameters ........................................................ 311Cell Selection Parameters ................................................. 323Service Process Additional Parameters................................ 334System Parameters.......................................................... 349Other Parameters ............................................................ 358GPRS Basic Parameters .................................................... 365GPRS Other Parameters 1................................................. 371GPRS Other Parameters 2................................................. 383GPRS Other Parameters 3................................................. 404GPRS Cell Options Parameters........................................... 419GPRS NC Survey Parameters............................................. 431GPRS Power Control Parameters ........................................ 440GPRS Cell Reselection Parameters...................................... 446GPRS Channel Parameters ................................................ 476EDGE Parameters ............................................................ 489

Basic Parameters 1The interface of cell basic parameters 1 is shown in Figure 36.



FIGURE 36 BASIC PARAMETERS 1

BTS ID (BtsId)

Full name Cell ID

Abbreviation BtsId

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

DescriptionSerial number of this cell. Consistent with the sectorID of SDR base station.


Value Range

1 ~ 24

The following lists the maximum number ofBtsIds of each site type.

� OB06: 3� BS20: 3� BS21: 3� BS21V20: 3� BS30: 3� BS30V12: 3� B8112: 6� M8202: 6� M8206: 6� B8018: 6� S8001: 1� SDR: 24

Unit None

Default value Sorted according to actual condition


Chapter 4 Cell Parameters

Change mode Offline



Relationship None


Impact on serv-ice

Service will be affected. If the parameter is modi-fied, all current services of corresponding cell will beinterrupted immediately.

Cell type (CellType)

Full name Cell type

Abbreviation CellType

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

The type of this cell.

If you need configure S8001 cell, “micro-microcell” shall be selected for “cell type”.


Value RangeUmbrella cell, Macro Cell, Micro Cell, Micro-microCell, Extended Cell

Unit None

Default value Macro Cell

Change mode Offline



TA MAX (TaMax)

TA allowed (TaAllowed)

TA MIN (TaMin)

Relationship

This parameter value has influence on the valuerange and default value of TA MAX (TaMax) andTA allowed (TaAllowed), and the value of TA MIN(TaMin).





MCC (MCC)

Full name MCC

Abbreviation MCC

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

Mobile Country Code (MCC) is used to uniquely iden-tify the home country of the mobile users (or sys-tem), assigned internationally, China is 460.


Value RangeBased on "Mobile country code" in BSC function pa-rameters.

Unit None

Default valueBased on "Mobile country code" in BSC function pa-rameters.

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



MNC (MNC)

Full name MNC

Abbreviation MNC

3GPP Name None



3GPP reference None

Description

Mobile Network Code (MNC) uniquely identifies a spe-cific PLMN network in a country (decided by MCC).For instance, 07 is PLMN network of China Mobile.


Value RangeBased on "Mobile network code (MNC)" in BSC globalresource parameters.

Unit None

Default valueBased on "Mobile network code (MNC)" in BSC globalresource parameters.

Change mode Offline



Relationship None


Impact on serv-ice

Service will be affected. If the parameter is modified,the current PS service of corresponding cell will beinterrupted immediately.

LAC (LAC)

Full name LAC (LAC)

Abbreviation LAC

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description




Unit None



Default value 1

Change mode Offline



Relationship None


Impact on serv-ice


CI (CI)

Full name CI

Abbreviation CI

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

In order to distinguish each cell in GSM PLMNuniquely, the network operators allocate a uniquecode for each cell in a location area.



Unit None

Default value 0

Change mode Offline



Relationship None




Impact on serv-ice

Service will be affected. If this parameter is incon-sistent with the data at CN side, new service cannotbe established in corresponding cell.

NCC (NCC)

Full name NCC

Abbreviation NCC

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

NCC is one of the composition parts of Base StationID Code (BSIC) (BSIC = NCC + BCC). which is usedto enable the MS to distinguish adjacent and differ-ent GSM PLMN cells. Normally, adjacent operatorsshall have different NCCs. The parameter related toNCC is “NccPermitted” of the cell. By prohibiting MSto report related NCC in the cell, MS is prohibited tomeasure the cell information of the related opera-tors. Actually, NCC occupies three bits. NCC is oneof the network identification parameters.


Value Range 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7

Unit None

Default value 0

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





BCC (BCC)

Full name BCC

Abbreviation BCC

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

BCC is one of the composition parts of Base StationID Code (BSIC) (BSIC = NCC + BCC). Normally, BCCis used to enable MS to distinguish adjacent cells withthe same BCCH carrier frequency and belonging tothe same GSM PLMN. In addition, the GSM speci-fications stipulate that the TSC (Training SequenceCode) of the broadcast control channel of a cell shallbe equal to the cell BCC. BCC occupies three bits BCCand is one of the network identification parameters.


Value Range 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7

Unit None

Default value 0

Change mode Offline



Relationship None


Impact on serv-ice



Full name Frequency band

Abbreviation FreqBand

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None



Description The frequency band types for GSM operation.


Value Range

� When the value of DCS1800/PCS1900 supported(FuncExt) is DCS1800, it value range isGSM900, EXT900, DCS1800, GSM850;


Unit None


Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures ZGO-05-02-002 EGSM Frequency Band Support


DCS1800/PCS1900 supported (FuncExt)

Frequency

Relationship

The value of DCS1800/PCS1900 supported(FuncExt) has influence on the value range of thisparameter.

This parameter value has influence on the valuerange of CaArfcnList.


Impact on serv-ice


Subcell used (SubCellUsed)

Full name Subcell used

Abbreviation SubCellUsed

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

Defined according to user requirement.

If user selects subcell used, the system mayautomatically add "power control 2" node undercell node, used to control cell power. If theuser selects don't use subcell, "power control 2"node may be automatically deleted.


Value Range Yes/No



Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures




Frequency band of subCell (SubFreqBand)

SubCell ID (SubCellId)

Relationship

When this parameter is Yes, you can configureSubFreqBand.

This parameter value has influence on the valuerange of SubCellId.



Frequency band of subCell(SubFreqBand)

Full name Frequency band of subCell

Abbreviation SubFreqBand

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description Set the frequency band of subCell.


Value Range

� When the value of DCS1800/PCS1900 supported(FuncExt) is DCS1800, it value range isGSM900, EXT900, DCS1800, GSM850;


Unit None


Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures






Subcell used (SubCellUsed)

DCS1800/PCS1900 supported (FuncExt)

Relationship

If 'Subcell used' is 'Yes', this parameter isconfigurable.

The value of DCS1800/PCS1900 supported(FuncExt) has influence on the value range of thisparameter.


Impact on serv-ice


ARFCN list (CaArfcnList)

Full name ARFCN list

Abbreviation CaArfcnList

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description The radio frequency set.


Value Range

ARFCN set, the value range of each ARFCN is thesame as BCCH. Based on frequency setting at sub-sequent BTS, the system automatically fills it in thisbox.

Unit None

Default value None

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures ZGO-04-03-001 Synthesized Frequency Hopping


Relationship None


Impact on serv-ice

Service will be affected. If the parameter is modified,all current services of corresponding frequency pointwill be interrupted immediately.



GPRS service support (PsSupport)

Full name GPRS service support

Abbreviation PsSupport

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

It indicates if this cell supports GPRS (EDGE) serv-ice. If selecting "Support GPRS" or "Support EDGE",relevant sub-page may occur in the interface.


Value Range No, Support GPRS, Support EDGE

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures ZGO-03-05-007 EGPRS Activation per Cell


Relationship None


Impact on serv-ice

If the parameter setting is changed between "Sup-port GPRS" and "Support EDGE", service will not beaffected. If the parameter setting is changed be-tween "Support GPRS"/"Support EDGE" and "No",the current PS service of corresponding cell will beinterrupted immediately.

Dynamic HR enable (DynaHREnable)

Full name Dynamic HR Enable

Abbreviation DynaHREnable

3GPP Name None


Description If this cell supports dynamic HR.




Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures



Relevant pa-rameters Use cell dynamic HR parameter (UseCellDynHRPara)

Relationship If this parameter is set to Yes, 'Use cell dynamic HRparameter' is configurable.



Use cell dynamic HR parameter(UseCellDynHRPara)

Full name Use cell dynamic HR parameter

Abbreviation UseCellDynHRPara

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

DescriptionIt indicates whether to use cell dynamic HR parame-ter.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures

ZGO-03-02-003 Full dynamic channelallocation on Um interface




Relevant pa-rameters Dynamic HR enable (DynaHREnable)

Relationship If DynaHREnable is 'Yes', this parameter isconfigurable.



CBC support (SmsCbUsed)

Full name CBC support

Abbreviation SmsCbUsed

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

CBC service is an important service provided bymobile communication system, mainly used todistribute information to the mobile subscriberswithin certain geographical location area. Thedifference from P2P sms service contains: receiverfor P2P sms is specific mobile subscriber, but receiverfor CBC is all mobile subscribers within certain area,including external subscribers roaming in this area.

This parameter identifies if this cell supports thefunction of cell broadcasting short message.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures ZGO-01-03-004 Cell Broadcast SMS




Relationship

� If "CBC support (SmsCbUsed)" is No, that is,CBC is not supported, the system automaticallysearches all timeslot channel combinations inthe cell. If CBC channel exists, it is changed toSDCCH.

� If "CBC support (SmsCbUsed)" is Yes, that is,CBC is supported, the system automaticallysearches all timeslot channel combinations inthe cell. If a non-BCCH channel is found for acarrier, it is changed to SDCCH+CBCH.



Threshold for FR to HR (HRThs, %)

Full name Threshold for FR to HR

Abbreviation HRThs

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

When BSC and cell enables dynamic HR functions,and percentage of TCH/F channel used in the cell(TCH/F channels occupied in the cell / all availableTCH channels in the cell (including IDLE and BUSY))exceeds this threshold, convert TCH/F -> TCH/H.


Value Range 1 ~ 100

Unit %

Default value 60

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures




Relationship None





PS busy threshold (Info_1_16)

Full name PS busy threshold


3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None

DescriptionDo the half-rate expansion if the cell busy degreereaches or exceeds this threshold, to restrict the PSexpansion.

Manage-ment Object Cell

Value Range 1 ~ 100

Unit None

Defaultvalue 80

Changemode Offline



Relationship None



Use cell AMR parameter(UseCellAMRParam)

Full name Use cell AMR parameter

Abbreviation UseCellAMRParam

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None



Description

This parameter indicates if AMR parameterin the cell is enabled.

� If the cell doesn't enable its own AMRparameters, AMR parameter value configuredby BSC is configured as the predominent;

� If the cell is enabled, AMR parametervalue configured by the cell is configuredas the predominent;


Value Range Use, not use

Unit None

Default value Not use

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Common control channelconfiguration (CcchConf)

Full name Common control channel configuration

Abbreviation CcchConf

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None



Description

Common control channel configuration is one ofthe system control parameters. In GSM system,CCCH includes Access Grant Channel (AGCH)and Paging Channel (PCH). It is used to sendaccess granting (that is instant assignment)message and paging message.

In each cell, all service channels share CCCH.According to the configuration of the servicechannel in the cell and the traffic mode of thecell, CCCH could be one or more than onephysical channel, and CCCH could share thesame physical channel with SDCCH.

The combination mode of the common controlchannel in cell depends on CCCH configurationparameter and it should be consistent with theactual configuration of cell CCH. It could beobserved from this parameter: BS_CC_CHANS(Number of CCCH); BS_CCCH_SDCCH_COMB(If combined with SDCCH).

This parameter is broadcasted to all MSs in the cellby message RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE3.


Value Range

CCCH uses one physical channel, not combined withSDCCH; CCCH uses one physical channel, combinedwith SDCCH; CCCH uses two physical channels, notcombined with SDCCH; CCCH uses three physicalchannels, not combined with SDCCH; CCCH uses fourphysical channels, not combined with SDCCH.

Unit None

Default valueCCCH uses one physical channel, not combined withSDCCH

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures ZGB-03-02-001 Support of SDCCH/4 and SDCCH/8


Relationship

� When CCCH Channel (CcchConf) is configuredas "a basic physical channel used by CCCH,along with SDCCH". In channel informationparameters, timeslot 0 channel combinationshall be one of these two combined channels:BCCH+SDCCH/4 and BCCH+SDCCH/4+CBCH.

� When CCCH Channel (CcchConf) is configuredas "a basic physical channel used by CCCH,regarless of SDCCH". In channel informationparameters, timeslot 0 channel combinationshall be one of these two combined channels:FCCH+SCH+BCCH+CCCH and BCCH+CCCH.

� When CCCH Channel (CcchConf) is configuredas "two basic physical channels used byCCCH, regarless of SDCCH". In channelinformation parameters, timeslot 0 and 2channel combination shall be these twocombined channels: FCCH+SCH+BCCH+CCCHand BCCH+CCCH.



� When CCCH Channel (CcchConf) is configuredas "three basic physical channels used by CCCH,regarless of SDCCH". In channel informationparameters, timeslot 0, 2, and 4 channelcombination shall be these two combinedchannels: FCCH+SCH+BCCH+CCCH andBCCH+CCCH.

� When CCCH Channel (CcchConf) is configuredas "four basic physical channels used by CCCH,regarless of SDCCH". In channel informationparameters, timeslot 0, 2, and 4 channelcombination shall be these two combinedchannels: FCCH+SCH+BCCH+CCCH andBCCH+CCCH.



Template file

Full name Template file

Abbreviation None

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

Click Select button, a window pops up, select thetemplate file in local path; click Clear button to clearselected template files.


Value Range Local files

Unit None

Default value None

Change mode Offline



Relationship None







TA maximum (TaMax)

Full name TA maximum

Abbreviation TaMax

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

DescriptionIt represents the maximum TA supported by ex-tended cell.


Value Range

� When "Cell Type (CellType)" is non-extendedcell, value range is 0 ~ 63;

� When "Cell Type (CellType)" is extendedcell, value range is 0 ~ 219;

Unit None

Default value

� When "Cell Type (CellType)" is non-extendedcell, default value is 63;

� When "Cell Type (CellType)" is extendedcell, default value is 219;

Change mode Offline



Relevant Fea-tures ZGO-04-01-001 Extended Cell Coverage

Relevant pa-rameters Cell type (CellType)

Relationship The value of the parameter CellType has influence onthe value range and default value of this parameter.



TA minimum (TaMin)

Full name TA minimum

Abbreviation TaMin

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

DescriptionIt indicates the minimum TA granted to be accessedinto the cell.


Value Range



Unit None

Default value 0

Change mode Offline



Relationship The value of CellType has influence on the valuerange of this parameter.





TA allowed (TaAllowed)

Full name TA allowed

Abbreviation TaAllowed

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

DescriptionIt represents the maximum TA granted to be ac-cessed into the cell.


Value Range



Unit None

Default value

� When "Cell Type (CellType)" is non-extendedcell, default value is 63;

� When "Cell Type (CellType)" is extendedcell, default value is 219;

Change mode Offline



Relationship The value of the parameter CellType has influence onthe value range and default value of this parameter.



CCCH load indication period(CcchLoadIndPrd, s)

Full name CCCH load indication period

Abbreviation CcchLoadIndPrd

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None



Description

According to GSM specifications, during the period ofPCH overload measurement, when the load of PCHchannel at BTS exceeds the PCH overload thresholdset by O&M, BTS sends the CCCH LOAD INDICATIONmessage periodically to BSC until the load of PCHchannel does not exceed this threshold value.


Value Range 1 ~ 255

Unit s

Default value 2

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Periodical location updating timer(T3212, 360s)

Full name Periodical location updating timer

Abbreviation T3212

3GPP Name T3212


Description

Location update results from two major causes inGSM system. One is when MS changes from old LACto new LAC and the second is when the networknotifies MS for periodic location update.

Network controls the location time interval anddepends upon T3212 timer. Network broadcaststo all MSs in the cell by RIL3_RR SYSTEMINFORMATION TYPE3 message. T3212 timer isone of the system control parameters.

The setting of this parameter will affect theoverall service performance and utilization rateof radio resources of the network. For the areawith higher traffic, the period could be bigger(for example 16 or 20 hours, even 25 hours); forthe area with ordinary traffic, the value of T3212



could be smaller (for example 3 or 6 hours);for the area with extreme overload traffic, it isrecommended to set T3212 as 0.


Value Range

0 ~ 255

� 0: positive infinite, location updateis not required;

� 1: 6 minutes;� 2: 12 minutes;

......

� 255: 1530 minutes

Unit 360 s

Default value 10

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Protection period for access attempt(T3122, s)

Full name Protection period for access attempt

Abbreviation T3122

3GPP Name T3122




Description

The network sends IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENTREJECT message to MS when it receives a channelrequest message from MS and will not allocate asuitable channel to MS. IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENTREJECT message contains T3122 timer parameter toprevent possible wireless channel blocking causedby repeated channel requests sent by the MS, whichis waiting for indication information unit.

MS cannot restart a new call until the timeindicated by T3122 is elapsed if it receives the‘IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT REJECT message.This parameter is also one of the system controlparameters, and is sent to MS in the IMMEDIATEASSIGNMENT REJECT message.

Following are the suggested values: 10 s ~ 15 s fornormal traffic area; 15 s ~ 25 s for dense traffic area.


Value Range 0 ~ 255

Unit s

Default value 10

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Multi-band report indication(MulbandReport)

Full name Multi-band report indication

Abbreviation MulbandReport

3GPP Name MULTIBAND_REPORTING




Description

MS in single-frequency GSM system needsonly to report contents of six adjacent cellswith the strongest signals in a frequencyband, when reporting the survey result ofadjacent cells to the network.

In multi-band networking, MS can enter with priorityinto a specific frequency band during handover.The MS reports the survey result according to thesignal intensity and the frequency band of thesignals, according to the actual situation.

Multiband report indication is used to notifyMS to report contents of adjacent cells inmultiple frequency bands. It is one of thesystem control parameters.

The setting of this parameter is subject to trafficin each frequency band. General principles to setthe parameters are as follows: 0: If the traffic ofeach frequency band is almost equivalent, and theoperator has no choice over the frequency band.3: If the traffic of each frequency band is quitedifferent, and the operator hopes that MS entersa specific frequency band with priority.


� 0: According to adjacent cell's signal strength,MS reports the measurement result of sixadjacent cells with the strongest known andpermitted NCC. This report is applicable foradjacent cells of all frequency bands.

� 1: MS reports the measurement result ofan adjacent cell with the strongest signalat frequency bands in the adjacent cell list(excluding frequency band of the local cell).In the remaining space, MS reports adjacentcells which are at the local cell's frequencyband. If there is still remaining space, MSreports the remaining adjacent cells, no matterwhat frequency bands they are at.

� 2: MS reports the measurement result oftwo adjacent cells with the strongest signalat frequency bands in the adjacent cell list(excluding frequency band of the local cell).In the remaining space, MS reports adjacentcells which are at the local cell's frequencyband. If there is still remaining space, MSreports the remaining adjacent cells, no matterwhat frequency bands they are at.

� 3: MS reports the measurement result ofthree adjacent cells with the strongest signalat frequency bands in the adjacent celllist (excluding frequency band of the localcell). In the remaining space, MS reportsadjacent cell in local cell frequency band. Ifstill more space is available, MS reports theremaining adjacent cells, no matter whatfrequency bands they are at.


Value Range 0 ~ 3

Unit None



Default value 3

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Minimal level threshold of MS uplinkRACH access (RachAccessMin, -db)

Full name Minimal level threshold of MS uplink RACH access

Abbreviation RachAccessMin

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description Minimal level threshold of MS uplink RACH access



Unit -dB

Default value 125

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





CCCH load indication (RACH)(CcchLoadINDThs_0)

Full name CCCH load indication (RACH)

Abbreviation CcchLoadINDThs_0

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

When load degree in RACH channel for BTS exceedsthis threshold, BTS sends CCCH LOAD INDICATIONmessage periodically to iBSC until load degree inRACH channel doesn't exceed this threshold value.


Value Range 0 ~ 100

Unit None

Default value 80

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



CCCH load indication (PAGCH)(CcchLoadINDThs_1)

Full name CCCH load indication (PAGCH)

Abbreviation CcchLoadINDThs_1

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None



Description

When load degree in PCH channel for BTS exceedsthis threshold, BTS sends CCCH LOAD INDICATIONmessage periodically to iBSC until load degree in PCHchannel doesn't exceed this threshold value.


Value Range 0 ~ 100

Unit None

Default value 80

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



8PSK modulating power attenuationlevel (Tn7Lowerlevel, 0.2db)

Full name 8PSK modulating power attenuation level

Abbreviation Tn7Lowerlevel

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description It indicates 8PSK modulating power attenuation level.


Value Range 0 ~ 50

Unit 0.2 dB

Default value 0

Change mode Offline





Relationship None



Repeated ACCH support(RepeatACCH)

Full name Repeated ACCH support

Abbreviation RepeatACCH

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

DescriptionThis parameter determines if to use FACCH/SACCHretransmission function.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures ZGO-04-02-009 Repeated FACCH/SACCH


Relationship None





Start PA power off (StartPAPowerOff)

Full name Start PA power off

Abbreviation StartPAPowerOff

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

To save energy and reduce consumption, BTS systemshall turn off PA offset voltage while close power foridle timeslots.l If configuring on BTS, FPGA can de-termine if PA offset voltage shall be turned off.


Value Range

Yes, No

� Yes: enable� No: disable

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures ZGO-04-04-003 Intelligent Timeslot Shutdown


Relationship None



Switch flag of cell TRX power off(StartTRXPowerOff)

Full name Switch flag of cell TRX power off

Abbreviation StartTRXPowerOff

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None



DescriptionIt marks if "Switch Flag of Ceil TRX Power Off" isenabled.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures ZGO-04-04-002 Intelligent TRX Shutdown


Relationship None



Bss Radio Link Timer's MaxValue for AMR HR Bug(BsRadioLkTmOutAMRFR)

Full name BSS radio link timer's max value for AMR HR

Abbreviation BsRadioLkTmOutAMRFR

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

Fault detection period in AMR-FR channel. Within thisperiod, pick average value through s times of meas-urement, and judge link fault threshold, to derter-mine if the channel is failed.


Value Range4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32, 36, 40, 44, 48, 52, 56,60, 64

Unit None

Default value 64

Change mode Offline





Relationship None



Bss Radio Link Timer's MaxValue for AMR HR Bug(BsRadioLkTmOutAMRHR)

Full name BSS radio link timer's max value for AMR HR

Abbreviation BsRadioLkTmOutAMRHR

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

Fault detection period in AMR-HR channel. Within thisperiod, pick average value through s times of meas-urement, and judge link fault threshold, to derter-mine if the channel is failed.


Value Range4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32, 36, 40, 44, 48, 52, 56,60, 64

Unit None

Default value 64

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





AMR codec adjust mode(AmrAdjMode)

Full name AMR codec adjust mode

Abbreviation AmrAdjMode

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

etting of AMR rate adjustment mode:

� AMR rapid speed mode: master adjustmenttime by BTS itself;

� Interval to adjust configuration: adjustmenttime shall be defined at background


Value RangeAMR rapid speed mode; Interval to adjust configura-tion

Unit None

Default value AMR rapid speed mode

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures ZGO-04-02-008 AMR Power Control


Relationship None



AMR codec adjust interval(AmrAdjInterval, 480ms)

Full name AMR codec adjust interval

Abbreviation AmrAdjInterval

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None



Description

It indicates AMR adjustment interval. This parameteris only meaningful when AmrAdjMode is "interval toadjust configuration".


Value Range 1 ~ 50

Unit 480 ms

Default value 1

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures ZGO-04-02-008 AMR Power Control


Relationship None



HR channel fragment finishingsupport (HRDfragSupport)

Full name HR channel fragment finishing support

Abbreviation HRDfragSupport

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter is a switch of frag collection in HRchannel, which can be configured on BSC and BTS.Only when both BSC and BTS are enabled and (num-ber of unfinished HR defragment instances / numberof idle HR channels in the cell) is no more than HRDe-fragThs, the HR channel defragmentation function isenabled, otherwise, it is disabled.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No



Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures ZGO-03-02-004 HR Concentration


Relationship None



Idle FR threshold For HR defrag(Info_0_8, %)

Full name Idle FR threshold For HR defrag


3GPP Name None

3GPPreference

None

Description

When the proportion between the number of idle TCH/Fchannels in cell and the the number of all availableservice channels in cell is smaller than this thresholdvalue, the defragment is started.


Manage-ment Ob-ject

Cell

ValueRange

0 ~ 100

Unit %

Defaultvalue

20

Changemode

Offline

RelevantFeatures

ZGO-03-02-004 HR Concentration

Relevantparameters

None



Relation-ship

None

Relatedinterfaces

None

Impact onservice

None

Busy threshold for HR defrag(Info_1_24, %)

Full name Busy threshold for HR defrag


3GPP Name None

3GPPreference

None

DescriptionWhen the cell's busyness degree is smaller than thisthreshold value, the defragment is started.


Manage-ment Ob-ject

Cell

ValueRange

0 ~ 100

Unit %

Defaultvalue

80

Changemode

Offline

RelevantFeatures

None

Relevantparameters

None

Relation-ship

None

Relatedinterfaces

None

Impact onservice

None



Percentage of HR Ts(HRTsPercentage)

Full name Percentage of HR Ts

Abbreviation HRTsPercentage

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

When HR timeslot in the cell / general timeslotin the cell < HRTsPercentage/100, the cellcan generate new HR channel.

This parameter can be configured on BSC andBTS. If the proportion of HR timeslot in the cell islower than HRTsPercentage/100 of BSC and BTS,the cell can generate new HR channel.


Value Range 0 ~ 100

Unit %

Default value 50

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



AMR Dynamic HR ConversionThreshold (AmrHRThs)

Full name AMR Dynamic HR Conversion Threshold

Abbreviation AmrHRThs

3GPP Name None




Description

When busy timeslot/general timeslot >=AmrHRThs/100, and carrier and cell support AMR,subsequent service prefers AMR voice rate.

This threshold value can be configured on BSCand BTS, when "User cell dynamic HR parameter"(UseCellDynHRPara) is yes, AmrHRThs valueconfigured by cell will be used, otherwise AmrHRThsconfigured by BSC is used.


Value Range 0 ~ 100

Unit %

Default value 50

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures

ZGO-03-02-006 Dynamic AMR HR/FR conversion inde-pendent threshold


Relationship None



FR-HR handover based on cell load(FRThrHoSupport)

Full name FR-HR handover based on cell load

Abbreviation FRThrHoSupport

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description FR-HR handover based on cell load


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None



Default value No

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Start PA output voltage tuning(Info_0_0)

Full name Start PA output voltage tuning


3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description It indicates if the TRX starts the function of adjustingPA voltage based on BTS output power.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





NCC permitted (NccPermitted)

Full name NCC permitted

Abbreviation NccPermitted

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description Add or Delete NCC within the value range.


Value Range 0~7

Unit None

Default value 0

Change mode Offline



Relationship None







Average bursts count surveyed byRACH (AvgSlots)

Full name Average bursts count surveyed by RACH

Abbreviation AvgSlots

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

Average bursts count surveyed by RACH specifies thenumber of bursts measured on RACH. RACH channeloverloads if receiving signal levels of this parameterBP are less than RACH Receiving signal level thresh-old for busy burst. BTS uses this parameter.


Value Range 0 ~ 100

Unit None

Default value 60

Change mode Offline





Relationship None



RACH receiving signal level thresholdfor busy burst (RachBusyThs)

Full name RACH receiving signal level threshold for busy burst

Abbreviation RachBusyThs

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

RACH Receiving signal level threshold for busy burstis the threshold for receiving signal level in RACHbursts. If the value is exceeded (that is less thanRACH Receiving signal level threshold for busy burstdBm), system considers that as a busy RACH.


Value Range

0 ~ 63


......

� 62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm;� 63: > -48 dBm

Unit None

Default value 63

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Overload sending period(OverloadPrd, s)

Full name Overload sending period

Abbreviation OverloadPrd

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

According to GSM specifications, when the AccessBurst level exceeds the predefined access level busythreshold (RACHBusyThs), the Access Burst is con-sidered as busy burst. During the period of RACHoverload measurement, if the ratio of the number ofBusy Bursts to all Access Bursts exceeds the RACHoverload threshold set by O&M, then the CCCH LOADINDICATION message is reported.


Value Range 1 ~ 255

Unit s

Default value 2

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





BA show (BcchBaInd)

Full name BA show

Abbreviation BcchBaInd

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

BA indication of BCCH. Adjacent cell list can bebroadcasted on BCCH and transferred on SACCH.The adjacent cell list transferred on BCCH can bedifferent from that on SACCH. When MS reportsthe measurement data of adjacent cell, eitherBCCH adjacent cell list or SACCH adjacent celllist will be referred. Therefore, to know whichadjacent cell list is referred by MS, a BA indication isadded when transferring adjacent cell list on BCCHand SACCH. When reporting the measurementresult, MS notifies the network side about thecorresponding BA indication of the referred adjacentcell list. As a result, the network side recognizeswhich adjacent cell list this MS uses.

This parameter describes the BS indication valuewhen the adjacent cell list being transferredon BCCH. In the case of transferring adjacentcell list on SACCH, the BA indication value usedis the reverse of the parameter.

� 0: BA Show (BcchBaInd) value on BCCH(System message 2, 2bis, 2ter) is 0; BAShow (BcchBaInd) value on SACCH (Systemmessage 5, 5bis, 5ter) is 1.

� 1: BA Show (BcchBaInd) value on BCCH(System message 2, 2bis, 2ter) is 1; BAShow (BcchBaInd) value on SACCH (Systemmessage 5, 5bis, 5ter) is 0.


Value Range 0, 1

Unit None

Default value 1

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





MIN received signal level to access(RxLevAccessMin)

Full name MIN received signal level to access

Abbreviation RxLevAccessMin

3GPP Name RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN


Description

To prevent the MS from accessing the systemat a low receiving signal level (usually, thepoor communication quality cannot guaranteenormal communications after access), andfrom unreasonably wasting the radio sources ofnetwork, it is prescribed in the GSM system thatthe receiving level be greater than a thresholdfor MS to access the network, that is, MS MinRxLev to Access (the minimum receiving levelfor the MS to access the network).

In addition, the criterion assists MS to selectand reselect the cell. The parameter will bebroadcast to all MSs in a cell through the “RIL3_RRSYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE3” and “TYPE4”messages. MIN received signal level to access isone of the cell selection parameters.

Recommended value is usually approximatedaccording to MS receiving sensitivity. Whennetwork observes uneven traffic distribution incertain cells, MIN received signal level to accessincreases the resulting C1 and C2 to decrease thecell effective coverage range. However, the valueof this parameter cannot be too large. Otherwise,large value change can bring ‘void area’ across cellboundaries to result in sudden call drop problem.

With this measure for traffic balance, it is suggestedthat the level value should not exceed -90dBm. Atthe preliminary running stage of the network, thisparameter can be usually set as 10 (that is, -101dBm ~ -100 dBm) or lower, which is higher thanthe MS receiving sensitivity –102 dBm. However,when the network capacity is expanded or the radiocoverage in a cell is not a problem, this parameterof the cell can be increased by 2 (dB).




Value Range

0 ~ 63


......

� 62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm;� 63: > -48 dBm

Unit None


Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures ZGB-02-02-007 Support of C1 Criteria


Relationship None



MAX number of re-transmittingevents times (MRetrans)

Full name MAX number of re-transmitting events times

Abbreviation MRetrans

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

MS sends the channel request messageon RACH channel to the network to startimmediate assignment process.

RACH is an ALOHA channel, the network enables MSto send multiple channel request messages beforethe MS receives the IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENTmessage to increase the access success rate of MS.Maximum number of allowable resend time dependson MAX number of re-transmitting events times.

Network broadcasts this parameter informationto MS in the cell through RIL3_RR SYSTEMINFORMATION TYPE1, 2, 2bis, 3 and 4’ messages.MAX number of re-transmitting events times is oneof the control parameters of GSM system.

� For the cell radius over 3km and the area withsmall traffic, it can be set as 3 (that is, the



maximum number of resending times is 7) toimprove the access success rate of MS.

� For the cell radius less than 3km and the areawith common traffic, it can be set as 2 (that is,the maximum number of resending times is 4);

� Define value as 1 (maximum number ofresending times is 2) for the micro cell.

� Define value as 0 (maximum number ofresending times is 1) for the micro cell withheavy traffic and the cell with congestion.


Value Range

0 ~ 3

� 0: once� 1: 2 times� 2: 4 times� 3: 7 times

Unit None

Default value 2 (4 times)

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Number of slots to spreadtransmission (TxInteger)

Full name Number of slots to spread transmission

Abbreviation TxInteger

3GPP Name Tx_integer




Description

This parameter is used at MS side. It belongs tothe PRACH control and RACH control parameters,and it is broadcast to the MS in the PSI1 message.Whenever establishing a new connection, MSsends a channel request message to the networkthrough PRACH/RACH channel.

As PRACH/RACH is an ALOHA channel, to improveMS access success rate, the network allowsMS to send multiple channel request messagesbefore receiving packet assignment message.If MS does not receive any response for theprevious channel request message, MS resendsthe channel request message after waiting for arandom period. Network uses this parameter todetermine the random waiting time.

The timeslot interval between two channel requestmessages should be a value randomly selectedfrom the set {S, S+1..., S+T-1}.

The relationship between S and T is as follows.

� When T is 3, 8, 14, or 50, S: 55 (CCCH);41 (CCH/SDCCH)

� When T is 4, 9, or 16, S: 76 (CCCH);52 (CCH/SDCCH)





Value Range

0 ~ 15

� 0: T is 3;� 1: T is 4;� 2: T is 5;� 3: T is 6;� 4: T is 7;� 5: T is 8;� 6: T is 9;� 7: T is 10;� 8: T is 11;� 9: T is 12;� 10: T is 14;� 11: T is 16;� 12: T is 20;� 13: T is 25;� 14: T is 32;� 15: T is 50.

Unit None

Default value 14

Change mode Offline





Relationship None



Control channel MAX power level(MsTxPwrMaxCch)

Full name Control channel MAX power level

Abbreviation MsTxPwrMaxCch

3GPP Name MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH


Description

During the communication between MS andBTS, the transmission power is controlled by thenetwork. The network sets the power for MSthrough the power command and the commandis transmitted on SACCH (SACCH has 2 headerbytes, one is the power control byte and theother is the timing advance byte).

MS must extract the power control headerfrom downward SACCH and takes the specifiedtransmission power as output power. If thepower level of MS cannot output the powervalue, it will output the closest transmissionpower that can be output.

For SACCH is Channel Associated Signaling and ithas to be used together with SCCCH and TCH, so thepower control of MS starts after MS receives SACCH.

The power of MS before receiving SACCH (that isthe power when sending channel request on RACH)is determined by Control channel MAX power level.

Control channel MAX power level is one of thecell selection and reselection parameters of MS,involving calculation of C1 and C2 values.

This parameter is broadcasted to all MS in the cell viaRIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE3 and TYPE4.

Refer to appendix C, for the maximum power beforeMS receives the power control information.

If this parameter is set too large, the MS nearBTS will interfere the adjacent channels. If itis too small, the MS at the cell boundaries willhave low access success rate.

Setting principle: in the premise of certain MSaccess success rate at the cell edge, decrease theaccess level of MS as much as possible. Generally,it is recommended to set this parameter as 5 (forGSM900MS) and 0 (for GSM1800MS).

In practice, after setting this parameter, performdialing test at the cell edge, increase or decrease



the value of this parameter according to theMS access success rate and access time testedwith different parameter setup.


Value Range 0 ~ 31

Unit None

Default value 5

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Number of multi-frames of the PCH(BsPaMframs)

Full name Number of multi-frames of the PCH

Abbreviation BsPaMframs

3GPP Name BS-PA-MFRMS


Description

Number of multiframes of the PCH specifies therepeat cycle of PCH group subchannel usingmultiple 51-MultiFrame structures. It is one ofthe system control parameters.

According to GSM Specifications, a unique IMSIidentifies MS and paging group. IMSI determinesthe PCH sub-channel for MS in a paging group.

In the actual network, MS tunes only to the pagingsub-channel during IDLE mode in the serving celland ignores other paging sub-channels. In otherIDLE time, MS shuts off the hardware equipmentpower supply to save power. Number of multiframesof the PCH determines the number of pagingsub-channels of the paging channel in a cell.

MS use this parameter to find out its homepaging group, so as to monitor corresponding



paging sub-channel. Network broadcasts theparameter information to all MSs in the cellthrough RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE3message. Number of multiframes of the PCH isone of the system control parameters.


Value Range 2 ~ 9

Unit None

Default value 5

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures ZGB-02-01-001 paging


Relationship None



Interval of SDCCH re-sending PHYinfo message (T3105d, 10ms)

Full name Interval of SDCCH re-sending PHY info message

Abbreviation T3105d

3GPP Name T3105


Description

It is the interval for resending the RIL3_RRPHYSICAL INFOMATION message during anasynchronous handover of SDCCH channel. Thistimer is one of the configuration parameters of BTS.

� Timer Start: It starts when network sends theRIL3_RR PHYSICAL INFORMATION message.

� Timer Stop: It stops when the networkreceives a layer-2 frame that can be correctlydecoded or receives the HANDOVER FAILUREmessage from the former channel.

� Overtime Action: If the timer is overtime,RIL3_RR PHYSICAL INFORMATION messagewill be redelivered.




Value Range 1 ~ 67

Unit 10 ms

Default value 10

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Interval of TCH re-sending PHY infomessage (T3105f, 10ms)

Full name Interval of TCH re-sending PHY info message

Abbreviation T3105f

3GPP Name T3105


Description

It is the interval for resending the RIL3_RRPHYSICAL INFOMATION message during anasynchronous handover of TCH channel. This timeris one of the configuration parameters of BTS.

� Timer Start: It starts when network sends theRIL3_RR PHYSICAL INFORMATION message.

� Timer Stop: It stops when the networkreceives a layer-2 frame that can be correctlydecoded or receives the HANDOVER FAILUREmessage from the former channel.

� Overtime Action: If the timer is overtime,RIL3_RR PHYSICAL INFORMATION messagewill be redelivered.


Value Range 1 ~ 32

Unit 10 ms

Default value 10

Change mode Offline





Relationship None



MAX resending times for physicalinformation (NY1)

Full name MAX resending times for physical information

Abbreviation NY1

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

BTS sends RIL3_RR PHYSICAL INFORMATIONmessage to notify MS the advanced time valuethat is used during asynchronous handover processto be in accordance with GSM specifications. BTSstarts the T3105 timer after the RIL3_RR PHYSICALINFORMATION message is sent once. BTS resendsmessage ‘RIL3_RR PHYSICAL INFORMATION’ andrestart the T3105 timer if the timer stops and failsto decode the frames in second layer correctly(format A or format B) or TCH frames.

MAX resending times for physical information decidesmaximum number of resending times for RIL3_RRPHYSICAL INFORMATION message. This parameteris one of the BTS configuration parameters.


Value Range 5 ~ 35

Unit None

Default value 20

Change mode Offline





Relationship None



Number of blocks reserved for AGCH(BsAgBlkRes)

Full name Number of blocks reserved for AGCH

Abbreviation BsAgBlkRes

3GPP Name BS_AG_BLKS_RES


Description

The number of blocks used for AGCH in 51-Multi-Frame. It is recommended that this value of the cellsin the same local area is identical.


Value Range 0 ~ 7

Unit None

Default value 2

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Lapdm Timer for controlling sdcchchannel (T200_0, 5ms)

Full name LAPDM timer used for controlling the SDCCH channel.

Abbreviation T200_0

3GPP Name T200

3GPP reference None

DescriptionT200 is the timer used on various control channels inLAPDm protocol of BTS. There are 7 kinds of T200.


Value Range 1 ~ 7

Unit 5 ms

Default value 1

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Lapdm Timer for controlling facch/fullrate channel (T200_1, 5ms)

Full name Lapdm Timer for controlling facch/full rate channel

Abbreviation T200_1

3GPP Name T200

3GPP reference None





Value Range 1 ~ 7

Unit 5 ms

Default value 1

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Lapdm Timer for controlling facch/halfrate channel (T200_2, 5ms)

Full name Lapdm Timer for controlling facch/half rate channel

Abbreviation T200_2

3GPP Name T200

3GPP reference None



Value Range 1 ~ 7

Unit 5 ms

Default value 1

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Lapdm Timer for controlling sacchwith tch sapi0 channel (T200_3,10ms)

Full nameLapdm Timer for controlling sacch with tch sapi0channel

Abbreviation T200_3

3GPP Name T200

3GPP reference None



Value Range 1 ~ 7

Unit 10 ms

Default value 2

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Lapdm Timer for controlling sacchwith sdcch channel (T200_4, 10ms)

Full name Lapdm Timer for controlling sacch with sdcch channel

Abbreviation T200_4

3GPP Name T200

3GPP reference None



Value Range 1 ~ 7

Unit 10 ms

Default value 2

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Lapdm Timer for controlling sdcchsapi3 channel (T200_5, 5ms)

Full name Lapdm Timer for controlling sdcch sapi3 channel

Abbreviation T200_5

3GPP Name T200

3GPP reference None





Value Range 1 ~ 7

Unit 5 ms

Default value 1

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Lapdm Timer for controlling sacchwith tch sapi3 channel (T200_6,10ms)

Full nameLapdm Timer for controlling sacch with tch sapi3channel

Abbreviation T200_6

3GPP Name T200

3GPP reference None



Value Range 1 ~ 7

Unit 10 ms

Default value 2

Change mode Offline





Relationship None



Optional ParametersThe interface of optional parameters is shown in Figure 39.

FIGURE 39 OPTIONAL PARAMETERS

Early category classmark sendingcontrol (ECSC)

Full name Early category classmark sending control

Abbreviation ECSC

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None



Description

According to GSM specification, MS transmitsappended class mark information (Classmark 3)to the network through the CLASSMARK CHANGEmessage as soon as possible.

Early category classmark sending control determineswhether the network supports ECSC function.Network broadcasts the parameter informationto MSs in the cell through RIL3_RR SYSTEMINFORMATION TYPE3 message.

If there is a cell in another frequency band in theadjacent cell for handover or the current cell itselfis extended GSM cell and the function of earlycategory classmark sending control is enabled,set ECSC as ‘Yes’, otherwise set as ‘No’.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value Yes

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



IMSI attach/detach allowed(ImsIadAllowed)

Full name IMSI attach/detach allowed

Abbreviation ImsIadAllowed

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None



Description

IMSI attach/detach allowed determines whethercell allows IMSI Attach/Detach procedure. IMSIdetach occur when MS reports switch-off or whenthe SIM card is taken out from the MS.

The network (normally VLR) marks ‘Detach’ flagin subscriber information table. Such procedureassists the network to prevent unnecessary pagingbroadcast message to MS. Likewise, the IMSI Attachoccur when the MS reports switch-on or reinsertingof the SIM card. After successful IMSI attach, MSrequests for Location Update (LU) for inconsistentLAI in SIM card with that of serving cell.

The network (normally VLR) marks ‘Attach’ flagin subscriber information table.

This parameter is included in ‘Control channelinformation’ and is used for RIL3_RR SYSTEMINFORMATION TYPE3 message.

This parameter of each cell in the samelocation area shall be identical.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value Yes

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Cell bar access (CellBarAccess)

Full name Cell bar access

Abbreviation CellBarAccess

3GPP Name CELL_BAR_ACCESS




Description

PLMN carriers can determine if to allow MS toaccess a specific cell (for example the cell in testor the cell for absorbing traffic only).

Network broadcasts Cell bar access informationto MS in the cell through RIL3_RR SYSTEMINFORMATION TYPE1, 2, 2bis, 3 and 4 messages.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Call re-establishment allowed(CallReestablish)

Full name Call re-establishment allowed

Abbreviation CallReestablish

3GPP Name RE


Description

For the call drop caused by radio link failureresulted from burst interference or high building,MS could originate call re-establishment processto restore the call. However, the networkdetermines if to allow reestablishment by enablingCall re-establishment allowed.

Network broadcasts the parameter informationto MS in the cell through RIL3_RR SYSTEMINFORMATION TYPE1, 2, 2bis, 3 and 4, message.Call re-establishment allowed is one of thenetwork function parameters.




Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Downlink discontinuous transmissionallowed (DtxDwlink)

Full name Downlink discontinuous transmission allowed

Abbreviation DtxDwlink

3GPP Name DTX

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 44.018 V5.22.0

3GPP TS 48.008 V5.12.0

3GPP TS 48.058 V5

Description

DTX mode is an optional downlink featureof GSM System.

The Discontinuous Transmission (DTX) mode meansthat the system does not transmit signals during thespeech intermission of the subscriber conversation.This parameter participates in determining touse DTX mode in downlink direction.

Actually, whether DTX is used in downlink direction(in CHANNEL ACTIVATION message and MODEMODIFY message sent to BTS) is determinedtogether by this parameter and the DTX indicationin downlink direction in ASSIGNMENT REQUESTmessage and HANDOVER REQUEST message of MSC.

� Yes: used� No: not used


Value Range Yes/No



Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures

ZGO-04-02-003 Discontinuous Transmission Down-link


Relationship None



Uplink discontinuous transmission(DtxUplinkBcch)

Full name Uplink discontinuous transmission

Abbreviation DtxUplinkBcch

3GPP Name DTX


Description

The Discontinuous Transmission (DTX) mode meansthat the system does not transmit signals during thespeech intermission of the subscriber conversation.

This parameter controls how MS uses the DTXmode. System broadcasts ‘RIL3_RR SYSTEMINFORMATION TYPE3’ message to all MSs in thecell. In addition, it may be necessary to notify MSsof older versions (of the first stage) through theRIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE6 message onSACCH. For MSs of newer versions, the RIL3_RRSYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE6 message containsUplink discontinuous transmission. This parameteris one of the network function parameters.


� MS could use DTX;� MS should use DTX;� MS should not use DTX.

If both the BTS equipment and TRAU support theDTX mode, set the parameter as 1 (employ DTX).Otherwise set it as 2 (not employ DTX).


Value Range 0 ~ 2



Unit None

Default value 1

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures ZGO-04-02-004 Discontinuous Transmission Uplink


Relationship None



Emergency call allowed(EmergencyCall)

Full name Emergency call allowed

Abbreviation EmergencyCall

3GPP Name EC


Description

Generally, a valid SIM card is required for any MS inGSM Network to get various network services. Butthe operators could decide if to allow MS emergencycall service for the MS without SIM card or withSIM card whose access level is disabled by currentcell, for example the police station. Select ‘Yes’ forEmergency call allowed to enable this function.

Network broadcasts this parameter to MS in thecell through RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATIONTYPE1, 2, 2bis, 3, and 4 message. It is one ofthe network function parameters.

� No: Emergency call for MSs whose access level is0 ~ 9 is not allowed. For MSs whose access levelis 11 ~ 15, if its corresponding access controlbit is T, the emergency call is also not allowed.

� Yes: Allow emergency call for all MSs.

GSM specifications define emergency call phonenumber as 112, which is different from Chineseemergency call, but 112 is generally connectedto the automatic voice service to inform theusers about the number of various specialservices. Hence, EC shall be set as ‘No’, thatis to allow the emergency call.




Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures ZGB-01-03-001 Emergency Call Handling


Relationship None



Cell bar qualify (CellBarQualify)

Full name Cell bar qualify

Abbreviation CellBarQualify

3GPP Name CBQCELL_BAR_QUALIFY

3GPP reference

3GPP TS 44.018 V5.22.0

3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description

This parameter preferably selects certain cells in thecell selection process according to capacity, trafficand functional difference in overlapping areas.

This function can be implemented by configuringCellBarQualify. CellBarQualify is used to limitcell priority in special case. Network broadcaststhe parameter information to all MSs in the cellthrough RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE3and TYPE4 messages. It is one of the cell selectionparameters. The validity of this parameter dependsupon cell reselection parameter indication.

Select 'No' for Cell Bar Access and 'No' for Cellbar qualify, that is, the cell priority is definedas 'Normal'. MS preferably enter some types ofcells. Set the priority of this cell type as 'Normal',while the priorities of other cells to 'Low'. Insome cases, such as micro cellular application,and dual-frequency networking, this settingwill not affect the cell reselection.


Value Range Yes/No



Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Access Control (AccessControl)

Full name Access Control

Abbreviation AccessControl

3GPP Name AC CN, Access Control Class N


Description

All MSs in GSM system have an access class (15classes in total). The MSs that are in the classranging between 0 and 9 are common ones. TheMSs that are in the class ranging between 11 and15 are special MSs (no access class 10). Therefore,the system can disable the MSs with certain accessclasses to access the cell (for example during theinstallation and commissioning or the congestioncontrol). This information can reach MS inside thecell in RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE1, 2,2bis, 3 and 4 messages through Access control. Itis also one of the system control parameters.

The degree of congestion for any CCCH or processoroverload during congestion control can be reducedby temporarily prohibiting one type or multipletypes of subscribers from accessing the system (forsubscribers of access levels 0 ~ 9). In general, thesystem shows the following overload conditions:

� RACH overload should be detected in the CCCHLOAD INDICATION message and processedby BSS according to the GSM08.58.

� AGCH overload should be detected in theDELETE INDICATION message. At that moment,the number of IMMEDIATE REJECT messages orIMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT messages that BSSfails to send reaches a certain number.

� PCH overload should be detected in the CCCHLOAD INDICATION message, and BSS onlynotifies MSC and does not do any handling.



� Other overload, such as MTP overload, can bedetected in the OVERLOAD message.

Input the control level, and user can performAdd or Delete operation.


Value Range 0 ~ 9, 11 ~ 15

Unit None

Default value None

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures ZGB-03-01-001 MS Access Control


Relationship None



HBTS proofread support(HBTSScanSupport)

Full name HBTS proofread support

Abbreviation HBTSScanSupport

3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None

Description It indicates the switch of searching frequency.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline








RSSI threshold (RSSlThrd)

Full name RSSI threshold

Abbreviation RSSlThrd

3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None

Description RSSI threshold



Unit None

Default value 100

Change mode Offline








Proofread freqband type(GSM1900Support)

Full name Proofread freqband type (GSM1900Support)

Abbreviation GSM1900Support

3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None

Description It indicates if GSM900 frequency band is supported.


Value RangeGSM900/DCS1800/GSM850

0 indicates unsupported; 1 indicates supported.

Unit None

Default value GSM900/DCS1800/GSM850

Change mode Offline



Relationship

If HBTS scan site number (HBTSScanSiteNum) is setto 0, this parameter can be configured but invalid.

This parameter value has influence on the value ofrange of HBTS BARANG.



Range of HBTS BARANG

Full name Range of HBTS BARANG

Abbreviation HBTSRange

3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None



Description

HBTSRangeLow and HBTSRangeHigh are configured inpair. You can set multiple ranges.

HBTSRangeLow: the lower absolute RF channel id;HBTSRangeHigh: the upper absolute RF channel id.

Input the range value and you can do the add ordelete operation.


Value Range 0 ~ 124, 128 ~ 251, 512 ~ 885, 975 ~ 1023

Unit None

Default value None

Change mode Offline


Relevantparameters

HBTS scan site number (HBTSScanSiteNum) andPreofread freqband type (GSM1900Support)

Relationship

If HBTS scan site number (HBTSScanSiteNum) is setto 0, this parameter can be configured but invalid.

If "Proofread freqband type" = 0, Range of HBTSBARANG is [0,124], [128,251], [512,885], or[975,1023]. If "Proofread freqband type" = 1, Rangeof HBTS BARANG is [0,124], [128,251], [512,810],or [975,1023].



Cell Selection ParametersThe interface of cell selection parameters is shown in Figure 40.



FIGURE 40 CELL SELECTION PARAMETERS

Additional reselection parameterindication (AdditionReselPI)

Full name Additional reselection parameter indicator

Abbreviation AdditionReselPI

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

The cell selection and reselection of MS dependson the C1 and C2 parameters, according to thedefinition in the GSM specification. Network carriersdecide whether to use C2 as the cell reselectionparameter. Additional reselection parameterindication is to notify MS whether C2 criterion isadoptable during the cell reselection.

Network broadcasts the parameter informationto MS in the cell through RIL3_RR SYSTEMINFORMATION TYPE3 and TYPE4 messages.Additional reselection parameter indication isone of the cell selection parameters.

� No: If SI4 Rest Octets of SYSTEM INFORMATIONTYPE4 exist, then MS takes off cell reselectionparameter PI and the parameters related toC2 calculation from SI4 Rest Octets.



� Yes: MS should obtain the PI parameter relatedto the cell reselection and parameters relatedto C2 calculation from SI7/8 Rest Octets ofSYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE4.

Generally, the system messages 7 and 8 are seldomused. Normally this parameter is ‘No’. It shall be‘Yes’ when the system adopts the system messages7 and 8, and the cell reselection uses C2.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Cell reselection parameter indication(CellReselPI)

Full name Cell reselection parameter indication

Abbreviation CellReselPI

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

Cell reselection parameter indication notifies the MSif to use C2 as the cell reselection parameter and ifthere is the related parameter for calculating C2.

It indicates whether the related parameter forcalculating cell reselection standard C2 is containedin SYSTEM INFORMATION message and whetherC2 standard is adopted in the cell reselection. Thesuccessive Cell reselection offset, Temporary offsetand Penalty time are invalid, and MS takes C1 asthe cell reselection standard when this value is ‘No’.

This parameter is broadcasted to all MS in the cell inRIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE3 and TYPE4



messages. Cell reselection parameter indicationis one of the cell selection parameters.

� No: MS should take C1 as the standard for cellreselection. Parameters CellBarQualify,ReselOffset, TemporaryOffset, andPenaltyTime are invalid.

� Yes: MS should calculate C2 according toparameters extracted from cell-broadcastingsystem messages, and take C2 as thestandard for cell reselection.

Enable this parameter, if related cell adopts C2 asthe cell reselection standard. Otherwise, disable it.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Cell reselection offset (ReselOffset,2db)


Abbreviation ReselOffset

3GPP Name CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET




Description

The cell reselection due to radio channel qualitytakes C2 as the standard. C2 is formed according toC1 parameter, and some special offset parameters,to add the special influence as to enable MS toenter some cells in priority. Usually, such measuresallow balancing the traffic on the network.

Besides C1, there are three factors affectingC2: Cell reselection offset, Temporaryoffset, and Penalty time.

Cell reselection offset is a magnitude value,which indicates the human modified value of C2.Calculate a modified value of C2 to encourageor prevent MS accessing a certain cell, so asto implement balance network.

Network broadcasts the parameter informationto all MSs in the cell through RIL3_RR SYSTEMINFORMATION TYPE3 and TYPE4 messages. It isone of the cell selection parameters. Whether thisparameter is valid depends on CellReselPI.

The setting of ReselOffset, TemporaryOffset, andPenaltyTime has the following three cases:

� In case of large traffic or poor communicationquality inside a cell due to certain causes, MSis expected not to work in that cell (that is,MS has certain repulsion to that cell).

Penalty time can be set as 31 in such cases.Temporary offset is invalid, and the numericalvalue of C2 equals C1 minus this parameterCell reselection offset. Therefore, the C2 valuecorresponding to the cell is decreased, andreduces the possibility that MS reselectingthe cell. Besides, the proper value of thisparameter Cell reselection offset can be setaccording to the repulsive nature of cell. Themore is the repulsive nature, the larger isthe Cell reselection offset. Vice versa in caseof a smaller Cell reselection offset.

� For cells with small traffic and low equipmentutilization, normally MS is encouraged to work inthat cell (that is, certain propensity to that cell).

Cell reselection offset must be set between0 ~ 10 (corresponding to 0 ~ 20 dB) in thiscase, according to tendency of the cell. Themore is the tendency, the larger is the Cellreselection offset. Vice versa in case of asmaller Cell reselection offset. It is usuallybetter to set the Temporary offset same as Cellreselection offset, or a little higher than Cellreselection offset. The main function of Penaltytime is to avoid frequent cell reselection of MS.The common recommended setting is 1 (20seconds) or 2 (40 seconds) (the 1800 cell ofdual-frequency network is such a case).

� For cells with ordinary traffic, usually“ReselOffset” should be set as 0 and“PenaltyTime” as 31. Thus, C2 is equal to C1,that is, without human factors on the cell.


Value Range 0 ~ 63



Unit 2 dB

Default value 0

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Temporary offset (TemporaryOffset,10dB)

Full name Temporary offset

Abbreviation TemporaryOffset

3GPP Name TEMPORARY_OFFSET


Description


Besides C1, there are three factors affecting C2:Cell reselection offset, Temporary offset, and Penaltytime. Temporary offset indicates the temporarymodification value for C2. Temporary means thatit only acts on C2 for a period and the perioddepends on parameter Penalty time.

Network broadcasts the parameter informationto all MSs in the cell through RIL3_RR SYSTEMINFORMATION TYPE3 and TYPE4 messages. Itis one of the cell selection parameters. Thevalidity of this parameter depends upon Cellreselection parameter indication.


Value Range 0 ~ 7

Unit 10 dB



Default value 1

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Penalty time (PenaltyTime, 20s)

Full name Penalty time

Abbreviation PenaltyTime

3GPP Name PENALTY_TIME


Description


Besides C1, there are three factors affecting C2:Cell reselection offset, Temporary offset, and Penaltytime. Temporary offset indicates the temporarymodification value for C2. Temporary means thatit only acts on C2 for a period and the perioddepends on parameter Penalty time.

Network broadcasts the parameter informationto all MSs in the cell through RIL3_RR SYSTEMINFORMATION TYPE3 and TYPE4 messages. Itis one of the cell selection parameters. Thevalidity of this parameter depends upon Cellreselection parameter indication.


Value Range 0 ~ 31

Unit 20 s

Default value 0

Change mode Offline





Relationship None



Cell reselecting hysteresis level(ReselHysteresis, 2dB)

Full name Cell reselecting hysteresis level

Abbreviation ReselHysteresis

3GPP Name CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS


Description

Whenever MS moves across the two cellboundary-regions with different locationarea codes, it initiates Location Update (LU)procedure in IDLE mode.

C2 values obtained at the boundary for two adjacentcells are different because of fading characteristic ofradio channel. It causes MS to select cell frequently.In this case, LU interval is more than cell reselectioninterval. This affects call success rate, due tounreachable paging response to calling party.

This increases the signaling flow on the networkand causes radio resources to be fully utilized.In addition, it decreases call completion rateof the system, as MS cannot respond topaging during location update.

GSM specification sets a specific parameter, CellReselecting Hysteresis (CRH), to solve this problem.MS will activate the cell reselection according to thisparameter only when the signal level of adjacentcell (whose location zone is different from that oflocal cell) is greater than that of local cell, andmeanwhile the value difference must be greaterthan that required by the parameter.

Network broadcasts the parameter informationto MS in the cell through RIL3_RR SYSTEMINFORMATION TYPE3 and TYPE4 messages.Cell reselecting hysteresis level is one of thecell selection parameters.

Define Cell reselecting hysteresis level to 4 or 5 andmake certain adjustments in following cases:



� Increase cell reselection parameters of adjacentcells with different LAC. Signaling traffic overloadoften occurs due to large demand of services.

� When the adjacent cells in different locationareas have large overlapped coverage, it issuggested to increase the CRH parameter.

� If the adjacent cells with different LACs arepoor in overlapped coverage, that is, thereis coverage gap, or the adjacent place is anarea with few slow moving objects such as theexpressway, the CRH parameter shall be set as1 ~ 3 (that is, 2dB ~ 6dB for the CRH level).


Value Range 0 ~ 7

Unit 2 dB

Default value 4

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



New setup cause indication (NECI)

Full name New setup cause indication

Abbreviation NECI

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None



Description

The serving channels in the GSM system can beclassified into channels with full rate and channelswith half rate according to GSM specifications.Common GSM system supports channels withfull rate. The network operators decide if thenetwork support half rate service.

The new setup reason denotes the NECI to notifyMS if the area supports the half rate service. Theparameter notifies MS through the RIL3_RR SYSTEMINFORMATION TYPE3 and TYPE4 messages. NECIis one of network’s functional parameters.

� No: half rate service access is notsupported by this cell.

� Yes: half rate service access is sup-ported by this cell.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Power offset indication(PowerOffsetInd)

Full name Power offset indication

Abbreviation PowerOffsetInd

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None



Description

This parameter decides if to add offset value forControl channel MAX power level parameter whilesending access request message on RACH for Class3 MS of GSM1800. The necessity of offset valuedepends on Power offset indication, that is, thisparameter decides if Power offset indication is valid.This parameter also affects MS calculating cellselection and cell reselection standards C1 and C2.

Network broadcasts the parameter informationto MSs in the cell through RIL3_RR SYSTEMINFORMATION TYPE3, 4, 7 and 8 messages.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Power offset (PowerOffset, 2db)

Full name Power offset

Abbreviation PowerOffset

3GPP Name POWER OFFSET


Description

According to the GSM specification, for Class 3 MSof GSM 1800, the transmission power for sendingaccess request message on RACH is to the value ofControl channel MAX power level plus a modifiedvalue. Power offset specifies the modified value.It determines if this parameter is valid.

This parameter also affects the calculation of cellselection standard C1 and cell reselection standardC2. Network broadcasts the parameter informationto MSs in the cell through RIL3_RR SYSTEMINFORMATION TYPE3, 4, 7 and 8 messages.




Value Range 0 ~ 3

Unit 2 dB

Default value 0

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Service Process AdditionalParametersThe interface of service process additional parameters is shown inFigure 41.



FIGURE 41 SERVICE PROCESS ADDITIONAL PARAMETERS

Directed retry indication (DrInd_0)

Full name Directed Retry

Abbreviation DrInd_0

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter indicates whether to use directedretry feature. Network assigns correspondingservice channel for MS in an adjacent cell, if thereis no service channel available in serving cell.

Directed retry indication defines a special handoverprocess that can reduce the call drop ratio. Directedretry falls into intra-BSC directed retry and inter-BSCdirected retry. The former one does not need theparticipation of MSC, while the latter one does.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None



Default value No

Change mode Offline


Relevant pa-rameters Inter directed retry indication (DrInd_1)

Relationship When this parameter is Yes, you can configure InterDirected retry indication (DrInd_1).



Inter directed retry indication(DrInd_1)

Full name Inter directed retry indication

Abbreviation DrInd_1

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description It indicates if to use inter directed retry, that is,inter-BSC directed retry.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline


Relevantparameters Directed retry indication (DrInd_0)

Relationship When DrInd_0 is Yes, you can configure thisparameter.





Queue allowed when assign(QueueInd_0)

Full name Queue allowed when assign

Abbreviation QueueInd_0

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter decides if to allow queuing in assign-ment process. Cell improves the call drop rate withthe use of such techniques.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Queue allowed when handover(QueueInd_1)

Full name Queue allowed when handover

Abbreviation QueueInd_1



3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter decides if queuing can be performedduring a handover process and when there are noavailable channels in the cell.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Preemption allowed when assign(PreemptionInd_0)

Full name Preemption allowed when assign

Abbreviation PreemptionInd_0

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

It decides if forced disconnection is allowed duringthe assignment. The priority in the assignment re-quest or handover is valid and the preemption isvalid. Those connections with low priority can beforcefully disconnected (handover) to allocate theirresources to other assignments or handover requestwith higher priority. Assignment request indicate thecall status.


Value Range Yes/No



Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Preemption allowed when handover(PreemptionInd_1)

Full name Preemption allowed when handover

Abbreviation PreemptionInd_1

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

It decides if forced disconnection is allowed duringthe handover. The priority in the assignment re-quest or handover is valid and the preemption isvalid. Those connections with low priority can beforcefully disconnected (handover) to allocate theirresources to other assignments or handover requestwith higher priority. A Handover request indicatesthe call status.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline





Relationship None



When assigned forced handover(ForcedHoInd_0)

Full name When assigned forced handover

Abbreviation ForcedHoInd_0

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter indicates if the low priority subscrib-ers can be forcefully handover to other cell, so thathigh priority subscribers can obtain channels. Thisparameter represents if forced handover is allowedduring assignment.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





When handover forced handover(ForcedHoInd_1)

Full name When handover forced handover

Abbreviation ForcedHoInd_1

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter indicates if the low priority subscrib-ers can be forcefully handover to other cell, so thathigh priority subscribers can obtain channels. Thisparameter represents if forced handover is allowedduring handover.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Number of candidate cells forhandover (CandidateNum)

Full name Number of candidate cells for handover

Abbreviation CandidateNum

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None



Description

This parameter decides maximum number of can-didate cells for handover that can be contained inBSSAP HANDOVER REQUIRED message from BSC toMSC.


Value Range 1 ~ 16

Unit None

Default value 6

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Fast average indication (FastAvg)

Full name Fast average indication

Abbreviation FastAvg

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

Network may not perform handover or powercontrol if less measurement data is available duringcall process. The average calculating process forthese processes is enabled only when the measureddata reaches a certain window size.

Common average process does not take place,for the five measured values BSC receives. BSCdirectly calculates the average of the 5 measuredvalues if the fast average process is adopted.

There are three cases resulting in insufficient datafor calculating the average value, that is, callestablishment period, after handover and afterpower control. After performing power controlonce, former measured values are discarded insituations where they could result in an errorcontrol (measured values without the influenceon handover control are still existing).



In addition, old measured values are discardedafter the handover has occurred, preventingthem from causing error control (the forward andbackward cells are in the same BSC).


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



BCCH switch allowed (CanBcchExch)

Full name BCCH switch allowed

Abbreviation CanBcchExch

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description This parameter decides if the cell allows BCCH switch.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures ZGO-03-04-001 Automatic BCCH Recovery




Relationship None



SDCCH dynamic configurationallowed (CanSdcchDyn)

Full name SDCCH dynamic configuration allowed

Abbreviation CanSdcchDyn

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

DescriptionThis parameter decides if the cell allows SDCCH dy-namic configuration.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures ZGB-03-02-003 Dynamic Configuration of SDCCH


Relationship None





Minimal resource threshold(ResourceThs, %)

Full name Minimal resource threshold

Abbreviation ResourceThs

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

DescriptionMinimum resource threshold allowed by the cell,which is used to calculate dynamic cell priority.


Value Range 0 ~ 100

Unit %

Default value 20

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures

ZGO-02-02-002 Dynamic Handover Priority Algo-rithm


Relationship None



Base-band hopping TRX exchangesupport (Info_0_3)

Full name Base-band hopping TRX exchange support


3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description It indicates if to support automatic baseband hopping.




Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Allowed FACCH call setup afteremergency call (FacchCallInd_0)

Full name Allowed FACCH call setup after emergency call

Abbreviation FacchCallInd_0

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

BSC can allocate the suitable TCH channel when anMS attempts to access the network, and there is noSDCCH available in the cell. That is the so-calledFACCH call establishment.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value Yes

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures

ZGB-03-01-004 Immediate TCH Assignment

ZGB-01-03-001 Emergency Call Handling




Relationship None



Allowed FACCH call setup whenpage respond (FacchCallInd_1)

Full name Allowed FACCH call setup when page respond


3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description



Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value Yes

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures ZGB-03-01-004 Immediate TCH Assignment


Relationship None





Allowed call setup on FACCH(FacchCallInd_2)

Full name Allowed call setup on FACCH


3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description



Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value Yes

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Allowed call reestablished on FACCH(FacchCallInd_3)

Full name Allowed call reestablished on FACCH


3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None



Description



Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value Yes

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



System ParametersThe interface of system parameters is shown in Figure 42.



FIGURE 42 SYSTEM PARAMETERS

Interference averaging period(InterfAvgPrd)

Full name Interference averaging period (InterfAvgPrd)

Abbreviation InterfAvgPrd

3GPP Name INTAVE


Description

BTS needs to measure interference on the unallo-cated traffic channels. BTS calculates the averageof recent interference values on periodic basis andconverts it into corresponding interference band in-formation. BTS then, transfers to BSC in the RF RE-SOURCE INDICATIONmessage to consider it as a fac-tor in channel allocation strategy. This parameter isone of the BTS configuration parameters.




Value Range 1 ~ 31

Unit None

Default value 31

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures ZGO-03-02-001 Idle Channel Measurement


Relationship None



Interference Band Boundary (InterfBoundary_0 ~ InterfBoundary_5)

Full name Interference Band Boundary

Abbreviation InterfBoundary_0 ~ InterfBoundary_5

3GPP Name LIMITn


Description

BTS needs to measure interference on theunallocated traffic channels. BTS calculates theaverage of recent interference values on periodicbasis and converts it into corresponding interferenceband information. BTS then, transfers to BSC in theRF RESOURCE INDICATION message to consider itas a factor in channel allocation strategy.

The interface boundaries are used to help theconversion of the interference level (average)value into corresponding interference bandinformation. Altogether six boundaries determinefive interference bands. In fact, it is unnecessaryto set interference boundary 0 and interferenceboundary 5. One of them represents infinity and theother represents negative infinity. This parameter,describing the remaining four boundaries, is oneof the BTS configuration parameters.

Generally, -85 dBm ~ -115 dBm is used forinterference boundaries 1 ~ 4.




Value Range

Assuming the value of interference boun-dary is L, then,

� L=0: -110 dBm� L=1: -109 dBm

......

� L=63: -47 dBm� L=other value: reserved

Interference band boundary0, value range: 0

Interference band boundary1 ~ Interference bandboundary4, value range: 0 ~ 63

Interference band boundary5, value range: 63

Unit None

Default valueInterference band boundary0 ~ Interference bandboundary5: [0, 10, 15, 20, 25, 63]

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures ZGO-03-02-001 Idle Channel Measurement


Relationship None



Radio link timeout on MS side(MsRadioLKTmOut)

Full name Radio link timeout on MS side

Abbreviation MsRadioLKTmOut

3GPP Name RADIO_LINK_TIMEOUT




Description

This parameter is the maximum value ofradio link counter S at Ms side, transmittedon BCCH or SACCH by BSS.

Radio link counter S is used to evaluate radio linkfailure. When MS cannot decode SACCH message(BFI=1), S decrements. When MS successfullyreceives SACCH message (BFI=0), S increases by2. If S is decreased to 0, it indicates radio linkfault, call shall be reestablished or released.


Value Range4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32, 36, 40, 44, 48, 52, 56,60, 64

Unit None

Default value 64

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Radio link failure criterion(ConFailCriterion)

Full name Radio link failure criterion

Abbreviation ConFailCriterion

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None



Description

The network side (BTS) may judge whether the radiolink fails according to two criteria: One is based onthe uplink SACCH error rate and the other is basedon measured value of RXLEV/RXQUAL. Radio linkfailure criterion determines the method that the BTSuses as the standard to judge connection failure.

If SACCH error rate is used as the standard tojudge connection failure, BTS uses the same valueof Radio link timeout and the same process as MSdoes. Thus, BTS avoids inconsistent judgmentstandards in the uplink and downlink directions.Meanwhile, the Receiving level threshold andReceiving quality threshold parameters are invalid.

If the measured value of RXLEV/RXQUAL is usedas the standard to judge connection failure,BTS will use the two parameters: Receivinglevel threshold (RxLevThs) and Receivingquality threshold (RxQualThs).

The value range is as follows:

� 1: Uplink SACCH Error Rate Based (in orderto ensure the same judgment standard inthe uplink and downlink directions)

� 2: RXLEV/RXQUAL Measurement Based


Value Range 1 ~ 2

Unit None

Default value 1

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Radio link timeout on BSS side(BsRadioLKTmOut)

Full name Radio link timeout on BSS side

Abbreviation BsRadioLKTmOut

3GPP Name RADIO_LINK_TIMEOUT




Description

This parameter is the maximum value of radio linkcounter S at BSS side, transmitted on PBCCH by BSSunder the leading of packet system message 2.


Value Range4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32, 36, 40, 44, 48, 52, 56,60, 64

Unit None

Default value 64

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Receiving level threshold (RxLevThs)

Full name Receiving level threshold

Abbreviation RxLevThs

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

The network side (BTS) may judge if the radio linkfails according to two criteria: One is based on theuplink SACCH error rate and the other is basedon measured value of RXLEV/RXQUAL.

The radio link is considered as failed if BTS detectsone of the following conditions: The uplink receivinglevel is smaller than a certain threshold; Theuplink receiving quality is greater than a certainthreshold. This only applies, if the measured valueof RXLEV/RXQUAL is used as the standard to judgea connection failure. Receiving level thresholdspecifies the threshold of receiving level.

This parameter is invalid if uplink SACCHerror rate is used as the standard to judgeconnection failure (Radio link failure criterion



is 1). Receiving level threshold is one of theconfiguration parameters of BTS.


Value Range

0 ~ 63

� 0: < -110 dBm;� 1: -110 dBm ~ -109 dBm;

......

� 62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm;� 63: > -48 dBm

Unit None

Default value 10

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Receiving quality threshold(RxQualThs)

Full name Receiving quality threshold

Abbreviation RxQualThs

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference GSM 12.21



Description

The network side (BTS) may judge if the radio linkfails according to two criteria. One is based onuplink SACCH error rate, and the other is basedon measured value of RXLEV/RXQUAL.

The radio link is considered as failed if BTS detectsone of the following conditions: The uplink receivinglevel is smaller than a certain threshold; Theuplink receiving quality is greater than a certainthreshold. This only applies, if the measured valueof RXLEV/RXQUAL is used as a standard to judgea connection failure. Receiving quality thresholdspecifies the receiving threshold quality.

If the uplink SACCH error rate is used as thestandard to judge a connection failure, thisparameter is invalid. This parameter is one ofthe configuration parameters of BTS.


Value Range

0 ~ 7

� 0: corresponding BER range < 0.2%� 1: 0.2% ~ 0.4%� 2: 0.4% ~ 0.8%

......

� 6: 6.4% ~ 12.8%� 7: > 12.8%

Unit None

Default value 6

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Radio link failure checking period(RxLevQualprd)

Full name Radio link failure checking period

Abbreviation RxLevQualprd



3GPP Name None

3GPP reference GSM 12.21

Description

Period to detect radio linkd failure at network side(in the unit of SACCH multiframe), including the de-tection of channel strength (dBm) and signal qualityreceived in each channel.


Value Range 1 ~ 63

Unit SACCH multiframe

Default value 63

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Other ParametersThe interface of the other parameters is shown in Figure 43.




Preprocessing indication(Preprocess)

Full name Preprocessing

Abbreviation Preprocess

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

The survey report contains the large amount(message amount) of Abis interface information.Preprocess of the survey report can be transferred toBTS to reduce the burden of Abis interface link. Afterpreprocess, BTS averages the survey data of MS byits own, and reports to BSC in a lower frequency.

Average reporting period can be two, three orfour SACCH multi-frames (480 ms). That is,the frequency decreases from the original twiceper second to once per two seconds, so themessage amount of Abis interface decreases.However, the decrease of message amountstill depends on if the message length beforepreprocess is same as that after preprocess. Onedisadvantage of preprocess is that the handovercontrol and power control are not in time, whichincreases the possibility of disconnection rate. Thisparameter determines whether to use preprocessingand the preprocessing period.


� 0: Do not use preprocessing� 2: Use preprocessing, the average reporting

period is 2 SACCH multi-frames� 3: Use preprocessing, the average reporting

period is 3 SACCH multi-frames� 4: Use preprocessing, the average reporting

period is 4 SACCH multi-frames� Other values: reserved


Value Range 0 ~ 4

Unit None

Default value 3

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Reserved rate of EMLPP (EmlppThs)

Full name Reserved rate of EMLPP

Abbreviation EmlppThs

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter defines eMLPP channel reserved time,that is, the proportion of eMLPP channel in all avail-able channels in the cell.


Value Range 0 ~ 100

Unit None

Default value 20

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures

ZGO-01-03-001 eMLPP

ZGO-01-01-003 Adaptive Multi-rate Codec (AMR)


Relationship None



Use cell EMLPP Threshold(UseCellEmlppThs)

Full name Use cell EMLPP Threshold

Abbreviation UseCellEmlppThs



3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter defines if eMLPPThs is used. If yes,you shall select cell property, otherwise to select BSCproperty.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures

ZGO-01-03-001 eMLPP

ZGO-01-01-003 Adaptive Multi-rate Codec (AMR)


Relationship None



Frequency offset Correct support(Info_0_1)

Full name Frequency offset Correct support


3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description It indicates whether frequency offset correction issupported.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline





Relationship None



Max power on handover Commandsupport (Info_0_2)

Full name Max power on handover Command support


3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description It indicates whether maximum power on handovercommand is supported.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





MR Report Time Bmp(MrRptTimeBmp)

Full name MR Report Time Bmp

Abbreviation MrRptTimeBmp

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter provides a check function about 0~ 23 time points. You can enable measurementdata report at different points. Each time pointindicates a hour, within 0~23 hours.

Only after checking corresponding time andenabling the report function about measurementreport data, MR data can be reported.


Value Range

checked, unchecked

� Checked: it indicates that measurement reportshall be enabled within this time duration.

� Unchecked: it indicates that measurementreport shall be disabled within this time duration.

Unit None

Default value Unchecked

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Cell Support Encryption Mode(CipherMode)

Full name Cell Support Encryption Mode

Abbreviation CipherMode_0~CipherMode_7

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

Cell Support Encryption Mode is the encryption modesupported by BTS. The required encryption algorithmis contained in BSSAP CIPHER MODE COMMAND orBSSAP ASSIGNMENT REQUEST or BSSAP HANDOVERCOMMAND message sent by the MSC side. By check-ing this parameter, BSC can learn if the cell supportsthis required encryption algorithm to give a properresponse.


Value Range

8 kinds, non cipher mode, A5/1~A5/7 cipher mode.

Value range: Yes/No

Unit None

Default value [Yes, No, No, No, No, No, No, No]

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures

ZGB-06-02-001 Support of A5/1 and A5/2 CipheringAlgorithm


Relationship None



Channel Select Strategy

Full name Channel Select Strategy

Abbreviation ChanSelectStrategy

3GPP Name None



3GPP reference None

Description It is based on IMSI resource allocation.


Value Range

Level 1 ~ 15, value range is:

According to channel select order of MSC, whenprefer TCHF and cell congest change to prefer TCHH

Prefer TCHF, when cell congest change to preferTCHH

Prefer TCHH

Only TCHF

Only TCHH

According to channel select order of MSC, notconsider if cell congest

According to channel select order of MSC, whenprefer TCHF and cell congest, change to prefer TCHHif AMR-HR supported

Prefer TCHF, not consider if cell congest

Prefer TCHF, when cell congest, change to preferTCHH if AMR-HR supported

Unit None

Default valueLevel 1 ~ 15, default value is: According to channelselect order of MSC, when prefer TCHF and cellcongest change to prefer TCHH

Change mode Offline

RelevantFeatures ZGO-01-03-001 eMLPP


Relationship None



GPRS Basic ParametersIn the Basic Params 1 tab, if user select 'GPRS Support' for 'GPRSSupport (PsSupport)', the GPRS parameter tabs will appear.

The interface of GPRS basic property parameters is as shown inFigure 44.



FIGURE 44 GPRS BASIC PARAMETERS

SGSN ID (SGSNID)

Full name SGSN ID

Abbreviation SGSNID

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

SGSN serial number assigned by internal BSC, whichis assigned while user creates SGSN. This serial num-ber cannot be modified and can be deleted after cre-ation.




Value Range 1 ~ 16

Unit None

Default value Depends on the actual configuration.

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures ZGO-05-02-007 Flex Gb Interface


Relationship None


Impact on serv-ice


NSEI (NSEI)

Full name NSEI

Abbreviation NSEI

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

In GPRS protocol stack, every unique BSSGP VirtualConnection (BVC) that is NSEI+BVCI for each GPRScell belongs to Network Service Entity (NSE). NSEIuniquely identifies every NSE. ZXG10 iBSC supportsseveral NSEs for future expandability option.

Only after user configures NSE in relevantconfiguration at Gb interface will this parameter'svalue be displayed.




Unit None

Default value Depends on the NSE configuration at Gb interface

Change mode Offline





Relationship None


Impact on serv-ice


BVCI (BVCI)

Full name BVCI

Abbreviation BVCI

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

BSSGP Virtual Connection (BVC) provides anapproach for communication between differentBSSGP entities. The peer-to-peer Point-to-Point(PTP) or Point-to-Multipoint (PTM) or inter-signalingentity transmission of BSSGP PDUs lies on BVC.

Each virtual connection has one identifier, thatis, BVCI. It enables the network service layer atthe bottom layer to route BSSGP PDUs to thepeer entity very effectively. One NSE carriesonly one signaling BVC (BVCI=0).



Unit None

Default value 2

Change mode Offline



Relationship None


Impact on serv-ice




RAC (RAC)

Full name RAC (RAC)

Abbreviation RAC

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description





Value Range 0 ~ 255

Unit None

Default value 0

Change mode Offline



Relationship None


Impact on serv-ice

Service will be affected. If this parameter is incon-sistent with the data at CN side, new service cannotbe established in corresponding cell.



UPU unit (UpuUnit)

Full name UPU Unit

Abbreviation UpuUnit

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

DescriptionIt is corresponding with the board position in physicalconfiguration


Value Range Depends on the actual configuration.

Unit None

Default value Depends on the actual selection.

Change mode Offline



Relationship None


Impact on serv-ice


DSP No. (DSP)

Full name DSP ID

Abbreviation DSP

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter depends on physical configured DSP,if all DSPs are configured, DSP number is within rangeof 9~22, otherwise it is configured DSP number.




Value Range

Determined by user configured DSP quantity.

If all DSPs on UPPB are configured, DSPnumber shall be within 9~22, otherwise itshall be configured DSP number.

If all DSPs on UPPB/2 board are configured, DSPnumber shall be within 9~13, 17~21, 25~29,otherwise it shall be configured DSP number.

Unit None

Default value Minimum DSP number configured by user

Change mode Offline



Relationship None


Impact on serv-ice






Additional reselect parameter indictor(AddResPI2)

Full name Additional reselection parameter indicator

Abbreviation AddResPI2

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

The cell selection and reselection of MS dependson the C1 and C2 parameters, according to thedefinition in the GSM specification. Network carriersdecide if to use C2 as the cell reselection parameter.

Additional reselection parameter indicationis to notify MS if C2 criterion is adoptableduring the cell reselection.

System broadcasts through RIL3_RR SYSTEMINFORMATION TYPE3 and TYPE4 messages to MS inthe cell. It is one of the cell selection parameters.


� No: If SI4 Rest Octets of SYSTEM INFORMATIONTYPE4 exist, then MS takes off cell reselectionparameter PI and the parameters related toC2 calculation from SI4 Rest Octets.

� Yes: MS should obtain the PI parameter relatedto the cell reselection and parameters related



to C2 calculation from SI7/8 Rest Octets ofSYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE4.

Generally, system information TYPE 7 and TYPE8 are rarely used, this parameter must be setas ‘No’, otherwise some MS (for example NEC)are not able to access the network.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



SI13 sending position (Si13Locate)

Full name SI13 sending position

Abbreviation Si13Locate

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter is used at MS side. SI13sending position indicates the schedulingposition of SI13 on BCCH.

SI13 is related to the GPRS services. SI13 canbe sent on either of the following two positions:BCCH Norm position (in this case, it occupiesthe BCCH block with TC = 4; TC = ((FN DIV 51)mod (8))), BCCH Ext position (in this case, itoccupies the AGCH block with TC = 0).

When SI13 is transmitted on BCCH Ext position, itoccupies one fixed AGCH block with TC = 0. SI13 issent with low success rate on the BCCH Ext position,because SI13 has to compete with other messages,such as IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT message, fordelivery opportunity. For this case, the parametervalue of Access Allowed Reserved Blocks must beset greater than 0. Otherwise, SI13 will not be sent.




Value Range BCCH Norm, BCCH Ext

Unit None

Default value BCCH Norm

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Route area color code (RaColor)

Full name Route area color code

Abbreviation RaColor

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter is used at MS side. It is broadcastto the MS in SI3, SI4, SI7 and SI8. RACOLOR issimilar to the BCC function in the GSM system. Insome cases, such as inter-BSC cell reselection,the GPRS network assigns different RACOLORvalues to adjacent cells with the same routearea code to ensure that MS can initiate the‘Routing Area Updating’ process.

In this way, when MS receives different RaColorvalues in the cells with the same routing area code,it initiates the ‘Routing Area Updating’ processsimilar as when it spans two different routing areas.


Value Range 0 ~ 7

Unit None

Default value 0

Change mode Offline





Relationship None



Min number of idle CS channel(CsChansThs)

Full name Min number of idle CS channel

Abbreviation CsChansThs

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

DBS uses this parameter on BSC MP. It indicatesminimum threshold of the number of IDLE channelsunder the CS status, when the network convertsthe switchable channel to the PS channel.

System may fail to convert a dynamic switchablechannel to a PS channel, if the number of idle CSchannels is lower than the threshold. When a PS +CS channel in the CS status is released, it can beconverted and used by PS if the total number of idlechannels in the cell is greater than this threshold.


Value Range 0 ~ 255

Unit None

Default value 2

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Packet access priority threshold(PriAcThr)

Full name Packet access priority threshold

Abbreviation PriAcThr

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

Parameter used at the MS side. It is broadcast to theMS in the PSI13 and SI13 messages, indicating thepriority level of MS packet access allowed by the cell.as similar to the function of ACCESS CLASS.


Value Range

No package access, Allow priority 1, Allow priority1-2, Allow priority 1-3, Allow priority 1-4, Allow pri-ority

Unit None

Default value Allow packet access with the priority level 1-4

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Packet System Information SendSpeed (SendSpeed)

Full name Packet System Information Send Speed

AbbreviationSendSpeed (PSI2, PSI3, PSI3BIS, PSI4, PSI5, PSI13,PSI3ter, PSI8, PSI3quater)

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter is used for global process on BRP.Packet System Information Send Speed indicateswhether various types of PSI messages are sentat high rate. As there are limited packet systemmessages (16) sent at high rate, and the numberof sent messages often varies due to differentcontent lengths of different types of packet systemmessages, the user can only roughly specify thesending rate of each type of system message.

Before sending the message, the global processdynamically specifies the sending rate of eachpacket system message type according to the userrequirement and the system limitation.


Value Range 9 types, Yes/No

Unit None

Default value [Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes]

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Overload report period on PRACH(OvLoadPer, s)

Full name Overload report period on PRACH

Abbreviation OvLoadPer

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

Parameters used by FUC at BTS side. The interval ofPRACH overload period reported by BTS and informedby BSC.


Value Range 0 ~ 255

Unit s

Default value 10

Change mode Offline



Relationship None

Related interfa-ces Abis Interface


Link error counter (RLTimeout)

Full name Link error counter

Abbreviation RLTimeout

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter is used by BTS. BSC informs this pa-rameter to BTS through O&M message, explainingmeasurement counter while BTS can't correctly de-code GPRS data.




Value Range 0 ~ 100

Unit None

Default value 20

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



PRACH receive signal level threshold(PrachBusyT)

Full name PRACH receiving signal level threshold

Abbreviation PrachBusyT

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

BTS uses this parameter information. PRACHchannel overload is one of the reasons for overloadcontrol. The busy ratio of random access burstdecides the PRACH overload.

If a burst’s level exceeds the value specified byPRACH receive signal level threshold, the burstis considered as a busy burst.


Value Range

0 ~ 63


......

� 62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm;� 63: > -48 dBm



Unit None

Default value 63

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Average measuring bursts numberon PRACH (MeaAvgSlot)

Full name Average measuring bursts number on PRACH

Abbreviation MeaAvgSlot

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

BTS uses this parameter. It indicates the bursts num-ber on PRACH. PRACH channel overloads if receivingsignal levels of AvgSlots BPs are lower than PrachBu-syT. It is a parameter used by BTS. The BTS needs tobe synchronized when modifying the parameter.


Value Range 0 ~ 100

Unit None

Default value 60

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Buffer threshold of paging message(PccchIndTh_0, %)

Full name Buffer threshold of paging message

Abbreviation PccchIndTh_0

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

Paging message buffer is overloaded threshold forpacket paging channel PPCH. The judgment schemeis as follows: i.Calculate the paging message buffercorresponding to a paging channel. ii.Divide the mes-sage number stored in the buffer by the maximumstorage amount. iii.Multiply the obtained percentageby 100. Compare the result with the threshold. Ifthe result exceeds the threshold, then the overloadcan be decided.


Value Range 0 ~ 100

Unit %

Default value 50

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Queue length threshold in64 multiframe paging period(PccchIndTh_1, %)

Full nameQueue length threshold in 64 multiframe paging pe-riod


3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

FUC on BTS uses this parameter information. Itindicates overload threshold in PCCCH (PRACH,PPCH) threshold. This parameter is an arraywith 3 elements, in the unit of %.

� PccchIndTh[0]: paging message buffer isoverloaded for packet paging channel PPCH. Itsdecision mechanism is to first calculate pagingmessage body buffer corresponding to onepaging channel, then message total quantitysaved in this buffer divided by maximum storageto gain a percentage, multiplied by 100, thencompared with this threshold, if it exceedsit will be considered as overload;

� PccchIndTh[1]: paging group overloadthreshold of packet paging channel. Its decisionmechanism is to first accumulate the messageready to issue in buffer queue for each paginggroup pair, then divided by accumulation ofmaximum storage in buffer queue correspondingto each paging group, multiplied by 100,compared with this threshold, if it exceeds thethreshold, it will be considered as overload;

� PccchIndTh[2]: PRACH overload threshold.Its decision mechanism is to first divide totalblocks quantity of this PRACH by busy blockson a PRACH, multiplied by 100, comparedwith this threshold, if it exceeds the threshold,it will be considered as overload.


Value Range 0 ~ 100

Unit %

Default value 50

Change mode Offline





Relationship None



PRACH overload threshold ratio(PccchIndTh_2, %)

Full name PRACH overload threshold ratio


3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

Total block quantity on this PRACH divided by busyblocks on a PRACH, multiplied by 100, then comparedwith this threshold, if it exceeds this threshold, it willbe considered as overload.


Value Range 0 ~ 100

Unit %

Default value 50

Change mode Offline



Relationship None







DTM support (DTMSupport)

Full name DTM support

Abbreviation DTMSupport

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

Network broadcasts this parameter to MS in GRPSCELL OPTIONS of SI13, PSI1 and PSI13. It indicatesif the cell supports Dual Transfer Mode (DTM) whichallows A class MS to initialize packet request flow indedicated mode.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline



Relevant Fea-tures


ZGB-03-05-006 Class A, B, C mobile stations


Relationship None



Max number of GTTP Lapdm frame(GttpLapdmNum)

Full name Max number of GTTP Lapdm frame

Abbreviation GttpLapdmNum

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

DescriptionThis parameter indicates the maximum of GTTPLapdm frames.


Value Range 0 ~ 7

Unit None

Default value 3

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





CCN mode support (CCNActive)

Full name CCN Support

Abbreviation CCNActive

3GPP Name CCN_ACTIVE


Description

This parameter indicates if the cell supports CCNmode. CNN mode refers to cell alternating notifi-caiton. When BSS supports CCN mode, if MS doescell reselection in NC0 and NC1 modes, PACKETCELL CHANGE NOTIFICATION message notificationshall be delivered to network in normal case. Afternetwork receives this message, it can send specificsystem message about standby cell to MS.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Cell support system message statusflow (SIStatusInd)

Full name Cell support system message status flow

Abbreviation SIStatusInd

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None



Description

This parameter indicates if the cell supports systemmessage status flow, broadcasted to MS in SI13 andPSI13. It describes if the network supports PSI (SI)Status process. MS informs its network side whichPSI (SI) subsets are required for received PSI (SI)message by sending Packet PSI (SI) Status messageon PACCH. This parameter is used in CCN mode, toassist finishing NACC fast cell reselection


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Allow SOLSA MS to access(Exc_Acc)

Full name Allow SOLSA MS to access

Abbreviation Exc_Acc

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

System broadcasts this parameter to MS in SI4, SI6,and SI7 messages. In addition, the parameter infor-mation is available in PSI3 and Psi3bis messages oflocal and neighboring cells. The network uses AllowSOLSA MS to access to prevent MS from residing inthe cell.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None



Default value No

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



CCCH SPLITPGCYCLE support(SpgcSuport)

Full name CCCH SPLITPGCYCLE support

Abbreviation SpgcSuport

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

A parameter used at the MS side and the FUN side.System broadcasts to MS through PSI3 and SI13messages. CCCH SplitPgCycle support indicates ifto support the ‘SplitPg¬Cycle’ function on CCCH.‘Split_Pg_Cycle’ means sending the PACKET IMME-DIATE ASSIGNMENT, PACKET PAGING and PACKETIMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT REJECT messages on mul-tiple blocks.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Extended paging support(EpageMode)

Full name Extended paging support

Abbreviation EpageMode

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter indicates if to support extended pag-ing. Extended paging means that MS still can receiveand analyze the message within 3 intervals after theblockes indicated by its paging group.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



PSI status support (PsiStatInd)

Full name PSI status support

Abbreviation PsiStatInd



3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter is used at the MS side and onthe BRP. System broadcasts to MS through PSI1message, and indicates whether the networksupports PACKET PSI STATUS message.

This function is optional. When PsiStatInd = 1,MS can send the PACKET PSI STATUS messageto the network and indicate the current value ofthe PSI message stored on it. Later, the networksets PSI message for this MS on the PACCH tospeed up the subsequent flow of MS. OtherwiseMS has to listen to the PSI message only at thetime points scheduled by the network.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Cell support extendable uplink TBF(Ext_UTBF)

Full name Cell support extendable uplink TBF

Abbreviation Ext_UTBF

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None



Description

This parameter indicates if the cell supportsextended uplink TBF. After BSS receives CV=0uplink block, if the cell supports extended uplinkTBF, it enters into extended uplink TBF status.At this time, it continues assign uplink blockresource to MS. If new uplink data is required tosend during extended uplink, re-establishmentof uplink TBF is not required.

This function requires extended uplink functionshall be supported at MS side.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value Yes

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Uplink delay time (UIDelayTime, ms)

Full name Uplink delay time

Abbreviation UlDelayTime

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

It indicates uplink delay time, to describe uplink TBFdelay time. When uplink TBF is released, if extendeduplink TBF function is not supported, this timer starts,access to uplink delay state, to wait for downlink LLCarrival. Release uplink TBF after timer is timeout.



Unit ms



Default value 1000

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Downlink delay time (DIDelaytime,ms)

Full name Downlink delay time

Abbreviation DlDelaytime

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

It indicates downlink TBF delay time. When downlinkTBF is released, this timer starts, access to delaystate, to wait for new downlink LLC frame. Releasedownlink TBF after timer is timeout.



Unit ms

Default value 2000

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures ZGB-03-05-013 Delayed TBF Release in DL


Relationship None





Extend uplink TBF time(ExtUITBFTime, ms)

Full name Extend uplink TBF time

Abbreviation ExtUITBFTime

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

It indicates extended uplink TBF delay time. Whenuplink TBF is released, if extended uplink TBF func-tion is supported, this timer starts, access to ex-tended uplink TBF state, to wait for new uplink LLCframe. Release uplink TBF after timer is timeout.



Unit ms

Default value 1500

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Interval number of GPRSTBF downlink's RRBP(GPRSDIRrbpInterVal)

Full name Interval number of GPRS TBF downlink’s RRBP

Abbreviation GPRSDIRrbpInterVal

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

DescriptionInterval that downlink Gprs TBF requires MS to sendPacket Downlink Ack/Nack.


Value Range 3 ~ 20

Unit None

Default value 10

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Interval number of EGPRSTBF downlink’s RRBP(EGPRSDIRrbpInterVal)

Full name Interval number of EGPRS TBF downlink's RRBP

Abbreviation EGPRSDIRrbpInterVal

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None



DescriptionInterval that downlink EGPRS TBF requires MS tosend EGPRS Packet Donwlink Ack/Nack.


Value Range 6 ~ 60

Unit None

Default value 10

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Interval number of GPRS TBFuplink’s ACK (GPRSUIAckInterVal)

Full name Interval number of GPRS TBF uplink's ACK

Abbreviation GPRSUlAckInterVal

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

DescriptionInterval that uplink Gprs TBF network sends PacketDownlink Ack/Nack to MS.


Value Range 3 ~ 20

Unit None

Default value 10

Change mode Offline





Relationship None



Interval number of EGPRS TBFuplink’s ACK (EGPRSUIAckInterVal)

Full name Interval number of EGPRS TBF uplink's ACK

Abbreviation EGPRSUlAckInterVal

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

DescriptionInterval that uplink Egprs TBF network sends PacketDownlink Ack/Nack to MS.


Value Range 3 ~ 20

Unit None

Default value 8

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Single Block Assign Offset(SBAssOffset)

Full name Single block assign offset

Abbreviation SBAssOffset

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

Uplink two-phase access. The MS initiates channelrequest, and network allocates single resource blockto the MS. This parameter indicates the searchingrange of this resource block.


Value Range 6 ~ 12

Unit None

Default value 10

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Polling retry times (PollingRetryTime)

Full name Polling retry time

Abbreviation PollingRetryTime

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

Send polling request to MS from network side. If noany reponse is received from the MS. The system cansend the max number of polling. The MS instance isreleased after reaching the max number.




Value Range 3 ~ 12

Unit None

Default value 7

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Uplink measure report period(Ulmeasureperiod, ms)

Full name Uplink measurement report period

Abbreviation Ulmeasureperiod

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter is used by UPPB, describing uplinkmeasurement report period reported by BTS andhandled by BSC.



Unit ms

Default value 800

Change mode Offline





Relationship None



Calculating period of load on PPCH(LoadPer, s)

Full name Calculating period of load on PPCH

Abbreviation LoadPer

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

DescriptionThis paramter is used by FUC at BTS side, describingperiod to calculate PPCH channel load.


Value Range 0 ~ 16

Unit s

Default value 10

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



PSI1 send period (Psi1RepPer)

Full name PSI1 send period

Abbreviation Psi1RepPer



3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

A parameter used at the MS side and the FUN side.System broadcasts to MS through PSI1, PSI13 andSI3 messages of local and adjacent cells. PSI1 sendperiod indicates the sending period and destination ofthe PSI1 message in a cell. PSI1 contains informa-tion of cell reselection, PRACH control, control chan-nel description, and possible global power control pa-rameters. As long as PBCCH exists, the message isalways sent at high repetition rate.


Value Range

0 ~ 15

� 0: The PSI1 repeat period is equalto 1 multiframe

� 1: The PSI1 repeat period is equalto 2 multiframes

......

� 15: The PSI1 repeat period is equalto 16 multiframes

Unit s

Default value 4

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Selective granularity (USFGranularity)

Full name Selective granularity

Abbreviation USFGranularity

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None



Description

It is assigned to the MS in PACKET UPLINK ASSIGN-MENT message, indicating the uplink block allocationgranularity of the GPRS MS from the network whenthe cell uses "dynamic allocation".


Value Range

0 ~ 1

� 0: allocation granularity is 1 for uplink block� 1: allocation granularity is 4 for uplink block

Unit None

Default value 0

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Extended uplink dynamic allocationsupport (ExUpDynSupport)

Full name Extended uplink dynamic allocation support

Abbreviation ExUpDynSupport

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter indicates if cell supports extended up-link dynamic allocation. While using this function,the MS only need listen USF allocation with the leasttimeslot, so you can determine to send uplink blockon all allocated uplink timeslot.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No



Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures ZGO-03-02-007 Extended Dynamic Allocation


Relationship None



ABIS time slots reserved for packetservice (Info_1_0)

Full name ABIS time slots reserved for packet service


3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

DescriptionTo ensure PS can get required resource, the numberof Abis timeslots alloated to PS service is 1 bydefault, and modification is not recommended.


Value Range 0 ~ 255

Unit None

Default value 1

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





The maximum of ABIS for GPRSuser (Info_1_8)

Full name The maximum of ABIS for GPRS user


3GPPName None

3GPPreference None

DescriptionWhen there is sufficient Abis resource, it indicates themaximum number of Abis resource bounded for channelsnewly allocated for the GPRS user.

Manage-ment Ob-ject Cell

ValueRange At most one ABIS, At most two ABIS, At most four ABIS

Unit None

Defaultvalue At most four ABIS

Changemode Offline


Relevantparame-ters ABIS time slots reserved for packet service (Info_1_0)

Relation-ship

If the Abis timeslot resource is insufficient, Abis timeslotis allocated according to "ABIS time slots reserved forpacket service (Info_1_0)".





GPRS initial downlink allocation bymultislot class 1 (Info1_1_4)

Full name GPRS initial downlink allocation by multislot class 1

Abbrevia-tion Info1_1_4

3GPPName None

3GPPreference None

Descrip-tion

It indicates whether initial channel allocation in downlinkis based on multislot capability 1 (i.e. uplink 1 downlink 1)or based on the actual multislot capability of MS specifiedin downlink assignment.


ValueRange

Yes/No

Yes: Allocate according to multislot capability 1

No: Allocate according to actual multislot capability

Unit None

Defaultvalue Yes

Changemode Offline



Relation-ship None







C/I (Sc)

Full name C/I

Abbreviation Sc

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

BSC uses MEAN_BEP as C/I to indicate radiotransmission quality, and adjusts block allocationaccording to radio transmission quality. DivideMEAN_BEP into 7 grades, and each gradecorresponds to a weight. The weight isdynamically added to the weight calculatedfrom UMTS QoS parameters, as the evidenceof allocating shared block.

Allocation weight that corresponds to MEAN_BEPgrade is as follows:

MEAN_BEP grade MEAN_BEP value Allocation weight

0 0 ~ 4 -3*Sc

1 5 ~ 9 -2*Sc

2 10 ~ 13 -Sc

3 14 ~ 17 0

4 18 ~ 21 Sc



5 22 ~ 26 2*Sc

6 27 ~ 31 3*Sc


Value Range 0 ~ 8

Unit None

Default value 2

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures ZGO-01-02-002 C/I based Packet Scheduling


Relationship None



ARP (Sa)

Full name ARP

Abbreviation Sa

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

It adjusts allocation weight for shared radio blockby ARP parameters (priority level).

Allocation weight that corresponds toARP is as follows:

ARP Allocation weight

1 2*Sa

2 Sa

3 0


Value Range 0 ~ 8

Unit None

Default value 2



Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures ZGO-01-02-001 Support ARP in Packet Scheduling


Relationship None



THP (St)

Full name THP

Abbreviation St

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

It adjusts allocation weight for shared radio block byTHP parameters included in interactive service.

Allocation weight that corresponds toTHP is as follows:

THP Allocation weight

0 0

1 St

2 2*St

3 3*St

4 4*St

5 5*St

6 6*St

7 7*St

8 8*St


Value Range 0 ~ 8

Unit None

Default value 2

Change mode Offline





Relationship None



PS queuing support (PsQueueInd)

Full name PS queuing support

Abbreviation PsQueueInd

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

If PFC is suppoted, iBSC allocates radio resourceaccording to signature QoS parameters from userside. When QoS guarantee rate for user signatureis unsatisfied (including through grabbing), andthe QoS parameter allows queuing, and if thisparameter is enabled, iBSC allocates radio resourceto user according to Best Effort, and insert theuser into the queue, to wait for allocation of radioresource. Queuing time can be gotten through PFCprocess; otherwise if this parameter is disabled,access to this service is directly refused.

When this parameter is Yes, you can configurePsMaxQueueInstNum.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures




Relevant pa-rameters Max PS queue count (PsMaxQueueInstNum)

Relationship When this parameter is Yes, you can configure MaxPS Queue Count (PsMaxQueueInstNum).





Max PS queue count(PsMaxQueueInstNum)

Full name Max PS Queue Count (PsMaxQueueInstNum)

Abbreviation PsMaxQueueInstNum

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This paramter indicates the number of allowedqueues in the cell. When the user number in queuereaches this value, the service that shall be queuedshall be refused to access.


Value Range 1 ~ 16

Unit None

Default value 8

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures




Relevant pa-rameters PS queuing support (PsQueueInd)

Relationship When PsQueueInd is Yes, you can configure thisparameter.





PS preemption support(PsPreemptionInd)

Full name PS preemption support

Abbreviation PsPreemptionInd

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

When PFC is supported, iBSC allocates radio resourceaccording to signature QoS parameters from userside. When signed QoS guarantee rate can't be sat-isfied and user own QoS parameter allows preemp-tion. When this parameter is enabled, this user canpreempt radio resource with low priority.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures





Relationship None



3G NACC support (Support3GCCN)

Full name 3G NACC support

Abbreviation Support3GCCN

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None



DescriptionThis parameter indicates if NACC to 3G cell is sup-ported.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures ZGO-02-02-011 Inter-BSC NACC


Relationship None



PS prompt CS support(PSPrmpCSSupport)

Full name PS prompt CS support

Abbreviation PSPrmpCSSupport

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter indicates when dynamic channel withpreferred PDCH is occupied, to determine if the chan-nel can be preempted by PS service.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline





Relationship None



Max resource for POC service(POCSrcThs,%)

Full name Max resource for POC service

Abbreviation POCSrcThs

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description It indicates the percent of current PS resourceoccupied by POC service.


Value Range 0 ~ 100

Unit %

Default value 50

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Transform from uplink delay to extend(Info1_1_16)

Full name Transform from uplink delay to extend


3GPPName None

3GPPreference None

Descrip-tion

This parameter indicates whether the instance can betransformed from the delay status to the extended uplinkstatus.

The transformation details are: If MS supports extendeduplink status, then stop the delay timer and start uplinkblock allocation to enter the extended uplink status.

This parameter is supported from version 6.20.200f.


ValueRange

Yes/No

0: No; 1: Yes

Unit None

Defaultvalue No

Changemode Offline



Relation-ship None





Max Num of resend packetassignment (Info1_1_8)

Full name Max Num of resend packet assignment


3GPPName None

3GPPreference None

Descrip-tion

When the number of times of resending assignmentmessages exceeds the maximum number of times ofresending packet assignment messages specified atbackground, the TBF Release message is resent to notifyMS to release TBF.

During the service process, if CTRL_ACK is lost, thenjudge the assignment type that MAC is waiting for. If theassignment type is consistent with that MAC is waitingfor, then the number of resending assignment messagesincrements and the uplink/downlink assignment messageis resent. If it exceeds the maximum number ofresending assignment messages but the assignmentacknowledgement message from MS is still not received,then the TBF Release message is issued from network andTBF is released. If the assignment type is inconsistentwith that MAC is waiting for, then the assignment timer iscleared and the assignment message will not be resent.



ValueRange 0 ~ 10

Unit None

Defaultvalue 0

Changemode Offline



Relation-ship None





Resource adjust for CS preempt(Info1_1_17)

Full name Resource adjust for CS preempt


3GPPName None

3GPPreference None

Descrip-tion

When events, such as CS preemption, that requirereleasing PS channel occur, the control plane judgeswhether the timeslot to be released is importanttimeslot or unique timeslot after receiving the dynamicchannel conversion message. If the timeslot is notimportant or unique, then the control plane initiatesresource adjustment and sends the resource assignmentmessage to the user plane. The user plane then sendspacket uplink/downlink assignment message or timeslotreallocation message to MS.



ValueRange

Yes/No

0: No; 1: Yes

Unit None

Defaultvalue No

Changemode Offline



Relation-ship None





Subcell selection of PS channelallocation (PSALLOCSC_0)

Full name Subcell selection of PS channel allocation

Abbrevia-tion PSALLOCSC_0

3GPPName None

3GPPreference None

Descrip-tion

After subcell is configured, user can control the subcellselection strategy by this parameter. The strategyincludes preferring the first subcell, preferring the secondsubcell, and only selecting the first subcell.



ValueRange

Prefer subcell 1, Prefer subcell 2, Only subcell 1

� 0: Prefer subcell 1� 1: Prefer subcell 2� 2: Only subcell 1

Unit None

Defaultvalue Prefer subcell 1

Changemode Offline



Relation-ship None





Level for PS channel allocate insubcell 1 (PSALLOCSC_1)

Full name Level for PS channel allocate in subcell 1


3GPPName None

3GPPreference None

Descrip-tion

After subcell is configured, this parameter is used tocontrol the level threshold for selecting the first subcell.When PS channel is in the second subcell, if the levelis smaller than PSALLOCSC_1 and TA is larger thanPagBlkRes, then it is necessary to move to the firstsubcell.



ValueRange

0 ~ 63


......

� 62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm;� 63: > -48 dBm

Unit None

Defaultvalue 63

Changemode Offline





Relation-ship None



Level for PS channel allocate insubcell 2 (PSALLOCSC_2)

Full name Level for PS channel allocate in subcell 2


3GPPName None

3GPPreference None

Descrip-tion

After subcell is configured, this parameter is used tocontrol the level threshold for selecting the secondsubcell. When PS channel is in the first subcell, if thelevel is larger than PSALLOCSC_2 and TA is smaller thanPagBlkRes, then it is necessary to move to the secondsubcell.



ValueRange

0 ~ 63


......

� 62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm;� 63: > -48 dBm

Unit None

Defaultvalue 63

Changemode Offline





Relation-ship None



GPRS Cell OptionsParametersThe interface of GPRS cell optional parameters is shown in Figure48.

FIGURE 48 GPRS CELL OPTIONS PARAMETERS



T3168

Full name T3168

Abbreviation T3168

3GPP Name T3168


Description

Parameter used at the MS side.It belongs to theGPRS cell option parameters, and it is broadcast tothe MS in the PSI1, PSI13 and SI13 messages.

T3168 indicates the maximum time to wait forPACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT message after MSsends PACKET RESOURCE REQUEST message(or PACKET DOWNLINK ACK/NACK message withChannel Request Description IE).


Value Range 0.5 ~ 4.0 (Step length is 0.5)

Unit s

Default value 4.0

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



T3192

Full name T3192

Abbreviation T3192

3GPP Name T3192




Description

Parameter used at the MS side.

During the packet downlink transmission, if RLCdata block is the final downlink data block to betransmitted, the network sends the RLC data blockwith the Final Block Identifier (FBI) domain as1. It contains an effective RRBP field to initializethe release of the downlink TBF.

For each RLC data block that receives FBI withvalue 1 and contains effective RRBP domain:

� In acknowledged mode, the MS sendsPACKET DOWNLINK ACK/NACK messagewhose FAI domain is 1 on the uplink blockspecified by the RRBP domain.

� In unacknowledged mode, MS sends thePACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGE message inthe uplink block specified as per RRBP field.Then MS starts the T3192 timer.

T3192 releases the resources, stop discreetlistening to the PDCCH channel when it expires, andturns to the paging channel for discreet listening.Within the protection period of T3192, if the MSreceives the “PACKET DOWNLINK ASSIGNMENT”or “PACKET TIMESLOT RECONFIGURE” messagefrom the network, T3192 will stop and turn tothe packet transmission status.


Value Range 500, 1000, 1500, 0, 80, 120, 160, 200

Unit ms

Default value 500

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



T3142(s)

Full name T3142(s)

Abbreviation T3142

3GPP Name T3142




Description


This timer starts if the MS receives immeidateassignment refusal or DTM refusal during packetaccess. This timer does not function if the MS inoriginal cell does not allow to initiate access requestbut the MS does cell reselection prior to the timertimeout.


Value Range 0 ~ 255

Unit s

Default value 5

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



T3172(s)

Full name T3172(s)

Abbreviation T3172

3GPP Name T3172


Description


This timer starts if the MS receives PACKET ACCESSREJECT message during packet access. The MSdisables packet access if this timer is timeout. TheMS changes to idle status if this timer is timeoutprior to receiving assignment message. After thistimer timeout, the MS does not disable packetaccess in this cell, but shall not take channel requestas paging response except the MS receives pagingrequest message.




Value Range 0 ~ 255

Unit s

Default value 5

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



DRX mode holding time(DrxTimeMax, s)

Full name DRX mode holding time

Abbreviation DrxTimeMax

3GPP Name DRX_TIMER_MAX


Description

This parameter is used at MS side. Systembroadcasts to MS through PSI1, PSI13 andSI13 messages, and indicates the valueof DRX_TIMER_MAX.

When changing from the packet transmission modeto the packet idle mode, the MS should first enter thenon-DRX mode. Minimum values of this parameterand DRX_TIMER_MAX parameters determine thetime length for MS to stay in the Non-DRx mode.


Value Range 0, 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64

Unit s

Default value 2

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures ZGB-03-05-010 GPRS non-DRX Mode




Relationship None



MAX blocks transmission in each TS(BsCvMax)

Full name Max blocks transmission in each TS

Abbreviation BsCvMax

3GPP Name BS_CV_MAX


Description

This parameter is used at MS side. Systembroadcasts to MS through PSI1, PSI13,and SI13 messages.

This parameter decides the time of T3198 used bythe MS as the sending party (= time representedby BS_CV_MAX), the time of T3200 used bythe MS in the non-DRX mode (= 4 x the timerepresented by BS_CV_MAX), and the value of“N3104max” (=3 x (BS_CV_MAX+3) x Numberof timeslots assigned in the uplink).

All uplink data blocks sent by MS contain theCOUNT DOWN VALUE (CV) field. The networkcan use this field to calculate the data blocksto be sent on current uplink TBF.


Value Range 0 ~ 15

Unit None

Default value 15

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Packet control acknowledgment type(CtraCKType)

Full name Packet control acknowledgment type

Abbreviation CtraCKType

3GPP Name CONTROL_ACK_TYPE


Description

This parameter is used on RLC/MAC layer of BRP andat MS side. System broadcasts to MS through PSI1,PSI13, and SI13 messages. Packet control acknowl-edgment type indicates the default format for MS tosend PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT mes-sage.


Value Range 4 access bursts, RLC/MAC control block

Unit None

Default value RLC/MAC control block

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Access burst type (AccessType)

Full name Access burst type

Abbreviation AccessType

3GPP Name ACCESS_BURST_TYPE


Description

This parameter is used at MS side. Systembroadcasts to MS through PSI1, PSI13, andSI13 messages. Access burst type indicateswhether to use the 8-bit or 11-bit access burst inPRACH and PTCCH/U, and the PACKET CONTROLACKNOWLEDGEMENT message.

The main difference between the two typesis that the 11-bit access burst can take morecontent than the 8-bit access burst.


Value Range 8 bits, 11 bits

Unit None

Default value 8 bits

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures ZGB-03-05-005 8/11 bit Access Burst


Relationship None



N3102 decrease step (PanDec)

Full name N3102 decrease step

Abbreviation PanDec

3GPP Name PAN_DEC




Description

This parameter is used at MS side. They belongto the GPRS cell option parameters, and they arebroadcast to the MS in the PSI1, PSI13 and SI13messages, indicating the values of parametersof “PAN_DEC”, “PAN_INC” and “PAN_MAX”. Aftereach cell reselection, the MS will set the initialvalue of N3102 as the “PanMax” value.

1. When the MS receives the “PACKET UPLINKACK/NACK” message to move V(S) forward, itadds PanInc to N3102 (but the maximum valueshall not exceed PanMax).

2. When the MS detects the stall condition (V(S) =V(A) + W(S)), T3182 will start. When it receivesthe “PACKET UPLINK ACK/NACK” message thatenables V(S) < V(A) + W(S), T3182 stops. IfT3182 expires, the MS will subtract PanDec fromN3102. When the condition satisfies N3102 < 0,the MS will take cell reselection as abnormal re-lease. When one of PanDec, PanInc, and PanMaxis zero, N3102 is invalid.


Value Range 4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32

Unit None

Default value 4

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



N3102 increase step (PanInc)

Full name N3102 increase step

Abbreviation PanInc

3GPP Name PAN_INC




Description





Value Range 4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32

Unit None

Default value 8

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



N3102 MAX (PanMax)

Full name N3102 Max

Abbreviation PanMax

3GPP Name PAN_MAX




Description





Value Range 4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32

Unit None

Default value 32

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



GPRS Phone Init Coding

Full name GPRS Phone Init Coding

Abbreviation GPRSInitattselt_0 ~ GPRSInitattselt_3

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None



Description

This parameter indicates the default-coding mode forGPRS MS initial access, under different Abis inter-face link bandwidths. This is a four-dimensional ar-ray, indicating GPRS uplink init coding scheme, GPRSdownlink init coding scheme, GPRS uplink max cod-ing scheme, and GPRS downlink max coding scheme.


Value Range

� GPRS uplink init coding scheme: CS1,CS2, CS3, CS4;

� GPRS downlink init coding scheme: CS1,CS2, CS3, CS4;

� GPRS uplink max coding scheme: CS1,CS2, CS3, CS4;

� GPRS downlink max coding scheme:CS1, CS2, CS3, CS4.

Unit None

Default value [CS2, CS2, CS4, CS4]

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures

ZGB-03-05-002 Initial Coding Scheme per Cell Set-table


Relationship None



GPRS phones init code can bechanged (InitAttachExch_0)

Full name GPRS phones init code can be changed

Abbreviation InitAttachExch_0

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

DescriptionThis parameter indicates if GPRS phones default codecan be changed dynamically.


Value Range Yes/No



Unit None

Default value Yes

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



GPRS NC SurveyParametersThe interface of GPRS NC survey parameters is shown in Figure49.

FIGURE 49 GPRS NC SURVEY PARAMETERS



Packet Idle mode (NcRepPerI, s)

Full name Packet Idle mode

Abbreviation NcRepPerI

3GPP Name NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_I


Description

This parameter is used at MS side. Systembroadcasts the parameter information to MSthrough SI2Quater and PSI5 messages. Thisparameter indicates the period of MS reporting cellreselection survey in packet IDLE mode. WhenNetworkCtrlOrder is NC0, the parameter informationis not necessary to broadcast through PSI5 message.

This parameter also can be sent to MSthrough PMO message.


Value Range 0.48, 0.96, 1.92, 3.84, 7.68, 15.36, 30.72, 61.44

Unit s

Default value 61.44

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures ZGO-02-02-012 Network Controlled Cell Reselection


Relationship None



Packet transmission mode(NcRerPerT, s)

Full name Packet transmission mode

Abbreviation NcRerPerT

3GPP Name NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_T




Description

This parameter is used at MS side. It belongs toNC measurement parameter, which is broadcastedto MS in system message SI2Quater and PSI5message. This parameter indicates the periodof MS reporting cell reselection survey in packettransmission mode. When NetworkCtrlOrder isNC0, the parameter information is not necessaryto broadcast through PSI5 message.



Value Range 0.48, 0.96, 1.92, 3.84, 7.68, 15.36, 30.72, 61.44

Unit s

Default value 3.84

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Extended measurement report order(MeaOrder)

Full name Extended measurement report order

Abbreviation MeaOrder

3GPP Name MEASUREMENT_ORDER


Description

This parameter is used at MS side. Systembroadcasts the parameter information to MSthrough PSI1 message. Extended measurementreport order is to indicate the survey reportcommand of MS in a cell.

This parameter indicates if PSI5 is sent.




Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Network control order (CtrlOrder)

Full name Network control order

Abbreviation CtrlOrder

3GPP Name NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER


Description

This parameter is used at MS side. It belongs tothe network control survey parameters, and it isbroadcast to the MS in the PSI5, PSI13, SI3, andSI2quater messages, indicating the network controlcommand used in the cell. If the parameter equalsto NC0, then NC survey parameters (NC hold timein non-drx mode, and Cell Reselection SurveyReport Period) can be ignored; if the parameteris NC1 or NC2 and NC measurement parametersare ignored, use the default value.


� NC0: MS controls cell reselection, andthere is no survey report.

� NC1: MS controls cell reselection andsends the survey report.

� NC2: The network controls cell reselectionand MS sends the survey report.


Value Range NC0, NC1, NC2



Unit None

Default value NC0

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



NC hold time in non-drx mode(NcNoDrxPer, s)

Full name NC hold time in non-drx mode

Abbreviation NcNoDrxPer

3GPP Name NC_ NON_DRX_PERIOD


Description

This parameter is used at MS side. This parameterbelongs to network control survey and is used at MSside. System broadcasts the parameter informationto MS through SI2Quater and PSI5 message.This parameter indicates the minimal time for anMS to stay in the non-DRX mode after sendingan NC survey report. When NetworkCtrlOrder isNC0, the parameter information is not necessaryto broadcast through PSI5 message.



Value RangeNo non-DRX mode, 0.24, 0.48, 0.72, 0.96, 1.20,1.44, 1.92

Unit s

Default value 0.48

Change mode Offline





Relationship None



Extended measurement report order(ExMeaOrder)

Full name Extended measurement report order

Abbreviation ExMeaOrder

3GPP Name EXT_MEASUREMENT_ORDER


Description

This parameter is used at MS side. Systembroadcasts to MS through PSI5 message. Thisparameter indicates whether the MS performsextended survey. In addition, it indicates how tointerpret the other extended survey parameters(Type of extended measurement report and Reportperiod of extended measurement).


� EM0: MS performs no extended survey� EM1: MS must send the extended survey

report to the network


Value Range EM0, EM1

Unit None

Default value EM0

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Type of extended measurementreport (ExtRepType)

Full name Type of extended measurement report

Abbreviation ExtRepType

3GPP Name EXT_REPORTING_TYPE


Description

This parameter is used at MS side. It belongs to theextended survey parameters, and it is broadcast tothe MS in the PSI5 message, indicating the type ofthe extended survey report of MS. System sends theparameter information through the PSI5 messagewhen Extended measurement report order is EM1.


� Type1: This type of report must be extended ifthe frequency points for the extended surveyare among the six strongest carrier frequencies,even if the BSIC decoding is successful. Thereport should cover the receiving signal leveland the successfully decoded BSIC (if any).

� Type2: This type of report must be extendedif all the frequency points for the extendedsurvey are located in the six strongest carrierfrequencies, the BSIC decoding is successfuland the NCC part is allowed for survey. Thereport should cover the receiving signal leveland the successfully decoded BSIC.

� Type3: Use this type of report to reportall the frequency points for the extendedsurvey. No BSIC decoding is necessary. Thereport should contain the receiving signallevel. Besides, the interference of each carrierfrequency shall be reported.


Value Range Type1, Type2, Type3

Unit None

Default value Type 1

Change mode Offline





Relationship None



Report period of extendedmeasurement (ExtRepPer, s)

Full name Report period of extended measurement

Abbreviation ExtRepPer

3GPP Name EXT_REPORTING_PERIOD


Description

Parameter used at the MS side. It belongs to the ex-tended survey parameters and it is broadcast to theMS in the PSI5 message, indicating the interval ofextended survey report. System sends the parame-ter information through the PSI5 message when Ex-tended measurement report order is EM1.


Value Range 60, 120, 240, 480, 960, 1920, 3840, 7680

Unit s

Default value 1920

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





The size of test report's slip window(Wnd)

Full name The size of test report's slip window

Abbreviation Wnd

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

When NC2 network controls the cell reselection, thisparameter is used. When the number of measure-ment reports reaches this parameter setting value,average processing is done for measurement report.


Value Range 1 ~ 8

Unit None

Default value 4

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Allowed report number of the samecell in slip window (AllowedRepNum)

Full name Allowed report number of the same cell in slip window

Abbreviation AllowedRepNum

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None



Description

When NC2 network controls the cell reselection, thisparameter is used. When adjacent cell receives aver-age level, and the number of valid measurement re-port received in slip window is lower than settingvalue, this calculation shall be punished.


Value Range 1 ~ 6

Unit None

Default value 3

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



GPRS Power ControlParametersThe interface of GPRS power control parameters is shown in Figure50.



FIGURE 50 GPRS POWER CONTROL PARAMETERS

Filter period in the packet idle mode(T_AVG_W, s)

Full name Filter period in the packet idle mode

Abbreviation T_AVG_W

3GPP Name T_AVG_W


Description

Parameter used at the MS side. It belongs to theglobal power control and GPRS power control param-eters, and it is broadcast to the MS in the PSI1, PSI13and SI13 messages. This parameter indicates the fil-ter period of the signal intensity for power control inthe packet idle mode.


Value Range

0 ~ 31

� 0: filter period is 2(0/2)/6 multiframes� 1: filter period is 2(1/2)/6 multiframes

......

� 25: filter period is 2(25/2)/6 multiframes� 26 ~ 31: filter period is 2(25/2)/6 multiframes

Unit s

Default value 0



Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Filter period in packet transmissionmode (T_AVG_T, s)

Full name Filter period in packet transmission mode

Abbreviation T_AVG_T

3GPP Name T_AVG_T


Description

Parameter used at the MS side. It belongs to theglobal power control and GPRS power control param-eters, and it is broadcast to the MS in the PSI1, PSI13and SI3 messages. This parameter indicates the fil-ter period of the signal intensity for power control inthe packet transmission mode.


Value Range

0 ~ 31

� 0: filter period is 2(0/2)/6 multiframes� 1: filter period is 2(1/2)/6 multiframes

......

� 25: filter period is 2(25/2)/6 multiframes� 26 ~ 31: reserved

Unit s

Default value 0

Change mode Offline





Relationship None



PSI4 sending mark (Psi4Send)

Full name PSI4 sending mark

Abbreviation Psi4Send

3GPP Name INT_MEAS_CHANNEL_LIST_AVAIL


Description

This parameter belongs to global power control andis used at MS side. It belongs to the global powercontrol parameters, and it is broadcast to the MS inthe PSI1 message. This parameter indicates whetherto broadcast the optional PSI4 message. This mes-sage contains a list of channels that interferes withthe survey.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Power control measurement channel(PcMeasChan)

Full name Power control measurement channel

Abbreviation PcMeasChan

3GPP Name PC_MEAS_CHAN


Description

Parameter used at the MS side. It belongs to theglobal power control and GPRS power control param-eters, and it is broadcast to the MS in the PSI1, PSI13and SI13 messages. This parameter indicates theposition where the downlink power strength is sur-veyed for uplink power control.


Value Range BCCH, PDCH

Unit None

Default value BCCH

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Power control parameter (Alpha)

Full name Power control parameter

Abbreviation Alpha

3GPP Name ALPHA




Description

Parameter used at the MS side. It belongs to theglobal power control and GPRS power control param-eters, and it is broadcast to the MS in the PSI1, PSI13and SI13 messages. This parameter determines theMS transmission power control Alpha (α).


Value Range

0 ~ 10

Parameters controlled by MS transmittingpower is Alpha(α), then,

� 0: α = 0.0� 1: α = 0.1

......

� 10: α = 1.0� 11 ~ 15: α = 1.0

Unit None

Default value 0

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Filter constant of power control(N_AVG_I)

Full name Filter constant of power control

Abbreviation N_AVG_I

3GPP Name N_AVG_I


Description

Parameter used at the MS side. It belongs to theglobal power control and GPRS power control param-eters, and it is broadcast to the MS in the PSI1, PSI13and SI13 messages. This parameter is a filter con-stant used to optimize the interference signal inten-sity in power control.




Value Range 0 ~ 15

Unit None

Default value 0

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



GPRS Cell ReselectionParametersThe interface of GPRS cell reselection parameters is shown inFigure 51.



FIGURE 51 GPRS CELL RESELECTION PARAMETERS

Cell reselection offset (ReselOffset_0,2db)





Description

This parameter is used at MS side. It is broadcastedto MS via system message by BTS. In theGPRS system, C32 is used as the standard forcell reselection. Similar to the C2 standard inGSM, there is a cell reselection offset parameter(ReselOff) for calculation of the C32 standard. Thisparameteris not necessary to append in packetsystem message when the offset value is 0 dB.





Value Range

0 ~ 31

� 0: -52 dB� 1: -48 dB

......

� 22: +12 dB

......

� 31: +48 dB

For -52 dB ~ -12 dB and 12 dB ~ 48 dB, the stepis 4 dB; for -12 dB ~ 12 dB, the step is 2 dB.

Unit 2 dB

Default value 0

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures ZGO-02-02-009 Support of C31 and C32 Criteria


Relationship None



Cell reselection offset2(ReselOffset_1, 2db)

Full name Reselection offset 2




Description

This parameter is used at MS side. Inform MSon PACCH. In the GPRS system, C32 is used asthe standard for cell reselection. Similar to theC2 standard in GSM, there is a cell reselectionoffset parameter (ReselOff) for calculationof the C32 standard. This parameteris notnecessary to append in packet system messagewhen the offset value is 0 dB.





Value Range

0 ~ 31

� 0: -52 dB� 1: -48 dB

......

� 22: +12 dB

......

� 31: +48 dB

Unit 2 dB

Default value 0

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Temporary offset of cell reselection(TempOffset_0, db)





Description

This parameter is used at MS side. It is broadcastedto MS via system message by BTS. In the GPRSsystem, C32 is used as the standard for cellreselection. There is a temporary offset in C32that provides a negative offset, similar to C2in GSM system. The effective time dependson Penalty Time parameter.



Value Range 0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, Infinite



Unit dB

Default value 0

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Temporary offset of cell reselection2(TempOffset_1, db)

Full name Reselection temporary offset 2




Description

This parameter is used at MS side. Inform MSon PACCH. In the GPRS system, C32 is usedas the standard for cell reselection. There is atemporary offset in C32 that provides a negativeoffset, similar to C2 in GSM system. The effectivetime depends on Penalty Time parameter.




Unit dB

Default value 0

Change mode Offline





Relationship None








Description

This parameter is used at MS side. It is broadcastedto MS via system message by BTS. In the GPRSsystem, C32 is used as the standard for cellreselection. There is a temporary offset in C32that provides a negative offset, similar to C2in GSM system. The effective time dependson PenalTime of cell reselection.



Value Range

0 ~ 31

� 0: 10 s� 1: 20 s

......

� 31: 320 s

Unit 10 s

Default value 0

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Penalty time of cell reselection2(PenalTime_1, 10s)

Full name Penalty time of cell reselection 2




Description

This parameter is used at MS side. Inform MS onPACCH. In the GPRS system, C32 is used as thestandard for cell reselection. There is a temporaryoffset in C32 that provides a negative offset,similar to C2 in GSM system. The effective timedepends on PenalTime of cell reselection.



Value Range

0 ~ 31

� 0: 10 s� 1: 20 s

......

� 31: 320 s

Unit 10 s

Default value 0

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Interval of reselecting the same cell(T_Resel_0, s)

Full name Interval of reselecting the same cell

Abbreviation T_Resel_0

3GPP Name T_RESEL


Description

This parameter is used at MS side. It is broadcastedto MS via system message by BTS. When MSperforms a cell reselection that causes abnormalrelease of this cell, it is not allowed to reselectthis cell again within the T_RESEL period, unlessthere is no other cells for selection. It is notnecessary to broadcast this parameter to MSthrough PSI3 message when the time representedby this parameter is 5 s (default value).



Value Range 5, 10, 15, 20, 30, 60, 120, 300

Unit s

Default value 5

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Interval of reselecting the same cell2(T_Resel_1, s)

Full name Interval of reselecting the same cell 2

Abbreviation T_Resel_1

3GPP Name T_RESEL


Description

This parameter is used at MS side. Inform MS onPACCH. When MS performs a cell reselection thatcauses abnormal release of this cell, it is not allowedto reselect this cell again within the T_RESEL period,unless there is no other cells for selection. It isnot necessary to broadcast this parameter to MSthrough PSI3 message when the time representedby this parameter is 5 s (default value).



Value Range 5, 10, 15, 20, 30, 60, 120, 300

Unit s

Default value 5

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Threshold of HCS signal level(HCS_Thr_0)


Abbreviation HCS_Thr_0



3GPP Name HCS_THR


Description

This parameter is used at MS side. It belongsto HCS parameter, which is broadcasted toMS via system message by BTS. Thresholdof HCS signal level identifies the HCS signalstrength threshold of the cell.



Value Range

0 ~ 63

� 0: -110 dBm� 1: -108 dBm

......

Unit None

Default value 0

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Threshold of HCS signal level2(HCS_Thr_1)

Full name Threshold of HSC signal level 2

Abbreviation HCS_Thr_1

3GPP Name HCS_THR




Description

This parameter is used at MS side. It belongs toHCS parameter, which is informed to MS on PACCH.Threshold of HCS signal level identifies the HCSsignal strength threshold of the cell.



Value Range

0 ~ 63

� 0: -110 dBm� 1: -108 dBm

......

Unit None

Default value 0

Change mode Offline



Relationship None








Description

This parameter is used at MS side. It belongsto HCS parameter, which is broadcasted to MSvia system message by BTS. This parameterspecifies the HCS priority of the cell.



Value Range 0 ~ 7



Unit None

Default value 0

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



HCS priority2 (PrioClass_1)

Full name HCS Priority 2




Description

This parameter is used at MS side. It belongs toHCS parameter, which is informed to MS on PACCH.This parameter specifies the HCS priority of the cell.



Value Range 0 ~ 7

Unit None

Default value 0

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





C31 hysteresis (C31_Hyst_0)

Full name C31 hysteresis

Abbreviation C31_Hyst_0

3GPP Name C31_HYST


Description

This parameter is used at MS side. It isbroadcasted to MS through system message byBTS, indicating whether to use the CellReselHysparameter on the C31 standard.



Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



C31 hysteresis2 (C31_Hyst_1)

Full name C31 hysteresis 2

Abbreviation C31_Hyst_1



3GPP Name C31_HYST


Description

This parameter is used at MS side. It is informedto MS on PACCH, indicating whether to use theCellReselHys parameter on the C31 standard.



Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



GPRS cell reselection hysteresis(ReselHys_0, db)

Full name GPRS cell reselection hysteresis

Abbreviation ReselHys_0

3GPP Name GPRS_CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS




Description

This parameter is used at MS side. It is broadcastedto MS via system message by BTS.

MS needs to go through location updating processafter cell reselection in the case of GPRS cellreselection, if the original cell and destination cellare in different locations. C32 values obtained atthe boundary for two adjacent cells are differentbecause of fading characteristic of radio channel.It causes MS to select cell frequently.

The interval between the two cell reselectionsof MS is not less than 15 s. However, 15 sis extremely short time in terms of locationupdating. This increases the signaling flow on thenetwork and causes radio resources to be fullyutilized. In addition, it decreases call completionrate of the system, as MS cannot respond topaging during location update.




� If the adjacent cells with different LACs arepoor in overlapped coverage, that is, thereis coverage gap, or the adjacent place is anarea with few slow moving objects such as theexpressway, the CRH parameter should be setas 1 ~ 3 (that is, 2dB ~ 6dB for the CRH level).



Value Range 0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14

Unit dB

Default value 6

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





GPRS cell reselection hysteresis2(ReselHys_1, db)

Full name GPRS cell reselection hysteresis 2

Abbreviation ReselHys_1

3GPP Name GPRS_CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS


Description

This parameter is used at MS side. InformMS on PACCH.

MS needs to go through location updating processafter cell reselection in the case of GPRS cellreselection, if the original cell and destination cellare in different locations. C32 values obtained atthe boundary for two adjacent cells are differentbecause of fading characteristic of radio channel.It causes MS to select cell frequently.

The interval between the two cell reselectionsof MS is not less than 15 s. However, 15 sis extremely short time in terms of locationupdating. This increases the signaling flow on thenetwork and causes radio resources to be fullyutilized. In addition, it decreases call completionrate of the system, as MS cannot respond topaging during location update.




� If the adjacent cells with different LACs arepoor in overlapped coverage, that is, thereis coverage gap, or the adjacent place is anarea with few slow moving objects such as theexpressway, the CRH parameter should be setas 1 ~ 3 (that is, 2dB ~ 6dB for the CRH level).





Value Range 0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14

Unit dB

Default value 6

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Routing reselection hysteresis(RaReselHys_0, db)

Full name Routing reselection hysteresis

Abbreviation RaReselHys_0

3GPP Name RA_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS


Description

This parameter is used at MS side. It is broadcastedto MS through system message by BTS. Thisparameter specifies extra hysteresis value used inselecting a cell in another routing area when MS isin STANDBY or READY mode. It is not necessary tobroadcast this parameter through the PSI3 messagewhen the value of this parameter is the same asthat of GPRS cell reselection hysteresis.



Value Range 0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14

Unit dB

Default value 8



Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Routing reselection hysteresis2(RaReselHys_1, db)

Full name Routing reselection hysteresis 2

Abbreviation RaReselHys_1

3GPP Name RA_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS


Description

This parameter is used at MS side. It is informedto MS on PACCH. This parameter specifies extrahysteresis value used in selecting a cell in anotherrouting area when MS is in STANDBY or READYmode. It is not necessary to broadcast thisparameter through the PSI3 message when thevalue of this parameter is the same as that ofGPRS cell reselection hysteresis.



Value Range 0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14

Unit dB

Default value 8

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Random access attempt permitted(RadAcRetry_0)

Full name Random access attempt permitted

Abbreviation RadAcRetry_0

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter is used at MS side. It is broadcastedto MS through system message by BTS, whichindicates whether MS is allowed to attempt toaccess another cell (if it exists).

If there is abnormal release in the packettransmission, the MS will discard all runningTBFs. If MS is allowed to access other cells,it should perform abnormal cell reselection,and establish TBF after initializing new cell. Ifother suitable cells exist, MS cannot reselect theoriginal cell within T_RESEL seconds.



Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Random access attempt permitted2(RadAcRetry_1)

Full name Random access attempt permitted 2

Abbreviation RadAcRetry_1

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter is used at MS side. It is informedto MS on PACCH, indicating whether MS is allowedto attempt to access another cell (if it exists).

If there is abnormal release in the packettransmission, the MS will discard all runningTBFs. If MS is allowed to access other cells,it should perform abnormal cell reselection,and establish TBF after initializing new cell. Ifother suitable cells exist, MS cannot reselect theoriginal cell within T_RESEL seconds.



Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Usage of cell reselection offset(C32_Qual_0)

Full name Usage of cell reselection offset

Abbreviation C32_Qual_0

3GPP Name C32_QUAL


Description

This parameter is used at MS side. It isbroadcasted to MS through system messageby BTS, which indicates whether to use theexceptional rule when adopting ReselOff.



Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Usage of cell reselection offset2(C32_Qual_1)

Full name Usage of cell reselection offset 2

Abbreviation C32_Qual_1

3GPP Name C32_QUAL




Description

This parameter is used at MS side. It is informedto the MS on PACCH, indicating whether to use theexceptional rule when adopting “ReselOff”.



Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



GPRS access minimum signal level1(RxLevAsMin_0)

Full name GPRS access minimum signal level 1




Description


It indicates the minimum receiving level for theMS to access the GPRS system. To prevent theMS from accessing the system at a low receivingsignal level (usually, the poor communication qualitycannot guarantee normal communication processafter access) and from unreasonably wasting radioresources of the network, it is stipulated in the GSMsystem that the receiving level be greater thana threshold level for MS to access the network,that is, “MS Minimal Level to Access”.






Value Range

0 ~ 63


......

� 62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm;� 63: > -48 dBm

Unit None

Default value 12

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



GPRS access minimum signal level2(RxLevAsMin_1)

Full name GPRS access minimum signal level 2






Description


It indicates the minimum receiving level for theMS to access the GPRS system. To prevent theMS from accessing the system at a low receivingsignal level (usually, the poor communication qualitycannot guarantee normal communication processafter access) and from unreasonably wasting radioresources of the network, it is stipulated in the GSMsystem that the receiving level be greater thana threshold level for MS to access the network,that is, “MS Minimal Level to Access”.




Value Range

0 ~ 63


......

� 62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm;� 63: > -48 dBm

Unit None

Default value 12

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Priority threshold (Prio_Thr, db)

Full name Priority threshold

Abbreviation Prio_Thr

3GPP Name PRIO_THR




Description

System broadcasts the parameter information to MSthrough SI4, SI6 and SI7 messages. This parameterrelates to GPRS access minimal signal level in calcu-lation of C4 standard.



Unit dB

Default value 6

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



HCS exist (HCS_Exist_0)

Full name HCS exist

Abbreviation HCS_Exist_0

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter is used at MS side. This parameterbelongs to Hierarchical Cell Structure (HCS) andbroadcasted to MS via system message by BTS. Thisparameter indicates whether the HCS parameters(PriorityClass and HCSTHr) exist in the cell. MSignores HSC exist parameters of other cells if servingcell does not use HSC exist parameters (all the cellsuse Threshold of HSC signal level of infinity).



Value Range Yes/No



Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



HCS exist2 (HCS_Exist_1)

Full name HCS exist 2

Abbreviation HCS_Exist_1

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter is used at MS side. This parameterbelongs to Hierarchical Cell Structure (HCS) andbe informed to MS on PACCH. This parameterindicates whether the HCS parameters (PriorityClassand HCSTHr) exist in the cell. MS ignores HSCexist parameters of other cells if serving cell doesnot use HSC exist parameters (all the cells useThreshold of HSC signal level of infinity).



Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline





Relationship None



GPRS MAX initial access signallevel1 (MsTxMaxCch_0)


Abbreviation MsTxMaxCch_0



Description


Network controls the MS transmit power duringcommunication with BTS. The network controlsMS power using power command. MS outputstransmit power closest to the specified powervalue if unavailable. The power before MS receivesthe network power control information (thepower used in random access), depends on thisparameter when MS is receiving PBCCH.

This parameter is also a parameter for cell selectionand reselection by MS, involved in calculation ofC1 and C2 values. If this parameter is too large,the MS close to BTS will interfere with the adjacentchannel; If it is too small, the MS access successrate at the edge of cell will be very low.

To set it, observe the following principle: Under theprecondition that the MS at the cell boundary isguaranteed with certain access success rate, the MSaccess level should be reduced as much as possible.Generally, it is recommended to set this parameteras 5 (for GSM900MS) and 2 (for GSM1800MS).


The value is same as that in the appendix.



Value Range 0 ~ 31



Unit None

Default value 5

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



GPRS MAX initial access signallevel2 (MsTxMaxCch_1)

Full name GPRS MAX initial access signal level 2

Abbreviation MsTxMaxCch_1



Description


Network controls the MS transmit power duringcommunication with BTS. The network controlsMS power using power command. MS outputstransmit power closest to the specified powervalue if unavailable. The power before MS receivesthe network power control information (thepower used in random access), depends on thisparameter when MS is receiving PBCCH.

This parameter is also a parameter for cell selectionand reselection by MS, involved in calculation ofC1 and C2 values. If this parameter is too large,the MS close to BTS will interfere with the adjacentchannel; If it is too small, the MS access successrate at the edge of cell will be very low.

To set it, observe the following principle: Under theprecondition that the MS at the cell boundary isguaranteed with certain access success rate, the MSaccess level should be reduced as much as possible.Generally, it is recommended to set this parameteras 5 (for GSM900MS) and 2 (for GSM1800MS).

In actual application, after the parameter is set,make a dial test at the cell boundary, and test MSaccess success rate and access time with different



parameter settings to determine whether to increaseor decrease the value of the parameter.




Value Range 0 ~ 31

Unit None

Default value 5

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



LSA ID (LSA_Id)

Full name LSA Mark

Abbreviation LSA_Id

3GPP Name LSA ID


Description

System broadcasts the parameter to MS in SI4, SI6,SI7, and PSI3 messages of serving cell. In addition,system broadcasts the parameter information in PSI3and Psi3bis messages of the neighboring cells. LSAID specifies LSA identifier of the cell.



Unit None

Default value 0

Change mode Offline





Relationship None



LSA offset (LSA_Offset)

Full name LSA Offset

Abbreviation LSA_Offset

3GPP Name LSA_OFFSET


Description

System broadcasts the parameter information to MSthrough SI4, SI6 and SI7 messages. This parameterdefines the offset value for LSA reselection betweentwo cells with the same LSA priority.


Value Range 0, 4, 8, 16, 24, 32, 48, 64

Unit None

Default value 0

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





GPRS Channel ParametersThe interface of GPRS channel parameters is shown in Figure 52.

FIGURE 52 GPRS CHANNEL PARAMETERS

PAGCH reserved blocks (PagBlkRes)

Full name PAGCH reserved blocks

Abbreviation PagBlkRes

3GPP Name BS_PAG_BLKS_RES


Description

This parameter is used at MS side. Systembroadcasts to MS through PSI1 message.

This parameter indicates the number of blockswhere neither packet paging nor PBCCH canappear in a 52-frame multiframe. On these blocks,only PAGCH, PDTCH and PACCH can appear.Network sends the uplink assignment messagewith priority on these fixed blocks to speed upthe establishment of the uplink TBF.

After sending the channel request on PRACHchannel, MS waits for the uplink assignmentmessage on all PCCCH channels of the sametimeslot as the PRACH channel.


Value Range 0 ~ 10



Unit None

Default value 5

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



PBCCH reserved blocks (PbcchBlks)

Full name PBCCH reserved blocks

Abbreviation PbcchBlks

3GPP Name BS_PBCCH_BLKS


Description

This parameter is used at MS side. It belongs tothe PCCCH structure parameters, and it is broadcastto the MS in the PSI1 message. This parameterindicates the number of blocks assigned as PBCCHin a 52-frame multiframe (altogether 12 blocks).

PBCCH blocks are used at the same time by thepacket system messages sent at high rate andlow rate. A message that is sent at high rate hashigher priority. This parameter must be configuredtogether with the PSI1_REPEAT_PERIOD parameterin the PSI1 message to ensure that the blockresources are available for the packet systemmessages, sent both at high and low rates.


Value Range

PBCCH occupies 1 block in multi-frame, PBCCH oc-cupies 2 blocks in multi-frame, PBCCH occupies 3blocks in multi-frame, PBCCH occupies 4 blocks inmulti-frame

Unit None

Default value PBCCH occupies four blocks in the multiframe.

Change mode Offline





Relationship None



PRACH reserved blocks (PrachBlks)

Full name PRACH reserved blocks

Abbreviation PrachBlks

3GPP Name BS_PRACH_BLKS


Description

This parameter is used at MS side. It belongsto the PCCCH organization parameters, and itis broadcast to the MS in the PSI1 message.This parameter indicates the number of fixedblocks reserved for the PRACH channel in thePDCH channel that bears PCCCH.

These blocks must be identified by “USF = FREE”.MS can use this parameter or USF = FREE tocarry out the PRACH assignment.


Value Range 0 ~ 15

Unit None

Default value 2

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Interval range of packet accessattempt (TxInt)

Full name Interval range of packet access attempt

Abbreviation TxInt

3GPP Name TX_INT


Description

This parameter is used at MS side. It belongs to thePRACH control parameters, and it is broadcast tothe MS in the PSI1 message. Whenever establishinga new connection, MS sends a channel requestmessage to the network through PRACH channel.

As PRACH is an ALOHA channel, to improve thesuccess rate of MS access, the network allows MSto send multiple channel request messages beforeit receives the packet assignment message. If MSdoes not get any response for the previous channelrequest message, it can resend a channel requestmessage after waiting for a random period. Intervalrange of packet access attempt is used to determinethe time length of random waiting. It is the numberof delay timeslot randomly connected.

The random access time is determined by Intervalrange of packet access attempt (TxInt) and Intervalperiod of packet access attempt (S).


Value Range 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 14, 16, 20, 25, 32, 50

Unit None

Default value 32

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Interval period of packet accessattempt (S)

Full name Interval period of packet access attempt

Abbreviation S

3GPP Name S


Description


Number of slots to spread transmission belongs toPRACH control. Network broadcasts to MS throughPSI1 message. Whenever establishing a newconnection, MS sends a channel request messageto the network through PRACH channel.

As PRACH is an ALOHA channel, to improve thesuccess rate of MS access, the network allows theMS to send multiple channel request messagesbefore receiving the packet assignment message.When the previous channel request messageis not responded, MS will wait for a randomperiod to re-send the channel request message.Parameter S decides the random waiting time.It is used to calculate the minimum timeslotnumber between two channel requests.

The random access time is determined by Intervalrange of packet access attempt (TxInt) and Intervalperiod of packet access attempt (S).


Value Range 12, 15, 20, 30, 41, 55, 76, 109, 163, 217

Unit s

Default value 109

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





MAX Times of Attempt (MaxRetrans)

Full name MAX Times of Attempt

Abbreviation MaxRetrans

3GPP Name MAX_RETRANS


Description

This parameter is used at MS side. It belongs to thePRACH control parameters, and it is broadcast to theMS in the PSI1 message. This parameter indicatesmaximum attempts of random access allowed onPRACH for MS with radio priorities of 1 ~ 4.

This parameter is an array with 4 elements. The firstarray element corresponds to maximum number ofattempts allowed for radio priority 1, and so on.


Value Range 1, 2, 4, 7

Unit None

Default value [4, 4, 4, 4]

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Access Control Level (AccCtrlClass)

Full name Access control level

Abbreviation AccCtrlClass

3GPP Name ACC_CONTR_CLASS




Description

It indicates MS access control level to access cell.Common MS has the class 0 ~ 9 and special MShas the class 11 ~ 15. Class 10 does not exist.System can prohibit MS with some access classto enter the cell according to this parameter.System allows access of a mobile with accessclass, N = 0, 1 …9, 11 …15. It allows emergencycalls when the eleventh digit = EC. To faciliateprogramming, C10 is constantly 0.

If the Nth bit of the access control level is 0 (‘0’indicates access allowed, ‘1’ indicates access notallowed), then it is allowed to access a MS withAccCtrlClass =N (N=0, 1, … 9, 11, … 15). Bit 11=EC represents that Emergency Call is available.

This parameter consists of two bytes (16 bits).

The first byte: C15, C14, C13, C12, C11, C10, C9, C8

The second byte: C7, C6, C5, C4, C3, C2, C1, C0

� When Cn = 0, the MS of which the accesslevel is n is not forbidden to access thecell (n=0, 1, ..., 9, 11, ...,15)

� When Cn = 1, the MS of which the accesslevel is n is forbidden to access the cell(n=0, 1, ..., 9, 11, ...,15)

� C10 is constantly 0.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value[No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No,No, No, No]

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Access Persist Level (PersistLev)

Full name Access Persist Level

Abbreviation PersistLev



3GPP Name PERSISTENCE_LEVEL


Description

This parameter is used at MS side. It belongsto the PRACH control parameters, and it isbroadcast to the MS in the PSI1 message. Thenetwork sets a level threshold P I (I = 1, 2, 3,4) for MS of various radio priorities.

For each attempt of packet access, MS abstracts arandom value R with even distribution probabilityfrom the set {0, 1..., 15}. System allows MS toinitiate an attempt of packet access only whenP I is lower than or equal to R.

This parameter is an array with 4 elements. Thefirst element corresponds to the access persistlevel of radio priority 1, and so on.


Value Range 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16

Unit None

Default value [0, 0, 0, 0]

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Subscriber occupying otherpreference channel support(HybridOccuSupp)

Full nameSubscriber occupying other preference channel sup-port

Abbreviation HybridOccuSupp

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None



Description

This parameter describes whether to support sub-scriber occupying other preference channel. It in-dicates this kind of preference channel is busy, otherchannels are idle, and determines whether to occupythis preference channel.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value Yes

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures

ZGO-03-02-009 Flexible Priority Handling of PacketData Channel


Relationship None



PS subscriber moving out ofother preference channel support(AllowPsMove)

Full namePS subscriber moving out of other preference channelsupport

Abbreviation AllowPsMove

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter describes whether to support sub-scriber moving out of other preference channel. Itindicates whether the user that occupies other chan-nels can be moved out.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None



Default value No

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures



Relationship None



CS subscriber moving support(AllowCsMove)

Full name CS subscriber moving support

Abbreviation AllowCsMove

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter describes whether support switchingsome CS subscriber cell to other timeslot, to leaveblank for original timeslot for getting larger PS avail-able timeslot group.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures



Relationship None





Congeneric service threshold forPS-moving (SfPreferBusyThs)

Full name Congeneric service threshold for PS-moving

Abbreviation SfPreferBusyThs

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

During this application, on the gained preferentialchannel on this side, it is better that existing QoSquota / total available QoS quota is lower than al-located result for this percentage, to calculate tar-get evaluation target function in combination withun-congeneric occupying threshold.


Value Range 0 ~ 100

Unit %

Default value 100

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures



Relationship None





Un-congeneric service threshold forPS-moving (OpPreferBusyThs)

Full name Un-congeneric service threshold for PS-moving

Abbreviation OpPreferBusyThs

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

During this application, on the gained preferentialchannel on opposite side, it is better that existingQoS quota / total available QoS quota is lower thanallocated result for this percentage, to calculate tar-get evaluation target function in combination withun-congeneric occupying threshold.


Value Range 0 ~ 100

Unit %

Default value 0

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures



Relationship None



PS channel expand (Info1_1_18)

Full name PS channel expand


3GPP Name None

3GPPreference

None



Description

This parameter indicates whether PS channel expansionis supported. For example, if the number of channelsthat MS uses currently is 2+1 and MS can use moretimeslots, then the channel mode is automaticallyexpanded to 3+1 or 4+1 after adjacent CS channel isreleased.


Manage-ment Ob-ject

Cell

ValueRange

Yes/No

Unit None

Defaultvalue

No

Changemode

Offline

RelevantFeatures

ZGF05-09-009 Enhancement on Channel Allocation

Relevantparameters

None

Relation-ship

None

Relatedinterfaces

None

Impact onservice

None

Idle TCH threshold for PS channelexpand (Info1_1_24, %)

Full name Idle TCH threshold for PS channel expand


3GPP Name None

3GPPreference

None

DescriptionWhen the proportion of idle TCHs of the cell is larger thanthis threshold, PS channel expansion will be performed.




Manage-ment Ob-ject

Cell

ValueRange

0 ~ 100

Unit %

Defaultvalue

20

Changemode

Offline

RelevantFeatures

ZGF05-09-009 Enhancement on Channel Allocation

Relevantparameters

None

Relation-ship

None

Relatedinterfaces

None

Impact onservice

None

EDGE ParametersIn the Basic Params 1 tab, if user select 'Support EDGE' for 'Sup-port GPRS(PsSupport)', the EDGE Params tab will appear.

The interface of EDGE property parameters is shown in Figure 53.



FIGURE 53 EDGE PARAMETERS

EGPRS packet channel requestaccess program support(EgprsPacketChreq)

Full nameEGPRS packet channel request access program sup-port

Abbreviation EgprsPacketChreq

3GPP Name EGPRS_PACKET_CHANNEL_REQUEST


Description

Network broadcasts this parameter to MS in GRPSCELL OPTIONS of SI13, PSI1 and PSI13. It indicatesif the cell supports EGPRS_PACKET_CHANNEL_RE-QUEST access flow. If the cell supports EGPRS andthis flow, the EGPRS terminal is able to originateEGPRS packet access flow on RACH or PRACH (ifPBCCH exists).


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline



Relevant Fea-tures

ZGO-03-05-003 EGPRS Packet Channel Request onCCCH


Relationship None



Uplink LA+IR quality control support(IrSupportUp)

Full name Uplink LA+IR quality control support

Abbreviation IrSupportUp

3GPP Name RESEGMENT


Description

It indicates if the cell supports "uplink IR quality con-trol". If it does, the network could set the RESEG-MENT in PACKET UPLINK ACK/NACK, PACKET UP-LINK ASSIGNMENT and PACK TIMESLOT RECONFIG-URE message as FALSE to inform MS system of usingIR quality control mode, and MS uplink retransmis-sion could not be segmented.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures

ZGO-03-05-002 EGPRS Link Adaptation

ZGO-03-05-006 Incremental Redundancy in UL


Relationship None





Take Preemptive transmit bit function(PreemptiveTrans)

Full name Take Preemptive transmit bit function

Abbreviation PreemptiveTrans

3GPP Name PRE_EMPTIVE_TRANSMISSION


Description

It indicates whether the cell employs the"Preemptivetrans bit" function. If the cell supportsthat function, network indicates MS whetherto send the RLC data of PENDING-ACK whenthere is no data in NACK status and no new RLCdata block to be transmitted or the transmissionwindow is full by PRE_EMPTIVE_TRANSMISSIONin PACKET UPLINK ACK/NACK message.

� Yes: Use preemptive transmission. MS shouldnot send the data block in PENDING-ACKstatus. But for the last piece of currentTBF, even if its status is PENDING –ACK,it should be transmitted.

� No: Do not use preemptive transmission. MSshould send the oldest data in PENDING-ACKstatus, then the second oldest data. If alldata in PENDING-ACK status have beensent, repeat from the oldest one.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Average filter period for uplink BEP(BEPperiodUp)

Full name Bep_Period2 of uplink

Abbreviation BEPperiodUp

3GPP Name BEP_PERIOD


Description

This parameter is internal parameter of PCU. Themeaning of this parameter is the same as BEPPeriod-Down, but it is to caculate the uplink measurementdata inside of PCU.


Value Range 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15

Unit None

Default value 4

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Average filter period for downlinkBEP (BEPperiodDown)

Full name Bep_Period2 of downlink

Abbreviation BEPperiodDown

3GPP Name BEP_PERIOD




Description

Network broadcasts this parameter to MS inGRPS CELL OPTIONS of SI13, PSI1 and PSI13.In EGPRS system, EGPRS MS will determine toreport the MEAN_REP_AV (average error bit rateof the radio block) and CV_BEP_AV (variancecoefficient of radio block error bit rate) underthe whole TBF, or the measurement data pertime slot MEAN_BEP_TNx (0-7).

The specification defines the calculation formula ofthese measurement data (refer to 05.08 10.2.3.2.1).There is an oblivion factor e in the formula, whosevalue is defined by the average period of BEP filter.


Value Range 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10

Unit None

Default value 4

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



EGPRS phone quality measure mode(LinkQuameaMode)

Full name EGPRS phone quality measure mode

Abbreviation LinkQuameaMode

3GPP Name LINK_QUALITY_MEASUREMENT_MODE




Description

This parameter is sent to MS in Downlink Assignmentmessage. It indicates the measurement report modeof EGPRS MS in the cell. EGPRS measurement couldbe performed based on each impulse, which is tomeasure by the granularity of BURST. The feature ofrapid EGPRS measurement makes the network sidebe able to respond the change of radio environmentquickly, so as to choose the most proper coding modeand perform power control.



Unit None

Default value 2

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



EDGE initial downlink allocation bymultislot class 1 (Info1_1_0)

Full name EDGE initial downlink allocation by multislot class 1


3GPPName None

3GPPreference None

Descrip-tion

This parameter indicates whether initial channel allocationin downlink for EDGE user is according to the actualmultislot capability. If it is, then one or multiple timeslotsare allocated according to the actual multislot capabilityin initial channel allocation; otherwise, only one timeslotis allocated in initial channel allocation.





ValueRange

Yes/No

0: No; 1: Yes

Unit None

Defaultvalue No

Changemode Offline



Relation-ship None



EGPRS Phone Init Coding(EGPRSInitAttSelt)

Full name EGPRS Phone Init Coding

Abbreviation EGPRSInitAttSelt_0 ~ EGPRSInitAttSelt_3

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This is a four-dimensional array, representing EGPRSuplink initial coding scheme, EGPRS downlink initialcoding scheme, EGPRS uplink max coding scheme,and EGPRS downlink max coding scheme.


Value RangeMCS1, MCS2, MCS3, MCS4, MCS5, MCS6, MCS7,MCS8, MCS9

Unit None

Default value [MCS6, MCS6, MCS9, MCS9]



Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures ZGO-03-05-001 Modulation and Coding Scheme 1~9


Relationship None



EGPRS phones init code can bechanged (InitAttachExch_1)

Full name EGPRS phones init code can be changed

Abbreviation InitAttachExch_1

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

DescriptionIt indicates if the coding method of GPRS/EGPRS MSin cell could be changed dynamically.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value Yes

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures ZGO-03-05-001 Modulation and Coding Scheme 1~9


Relationship None




C h a p t e r 5

Cell Object Parameters

This chapter describes cell object parameters, including powercontrol, handover, and reselection parameters.

Table of ContentsTRX Parameters .............................................................. 499Power Control Parameters................................................. 525Handover Control Parameters............................................ 557UTRAN Handover Control Parameters ................................. 637UTRAN Cell Control Parameters ......................................... 653Adjacent Cell Parameters.................................................. 707Frequency Hopping System Parameters .............................. 764

TRX ParametersTRX parameters are displayed in two sub-interfaces. If the site isan IP access site, an IP Params tab is added to the TRX informa-tion interface.

TRX Information Parameters

The interface of TRX parameters is as shown in Figure 54.



FIGURE 54 TRX INFORMATION PARAMETERS

TRX ID (TrxId)

Full name TRX ID

Abbreviation TrxId

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

TRX number in the cell. According to GSM specifi-cations, one cell can have 64 carriers at most. Thisparameter is consistent with the TRX ID of SDR basestation.

ManagementObject TRX

Value Range

1 ~ 60

The following lists the maximum number ofTrxIds of each site type.

� OB06: 48� BS20: 48� BS21: 48� BS21V20: 48� BS30: 48� BS30V12: 48� B8112: 54� M8202: 54� M8206: 54� B8018: 54� S8001: 1� SDR: 60


Chapter 5 Cell Object Parameters

Unit None

Default value Sort in order.

Change mode Offline



Relationship None


Impact on serv-ice

Service will be affected. If the parameter is modified,all current services of corresponding TRX will be in-terrupted immediately.

Sub cell ID (SubCellId)

Full name Sub cell ID

Abbreviation SubCellId

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

If it is cell with dual frequencies, this parameter de-scribes the subCell of the dual-frequency cell in whichthe TRX is; if it is not dual-frequency cell, this param-eter is ‘First Subcell’. It is unmodifiable after beingcreated.


Value Range

� When "Subcell Used (SubCellUsed)" is No,value range is the first subcell;

� When "Subcell Used (SubCellUsed)" is Yes, valuerange is the first subcell and the second subcell.

Unit None

Default value First subcell

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures



Relevant pa-rameters Subcell used (SubCellUsed)

Relationship The value of "Use Subcell or not" has influence onthe value range of this parameter.





TRX type (TrxType)

Full name TRX type

Abbreviation TrxType

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

Common TRX is suitable for common cell. Afteradding the function of supporting extended cell,a third type of TRX is added -- Expand TRX,realizing large coverage range.

� In common cell, TRX Type shall beconfigured as Normal TRX;

� When subcell is not supported under extendedcell, TRX Type shall be configured as ExtendedTRX; when subcell is supported under extendedcell, subcell 1 shall be configured as ExtendedTRX, and no special requirements for subcell 2.


Value Range Common TRX, Extended TRX

Unit None

Default value Common TRX

Change mode Offline


Relevant pa-rameters Channel ID

Relationship This parameter value has influence on the valuerange of TSC.


Impact on serv-ice




Priority (TrxPriority)

Full name Assign Priority of the Trx

Abbreviation TrxPriority

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter describes priorities for allocating car-riers of the same type. 1 represents the highest pri-ority. Select channels on carriers with high prioritywhen allocating channels.


Value Range 1 ~ 5

Unit None

Default value

� When "BCCH Carrier (BcchMark)" is No,default value is 3;

� When "BCCH Carrier (BcchMark)" is Yes,default value is 1;

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures ZGO-03-02-002 Enhancement on Channel Allocation

Relevant pa-rameters BCCH carrier frequency (BcchMark)

Relationship The value of BCCH carrier frequency (BcchMark) hasinfluence on the default value of this parameter.



BCCH carrier frequency (BcchMark)

Full name BCCH carrier frequency

Abbreviation BcchMark

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

DescriptionOne and only one BCCH carrier frequency must beconfigured in a cell.


Value Range Yes/No



Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline



Priority (TrxPriority)

Support FHS

RelationshipThis parameter's value influences the default valueof the "TrxPriority" parameter. It also influences thevalue range of the "Support FHS" parameter.


Impact on serv-ice


Static power level (PwRreduction)

Full name Static power level

Abbreviation PwRreduction

3GPP Name static RF power step


Description

This parameter represents the static power level oftransceiver. Usually a static power control is addedon the basis of TRX transmission power specified byStatic power level. Namely, a restriction is addedbased on the maximum transmission power, thus toget the actual maximum transmission power Pn ofthe TRX. The dynamic power control is implementedbased on the maximum transmission power Pn.


Value Range

Max output power, Max output power - 2 dB, Maxoutput power - 4 dB, Max output power - 6 dB, Maxoutput power - 8 dB, Max output power - 10 dB, Maxoutput power - 12 dB, Max output power + 1.5 dB,Max output power + 1 dB, Max output power + 0.5dB

Unit None

Default value Max output power

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures ZGB-04-02-002 Static BTS Power Control




Relationship None



Power level (PowerClass)

Full name Power level

Abbreviation PowerClass

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter can configure the power level ofcarrier, which can be converted to the actual powervalue. It is used to calculate path loss and CI valuein the measurement report.


Value Range 1 ~ 8

Unit None

Default value 3

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Support FHS

Full name Support FHS

Abbreviation None

3GPP Name hopping




Description

This parameter indicates if frequency-hoppingis supported. When this parameter is set as'Base band freqhop', 'BhGroupId' is added to theinterface. When this parameter is set as 'RFIDfreqhop', 'Frequency' disappears from the interfaceand 'FhsId' is added to the interface.

Note: S8001 only has one frequency, and doesnot support frequency-hopping.


Value Range

� If "BCCH Carrier (BcchMark)" is No, thevalue range is No, base band freq-hopping,and RFID freq-hopping.

� If "BCCH Carrier (BcchMark)" is Yes, the valuerange is No and base band freq-hopping.

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures

ZGO-04-03-001 Synthesized Frequency Hopping

ZGO-04-03-004 Baseband Frequency Hopping

Relevant pa-rameters BCCH carrier frequency (BcchMark)

Relationship The value of BCCH carrier frequency (BcchMark) hasinfluence on the value range of this parameter.


Impact on serv-ice


BhGroupId

Full name BhGroupId

Abbreviation None

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

Select the BhGroupId if the frequency hoppingmode is baseband frequency hopping. Aftermultiple TRXs configures the same frequency groupid, the frequencies for these TRXs will be addedinto the frequency hopping system identified byBhGroupId. In the process of hopping, it uses thesame MA frequency list.




Value Range 1 ~ 255

Unit None

Default value None

Change mode Offline

RelevantFeatures ZGO-04-03-004 Baseband Frequency Hopping

Relevantparameters BhGroupId in frequency hopping system

Relationship Select the BhGroupId if the frequency hoppingmode is baseband frequency hopping.

Relatedinterfaces Um Interface

Impact onservice

Service will be affected. If the parameter ismodified, all current services of corresponding TRXwill be interrupted immediately.

FhsID

Full name FhsID

Abbreviation None

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

DescriptionSelect the FhsID if the configured frequency hoppingmode is RF hopping. This trx uses the MA frequencylist configured in frequency hopping system.


Value Range 1 ~ 255

Unit None

Default value None

Change mode Offline

RelevantFeatures ZGO-04-03-001 Synthesized Frequency Hopping

Relevantparameters FhsID in frequency hopping system

Relationship Select the FhsID if the configured frequencyhopping mode is RF hopping.



Relatedinterfaces Um Interface

Impact onservice

Service will be affected. If the parameter ismodified, all current services of corresponding TRXwill be interrupted immediately.

Frequency

Full name Frequency

Abbreviation None

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description Select the frequency point of this transceiver.


Value Range

TCH frequency point can be at a different frequencyband from BCCH frequency point.

� Frequency band (FreqBand) is GSM900:Value range of BCCH transceiver's frequencypoint is 1 ~ 124;

� Frequency band (FreqBand) is EXT900: Valuerange of BCCH transceiver's frequency pointis 0 ~ 124 and 975 ~ 1023;

� Frequency band (FreqBand) is DCS1800:Value range of BCCH transceiver's frequencypoint is 512 ~ 885;

� Frequency band (FreqBand) is PCS1900:Value range of BCCH transceiver's frequencypoint is 512 ~ 810;

� Frequency band (FreqBand) is GSM850:Value range of BCCH transceiver's frequencypoint is 128 ~ 251;

TCH frequency point has nothing to do withFrequency band (FreqBand).

� When TCH transceiver is at GSM900, thevalue range is 1 ~ 124;

� When TCH transceiver is at EXT900, the valuerange is 0 ~ 124 and 975 ~ 1023;

� When TCH transceiver is at DCS1800, thevalue range is 512 ~ 885;

� When TCH transceiver is at PCS1900, thevalue range is 512 ~ 810;

� When TCH transceiver is at GSM850, thevalue range is 128 ~ 251.

Unit None

Default value Based on the set frequency

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures






ARFCN list (CaArfcnList)


Relationship

Based on frequency setting at subsequent BTSs, thesystem automatically fills it in the 'ARFCN list' box.

The value of the FreqBand parameter influences thevalue range of this parameter.


Impact on serv-ice


Channel Information Parameters

The channel information interface is shown in Figure 55.

FIGURE 55 CHANNEL INFORMATION PARAMETERS

Channel ID

Full name Channel ID

Abbreviation None

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description Number to identify timeslot.




Value Range

� When "TRX Type (TrxType)" is "Normal TRX",eight timeslot numbers are displayed on theinterface, such as 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7.

� When "TRX Type (TrxType)" is "Extended TRX",four timeslot numbers are displayed on theinterface, such as 0, 2, 4, and 6.

Unit None

Default value Same as value range

Change mode Offline


Relevant pa-rameters TRX type (TrxType)

Relationship The value of the 'TRX type (TrxType)' parameterinfluences the value range of this parameter.



TS Channel Combination

Full name TS Channel Combination

Abbreviation None

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter defines combined types oftimeslot channel. The correlation with thefollowing parameters is as follows:

� CBC supported (SmsCbUsed).

If "CBC Supported (SmsCbUsed)" is 'No',that is, CBC is not supported, the systemautomatically finds all timeslot channelcombinations in the cell. If CBC channelexists, it is changed to SDCCH.

If "CBC Supported (SmsCbUsed)" is 'Yes', thatis, CBC is supported, the system automaticallyfinds all timeslot channel combinations in thecell. If a non-BCCH channel is found for acarrier, it is changed to SDCCH+CBCH.

� Support GPRS (PsSupport)

If "GPRS Supported (PsSupport)" is 'No',that is, GPRS is not supported, the systemautomatically changes all timeslot channelswhose type is PS in the cell to TCH.



� Common control channel configura-tion (CcchConf)

If CcchConf is configured as "CCCH uses onephysical channel, combined with SDCCH",then in the channel parameters, channelcombination of timeslot 0 must be one of thefollowing two combinations: 'BCCH+SDCCH/4'and 'BCCH+SDCCH/4+CBCH'.

When CcchConf is configured as "CCCH usesone physical channel, not combined withSDCCH", then in the channel parameters,channel combination of timeslot 0 mustbe one of the following two combinations:'FCCH+SCH+BCCH+CCCH' and 'BCCH+CCCH'.

When CcchConf is configured as "CCCH usestwo physical channel, not combined withSDCCH", then in the channel parameters,channel combination of timeslot 0 and timeslot2 is one of the following two combinations:'FCCH+SCH+BCCH+CCCH' and 'BCCH+CCCH'.

When CcchConf is configured as "CCCH usesthree physical channel, not combined withSDCCH", then in the channel parameters,channel combination of timeslot 0, 2, and4 is one of the following two combinations:'FCCH+SCH+BCCH+CCCH' and 'BCCH+CCCH'.

When CcchConf is configured as "CCCH uses fourphysical channel, not combined with SDCCH",then in the channel parameters,channelcombination of timeslot 0, 2, 4, and 6 isone of the following two combinations:'FCCH+SCH+BCCH+CCCH' and 'BCCH+CCCH'.


Value Range

� TCH/F;� TCH/H(0,1)+FACCH/H(0,1)+SACCH/TH(0,1);� SDCCH/8+SACCH/C8;� FCCH+SCH+BCCH+CCCH;� BCCH+SDCCH/4;� BCCH+CCCH;� BCCH+SDCCH/4+CBCH;� SDCCH+CBCH;� PBCCH+PCCCH+PDTCH+PACCH+PTCCH;� PCCCH+PDTCH+PACCH+PTCCH;� PDTCH+PACCH+PTCCH

Unit None

Default value TCH/F

Change mode Offline



Relevant Fea-tures

ZGO-03-02-008 EDGE on BCCH-TRX Configurable

ZGB-03-02-005 GPRS-only (without voice)Timeslots Configurable

ZGB-03-02-006 Voice-only Timeslots Configurable

ZGB-03-05-003 PBCCH, PPCH, PAGCH, PRACH


Relationship None


Impact on serv-ice

Service will be affected. If the parameter is modified,all current services of corresponding channel will beinterrupted immediately.

TSC

Full name TSC

Abbreviation TSC

3GPP Name TSC


Description

This parameter represents Training Serial Code (TSC)of the timeslot. There are eight types of TSC, withlow mutual dependency. It is used for reference ofdelay compensation for adaptive balance circuit atreceiving side. For the timeslot where BCCH is, thisparameter must be equal to BCC of the cell.


Value Range 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7

Unit None

Default value 0

Change mode Offline



Relationship None


Impact on serv-ice




MAIO

Full name MAIO

Abbreviation MAIO

3GPP Name Mobile Allocation Index Offset


Description

During communication, the carrier number adoptedon air interface is an element of the MA set. MobileAllocation Index (MAI) (0 ≤ MAI ≤ n-1) is a variablefor determining a definite element in the MA set.

According to the FH algorithm in GSM 05.02specification, MAI is function of the followingaspects: TDMA Frame Number (FN) or ReducedTDMA Frame Number (RFN), frequency HoppingSerial Number (HSN), and Mobile Allocation IndexOffset (MAIO). MAIO is an initial offset of MAI andis used for preventing several channels to contendfor the same carrier at the same moment.

Generally, several basic FH units (timeslot orTDMA frame) constitute an FH group. They havethe same MA and HSN and the only differenceamong them is MAIO. Thus the same MA and HSNare put in FHS/MA table. When the FH groupcorresponding to the timeslot has no frequencyhopping, MAIO of the timeslot is invalid.


Value Range 0 ~ 63

Unit None

Default value 0

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures



ZGO-04-03-003 Flexible MAIO Management


Relationship None


Impact on serv-ice




Dynamic TS

Full name Dynamic TS

Abbreviation None

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

DescriptionYES: Representing dynamic timeslot; NO: Represent-ing fixedly configured timeslot.

ManagementObject TS1 number

Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value Yes

Change mode Offline



Relationship None


Impact on serv-ice


Ps Service Preference Property

Full name Ps Service Preference Property

Abbreviation None

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

DescriptionIndicate whether to do channel packet service pref-erence or the type to do service preference


Value RangeNo preference, GPRS preference, EDGE preference,EDGE exclusion

Unit None

Default value No preference



Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures



Relationship None



PDCH Precedence

Full name PDCH Precedence

Abbreviation PDCHPrecedence

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

DescriptionThis timeslot is used as PDTCH firstly. It is only con-figured for dynamic timeslot.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline



Relationship None


Impact on serv-ice




TSC

Full name TSC

Abbreviation TSC

3GPP Name training sequence Code


DescriptionIt is training serial code (TSC). TSC value in BCCHchannel shall be same as BCC value.


Value Range 0 ~ 7

Unit None

Default value 0

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



PDCH

Full name PDCH

Abbreviation None

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

It is same as the property of "PDCH Priority" param-eter. It is a shortcut method, uniformly configuring 8timeslots simultaneously for the carrier.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No



Change mode Offline



Relationship None



PS service preference

Full name PS service preference

Abbreviation PDCHPrecedence

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

DescriptionIt indicates if the channel prefers to be PS channel.It is only valid for dynamic timeslot.


Value Range

No preference, GPRS preference, EDGE prefer-ence, EDGE dedicated, EGPRRS2-A preference, andEGPRRS2-A dedicated.

Unit None

Default value No preference

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Dynamic TS

Full name Dynamic TS

Abbreviation Changeable

3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None

Description It indicates if TCH can be dynamically allocated to CSor PS.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value Yes

Changemode Offline



Relationship None



IP Parameters

IP parameter interface is as shown in Figure 56.



FIGURE 56 IP PARAMETERS

BIPB Unit

Full name BIPB Unit

Abbreviation None

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

DescriptionIt is corresponding with the board position in physicalconfiguration


Value Range Depends on the actual configuration of BIPB unit.

Unit None

Default value Depends on the actual configuration.

Change mode Offline



Relationship None




Impact on serv-ice


DSP Sunit

Full name DSP Sunit

Abbreviation None

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

DescriptionIt corresponds to the DSP supporting IP in BIPB boardconfigured by physical mode.


Value Range Determined by user configured DSP quantity

Unit None

Default value Minimum DSP number configured by user

Change mode Offline



Relationship None


Impact on serv-ice


DspMarkSeq

Full name DspMarkSeq

Abbreviation None

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None



Description

Mark sequence of carrier on DSP, DSP channel num-ber will be calculated based on this mark by service.For VTCD board, each DSP can mark (configure) 16carriers at most; for VTCD/2 board, it can be config-ured with 28 carriers.

ManagementObject None

Value Range 0 ~ 15; 0 ~ 27

Unit None

Default value 0

Change mode Offline



Relationship None


Impact on serv-ice


Port No.

Full name Port No.

Abbreviation None

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

IP access. Port number shall be allocated for eachcarrier, and the number will be determined by theport actually configured.



Unit None

Default value 1

Change mode Offline





Relationship None


Impact on serv-ice


Panel Parameters

The panel parameter interface is shown in Figure 57.

FIGURE 57 PANEL PARAMETERS

TRX mode

Full name TRX mode

Abbreviation None

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None



Description

It sets the working mode of carrier to be single car-rier or dual carriers, and determines whether to use4-way diversity in uplink and whether to use DPCT orDDT in downlink.

ManagementObject BTS rack

Value Range

� Dual carrier� Single carrier with 4-ways diversity reception� Single carrier with 4-ways diversity

reception and DPCT� Single carrier with 4-ways diversity

reception and DDT� Single carrier

Unit None

Default value Dual carrier

Change mode Offline



Support antenna hop

Delay count

Relationship

The 'Support antenna hop' parameter is enabledonly when this parameter is set to be 'Dual carrier'.

The 'Delay count' parameter is enabled only whenthis parameter is set to be 'Single carrier with4-ways diversity reception and DDT'.



Delay count

Full name Delay count

Abbreviation None

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description It defines the symbol used on delayed transmitting.


Value Range 1 ~ 15

Unit None

Default value 0



Change mode Offline


Relevant pa-rameters TRX mode

RelationshipThis parameter is valid when the 'TRX mode'parameter is 'Single carrier with 4-ways diversityreception and DDT'.



IRC

Full name IRC

Abbreviation None

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

It determines whether to use IRC.

� Not checked: Do not use IRC� Checked: Use IRC


Value Range Not checked, checked

Unit None

Default value Not checked

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Support antenna hop

Full name Support antenna hop

Abbreviation None

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter describes whether antennahop is supported.

� No: indicates antenna hop is not supported;� Yes: indicates antenna hop is supported;


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline


Relevant pa-rameters TRX mode

Relationship This parameter is valid when the 'TRX mode'parameter is 'Dual carrier'.



Power Control ParametersThere are four tab-interfaces for basic power control parameters.If the cell supports GPRS, a GPRS Power Control tab is also dis-played.

Power Control Parameters

The interface of power control parameters is shown in Figure 58.



FIGURE 58 POWER CONTROL PARAMETERS

Uplink rapid power control indication(UlRapidPcInd)

Full name Uplink rapid power control indication

Abbreviation UlRapidPcInd

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None



Description

This parameter determines the availability ofthe rapid power control process. Rapid powercontrol process is an optional process of BSC. Itreduces the interference of the whole BSS radiosystem and satisfies the dynamic power controlrequirement for rapid moving MS.

The amplitude of power control used by rapid powercontrol process each time is no longer a fixedvalue, but an integer multiple of cell parameterpower control step (increase and decrease).This parameter determines the availability ofthe rapid power control process.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures ZGO-04-02-002 Dynamic MS Power Control


Relationship None



Downlink rapid power control indication(DlRapidPcInd)

Full name Downlink rapid power control indication

Abbreviation DlRapidPcInd

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None



Description

This parameter determines the availability ofthe rapid power control process. Rapid powercontrol process is an optional process of BSC. Itreduces the interference of the whole BSS radiosystem and satisfies the dynamic power controlrequirement for rapid moving MS.

The amplitude of power control used by rapid powercontrol process each time is no longer a fixedvalue, but an integer multiple of cell parameterpower control step (increase and decrease).This parameter determines the availability ofthe rapid power control process.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures ZGO-04-02-001 Dynamic BTS Power Control


Relationship None



Power Control PwrDesrLimit

Full name Power Control PwrDesrLimit

Abbreviation None

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter is set for preventing MS from calldrop due to fast power control. It corresponds todifferent quality level. For example, PwrDecrLimit[0] determines the maximum power decreaselimit for calls with receiving quality level 0 (BitError rate (BER) <0.2%). This parameter isvalid for both uplink and downlink.

This parameter is an array of eight elements, withelement length of one byte. PwrDecrLimit [n]determines the maximum power decrease limitavailable for calls with quality level n. The valuerange of each element is 0 ~ 38 dB.




Value Range 0 ~ 38

Unit None

Default value [24, 22, 20, 18, 16, 14, 12, 10]

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Power Survey Parameters

The interface of power survey parameters is shown in Figure 59.

FIGURE 59 POWER SURVEY PARAMETERS

Report period of measurement for power control(PwrCtrlReportPrd)

Full name Report period of measurement for power control

Abbreviation PwrCtrlReportPrd



3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

Power control is performed at BTS side and BSC im-plements relevant performance statistics. BTS usesthis parameter to decide the periodicity to send thepreprocessed power measurement to BSC as an in-put for power control analysis. This parameter is inthe unit of SACCH multi-frame.


Value Range 1 ~ 254


Default value 240

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Uplink level Sample count (PcUlLevWindow)

Full name Uplink power level

Abbreviation PcUlLevWindow

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

In GSM system, BSC determines whether to performpower control according to measurement data.BSC uses the average value of measurementdata to avoid adverse influences caused byabrupt changes in measurement data due tocomplex radio transmission.

BTS uses this parameter to calculate the windowsize for the average value of uplink signalstrength, i.e. to calculate the average valueof the number of used samples.


Value Range 1 ~ 31



Unit None

Default value 6

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Uplink level Weight (PcUlLevWeight)

Full name Uplink level Weight

Abbreviation PcUlLevWeight

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

Speech data is unavailable for silent period duringconversation. GSM specifications recommendDiscontinuous Transmission Mode (DTX) tocontrol optimal usage of network resourcesduring such silent periods.

In the DTX mode, the measurement data reportedto BSC fall into two types. One is the averageof the measurement results of all timeslots in ameasurement period in the non-DTX mode, andthe other is the average of the measurementresults of some special timeslots in a measurementperiod in the DTX mode. BSC needs to optionallyselect one type of measurement data and usethe data to calculate the average value.

The first type of measurement data is more accuratesince it is the average value of measurement resultsof all timeslots. The second type of measurementdata is less accurate since it is the average value ofmeasurement results of some timeslots. Thus BSCshould use different weights for the two types ofdata when averaging the measurement results.

This parameter determines the weight for thefirst type of measurement data when averaginguplink signal strength for power control.Weight for the second type of measurementdata is set to 1 by default.


Value Range 1 ~ 3



Unit None

Default value 2

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Downlink level Sample count (PcDlLevWindow)

Full name Downlink power level

Abbreviation PcDlLevWindow

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description


BTS uses this parameter to calculate the windowsize for the average value of downlink signalstrength, i.e. to calculate the average valueof the number of used samples.


Value Range 1 ~ 31

Unit None

Default value 6

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Downlink level Weight (PcDlLevWeight)

Full name Downlink level Weight

Abbreviation PcDlLevWeight

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

Description: According to GSM Specifications,discontinuous transmission (DTX) refers to theprocess in which the system does not transmitsignals in the voice intermittent period duringthe subscriber communication process.



This parameter determines the weight for thefirst type of measurement data when averagingdownlink signal strength for power control.Weight for the second type of measurementdata is set to 1 by default.


Value Range 1 ~ 3

Unit None

Default value 2

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Uplink quality Sample count (PcUlQualWindow)

Full name Uplink quality level

Abbreviation PcUlQualWindow

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description


BTS uses this parameter to calculate the windowsize for the average value of uplink signalquality, i.e. to calculate the average value ofthe number of used samples.


Value Range 1 ~ 31

Unit None

Default value 6

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Uplink quality Weight (PcUlQualWeight)

Full name Uplink quality Weight

Abbreviation PcUlQualWeight

3GPP Name None



3GPP reference None

Description




This parameter determines the weight forthe first type of measurement data whenaveraging uplink signal quality for power control.Weight for the second type of measurementdata is set to 1 by default.


Value Range 1 ~ 3

Unit None

Default value 2

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Downlink quality Sample Count (PcDlQualWindow)

Full name Downlink quality level

Abbreviation PcDlQualWindow



3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description


BTS uses this parameter to calculate the windowsize for the average value of downlink signalquality, i.e. to calculate the average value ofthe number of used samples.


Value Range 1 ~ 31

Unit None

Default value 6

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Downlink quality Weight (PcDlQualWeight)

Full name Downlink quality Weight

Abbreviation PcDlQualWeight

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None



Description




This parameter determines the weight for thefirst type of measurement data when averagingdownlink signal quality for power control.Weight for the second type of measurementdata is set to 1 by default.


Value Range 1 ~ 3

Unit None

Default value 2

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Power Adjustment ThresholdParameters

The interface of power adjustment threshold parameters is shownin Figure 60.



FIGURE 60 POWER ADJUSTMENT THRESHOLD PARAMETERS

Increase uplink level Threshold (PcULInclLevThsThs), Value P (PcULInclLevThsP), and ValueN (PcULInclLevThsN)

Full name Increase uplink level Threshold, Value P, and Value N

AbbreviationPcULInclLevThsThs/PcULInclLevThsP/PcULIncl-LevThsN

3GPP Name None


Description

According to GSM specifications, power control de-cisions depend upon received average value seriesof uplink signal strength. The decision process is asfollows: For the latest N average values of uplink sig-nal strength, if P of the N values fall below relevantthreshold value, increase MS (uplink) transmissionpower to improve the uplink signal strength.


Value Range

Increase uplink level can be divided into fourkinds: FR, HR, AMR FR, and AMR HR.

Threshold: 0 ~ 63; Value P: 1 ~31; Value N: 1 ~ 31

Unit None

Default value [22, 3, 4]

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures

ZGO-04-02-002 Dynamic MS Power Control

ZGO-04-02-008 AMR Power Control




Relationship None



Increase downlink level Threshold (PcDLInclLevThsThs), Value P (PcDLInclLevThsP), and ValueN (PcDLInclLevThsN)

Full nameIncrease downlink level Threshold, Value P, and ValueN

AbbreviationPcDLInclLevThsThs/PcDLInclLevThsP/PcDLIncl-LevThsN

3GPP Name None


Description

According to GSM specifications, power controldecisions depend upon received average valueseries of uplink signal strength.

The decision process is as follows: For the latestN average values of downlink signal strength, ifP of the N values fall below relevant thresholdvalue, increase BTS (downlink) transmission powerto improve the downlink signal quality.


Value Range

Increase downlink level can be divided into fourkinds: FR, HR, AMR FR, and AMR HR.


Unit None


Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures

ZGO-04-02-001 Dynamic BTS Power Control



Relationship None





Decrease uplink level Threshold (PcULRedLevThsThs), Value P (PcULRedLevThsP), and ValueN (PcULRedLevThsN)

Full nameDecrease uplink level Threshold, Value P, and ValueN

AbbreviationPcULRedLevThsThs/PcULRedLevThsP/PcULRed-LevThsN

3GPP Name None


Description


The decision process is as follows: For the latestN average values of uplink signal strength, if Pof the N values rise above relevant thresholdvalue, reduce MS (uplink) transmission powerto improve the uplink signal strength.


Value Range

Decrease uplink level can be divided into fourkinds: FR, HR, AMR FR, and AMR HR.


Unit None


Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures




Relationship None





Decrease downlink level Threshold (PcDLRedLevThsThs), Value P (PcDLRedLevThsP), and ValueN (PcDLRedLevThsN)

Full nameDecrease downlink level Threshold, Value P, andValue N

AbbreviationPcDLRedLevThsThs/PcDLRedLevThsP/PcDLRed-LevThsN

3GPP Name None


Description


The decision process is as follows: For the latestN average values of downlink signal strength, ifP of the N values rise above relevant thresholdvalue, reduce BTS (downlink) transmission powerto improve the downlink signal strength.


Value Range

Decrease downlink level can be divided into fourkinds: FR, HR, AMR FR, and AMR HR.


Unit None


Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures




Relationship None





Increase uplink quality Threshold (PcULInclQualThsThs), Value P (PcULInclQualThsP), and ValueN (PcULInclQualThsN)

Full nameIncrease uplink quality Threshold, Value P, and ValueN

AbbreviationPcULInclQualThsThs/PcULInclQualThsP/PcULIncl-QualThsN

3GPP Name None


Description


The decision process is as follows: For the latestN average values of uplink signal quality, if Pof the N values rise above relevant thresholdvalue, increase MS (uplink) transmission powerto improve the uplink signal quality.


Value Range

Increase uplink quality can be divided into fourkinds: FR, HR, AMR FR, and AMR HR.


Unit None


Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures




Relationship None





Increase downlink quality Threshold (PcDLInclQualThsThs), Value P (PcDLInclQualThsP), andValue N (PcDLInclQualThsN)

Full nameIncrease downlink quality Threshold, Value P, andValue N

AbbreviationPcDLInclQualThsThs/PcDLInclQualThsP/PcDLIncl-QualThsN

3GPP Name None


Description


The decision process is as follows: For the latestN average values of downlink signal quality, if P ofthe N values rise above relevant threshold value,increase BTS (downlink) transmission power toimprove the downlink signal quality.


Value Range

Increase downlink quality can be divided into fourkinds: FR, HR, AMR FR, and AMR HR.


Unit None


Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures




Relationship None





Decrease uplink quality Threshold (PcULRedQualThsThs), Value P (PcULRedQualThsP), andValue N (PcULRedQualThsN)

Full nameDecrease uplink quality Threshold, Value P, and ValueN

AbbreviationPcULRedQualThsThs/PcULRedQualThsP/PcULRed-QualThsN

3GPP Name None


Description


The decision process is as follows: For the latestN average values of uplink signal quality, if Pof the N values fall below relevant thresholdvalue, reduce MS (uplink) transmission powerto improve the uplink signal quality.


Value Range

Decrease uplink quality can be divided into fourkinds: FR, HR, AMR FR, and AMR HR.


Unit None


Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures




Relationship None





Decrease downlink quality Threshold (PcDLRedQualThsThs), Value P (PcDLRedQualThsP), andValue N (PcDLRedQualThsN)

Full nameDecrease downlink quality Threshold, Value P, andValue N

AbbreviationPcDLRedQualThsThs/PcDLRedQualThsP/PcDLRed-QualThsN

3GPP Name None


Description


The decision process is as follows: For the latestN average values of downlink signal quality, ifP of the N values fall below relevant thresholdvalue, reduce BTS (downlink) transmission powerto improve the downlink signal quality.


Value Range

Decrease downlink quality can be divided into fourkinds: FR, HR, AMR FR, and AMR HR.


Unit None


Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures




Relationship None



Other Parameters

The interface of the other parameters is shown in Figure 61.




Power increasing step (PwrIncStep, db)

Full name Power increasing step

Abbreviation PwrIncStep_0 ~ PwrIncStep_3

3GPP Name Pow_Incr_Step


Description

It describes increase step, the value of each powercontrol variation. It applies to both uplink and down-link directions.


Value Range

Power increase step can be divided into fourkinds: FR, HR, AMR FR, and AMR HR.

Value range is 2, 4, and 6.

Unit dB

Default valueIt can be divided into four types: FR, HR, AMR FR,and AMR HR. The default value is 2.

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures




Relationship None





Power decreasing step (PwrRedStep, db)

Full name Power decreasing step

Abbreviation PwrRedStep_0 ~ PwrRedStep_3

3GPP Name Pow_Red_Step


Description

It describes decrease step, the value of each powercontrol variation. It applies to both uplink and down-link directions.


Value Range

Power decrease step can be divided into fourkinds: FR, HR, AMR FR, and AMR HR.

Value range is 2 and 4.

Unit dB


Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures




Relationship None



Uplink power control allowed (PwrControlUl)

Full name Uplink power control

Abbreviation PwrControlUl

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None



Description

This parameter determines to enable or disable MSuplink power control in the cell. This power control isonly effective to TCH/F.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value Yes

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures




Relationship None



Downlink power control allowed (PwrControlDl)

Full name Downlink power control

Abbreviation PwrControlDl

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

DescriptionThis parameter determines whether to enable or dis-able BTS downlink power control in the cell.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures




Cell enable power dynamic sharing or not (PwrDyn-Share)



Relationship If it is SDR BTS and this parameter is set to Yes,you can set PwrDynShare.



MAX power level of MS (MsTxPwrMax)

Full name MAX power level of MS

Abbreviation MsTxPwrMax_0 ~ MsTxPwrMax_3

3GPP Name MS_TXPWR_MAX


Description


MS sets the specified output transmission poweraccording to the power control header extractedfrom the SACCH. MS uses the nearest possibleoutput power even if the power command sendsmaximum output power. During BSC powercontrol, this parameter determines the maximumtransmission power available for MS in the cell.BSC also uses it to calculate PBGT value.



Value Range

MAX power level of MS can be divided into fourkinds: FR, HR, AMR FR, and AMR HR.

Value range is 0 ~ 31.

Unit None


Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures




Relationship None





MIN power level of MS (MsTxPwrMin)

Full name MIN power level of MS

Abbreviation MsTxPwrMin_0 ~ MsTxPwrMin_3

3GPP Name None


Description


MS sets the specified output transmission poweraccording to the power control header extractedfrom the SACCH. MS uses the nearest possibleoutput power even if the power command sendsmaximum output power. During BSC powercontrol, this parameter determines the minimumtransmission power (that is, lower limit of powercontrol) available for MS in the cell.



Value Range

MIN power level of MS can be divided into fourkinds: FR, HR, AMR FR, and AMR HR.


Unit None


Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures




Relationship None





MIN power level of BS (BxTxPwrMin)

Full name Min Power level of BS

Abbreviation BsTxPwrMin_0 ~ BsTxPwrMin_3

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter controls the transmission power dur-ing communication between MS and BTS. SACCH car-ries the command with 2 header bytes information(power control byte and timing advance byte) fromBSC to BTS. When BSC performs power control, thisparameter determines the BTS's minimum transmis-sion power in the cell.


Value Range

MIN power level of BS can be divided into fourtypes: FR, HR, AMR FR, and AMR HR.

Value range is 0 ~ 15

The maximum power level of BTS is Pn, then,

� 0: Pn� 1: Pn-2 dB;

……

� 15: Pn-30 dB

Unit None


Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures




Relationship None



MIN interval of power control (PcMinlnterval)

Full name MIN interval of power control

Abbreviation PcMinInterval_0 ~ PcMinInterval_3

3GPP Name None



3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter specifies the minimum interval ofpower control. Usually, MS still sends two measure-ment reports with the original power to BSC afterenabling the power control. Signal level informationcontained in the reports is inaccurate and can beignored (information such as adjacent cell informa-tion is still valid). Thus a minimum interval of powercontrol is needed and signal level information duringthe interval can be ignored.


Value Range

MIN interval of power control can be divided intofour kinds: FR, HR, AMR FR, and AMR HR.




Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures





Relationship None



GPRS Power Control Parameters

The interface of GPRS power control parameters is shown in Figure62.



FIGURE 62 GPRS POWER CONTROL PARAMETERS

Expected signal intensity of MS (SS_BTS)

Full name Expected signal intensity of MS

Abbreviation SS_BTS

3GPP Name SSb


Description

This parameter is used to control open loopuplink power control. During the uplink open-linkpower control, MS uses the GCH parameterin calculating transmission power, which isbased on the following formula:

GCH = G0 -PBTS -SSb -48

This parameter decides the SSb parameter.


Value Range

0 ~ 63

� 0: -110 dBm� 1: -109 dBm

......

� 63 -47 dBm

Unit None

Default value 1

Change mode Offline





Relationship None



Uplink power control strategy (UlPwCtrl)

Full name Uplink power control strategy

Abbreviation UlPwCtrl

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter determines GPRS uplink power con-trol strategy, including the following four modes: Nocontrol, Open-loop control, Close-loop control, Con-trol based on quality.


Value RangeNo control, Open-loop control, Close-loop control,Control based on quality

Unit None

Default value Non-control

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Downlink power control strategy (DlPwCtrl)

Full name Downlink Power Control policy

Abbreviation DlPwCtrl

3GPP Name None



3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter determines GPRS downlink powercontrol strategy, including the following four modes:No control, Open-loop control, Close-loop control,Control based on quality.


Value RangeNo control, Open-loop control, Close-loop control,Control based on quality

Unit None

Default value Non control

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Downlink power control mode (PwCtrlMode)

Full name Downlink Power Control Mode

Abbreviation PwCtrlMode

3GPP Name BTS_PWR_CTRL_MODE


Description

This parameter determines the BTS downlink powercontrol mode. BTS has two power control modes: Aand B. Mode A may be used for any allocation mode,while mode B can only be used for the fixed allocationmode.


Value Range A, B

Unit None

Default value A

Change mode Offline





Relationship None



Power control level (PwCtrlLev)

Full name Power Control Level

Abbreviation PwCtrlLev

3GPP Name Power control level


Description

This parameter determines GPRS power control pre-cision, which describes nominal output power andpower control precision (dB) sent by MS under eachpower control level.


Value Range 0 ~ 31

Unit None

Default value 0

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Power descending of PDCH to BCCH in A mode(P0, 2db)

Full name Power descending of PDCH to BCCH in A mode

Abbreviation P0

3GPP Name P0


Description

This parameter is an optional downlink power con-trol parameter contained in assignment message. IfP0 exists, power control is used. Otherwise, it isnot used. The value of Power descending of PDCHto BCCH in a mode can not be modified in packettransmission mode unless re-assignment or new as-signment is established and such an assignment doesnot contain PDCH of any previous assignment.


Value Range

0 ~ 15

� 0: P0=0 dB� 1: P0=2 dB;

......

� 15: P0=30 dB.

Unit None

Default value 0

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Handover ControlParametersThere are seven sub-interfaces for handover control parameters.



Handover Pretreatment Parameters

The interface of handover pretreatment parameters is shown inFigure 63.

FIGURE 63 HANDOVER PRETREATMENT PARAMETERS

Number of zero allowed in AV (ZeroAllowed)

Full name Number of zero allowed in AV

Abbreviation ZeroAllowed

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

According to GSM specifications, MS can report toBSS the measurement data of at most six adjacentcells with strongest signal strength. Thus themeasurement results might not be consecutive. Forcells whose signal strength is less than -110 dBm,the measurement data are not reported.

To avoid the negative impact of 0 on averaging,suppose occasional 0 is allowed and is not used inaveraging, but excessive occurrences of 0 indicatethat the signals of this adjacent cell are too poor.

If the number of zeroes in used for averagecalculation exceeds Number of zero allowed in



AV, then measurement average equals to sum ofreported values divided by Neighboring cell .

To be specific, during averaging, if the count of0s in the sampling count exceeds “ZeroAllowed”,these sampling values are hardly reliable, andthe measurement average will be the sum ofthe reported values divided by NCellWindow. Ifthe count of 0s in the reported values does notexceed “ZeroAllowed”, these sampling valuesare much reliable and the measurement averagewill be the sum of the reported values dividedby (NCellWindow - the count of 0s).


Value Range 0 ~ 20

Unit None

Default value 1

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Uplink power level Sample count(HoUlLevWindow)

Full name Uplink power level

Abbreviation HoUlLevWindow

3GPP Name N1..N8,P1..P8


Description

In the GSM system, BSC makes handover decisionaccording to the measurement data. To avoidthe negative impact of burst measurement valuesresulting from complicated radio transmission, BSC,when making handover decision, no longer usesthe original measurement data but uses a seriesof average values of the measurement data.

This parameter is the window size (numberof sample values) used to calculate averagevalue of uplink signal intensity.




Value Range 1 ~ 20

Unit None

Default value 4

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Uplink power level Weight (HoUlLevWeight)

Full name Uplink level Weight

Abbreviation HoUlLevWeight

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description




This parameter determines the weight for the firsttype of measurement data when averaging uplinksignal strength for handover. Weight for the secondtype of measurement data is set to 1 by default.




Value Range 1 ~ 3

Unit None

Default value 2

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Downlink power level Sample count(HoDlLevWindow)

Full name Downlink power level

Abbreviation HoDlLevWindow



Description


This parameter represents the window size (i.e. thenumber of sample values) used to calculate theaverage value of downlink signal intensity.


Value Range 1 ~ 20

Unit None

Default value 4

Change mode Offline





Relationship None



Downlink power level Weight (HoDlLevWeight)

Full name Downlink level Weight

Abbreviation HoDlLevWeight

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description




This parameter determines the weight for the firsttype of measurement data when averaging downlinksignal strength for handover. Weight for the secondtype of measurement data is set to 1 by default.


Value Range 1 ~ 3

Unit None

Default value 2

Change mode Offline





Relationship None



Uplink quality Sample count (HoUlQualWindow)

Full name Uplink quality level

Abbreviation HoUlQualWindow



Description


This parameter represents the window size(number of sample values) used to calculateaverage value of uplink signal quality.


Value Range 1 ~ 20

Unit None

Default value 4

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Uplink quality Weight (HoUlQualWeight)

Full name Uplink quality Weight

Abbreviation HoUlQualWeight

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description




This parameter determines the weight for the firsttype of measurement data when averaging uplinksignal quality for handover. Weight for the secondtype of measurement data is set to 1 by default.


Value Range 1 ~ 3

Unit None

Default value 2

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Downlink quality Sample count (HoDlQualWindow)

Full name Downlink quality level

Abbreviation HoDlQualWindow



Description


This parameter represents the window size (i.e.the number of sample values) used to calculatethe average value of downlink signal quality.


Value Range 1 ~ 20

Unit None

Default value 4

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Downlink quality Weight (HoDlQualWeight)

Full name Downlink quality Weight

Abbreviation HoDlQualWeight

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None



Description




This parameter determines the weight for the firsttype of measurement data when averaging downlinksignal quality for handover. Weight for the secondtype of measurement data is set to 1 by default.


Value Range 1 ~ 20

Unit None

Default value 2

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Distance (DistanceWindow)

Full name Distance

Abbreviation DistanceWindow

3GPP Name None




Description


This parameter represents the window size (numberof sample values) used to calculate average value ofdistance (timing advance) between MS and BTS.


Value Range 1 ~ 20

Unit None

Default value 4

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Neighboring cell (NCellWindow)

Full name Neighboring cell

Abbreviation NCellWindow

3GPP Name None


Description


This parameter represents the window size (numberof sample values) used to calculate average valueof signal intensity for adjacent cells.


Value Range 1 ~ 20



Unit None

Default value 4

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Handover Threshold Parameters

The interface of handover threshold parameters is shown in Figure64.

FIGURE 64 HANDOVER THRESHOLD PARAMETERS

Uplink receive level Threshold (HoUlLevThs),Value N (HoUlLevN), Value P (HoUlLevP)

Full name Uplink receive level Threshold, Value N, Value P

Abbreviation HoUlLevThs / HoUlLevN / HoUlLevP

3GPP Name None




Description

According to GSM specifications, handover decisionsdepend upon received average value of uplinkand downlink signal strength.

The decision process is as follows: For the latest Naverage values of uplink signal strength, if P of the Nvalues fall below relevant threshold value, performhandover to improve the uplink signal strength.

Parameter "HoUlLevThs" defines the relatedthreshold, parameter "HoUlLevN" defines the relatedN value, and parameter “HoUlLevP” defines therelated P value. If this handover condition is met, aninternal handover is usually performed in the cell.

Usually the value of "HoUlLevThs" shall be less thanthe threshold for uplink power control (increase).That is, perform power control first. If powercontrol does not work, perform handover.


Value Range

Threshold: 0 ~ 63

� 0: < -110 dBm� 1: -110 dBm ~ -109 dBm

......

� 62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm� 63: > -48 dBm

Value N: 1 ~ 20

Value P: 1 ~ 20

Unit None


Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures

ZGB-02-02-001 Basic Handover

ZGB-02-02-002 Basic Handover Decision Criteria


Relationship None



Downlink receive level Threshold (HoDlLevThs),Value N (HoDlLevN), Value P (HoDlLevP)

Full name Downlink receive level Threshold, Value N, Value P

Abbreviation HoDlLevThs / HoDlLevN / HoDlLevP



3GPP Name None


Description

According to GSM specifications, handover decisionsdepend upon received average value of uplink anddownlink signal strength. The decision processis as follows: For the latest N average values ofdownlink signal strength, if P of the N values fallbelow relevant threshold value, perform handoverto improve the downlink signal strength.

Parameter “HoDlLevThs” defines the relatedthreshold, parameter “HoDlLevN” defines therelated N value, and parameter “HoDlLevP”defines the related P value.

Usually the value of "HoDlLevThs" shall be less thanthe threshold for downlink power control (increase).That is, perform power control first. If power controldoes not work, perform handover. This parametercan be set to 15 by default (i.e. -96 dBm ~ -95dBm), which is 3 dB larger than the minimum accesslevel value (RxLevAccessMin) of the cell.


Value Range

Threshold: 0 ~ 63

� 0: < -110 dBm� 1: -110 dBm ~ -109 dBm;

......

� 62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm;� 63: > -48 dBm

Value N: 1 ~ 20

Value P: 1 ~ 20

Unit None


Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures




Relationship None





Uplink receive quality Threshold (HoUlQualThs),Value N (HoUlQualN), Value P (HoUlQualP)

Full name Uplink receive quality Threshold, Value N, Value P

Abbreviation HoUlQualThs / HoUlQualN / HoUlQualP

3GPP Name None


Description

According to GSM specifications, handover decisionsdepend upon received average value of uplink anddownlink signal strength. The decision processis as follows: For the latest N average valuesof uplink signal quality, if P of the N values riseabove relevant threshold value, perform handoverto improve the uplink signal quality.

Parameter “HoUlQualThs” defines the relatedthreshold, parameter “HoUlQualN” defines therelated N value, and parameter “HoUlQualP”defines the related P value.

Usually the value of "HoUlQualThs" shall begreater than the threshold for uplink power control(increase). That is, perform power control first. Ifpower control does not work, perform handover.


Value Range

Threshold: 0 ~ 7

� 0: BER<0.2%� 1: 0.2%<BER<0.4%

......

� 6: 6.4%<BER<12.8%� 7: 12.8%<BER

Value N: 1 ~ 20

Value P: 1 ~ 20

Unit None


Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures




Relationship None





Downlink receive quality Threshold(HoDlQualThs), Value N (HoDlQualN),Value P (HoDlQualP)

Full name Downlink receive quality Threshold, Value N, Value P

Abbreviation HoDlQualThs / HoDlQualN / HoDlQualP

3GPP Name None


Description

According to GSM specifications, handover decisionsdepend upon received average value of uplink anddownlink signal strength. The decision processis as follows: For the latest N average values ofdownlink signal quality, if P of the N values riseabove relevant threshold value, perform handoverto improve the downlink signal quality.

Parameter “HoDlQualThs” defines the relatedthreshold, parameter “HoDlQualN” defines therelated N value, and parameter “HoDlQualP”defines the related P value.

In general, the Downlink receive quality Thresholdshall be larger than downlink power control(increase) threshold, i.e. perform power controlfirst, then perform handover if power control fails.


Value Range

Threshold: 0 ~ 7

� 0: BER<0.2%� 1: 0.2%<BER<0.4%

......

� 6: 6.4%<BER<12.8%� 7: 12.8%<BER

Value N: 1 ~ 20

Value P: 1 ~ 20

Unit None


Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures




Relationship None





Uplink receive level of intra-ho Value N(IntraHoUlLevN) / Value P (IntraHoUlLevP)

Full name Uplink receive level of intra-ho Value N / Value P

Abbreviation IntraHoUlLevN / IntraHoUlLevP

3GPP Name None


Description

According to GSM specifications, handover decisionsdepend upon received average value of uplinkand downlink signal strength. The decisionprocess is as follows: For the latest N averagevalues of uplink signal strength, if P of the Nvalues rise above relevant threshold value, thenperform handover. The handover is due to stronguplink co-frequency interference.

Parameter "IntraHoUlLevThs" defines the relatedthreshold, parameter "IntraHoUlLevN" defines therelated N value, and parameter "IntraHoUlLevP"defines the related P value. If this handovercondition is met, an internal handover isusually performed in the cell.

Usually the value of "IntraHoUlLevThs"shall be more than the threshold for uplinkpower control (decrease).


Value Range

Value N: 1 ~ 20

Value P: 1 ~ 20

Unit None

Default value [3, 2]

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Downlink receive level of intra-ho Value N(IntraHoDlLevN) / Value P (IntraHoDlLevP)

Full name Downlink receive level of intra-ho Value N / Value P

Abbreviation IntraHoDlLevN / IntraHoDlLevP

3GPP Name None


Description


The decision process is as follows: For the latest Naverage values of downlink signal strength, if P ofthe N values rise above relevant threshold value,then perform handover. The handover is due tostrong downlink co-frequency interference.

Parameter "IntraHoDlLevThs" defines the relatedthreshold, parameter "IntraHoDlLevN" defines therelated N value, and parameter "IntraHoDlLevP"defines the related P value. If this handovercondition is met, an internal handover isusually performed in the cell.

Usually the value of "IntraHoDlLevThs" shallbe less than (or equal to) the threshold fordownlink power control (decrease).


Value Range

Value N: 1 ~ 20

Value P: 1 ~ 20

Unit None


Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Good C/I Threshold (GoodCiThs), Value N(GoodCiN), Value P (GoodCiP)

Full name Good C/I Threshold, Value N, Value P

Abbreviation GoodCiThs / GoodCiN / GoodCiP

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

If system adopts concentric technology, thenhandover decisions also depend upon goodCarrier to Interference ratio (C/I) of speciallayer TRX frequency.

The decision process is as follows: If the paging ison common layer TRX frequency and P of the latestN C/I values raise above the good C/I threshold,then perform handover from common layer TRXfrequency to special layer TRX frequency.

Parameter "GoodCiThs" defines the relatedthreshold, parameter "GoodCiN" defines therelated N value, and parameter “GoodCiP”defines the related P value.


Value Range

Threshold: 0 ~ 255

� 0: < -127 dB� 1: > -126 dB

......

� 255: 128 dB

Value N: 1 ~ 20

Value P: 1 ~ 20

Unit None


Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures




Relationship None





Bad C/I Threshold (BadCiThs), Value N (BadCiN),Value P (BadCiP)

Full name Bad C/I Threshold, Value N, Value P

Abbreviation BadCiThs / BadCiN / BadCiP

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

If system adopts concentric technology, thenhandover decisions also depend upon goodCarrier to Interference ratio (C/I) of speciallayer TRX frequency.

The decision process is as follows: If the pagingis on special layer TRX frequency and P of thelatest N C/I values fall below the bad C/I threshold,then perform handover from special layer TRXfrequency to common layer TRX frequency.

Parameter "BadCiThs" defines the related threshold,parameter "BadCiN" defines the related N value, andparameter "BadCiP" defines the related P value.


Value Range

Threshold: 0 ~ 255

� 0: < -127 dB� 1: > -126 dB

......

� 255: 128 dB

Value N: 1 ~ 20

Value P: 1 ~ 20

Unit None


Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures




Relationship None





Rapid handover Threshold (RapidHoThs) / ValueN (RapidHoN)

Full name Rapid handover Threshold / Value N

Abbreviation RapidHoThs / RapidHoN

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

During fast fading handover, some parametersshall be used. If the measured signal intensityof a call is less than rapid handover threshold,then it triggers handover of existing cell tomost probable candidate cell.

RapidHoN counter defines the minimum timesfor which the measured signal intensity of acall is less than the threshold.

"RapidHoThs" may be set as 15 (that is, -96dBm ~-95dBm) by default, the same as the level thresholdof ordinary handover. Parameter "RapidHoN" shouldbe set to ensure that rapid handover is fasterthan the ordinary signal level handover.


Value Range

Threshold: 0 ~ 63

� 0: < -110 dBm� 1: -110 dBm ~ -109 dBm

......

� 62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm� 63: > -48 dBm

Value N: 1 ~ 20

Unit None


Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures

ZGO-02-02-001 Handover between Macro- and Mi-cro-cells


Relationship None





Distance handover Value N (DistanceN) / ValueP (DistanceP)

Full name Distance handover Value N/Value P

Abbreviation DistanceN / DistanceP



Description


The decision process is as follows: For the latestN average values of TA (distance), if P of the Nvalues rises above relevant threshold value, thenperform handover. The handover is due to MSbeing out of the cell service range.

Parameter "DistanceN" defines the relevantN value, and parameter "DistanceP" definesthe relevant P value.


Value Range

Value N: 1 ~ 20

Value P: 1 ~ 20

Unit None


Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures




Relationship None



PBGT handover Value N (PBGTHoN) / Value P(PBGTHoP)

Full name PBGT handover Value N/Value P

Abbreviation PBGTHoN / PBGTHoP





Description

Value_N and Value_P in PBGT handover. In PBGThandover, if there are P values of PBGT in N PBGTsatisfying the handover determination condition, thePBGT handover conditions are satisfied.


Value Range

Value N: 1 ~ 20

Value P: 1 ~ 20

Unit None


Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures




Relationship None



Handover Condition Parameters

The interface of handover condition parameters is shown in Figure65.



FIGURE 65 HANDOVER CONDITION PARAMETERS

Max time advance threshold between MS andBTS (DistanceThs)

Full name Max time advance threshold between MS and BTS

Abbreviation DistanceThs

3GPP Name None


Description


The decision process is as follows: For the latestN average values of TA (distance), if P of the Nvalues rises above relevant threshold value, thenperform handover. The handover is due to MSbeing out of the cell service range.


Value Range Common cell: 0 ~ 63; Extended cell: 0 ~ 219

Unit None

Default value 63

Change mode Offline



Relevant Fea-tures




Relationship None



MIN interval between inter-cell handover(HoMinInterval, s)

Full name MIN interval between inter-cell handover

Abbreviation HoMinInterval

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter specifies the interval value for whichMS waits before the actual inter-cell handoveroccurs. Such a timer is more predominant forMS at the boundary regions between two cells,where inter-cell handovers occur frequently.This parameter helps restrict frequent inter-cellhandover and guarantees call quality.

Inter-cell handover takes place when the timerexceeds the defined interval value from thelast inter-cell handover of MS. This parameteraffects only the inter-cell handover, but notcommon intra-cell or inter-cell concentric handover.In addition, micro-cell has its own handoverpolicy, so this parameter is only effective formacro-cell layer and its above layer.

For macro-cell, the default value can be 5; formicro-cell, the default value can only be 0.


Value Range 0 ~ 31

Unit s

Default value 5

Change mode Offline





Relationship None



Handover back penalty (HoBackPenalty)

Full name Handover back penalty

Abbreviation HoBackPenalty

3GPP Name No

3GPP reference No

Description

This parameter describes the time limit for handoverback to the original cell. In other words, afterhandover is performed from cell A to cell B, it is notallowed to perform handover from cell B back to cellA within the time limit.

This parameter is supported from V6.20.21.


Value Range 0 ~ 60

Unit s

Default value 5

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Prior layer selecting parameter on signallevel/quality (LayerPriority)

Full name Prior layer selecting parameter on signal level/quality

Abbreviation LayerPriority

3GPP Name None



3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter decides the priority to select andsequence the candidate cells for handover. Receivedsignal level and signal quality decides the candidatecells for handover. Three options are available:

� First hand over to adjacent cells at the upperlayer of the local cell, then to those at the samelayer, and finally to other adjacent cells;

� First hand over to adjacent cells at the samelayer of the local cell, then to those at the upperlayer, and finally to other adjacent cells;

� All adjacent cells are treated in the same way.

This parameter determines to select one ofabove three methods. During handover controlprocess, this parameter has higher prioritythan normal adjacent cells.

Value range:

� 1 (UPPER_LAYER): adjacent cell at above layerfirst, same layer next,other adjacent cells finally;

� 2 (SAME_LAYER): adjacent cell at samelayer first, above layer next, otheradjacent cells finally;

� 3 (SAME_LAYER): All adjacent cells aretreated in the same way.

Note: In general, micro cell adopts option 1Macro cell adopts option 2.


Value Range 1 ~ 3

Unit None

Default value 2

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Handover to same layer other band neighbor cellfor PBGT permitted (PbgtHoLayer_0)

Full name Handover to same layer other band neighbor cell forPBGT permitted

Abbreviation PbgtHoLayer_0

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description This parameter describes if Handover to same layerother band neighbor cell for PBGT is permitted.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value Yes

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Handover to neighbor cell with no layer relationfor PBGT permitted (PbgtHoLayer_1)

Full name Handover to neighbor cell with no layer relation forPBGT permitted


3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description This parameter describes if Handover to neighborcell with no layer relation for PBGT is permitted.


Value Range Yes/No



Unit None

Default value Yes

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Handover to upper layer neighbor cell for PBGTpermitted (PbgtHoLayer_2)

Full name Handover to upper layer neighbor cell for PBGTpermitted


3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description This parameter describes if handover to upper layerneighbor cell for PBGT is allowed.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Handover to under layer neighbor cell for PBGTpermitted (PbgtHoLayer_3)

Full name Handover to under layer neighbor cell for PBGTpermitted


3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description This parameter describes if handover to under layerneighbor cell for PBGT is allowed.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Synchronism (HoPatternInd_0)

Full name Synchronism (HoPatternInd_0)

Abbreviation HoPatternInd_0

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

DescriptionTA of the destination cell is same as that of the sourcecell.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None



Default value Yes

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures ZGB-02-02-003 Handover Mode


Relationship None



Asynchronism (HoPatternInd_1)

Full name Asynchronism (HoPatternInd_1)


3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description TA of the destination cell is unknown.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value Yes

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Pseudo-synchronization (HoPatternInd_2)

Full name Pseudo-synchronism (HoPatternInd_2)


3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description MS is able to calculate TA of the destination cell.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Pre-synchronism (HoPatternInd_3)

Full name Pre-synchronism (HoPatternInd_3)


3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description This parameter determines the TA available for BSC.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline





Relationship None



Downlink rapid handover threshold(DLRapidHoThs)

Full name Downlink rapid handover threshold

Abbreviation DLRapidHoThs

3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None

Description

After getting a series of measurement reports, you cando the decisions for downlink rapid handover.

The downlink rapid moving is one reason to causehandover. The decision process is as follows: do thehandover if the latest downlink level values (withoutaverage processing) is higher than the sum of relevantthreshold values and offset values. The handoverreason is downlink rapid handover. DLRapidHoThsdefines the threshold value.


Value Range 0 ~ 63

Unit None

Default value 10

Changemode Offline



Relationship None





Downlink rapid handover N (DLRapidHoN)

Full name Downlink rapid handover N

Abbreviation DLRapidHoN

3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None

Description


The downlink rapid moving is one reason to causehandover. The decision process is as follows: do thehandover if the latest downlink level values (withoutaverage processing) is higher than the sum of relevantthreshold values and offset values. The handoverreason is downlink rapid handover. DLRapidHoN definesthe value N.


Value Range 1 ~ 20

Unit None

Default value 3

Changemode Offline



Relationship None





Downlink rapid handover offset of high speed(DLRapidHoOffset_0)

Full name Downlink rapid handover offset of high speed(DLRapidHoOffset_0)

Abbreviation DLRapidHoOffset_0

3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None

Description


The downlink rapid moving is one reason to causehandover. The decision process is as follows: do thehandover if the latest downlink level values (withoutaverage processing) is higher than the sum of relevantthreshold values and offset values. The handoverreason is downlink rapid handover. DLRapidHoOffset_0defines the offset threshold value for downlink rapidhandover if the train speed is higher than 250km/hr.


Value Range 0 ~ 63

Unit None

Default value 0

Changemode Offline



Relationship None



Downlink rapid handover offset of middle speed(DLRapidHoOffset_1)

Full name Downlink rapid handover offset of middle speed


3GPP Name None



3GPPreference None

Description


The downlink rapid moving is one reason to causehandover. The decision process is as follows: do thehandover if the latest downlink level values (withoutaverage processing) is higher than the sum of relevantthreshold values and offset values. The handoverreason is downlink rapid handover. DLRapidHoOffset_1defines the offset threshold value for downlink rapidhandover if the train speed is 150 ~ 250 km/hr.


Value Range 0 ~ 63

Unit None

Default value 2

Changemode Offline



Relationship None



Downlink rapid handover offset of low speed(DLRapidHoOffset_2)

Full name Downlink rapid handover offset of low speed


3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None



Description


The downlink rapid moving is one reason to causehandover. The decision process is as follows: do thehandover if the latest downlink level values (withoutaverage processing) is higher than the sum of relevantthreshold values and offset values. The handoverreason is downlink rapid handover. DLRapidHoOffset_2defines the offset threshold value for downlink rapidhandover if the train speed is lower than 150km/hr.


Value Range 0 ~ 63

Unit None

Default value 5

Changemode Offline



Relationship None



Downlink rapid handover enable (HoControl_23)

Full name Downlink rapid handover enable

Abbreviation HoControl_23

3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None

Description This parameter determines if downlink rapid handoveris allowed.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No



Changemode Offline



Relationship None



Handover Control Parameters

The interface of handover control parameters is shown in Figure66.

FIGURE 66 HANDOVER CONTROL PARAMETERS

Allow SDCCH handover (HoControl_0)

Full name Allow SDCCH handover


3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None



Description This parameter determines if allow SDCCH handover.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures ZGO-02-02-004 SDCCH/SDCCH Handover


Relationship None



Allow intra-cell handover attempt due to uplinkinterference (HoControl_1)

Full name Allow intra-cell handover due to uplink interference


3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

DescriptionThis parameter determines if allow intra-cell hand-over attempt due to uplink interference.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value Yes

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Allow intra-cell handover attempt due to downlinkinterference (HoControl_2)

Full nameAllow intra-cell handover due to downlink interfer-ence


3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

DescriptionThis parameter determines whether to allow intra-cellhandover attempt due to downlink interference.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value Yes

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Allow handover due to distance (HoControl_3)

Full name Allow handover due to distance


3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

DescriptionThis parameter determines whether to allow hand-over due to distance..




Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Allow standard PBGT handover (HoControl_4)

Full name Allow standard PBGT handover


3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

DescriptionThis parameter determines whether to allow standardPBGT handover.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value Yes

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Allow automatic handover based on traffic(HoControl_5)

Full name Allow automatic handover based on traffic


3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

DescriptionThis parameter determines whether to allow auto-matic handover based on traffic.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Allow intra-cell handover in super TRX channeldue to downlink interference (HoControl_8)

Full nameAllow intra-cell handover in super TRX channel dueto downlink interference


3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None



Description

This parameter determines whether to allow intra-cell handover in super TRX channel due to downlinkinterference.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Allow intra-cell handover in super TRX channeldue to uplink interference (HoControl_9)

Full nameAllow intra-cell handover in super TRX channel dueto uplink interference


3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter determines whether to allow intra-cellhandover in super TRX channel due to uplink inter-ference.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline





Relationship None



Allow adjacent cells handover in super TRXchannel due to PBGT (HoControl_10)

Full nameAllow adjacent cells handover in super TRX channeldue to PBGT


3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

DescriptionThis parameter determines whether to allow adjacentcells handover in super TRX channel due to PBGT


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Allow dynamic adjustment of handover priority(HoControl_11)

Full name Allow dynamic adjustment of handover priority


3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None



DescriptionThis parameter determines whether to allow dynamicadjustment of handover priority.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures



Relationship None



Allow rapid handover (HoControl_12)

Full name Allow rapid handover


3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

DescriptionThis parameter determines whether to allow rapidhandover.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures



Relationship None





Allow Macro-Micro delay handover(HoControl_13)

Full name Allow Macro-Micro delay handover


3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

DescriptionThis parameter determines whether to allow Macro-Micro delay handover.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures



Relationship None



Allow Micro-Micro delay handover (HoControl_14)

Full name Allow Micro-Micro delay handover


3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

DescriptionThis parameter determines if to allow Micro-Micro de-lay handover.




Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Allow force transfer handover (HoControl_16)

Full name Allow force transfer handover


3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

DescriptionThis parameter determines whether to allow forcedtransfer handover.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures ZGO-02-02-003 Directed-Shift Handover


Relationship None





Allow quality handover in uplink (HoControl_19)

Full name Allow quality handover in uplink


3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description This parameter describes whether quality handoverin uplink is allowed.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value Yes

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Allow level handover in uplink (HoControl_20)

Full name Allow level handover in uplink


3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description This parameter describes whether level handover inuplink is allowed.




Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value Yes

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Allow quality handover in downlink (HoControl_21)

Full name Allow quality handover in downlink


3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description This parameter describes whether quality handoverin downlink is allowed.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value Yes

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Allow level handover in downlink (HoControl_22)

Full name Allow level handover in downlink


3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description This parameter describes whether level handover indownlink is allowed.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value Yes

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



The priority of the handover from Macro cell toMicro cell (MacroMicroHoPrio)

Full name The priority of the handover from Macro cell to Microcell

Abbreviation MacroMicroHoPrio

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

DescriptionThis parameter describes whether the macro-microhandover decision has higher priority than the PBGThandover decision.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None



Default value No

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



C/I Limited Handover Support (HoControl_24)

Full name C/I Limited Handover Support

Abbrevia-tion HoControl_24

3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None

Description

This parameter indicates whether the function ofhandover for C/I limited adjacent cell is supported.Suppose A is the service cell, B and C are adjacent cellsof A, and B is the C/I limited adjacent cell of C. If B andC all satisfy the handover condition and the C/I limitedadjacent cell's handover threshold is also satisfied, thenthe adjacent cell C should be filtered during the adjacentcell handover, in other words, C can not be taken as anadjacent cell for handover.



ValueRange

Yes/No

0: No; 1: Yes

Unit None

Defaultvalue No

Changemode Offline





Relation-ship None



Other Parameters

The interface of other parameters is shown in Figure 67.


Penalty time for handover failure (HoFailPenalTime)

Full name Penalty time for handover failure

Abbreviation HoFailPenalTime

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter defines the penalty time for destina-tion cell if MS fails to handover to the destination cell.During the penalty time, inter-cell handover withinBSC will not occur. This parameter determines pe-nality duration.




Value Range 1 ~ 255

Unit None

Default value 7

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Difference of dynamic priority (DynPrioOffset)

Full name Difference of dynamic priority

Abbreviation DynPrioOffset

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter defines a tolerable dynamic prioritydifference between the destination cell and local cellduring a handover when using direction-based hand-over algorithm. During handover, if the first cell’sdynamic handover priority is higher than that of thesecond cell but the second cell is in MS moving di-rection, then the direction-based handover algorithmworks if the difference between the two cells’ hand-over priorities is within the tolerable difference. MSis handover to the second cell.


Value Range 1 ~ 7

Unit None

Default value 1

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures





Relationship None



PBGT difference (PbgtOffset)

Full name PBGT difference

Abbreviation PbgtOffset

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter defines a tolerable power budget dif-ference between destination cell and the local cellduring a handover. During handover, if the first cell’sPBGT is higher than that of the second cell but thesecond cell is in MS moving direction, then the di-rection-based handover algorithm works if the differ-ence between the two cells’ PBGTs is within the tol-erable difference. MS is handover to the second cell.This parameter indicates the allowable difference.


Value Range 0 ~ 20

Unit dB

Default value 3

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Layer control value for handover on traffic(TrafficHoLayrCtl)

Full name Layer control value for handover on traffic

Abbreviation TrafficHoLayrCtl

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

Layer selecting parameter on service qualityhandover. This parameter, together with Frequencycontrol value for handover on traffic, decidesthe adjacent cell’s frequency band and layerselected during traffic handover.

When traffic handover condition is satisfied, as forthe layer relation, four choices are available forcall selection and candidate cell arrangement. Thisparameter decides which choice shall be selected.When implementing traffic-based handover controlin traffic process, this parameter has higherpriority than that of adjacent cells.


� 0: N, Not defined;� 1: SAME, Adjacent cell and this cell are in the

same layer (PBGT handover is possible);� 2: UPPER, Adjacent cell is upper layer of this

cell (when this cell is micro-cell);� 3: LOWER, Adjacent cell is lower layer of this

cell (when this cell is macro-cell)


Value Range 0 ~ 3

Unit None

Default value 1

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Frequency control value for handover on traffic(TrafficHoFreqCtl)

Full name Frequency control value for handover on traffic

Abbreviation TrafficHoFreqCtl

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter defines the control value oflayer for traffic handover, i.e. which frequencyband should be handover to.

� GSM900 frequency band P-GSM (ARFCN= 1 ~ 124)

� EXT900 frequency band E-GSM (ARFCN= 0 ~ 124, 975 ~ 1023)

� DCS1800 frequency band DCS1800(ARFCN = 512 ~ 885)

� PCS1900 frequency band PCS1900(ARFCN = 512 ~ 810)

� GSM850 frequency band (ARFCN = 128 ~ 251)


Value Range GSM900, EXT900, DCS1800, PCS1900, GSM850

Unit None


Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Threshold of traffic for handover (TrafficThs, %)

Full name Threshold of traffic for handover

Abbreviation TrafficThs

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None



Description

If TCH occupation rate of a cell is greater than thisparameter value (number of occupied TCH channels/ number of total TCH channels, not including blockedidle channels), then it indicates the cell is too busy,and traffic handover is triggered for the cell.


Value Range 0 ~ 100

Unit %

Default value 70

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Lag time for PBGT between different layers(PbgtHoParam_0,s)

Full name Lag time for PBGT between different layers

Abbreviation PbgtHoParam_0

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

To more effectively control traffic distribution in thecell at different layers, while doing PBGT decision,add PBGT decision offset level in the cell at differentlayers within certain duration, which is lag time forPBGT between different layers.


Value Range 0 ~ 300

Unit s

Default value 50

Change mode Offline





Relationship None



Level offset for PBGT to up layer(PbgtHoParam_1)

Full name Level offset for PBGT to up layer


3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

To more effectively control traffic distribution in thecell at different layers, while doing PBGT decision,add PBGT decision offset level in the cell at upperlayer within certain duration.


Value Range 0 ~ 48

Unit None

Default value 24

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Level offset for PBGT to low layer(PbgtHoParam_2)

Full name Level offset for PBGT to low layer




3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

To more effectively control traffic distribution in thecell at different layers, while doing PBGT decision,add PBGT decision offset level in the cell at lowerlayer within certain duration.


Value Range 0 ~ 48

Unit None

Default value 24

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



The threshold for starting PBGT handover(PbgtHoStartThs)

Full name The threshold for starting PBGT handover

Abbreviation PbgtHoStartThs

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

DescriptionWhen the current cell's downlink level is less thanthe start level threshold for PBGT handover, thePBGT handover decision is performed.


Value Range 0 ~ 63

Unit None

Default value 35

Change mode Offline





Relationship None



Handover from macro to micro (MacroMicroStartThs)

Full name Handover from macro to micro

Abbreviation MacroMicroStartThs

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

When the current cell's downlink level is less thanor equal to the start level threshold for macro-microhandover, the macro-micro handover decision isperformed.


Value Range 0 ~ 63

Unit None

Default value 40

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Hysteresis timer when traffic handover(TrafficHysteresisTm, s)

Full name Hysteresis timer when traffic handover

Abbreviation TrafficHysteresisTm

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

When there are many traffic handovers initiated inthe current cell, the interval between two traffichandovers must be larger than the hysteresis timespecified by this parameter.


Value Range 0 ~ 255

Unit Second

Default value 7

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Handover Algorithm Parameters

The interface of handover algorithm parameters is shown in Figure68.



FIGURE 68 HANDOVER ALGORITHM PARAMETERS

Traffic handover threshold (TrafficLevThs)

Full name Traffic handover threshold

Abbreviation TrafficLevThs

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter is used for traffic handover. For theoriginal handover condition that adjacent cell’s levelmust be higher than that of this cell, modify it so thatadjacent cell’s level must be higher than this thresh-old. In this way, traffic handover can be improvedgreatly. This threshold must be less than the PBGTthreshold in reverse direction. Otherwise, it may re-sult in toggle handover.


Value Range 0 ~ 48

Unit None

Default value 24

Change mode Offline





Relationship None



Level offset during penalty (PenaltyLevOffset)

Full name Level offset during penalty

Abbreviation PenaltyLevOffset

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

DescriptionThis parameter is used to perform an offset on thedownlink level of this cell in the penalty period.


Value Range 0 ~ 63

Unit None

Default value 15

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Uplink interference quality offset (QOffSetUl)

Full name Uplink interference quality offset

Abbreviation QOffSetUl

3GPP Name None



3GPP reference None

Description

Check the relation between level and quality tojudge whether there is any interference in servicejudgment channel when handover occurs in the cell.

rxqual-ul >= QoffSetUl + FQSS (RXLEV_UL+SOff-SetUl) or rxqual-dl >= QOffSetDl + FQSS(RXLEV_DL+SoffSetDl). Where, rxqual-xx is up-link/downlink quality, QoffSetxx is uplink/downlinkquality offset, RXLEV_XX is uplink/downlink level,SoffSetxx is uplink/downlink level offset.

After interference is confirmed, when serviceparty requests channel from database, which shalltell original occupation condition of database,then the database select proper channelsbased on this information.


Value Range 0 ~ 2

Unit None

Default value 1

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures




Relationship None



Uplink interference level offset (SOffSetUl)

Full name Uplink interference level offset

Abbreviation SOffSetUl

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None



Description





Value Range 0 ~ 20

Unit None

Default value 15

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures




Relationship None



Downlink interference quality offset (QOffsetDl)

Full name Downlink interference quality offset

Abbreviation QOffSetDl

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None



Description





Value Range 0 ~ 2

Unit None

Default value 1

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures




Relationship None



Downlink interference level offset (SOffSetDl)

Full name Downlink interference level offset

Abbreviation SOffSetDl

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None



Description





Value Range 0 ~ 20

Unit None

Default value 10

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures




Relationship None



Invalid intra-handover time (TMaxiHo)

Full name Invalid intra-handover time

Abbreviation TMaxiHo

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None



Description

If MS performs handover continuously in the cell,it indicates great interference in this position andno appropriate channel is available.

In such a case, MS should be forbidden to performhandover within a certain time. The judgmentmethod is as follows: If handover occurs withinthe invalid intra-handover time, then the previoushandover is considered to have no influence oninterference, the counter HoCount increases by 1and restart TMaxIHo. If handover occurs after theinvalid intra-handover time, the previous handoveris considered valid and clear the counter to 0.

If the counter value reaches the value of MAX countof invalid intra-handover parameter, then it indicatesnot to attempt handover within a certain period.Perform penalty in intra-cell penalty mode.


Value Range 0 ~ 255

Unit None

Default value 16

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



MAX count of invalid intra-handover (MaxiHo)

Full name MAX count of invalid intra-handover

Abbreviation MaxiHo

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None



Description

If MS performs handover continuously in the cell,it indicates great interference in this position andno appropriate channel is available.

In such a case, MS should be forbidden to performhandover within a certain time. The judgmentmethod is as follows: If handover occurs withinthe invalid intra-handover time, then the previoushandover is considered to have no influence oninterference, the counter HoCount increases by 1and restart TMaxIHo. If handover occurs after theinvalid intra-handover time, the previous handoveris considered valid and clear the counter to 0.

If the counter value reaches the value of MAX countof invalid intra-handover parameter, then it indicatesnot to attempt handover within a certain period.Perform penalty in intra-cell penalty mode.


Value Range 0 ~ 10

Unit None

Default value 3

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



MAX path loss threshold on force handover(MaxLossThs)

Full name MAX path loss threshold on force handover

Abbreviation MaxLossThs

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None



Description

Directed handover is performed only for onedesignated cell and it is restricted by a tolerablelevel difference MaxLevDiff. This level differenceis lower than PBGT handover threshold in reversedirection, thus to avoid oscillating handover.

Directed handover should not cause congestionin the destination cell. Therefore, HoForceResThsis set. Perform forced handover only when thedestination cell's resource is less than the threshold.

Select users with small path loss and small TA forforced handover. Users perform handover whentheir path loss are less than MaxLossThs and TA isless than MaxTAThs. This algorithm applies to casessuch as dual-frequency networking, 900M cell and1800M cell share the same site address.

When MAX time advance threshold on forcehandover (MaxTAThs) is 63, the forced handoverdecision is made only according to the pathloss. When MAX path loss threshold on forcehandover (MaxLossThs) is 150, the forced handoverdecision is made only according to TA.

The N value of force handover parameter andP value of force handover parameter are usedfor decision in actual situations. In other words,handover conditions are met if HoForceP of HoForceNmeasurement reports satisfy requirement.

The path loss L = BS_TXPWR - AV_RXLEV_DL

BS_TXPWR is transmission power of the carrierwhere occupied timeslot locates. It dependson the carrier’s maximum transmission power,static attenuation power, and power control.AV_RXLEV_DL is the downlink-receiving level.

Therefore, forced handover shall meet thefollowing requirements:

� Level of the destination cell must be higherthan that of the local cell by MaxLevDiff;

� Available resource of destination cell mustbe higher than transfer reserved resourcethreshold HoForceResThs;

� Path loss L must be less than MaxLossThs,and TA must be less than MaxTAThs;

� Destination cell is forced transfer cell.


Value Range 0 ~ 150

Unit None

Default value 110

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





MAX time advance threshold on force handover(MaxTaThs)

Full name MAX time advance threshold on force handover

Abbreviation MaxTAThs

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description
















Value Range 0 ~ 63

Unit None

Default value 5

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



N value of force handover (HoForceN)

Full name N value of force handover

Abbreviation HoForceN

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description
















Value Range 1 ~ 20

Unit None

Default value 4

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



P value of force handover (HoForceP)

Full name P value of force handover

Abbreviation HoForceP

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None



Description














Value Range 1 ~ 20

Unit None

Default value 3

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Subcell Parameters

The interface of subcell parameters is shown in Figure 69.

FIGURE 69 SUBCELL PARAMETERS

Dual band power offset (DuleBandOffset)

Full name Power compensation between frequencies.

Abbreviation DuleBandOffset

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

DescriptionIt indicates the value to compensate power in thesecond cell in dual band cell.


Value Range 0 ~ 50

Unit dB

Default value 0

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures






Relationship None



The MAX of path loss (PathLossMax)

Full name The MAX of path loss

Abbreviation PathLossMax

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

It is one of subcell handover parameters, indicatingthreshold parameters while subcell 2 do path losshandover decision for subcell 1.


Value Range 0 ~ 150

Unit dB

Default value 126

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures




Relationship None



The MIN of path loss (PathLossMin)

Full name The MIN of path loss

Abbreviation PathLossMin

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None



Description

One of the subcell handover parameters, the min-imum path loss. If byPathLoss≤PathLossMin andTA≤SubCellTAMin, the second subcell channel willbe selected first; if byPathLoss>PathLossMin orTA>SubCellTAMin, only the channel of the first sub-cell is available.


Value Range 0 ~ 150

Unit dB

Default value 120

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures




Relationship None



The MAX of time advance (SubCellTAMax)

Full name The MAX of time advance

Abbreviation SubCellTAMax

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

It is one of sucell handover parameters, indicatingthreshold parameters while subcell 2 does TA hand-over decision for subcell 1.


Value Range 0 ~ 63

Unit None

Default value 1

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures






Relationship None



The MIN of time advance (SubCellTAMin)

Full name The MIN of time advance

Abbreviation SubCellTAMin

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

It is one of sucell handover parameters, indicatingthreshold parameters while subcell 1 does TA hand-over decision for subcell 2.


Value Range 0 ~ 63

Unit None

Default value 0

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures




Relationship None



N value of subcell handover (SubCellN)

Full name N value of subcell handover

Abbreviation SubCellN

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None



Description

This parameter is one of the conditions used to decideinter-subcell handover. The judgment process is asfollows: For the latest N value of subcell handoversample average values, if SubcellP (P value of subcellhandover parameter) of the SubcellN values satisfythe condition, then perform handover.


Value Range 1 ~ 10

Unit None

Default value 4

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures




Relationship None



P value of subcell handover (SubcellP)

Full name P value of subcell handover

Abbreviation SubCellP

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter is one of the conditions used to decideinter-subcell handover. The judgment process is asfollows: For the latest N value of subcell handoversample average values, if SubcellP (P value of subcellhandover parameter) of the SubcellN values satisfythe condition, then perform handover.


Value Range 1 ~ 10

Unit None

Default value 3

Change mode Offline



Relevant Fea-tures




Relationship None



Subcell handover algorithm (HoControl_17)

Full name Subcell handover algorithm


3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter defines two handover modes ofsubcell handover algorithm: Concentric Handover;Handover based on path loss and TA.


Value RangeConcentric handover, Handover based on path lossand TA

Unit None

Default value Concentric handover

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures




Relationship None





UTRAN Handover ControlParametersUTRAN handover control has two tabs.

Basic Properties 1

The interface of basic property 1 parameters is as shown in Figure70.

FIGURE 70 BASIC PROPERTIES 1 PARAMETERS

Punishment period of UTRAN cell when handoverfailure (HoFailPenalTm3G)

Full namePunishment period of UTRAN cell when handover fail-ure

Abbreviation HoFailPenalTm3G

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter defines a protection period to preventimmediate handover after handover failure. Its unittime is the period of measurement or pretreatmentmeasurement report.


Value Range 1 ~ 255

Unit None

Default value 7

Change mode Offline





Relationship None



Slippery window size for calculating Ec/No orRSCP average value to be zero (HoWindow3G)

Full nameSlippery window size for calculating Ec/No or RSCPaverage value to be zero

Abbreviation HoWindow3G

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

In GSM system, BSC uses the power levelmeasurement data to manage and control handoverdecisions. BSC uses average values instead oforiginal values of measurement data for handoverdecisions. It helps prevent negative impact onnetwork performance caused by abrupt changes inmeasurement data. Average on measurement valuein UTRAN adjacent cell also shall be required.

HoWindowUTRAN of Ec/No or RSCP average is thewindow size to calculate Ec/No or RSCP averagein adjacent UTRAN cell, that is, sample countused through average calculation.


Value Range 1 ~ 31

Unit None

Default value 6

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Number that measurement value allowed to bezero (ZeroAllowed3G)

Full name Number that measurement value allowed to be zero

Abbreviation ZeroAllowed3G

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

According to GSM specifications, MS can report toBSS the measurement data of at most six adjacentcells with strongest signal strength. Thus themeasurement results might not be consecutive. Forcells whose signal strength is less than -110 dBm,the measurement data are not reported.

This parameter gives flexibility in measurementdata averaging. However, excessive occurrencesof zero indicate that the adjacent cells are of poorsignal strength. If the number of zeroes in used foraverage calculation exceeds Number of zero allowedin AV, then measurement average equals to sum ofreported values divided by Neighboring cell .

To be specific, during averaging, if the count of0s in the sampling count exceeds “ZeroAllowed”,these sampling values are hardly reliable, andthe measurement average will be the sum ofthe reported values divided by NCellWindow. Ifthe count of 0s in the reported values does notexceed “ZeroAllowed”, these sampling valuesare much reliable and the measurement averagewill be the sum of the reported values dividedby (NCellWindow – the count of 0s).


Value Range 0 ~ 31

Unit None

Default value 1

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





UTRAN handover (ServiceHo)

Full name UTRAN handover

Abbreviation ServiceHo

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference Section 48.008

Description

This parameter indicates UTRAN handover prioritycontrol. MSC sends Service Handover parame-ter to BSC through ASSIGNMENT REQUEST andHANDOVER REQUEST messages. Service Handoverparameter has three values, including prefer toUTRAN handover, not prefer to UTRAN handover,disallow to UTRAN handover, taking actions onhandover decision on subsequent BSC. ServiceHocan be configured as the default value used whileMSC doesn't deliver Service Handover parameter,or configured as BSC forcedly using the mode setby ServiceHo, but do not use Service Handoverparameter delivered by MSC.


Value Range

Handover to UTRAN first; Not Handover to UTRANfirst; Not allow to Handover to UTRAN; According toMSC, default handover to UTRAN first; According toMSC, default not handover to UTRAN first; Accordingto MSC, default not allowed to handover to UTRAN.

Unit None

Default valueAccording to MSC, the default value is Handover toUTRAN first.

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





FDD/TDD handover (FDDTDDPrio)

Full name FDD/TDD handover

Abbreviation FDDTDDPrio

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter indicates the priority control ofFDD/TDD handover. When FDD adjacent cell andTDD adjacent cell exist together, to control selectionsequence of target cell, we use FDDTDDPrio param-eter to show if to prefer to FDD cell handover or TDDcell handover.


Value Range Priority to FDD; Priority to TDD.

Unit None

Default value Priority to FDD

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Threshold for load sharing (LoadHoRSCPThsFDD)

Full name Threshold for load sharing

Abbreviation LoadHoRSCPThsFDD

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None



Description

This parameter is used to traffic handover. Firstlyyou shall configure a traffic handover thresholdand inter-system handover switch.

This parameter is used to handover decision in 3Gcell after traffic is overloaded. BSC reserves at leastHoRSCP_N_FDD RSCP average values for a UTRANadjacent cell. When at least HoRSCP_P_FDD out ofthe latest HoRSCP_N_FDD average values are largerthan or equal to the sum of LoadHoRSCPThsFDDand HoRSCPOffsetUTRAN, it can be used astraffic handover from GSM to UTRAN.

This parameter value shall be lower thanHoRSCPThsFDD.


Value Range 0 ~ 63

Unit None

Default value 35

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Ec/No threshold when handover from GSM to 3Gfor load sharing (LoadHoEcNoThsFDD)

Full nameEc/No threshold when handover from GSM to 3G forload sharing

Abbreviation LoadHoEcNoThsFDD

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None



Description


This parameter is used to handover decision in 3Gcell after traffic is overloaded. BSC reserves at leastHoEcNo_N_FDD RSCP average values for a UTRANadjacent cell. When at least HoEcNo_P_FDD out ofthe latest HoEcNo_N_FDD average values are largerthan or equal to the sum of LoadHoEcNoThsFDDand HoEcNoOffsetUTRAN, it can be used as traffichandover from GSM to UTRAN.

This parameter value shall be lower thanHoEcNoThsFDD.


Value Range 0 ~ 49

Unit None

Default value 25

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



RSCP threshold when handover from GSM toTDD for load sharing (LoadHoRSCPThsTDD)

Full nameRSCP threshold when handover from GSM to TDD forload sharing

Abbreviation LoadHoRSCPThsTDD

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None



Description


This parameter is used to handover decision in 3Gcell after traffic is overloaded. BSC reserves at leastHoRSCP_N_TDD RSCP average values for a UTRANadjacent cell. When at least HoRSCP_P_TDD out ofthe latest HoRSCP_N_TDD average values are largerthan or equal to the sum of LoadHoRSCPThsTDDand HoRSCPOffsetUTRAN, it can be used astraffic handover from GSM to UTRAN.

This parameter value shall be lower thanHoRSCPThsFDD.


Value Range 0 ~ 63

Unit None

Default value 35

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Basic Properties 2





Inter system handover supported (InterSysHoCtrl)

Full name Inter system handover supported

Abbreviation InterSysHoCtrl

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter indicates if intersystem handoverwithin BSC is allowed. This parameters determinesif BSC can issue handover of 3G system.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Directed retry to UTRAN cell allowed(InterSysHoCtrl)

Full name Directed retry to UTRAN cell allowed

Abbreviation InterSysRdCtrl

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter determines if allow directed retry toUTRAN cell. When no service channel is allocated inthis cell, you can try redirected to adjacent cell underallowed case by corresponding function switch. If thisparameter is configured as Yes, it can be redirectedto 3G adjacent cell.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Handover from GSM to UTRAN FDD RSCPThreshold (HoRSCPThsFDD)

Full name Handover from GSM to UTRAN FDD RSCP Threshold

Abbreviation HoRSCPThsFDD

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None



Description

BSC reserves at least HoRSCP_N_FDD RSCP averagevalues for a UTRAN adjacent cell. When at leastHoRSCP_P_FDD out of the latest HoRSCP_N_FDDaverage values are larger than or equal to thesume of HoRSCPThsFDD and HoRSCPOffsetUTRAN,handover from GSM to UTRAN takes place and theadjacent cell is taken as candidate destination cellfor handover.


Value Range 0 ~ 63

Unit None

Default value 35

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Handover from GSM to UTRAN FDD RSCP ValueN (HoRSCP_N_FDD)

Full name Handover from GSM to UTRAN FDD RSCP Value N

Abbreviation HoRSCP_N_FDD

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

When at least HoRSCP_P_FDD out of the latestHoRSCP_N_FDD average values are larger than orequal to the sum of HoRSCP_THS_FDD and HoRSC-POffsetUTRAN, handover from GSM to UTRAN takesplace.


Value Range 1 ~ 20

Unit None

Default value 4

Change mode Offline





Relationship None



Handover from GSM to UTRAN FDD RSCP ValueP (HoRSCP_P_FDD)

Full name Handover from GSM to UTRAN FDD RSCP Value P

Abbreviation HoRSCP_P_FDD

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

When at least HoRSCP_P_FDD out of the latestHoRSCP_N_FDD average values are larger than orequal to the sum of HoRSCP_THS_FDD and HoRSC-POffsetUTRAN, handover from GSM to UTRAN takesplace.


Value Range 1 ~ 20

Unit None

Default value 3

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Handover from GSM to UTRAN FDD Ec/NoThreshold (HoEcNoThsFDD)

Full name Handover from GSM to UTRAN FDD Ec/No Threshold

Abbreviation HoEcNoThsFDD

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

BSC reserves at least HoEcNo_N_FDD RSCP averagevalues for a UTRAN adjacent cell. When at leastHoEcNo_P_FDD out of the latest HoEcNo_N_FDDaverage values are larger than or equal to thesume of HoEcNoThsFDD and HoEcNoOffsetUTRAN,handover from GSM to UTRAN takes place and theadjacent cell is taken as candidate destination cellfor handover.


Value Range 0 ~ 49

Unit None

Default value 25

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Handover from GSM to UTRAN FDD Ec/No ValueN (HoEcNo_N_FDD)

Full name Handover from GSM to UTRAN FDD Ec/No Value N

Abbreviation HoEcNo_N_FDD

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

When at least HoEcNo_P_FDD out of HoEcNo_N_FDDaverage values are larger than or equal to the sum ofHoEcNoThsFDD and HoEcNoOffsetUTRAN, handoverfrom GSM to UTRAN takes place.




Value Range 1 ~ 20

Unit None

Default value 4

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Handover from GSM to UTRAN FDD Ec/No ValueP (HoEcNo_P_FDD)

Full name Handover from GSM to UTRAN FDD Ec/No Value P

Abbreviation HoEcNo_P_FDD

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

When at least HoEcNo_P_FDD out of HoEcNo_N_FDDaverage values are larger than or equal to the sum ofHoEcNoThsFDD and HoEcNoOffsetUTRAN, handoverfrom GSM to UTRAN takes place.


Value Range 1 ~ 20

Unit None

Default value 2

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Handover from GSM to UTRAN TDD RSCPThreshold (HoRSCPThsTDD)

Full name Handover from GSM to UTRAN TDD RSCP Threshold

Abbreviation HoRSCPThsTDD

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter defines a threshold value for hand-over from GSM to UTRAN cell. BSC at leastHoRSCP_N_TDD reserves RSCP average values for aUTRAN adjacent cell. When at least HoRSCP_P_TDDout of the latest HoRSCP_N_TDD average values arelarger than or equal to the sume of HoRSCPThsTDDand HoRSCPOffsetUTRAN, handover from GSM toUTRAN takes place and the adjacent cell is taken ascandidate destination cell for handover.


Value Range 0 ~ 63

Unit None

Default value 35

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Handover from GSM to UTRAN TDD RSCP ValueN (HoRSCP_N_TDD)

Full name Handover from GSM to UTRAN TDD RSCP Value N

Abbreviation HoRSCP_N_TDD



3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description



Value Range 1 ~ 20

Unit None

Default value 4

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Handover from GSM to UTRAN TDD RSCP ValueP (HoRSCP_P_TDD)

Full name Handover from GSM to UTRAN TDD RSCP Value P

Abbreviation HoRSCP_P_TDD

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description





Value Range 1 ~ 20

Unit None

Default value 3

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



UTRAN Cell ControlParametersUTRAN cell control parameters have four sub-interfaces.

Basic Properties 1 Parameters





Channel location of si2quater broadcast(SI2QuaterPos)

Full name Channel location of si2quater broadcast

Abbreviation SI2QuaterPos

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description It indicates channel location of si2quater broadcast.


Value Range

0, 1

� 0: Broadcast on normal BCCH block� 1: Broadcast on extended BCCH block

(AGCH_BLOCK reservation value will be 1)

Unit None

Default value 0

Change mode Offline





Relationship None



CS measurement type reported by UE(ReportTypeCS)

Full name CS measurement type reported by UE

Abbreviation ReportTypeCS

3GPP Name REPORT_TYPE


DescriptionIt indicates enhanced measurement report for UE ormeasurement report message.


Value Range

0, 1

� 0: Adopts ‘enhanced measurement report’message, if at least one BSIC is configured foreach frequency in BA list; otherwise, adopt‘enhanced measurement report’ message,otherwise using normal measurement report.

� 1: Adopts ‘normal measurement report’ message

Unit None

Default value 1

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Measurement threshold of UE performing UTRANcell reselection (Qsearch_I)

Full nameMeasurement threshold of UE performing UTRAN cellreselection

Abbreviation Qsearch_I

3GPP reference Qsearch_I

3GPP Name 3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description

This parameter indicates the measurement thresholdof UE performing UTRAN cell reselection. UE startsUTRAN reselection cell measurement when averagereceiving level RLA_C of this cell is lower than (pa-rameter value: 0 ~ 7) or higher than (parametervalue: 8 ~ 15) the threshold.


Value Range

0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15

� 0 ~ 6: Indicates field strength L = -98 + n*4 dBm� 7: Indicates always� 8 ~ 14: Indicates field strength L =

-78 + 4*(n-8) dBm� 15: Indicates never

Unit None

Default value 15

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Threshold when UE performs search underspecialized mode (Qsearch_C)

Full nameThreshold when UE performs search under special-ized mode

Abbreviation Qsearch_C

3GPP Name Qsearch_C




Description

This parameter defines a threshold. When averagereceiving level RLA_C of the cell falls below (param-eter value: 0 ~ 7) or higher than (parameter value:8 ~ 15) this threshold, UE searches the UTRAN adja-cent cell.


Value Range

0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15

� 0 ~ 6: Indicates field strength L = -98 + n*4 dBm� 7: Indicates always� 8 ~ 14: Indicates field strength L =

-78 + 4*(n-8) dBm� 15: Indicates never

Unit None

Default value 15

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Initial parameter instead of qsearch_c before UEreceiving qsearch_C (QsearchCInit)

Full nameInitial parameter instead of qsearch_c before UE re-ceiving qsearch_C

Abbreviation QsearchCInit

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter is used to search and measure thecell data while MS does not receive Qsearch_C onSACCH.


Value Range

0, 1

� 0: Indicates using Qsearch_I parameter� 1: Indicates always measuring



Unit None

Default value 0

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



CS number of same frequency adjacent cells inreport (SvrBandRprtCS)

Full name CS number of same frequency adjacent cells in report

Abbreviation SvrBandRprtCS

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter defines the number of adjacent cellswith the same frequency band as in serving cell,which are included in the measurement report or thestrongest cell list.



Unit None

Default value 2

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Max number of GSM neighbor cells(IndexStartEMR)

Full name Max Number In Adjacent GSM cell

Abbreviation IndexStartEMR

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description It indicates the max number of adjacent GSM cells.


Value Range 32 ~ 64

Unit None

Default value 32

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



CS class of reported quantities of UTRANadjacent cells (FDDrepQntCS)

Full nameCS class of reported quantities of UTRAN adjacentcells

Abbreviation FDDrepQntCS

3GPP Name FDD_REP_QUANT


DescriptionIt indicates whether MS uses RSCP or Ec/No to reportmeasurement.




Value Range

0, 1

� 0: RSCP, receiving power of CPICH scrambleof UTRAN cell at UE, the unit is dBm.

� 1: Ec/No, ratio of the receiving powerto thermal noise of CPICH scramble ofUTRAN cell, the unit is dB.

Unit None

Default value 1

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



MIN Ec/No of UTRAN reselecting cell (FDD_Qmin)

Full name MIN Ec/No of UTRAN reselecting cell

Abbreviation FDD_Qmin

3GPP Name FDD_Qmin


Description

This parameter indicates when the cell reselects theUTRAN adjacent cell, the value of Ec/No of the UTRANcell must be larger than or equal to the value definedby this parameter.


Value Range

0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7� 0 = -20 dB� 1 = -6 dB� 2 = -18 dB� 3 = -8 dB� 4 = -16 dB� 5 = -10 dB� 6 = -14 dB� 7 = -12 dB

Unit None

Default value 0

Change mode Offline





Relationship None



CS max number of UTRAN/FDD adjacent cells inmeasurement report (FDDMulRatrrptCS)

Full nameCS max number of UTRAN/FDD adjacent cells inmeasurement report

Abbreviation FDDMulRatrrptCS

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter indicates the maximum number ofUTRAN/FDD adjacent cells included in packet meas-urement report or strongest cell list. If UTRAN/FDDadjacent cells are not full, the vacancies are used forGSM adjacent cells. (If TDD technology is available,the vacancies are used for TDD cells).



Unit None

Default value 2

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





FDD reselection offset (FDD_Qoffset)

Full name FDD reselection offset

Abbreviation FDD_Qoffset

3GPP Name FDD_Qoffset


Description

This parameter is used to reselect theUTRAN adjacent cell if the followingrequirements are satisfied:

� Received signal code power (RSCP) of thisadjacent cell is higher than average receivinglevel RLA_C of this cell.

� RSCP of the adjacent cell is higher than RLA_Cof all adjacent GSM cells by at least FDD_Qoffset(FDD reselection offset) for more than 5seconds. FDD_Qoffset of the cell increases by 5dB if the cell is reselected 15 seconds earlier.

� Ec/No (code-noise ratio) of this adjacentcell is larger than or equal to designatedFDD_Qmin (minimum value of code-noiseratio of UTRAN reselected cell).

If more than one UTRAN cell meets above conditions,then select the cell which has the largest RSCP.


Value Range 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15

Unit None

Default value 8

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





A minimum threshold of RSCP for UTRAN FDDcell re-selection (FDD_RSCPmin)

Full name A minimum threshold of RSCP for UTRAN FDD cellre-selection

Abbrevia-tion FDD_RSCPmin

3GPP Name None

3GPPreference 3GPPTS44.018 V6.12.0

Description

When a GSM cell is reselected to an adjacent 3G cell,its RSCP should be larger than or equal to that of theGSM cell. If the adjacent 3G cell's measurement value isRSCP, FDD_RSCPmin indicates the reselection thresholdFDD_RSCP_threshold for that 3G adjacent cell.

This paramter is broadcast to MS in SI2quater on BCCH,and broadcast to MS in PSI3quater on PBCCH andPACCH.



ValueRange

0 ~ 15

(-114+2*n) dBm, that is,

� 0: -114 dB� 1: -112 dB

......

� 15: -84 dB

Unit None

Defaultvalue 6

Changemode Offline



Relation-ship None





Applies an offset to FDD_Qmin value(FDD_Qmin_Offset)

Full name Applies an offset to FDD_Qmin value

Abbrevia-tion FDD_Qmin_Offset

3GPP Name None

3GPPreference 3GPPTS44.018 V6.12.0

DescriptionThis parameter must work with FDD_RSCPmin, and theworking principle is the same as that of FDD_RSCPmin.



ValueRange

0 ~ 7

(2n)dB, that is,

� 0: 0dB

......

� 7: 14dB

Unit None

Defaultvalue 0

Changemode Offline



Relation-ship None



Require UE to send UTRAN class-mark changemessage early (ECSC_3G)

Full nameRequire UE to send UTRAN class-mark change mes-sage early

Abbreviation ECSC_3G



3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

DescriptionThis parameter indicates whether UE is required tosend UTRAN classmark change message early.


Value Range

Yes/No

� No: It is not allowed to send the UTRANclassmark change message.

� Yes: Whether UE sends the UTRAN class markchange message is controlled by the systemparameter ECSC and UE. (Because UE mightnot use the parameter ECSC, this propertyis represented by the parameter ES IND inCLASSMARK2 and CLASSMARK3.)

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Basic Properties 2 Parameters





CS measurement reporting rate of adjacent cell(ReportRateCS)

Full name CS measurement reporting rate of adjacent cell

Abbreviation ReportRateCS

3GPP Name REPORTING_RATE


DescriptionIt indicates frequency of measurement reports in ad-jacent cell, refer to "CS adjacent cell report priority".


Value Range

0, 1

� 0: normal� 1: Low

Unit None

Default value 0

Change mode Offline





Relationship None



CS multiband report indication (MulBndRprtCS)

Full name CS Multiband report indication

Abbreviation MulBndRprtCS



DescriptionThis parameter is to control the number of reports ofdifferent adjacent cells except the serving cell.


Value Range

0, 1, 2, 3

� 0: MS reports the survey results of six knownand allowed adjacent cells with the strongestNCC according to the signal intensity, regardlessof which frequency band adjacent cells are in.

� 1: MS reports the measurement result ofone adjacent cell with the strongest signalin the frequency bands in adjacent cell list(excluding frequency band of serving cell).In the remaining locations, MS reports theadjacent cells in the frequency band of localcell. If there are still more locations remaining,MS reports the second strongest adjacent cell,regardless of their frequency bands.

� 2: MS reports the measurement result oftwo adjacent cells with the strongest signalin the frequency bands in adjacent cell list(excluding frequency band of serving cell).In the remaining locations, MS reports theadjacent cells in the frequency band of localcell. If there are still more locations remaining,MS reports the second strongest adjacent cell,regardless of their frequency bands.

� 3: MS reports the measurement result ofthree adjacent cells with strongest signalin the frequency bands in adjacent cells list(excluding frequency band of serving cell).In the remaining locations, MS reports theadjacent cells in the frequency band of localcell. If there are still more locations remaining,MS reports the second strongest adjacent cell,regardless of their frequency bands.

Unit None



Default value 0

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



CS offset which is added when UE reports RXLEVvalue (ScaleOrdCS)

Full name CS offset which is added when UE reports rxlev value

Abbreviation ScaleOrdCS

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter defines the added offset when UEreports signal field intensity. If the field intensityof a certain GSM adjacent cell is n dBm, thenwhen mapping to RXLEV (0 ~ 63), UE will map n+ScaleOrdCS to the original value correspondingto n. It applies only in the case that ‘enhancedmeasurement report’ message is used.

If the field intensity of adjacent cell exceeds -48dBm, the real value can be reported by settingthis parameter. UE includes the SCALE valuewhen it reports ‘enhance measurement report’message. If SCALE_ORD = 2, UE uses the valueof cell that reports the best signal level.


Value Range

0, 1, 2

� 0: 0 dB� 1: 10 dB� 2: Automatic, determined by UE

Unit None

Default value 0

Change mode Offline





Relationship None



TDD reselection offset (TDD_Qoffset)

Full name TDD reselection offset

Abbreviation TDD_Qoffset

3GPP Name TDD_Qoffset


Description

When cell is reselected to 3G TDD adjacent cell, itsRSCP shall be higher than the least offset of RLA_Pin all GSM adjacent cells.


Value Range 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15

Unit None

Default value 8

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



CS MAX number of UTRAN/TDD adjacent cells inmeasurement report (TDDMulRatRrptCS)

Full nameCS MAX number of UTRAN/TDD adjacent cells inmeasurement report

Abbreviation TDDMulRatRrptCS



3GPP Name XXX_MULTIRAT_REPORTING


Description

This parameter indicates the maximum number ofUTRAN/TDD adjacent cells included in measurementreport or strongest cell list. If UTRAN/TDD adjacentcells are not full, the vacancies are used for GSMadjacent cells (If FDD technology is supported, re-mained part is given to FDD cell).



Unit None

Default value 2

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



CS UE report invalid cell level allowed(InvldBSICRprtCS)

Full name CS UE report invalid cell level allowed

Abbreviation InvldBSICRprtCS

3GPP Name INVALID_BSIC_REPORTING


Description

When BCC is not configured, NCC is permitted forBSIC of some GSM cells. This parameter indicates ifthe system allows UE to report field intensity of suchcells.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No



Change mode Offline



Relationship None



CS UE search UTRAN adjacent cell in BSICdecoding frame indication (SearchPrioCS3G)

Full nameCS UE search UTRAN adjacent cell in BSIC decodingframe indication

Abbreviation SearchPrioCS3G

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter indicates if to allow UE to searchUTRAN adjacent cells in the frame where BSIC de-coding is needed. If yes, then UE can use at most25 frames for search in 13 seconds.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





GSM850M Adjacent cell reporting signal levelOffset (RprtOffsetCS850)

Full name GSM850M Adjacent cell reporting signal level Offset

Abbreviation RprtOffsetCS850

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

when reporting to GSM850M adjacent cell, if sig-nal level in two cells are higher than or equal toRprtThoCS850, and RepPrioCS value is same, thenthe cell with bigger sum of signal level value andRprtOffsetCS850 value is firstly reported.


Value Range

0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7

0 ~ 7: corresponding to 0 dB ~ 42 dB,each level is 6 dB.

Unit None

Default value 0

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



GSM850M Adjacent cell reporting signal levelThreshold (RprtThoCS850)

Full nameGSM850M Adjacent cell reporting signal level Thresh-old

Abbreviation RprtThoCS850

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None



Description

When reporting to GSM850M adjacent cells,only when signal level in the cell is higherthan or equal to RprtThoCS850 (dimensionless,corresponding to RXLEV portion in measurementreport, different mapping relationship for differentRXLEV), it can be reported.

As to if it can be reported in certain period,it also depends on signal level, RepPrioCS,MulBndRprtCS and RprtOffsetCS850.


Value Range

0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7

� 0: always� 1 ~ 6: corresponding to 6 dB ~ 36

dB, 6 dB per level� 7: never

Unit None

Default value 0

Change mode Offline



Relationship None






3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description





Value Range

0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7


Unit None

Default value 0

Change mode Offline



Relationship None






3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

When reporting to GSM900M adjacent cells,only when signal level in the cell is higherthan or equal to RprtThoCS900 (dimensionless,corresponding to RXLEV portion in measurementreport, different mapping relationship for differentRXLEV), it can be reported.



Value Range

0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7



Unit None

Default value 0

Change mode Offline





Relationship None






3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description



Value Range

0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7


Unit None

Default value 0

Change mode Offline



Relationship None






Full nameGSM1800M Adjacent cell reporting signal levelThreshold


3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

When reporting to GSM1800M adjacent cells, onlywhen signal level in the cell is higher than or equalto RprtThoCS1800 (dimensionless, correspondingto RXLEV portion in measurement report, differentmapping relationship for different RXLEV), it canbe reported. As to if it can be reported in certainperiod, it also depends on signal level, RepPrioCS,MulBndRprtCS and RprtOffsetCS1800.


Value Range

0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7



Unit None

Default value 0

Change mode Offline



Relationship None






3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None



Description

When reporting to GSM1900M adjacent cell, if sig-nal level in two cells are higher than or equal toRprtThoCS1900, and RepPrioCS value is same, thenthe cell with bigger sum of signal level value andRprtOffsetCS1900 value is firstly reported.


Value Range

0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7


Unit None

Default value 0

Change mode Offline



Relationship None






3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

When reporting to GSM1900M adjacent cells,only when signal level in the cell is higher thanor equal to RprtThoCS1900 (dimensionless,corresponding to RXLEV portion in measurementreport, different mapping relationship for differentRXLEV), it can be reported.





Value Range

0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7



Unit None

Default value 0

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



UTRAN/FDD Adjacent cell reporting signal levelOffset (FDDRprtOffsetCS)

Full name UTRAN/FDD Adjacent cell reporting signal level Offset

Abbreviation FDDRprtOffsetCS

3GPP Name XXX_REPORTING_OFFSET


Description

when reporting to UTRAN/FDD adjacent cell, if sig-nal level in two cells are higher than or equal toFDDRprtThoCS, and RepPrioCS value is same, thenthe cell with bigger sum of signal level value andFDDRprtOffsetCS value is firstly reported.


Value Range

0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7


Unit None

Default value 0

Change mode Offline





Relationship None



UTRAN/FDD Adjacent cell reporting signal levelThreshold (FDDRprtThoCS)

Full nameUTRAN/FDD Adjacent cell reporting signal levelThreshold

Abbreviation FDDRprtThoCS

3GPP Name XXX_REPORTING_THRESHOLD


Description

When reporting to UTRAN/FDD adjacent cells, onlywhen signal level in the cell is higher than or equalto FDDRprtThoCS (dimensionless, correspondingto RXLEV portion in measurement report, differentmapping relationship for different RXLEV), it canbe reported. As to if it can be reported in certainperiod, it also depends on signal level, RepPrioCS,FDDMulRatRrptCS and FDDRprtOffsetCS.


Value Range

0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7



Unit None

Default value 0

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





UTRAN/TDD Adjacent cell reporting signal levelOffset (TDDRprtOffsetCS)

Full name UTRAN/TDD Adjacent cell reporting signal level Offset

Abbreviation TDDRprtOffsetCS



Description

when reporting to UTRAN/TDD adjacent cell, if sig-nal level in two cells are higher than or equal toTDDRprtThoCS, and RepPrioCS value is same, thenthe cell with bigger sum of signal level value andTDDRprtOffsetCS value is firstly reported.


Value Range

0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7


Unit None

Default value 0

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



UTRAN/TDD Adjacent cell reporting signal levelThreshold (TDDRprtThoCS)

Full nameUTRAN/TDD Adjacent cell reporting signal levelThreshold

Abbreviation TDDRprtThoCS





Description

When reporting to UTRAN/TDD adjacent cells, onlywhen signal level in the cell is higher than or equalto TDDRprtThoCS (dimensionless, correspondingto RXLEV portion in measurement report, differentmapping relationship for different RXLEV), it canbe reported. As to if it can be reported in certainperiod, it also depends on signal level, RepPrioCS,TDDMulRatRrptCS and TDDRprtOffsetCS.


Value Range

0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7



Unit None

Default value 0

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



GPRS Parameters 1

The interface of GPRS parameters 1 is shown in Figure 74.



FIGURE 74 GPRS PARAMETERS 1

PS offset which is added when UE reports RXLEVvalue (ScaleOrdPS)

Full name PS offset which is added when UE reports rxlev value

Abbreviation ScaleOrdPS

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter defines the added offset when UEreports signal field intensity. If the field intensity ofa GSM adjacent cell is n dBm, then when mappingto RXLEV (0 ~ 63), UE will map n+ScaleOrdPS tothe original value corresponding to n. It appliesonly in the case when the PACKET ENHANCEDMEASUREMENT REPORT message is used.

If the field intensity of adjacent cell exceeds -48dBm, the real value can be reported by setting thisparameter. If the field intensity of adjacent cellexceeds -48 dBm, the real value can be reported bysetting this parameter. If SCALE_ORD = 2, UE usesthe value of cell that reports the best signal level.




Value Range

0, 1, 2

� 0: 0 dB� 1: 10 dB� 2: Automatic, determined by UE

Unit None

Default value 0

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



PS measurement type reported by UE(ReportTypePS)

Full name PS measurement type reported by UE

Abbreviation ReportTypePS

3GPP Name REPORT_TYPE


Description

This parameter indicates that UE uses PACKET MEAS-UREMENT REPORT or PACKET ENHANCED MEASURE-MENT REPORT message.


Value Range

0, 1

� When PBCCH is configured:

0: Use the PACKET ENHANCED MEAS-UREMENT REPORT message to send themeasurement report.

1: Use the PACKET MEASUREMENT REPORTmessage to send the measurement report.

� When PBCCH is not configured:

0: If each frequency in BA (GPRS) list isconfigured with at least one BSIC, use thePACKET ENHANCED MEASUREMENT REPORTmessage to send the measurementreport; otherwise, use the PACKETMEASUREMENT REPORT message to sendthe measurement report.



1: Use the PACKET MEASUREMENT REPORTmessage to send the measurement report.

Unit None

Default value 0

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



PS number of same frequency adjacent cells inreport (SvrBandRprtPS)

Full name PS number of same frequency adjacent cells in report

Abbreviation SvrBandRprtPS

3GPP Name SERVING_BAND_REPORTING


Description

This parameter defines the number of adjacent cellswith the same frequency band as in serving cell,which are included in the PS measurement report orthe strongest cell list.



Unit None

Default value 2

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





PS measurement reporting rate of adjacent cell(ReportRatePS)

Full name PS measurement reporting rate of adjacent cell

Abbreviation ReportRatePS

3GPP Name REPORTING_RATE


DescriptionIt indicates frequency of measurement reports in ad-jacent cell, refer to "PS adjacent cell report priority".


Value Range

0, 1

� 0: normal� 1: Low

Unit None

Default value 0

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Measurement threshold of UE performing GPRSUTRAN cell (Qsearch_P)

Full nameMeasurement threshold of UE performing GPRSUTRAN cell

Abbreviation Qsearch_P_0/Qsearch_P_1

3GPP Name Qsearch_P




Description

Measurement threshold of UE performingGPRS UTRAN cell.

Searching 3G cell when signal level is lower thanthreshold 0 ~ 7 (corresponding to -98, -94, ..., ,-74dBm), threshold 7 indicates always searching; orsearching while above threshold 8~15 (-78, -74, ...,-54 dBm), threshold 15 indicates never search.


Value Range

Idle state and transmission state.


Unit None

Default valueIdle state and transmission state. The default valueis 15.

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures ZGO-02-03-004 Inter-system NCCR


Relationship None



FDD GPRS reselection offset (FDD_GPRS_Qoffset)

Full name FDD GPRS reselection offset

Abbreviation FDD_GPRS_Qoffset_0/FDD_GPRS_Qoffset_1

3GPP Name FDD_GPRS_Qoffset


Description

When cell is reselected to 3G FDD adjacent cell, itsRSCP shall be higher than the least offset of RLA_Pin all GSM adjacent cells.




Value Range



� 0 indicates always selecting adjacentcells of this 3G FDD;

� 1 = -28 dB;� 2 = -24 dB

......

� 15 = 28 dB

Unit None


Change mode Offline



Relationship None



TDD GPRS reselection offset (TDD_GPRS_Qoffset)

Full name TDD GPRS reselection offset

Abbreviation TDD_GPRS_Qoffset_0/TDD_GPRS_Qoffset_1

3GPP Name TDD_GPRS_Qoffset


Description

When cell is reselected to 3G TDD adjacent cell, itsRSCP shall be higher than the least offset of RLA_Pin all GSM adjacent cells.


Value Range



� 0 indicates always selecting adjacentcells of this 3G TDD;

� 1 = -28 dB;� 2 = -24 dB

......

� 15 = 28 dB

Unit None




Change mode Offline



Relationship None



PS MIN Ec/No of UTRAN reselecting cell(FDD_QminPS)

Full name PS MIN Ec/No of UTRAN reselecting cell

Abbreviation FDD_QminPS_0/FDD_QminPS_1

3GPP Name FDD_Qmin


Description

When a cell reselects this 3G adjacent cell, the cell'sEc/No value must be larger than or equal to that ofthis 3G adjacent cell.


Value Range



� 0 = -20 dB;� 1 = -6 dB;� 2 = -18 dB;� 3 = -8 dB;� 4 = -16 dB;� 5 = -10 dB;� 6 = -14 dB;� 7 = -12 dB

Unit None


Change mode Offline





Relationship None



Offset of FDD_QminPS (FDD_Qmin_OffsetPS)

Full name Offset of FDD_QminPS

Abbreviation FDD_Qmin_OffsetPS_0/FDD_Qmin_OffsetPS_1

3GPP Name FDD_Qmin_Offset


Description Offset of FDD_QminPS


Value Range



� 0 = 0 dB;� 1 = 2 dB;� 2 = 4 dB;� 3 = 6 dB;� 4 = 8 dB;� 5 = 10 dB;� 6 = 12 dB;� 7 = 14 dB

Unit None


Change mode Offline



Relationship None





PS MIN RSCP of UTRAN reselecting cell(FDD_RSCPminPS)

Full name PS MIN RSCP of UTRAN reselecting cell

Abbreviation FDD_RSCPminPS_0/FDD_RSCPminPS_1

3GPP Name FDD_RSCPmin


DescriptionWhen the cell is reselected to a 3G adjacent cell, itsRSCP shall be larger than or equal to this value.


Value Range



� 0 = -114 dBm;� 1 = -112 dBm;� 2 = -110 dBm;� 3 = -108 dBm

......

� 14 = -86 dBm� 15 = -84 dBm

Unit None


Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Measurement report threshold of Ec/No or RSCP(FDDRprtTho2PS)

Full name Measurement report threshold of Ec/No or RSCP

Abbreviation FDDRprtTho2PS_0/FDDRprtTho2PS_1

3GPP Name FDD_REPORTING_THRESHOLD_2




DescriptionMeasurement report threshold of Ec/No or RSCP(when not specified in "byFDDRepQuant")


Value Range



Unit None


Change mode Offline



Relationship None



PS class of reported quantities of UTRANadjacent cells (FDDRepQntPS)

Full namePS class of reported quantities of UTRAN adjacentcells

Abbreviation FDDRepQntPS

3GPP Name FDD_REP_QUANT


DescriptionIt indicates whether MS uses RSCP or Ec/No to reportmeasurement.


Value Range

0, 1

� 0: RSCP, receiving power of CPICH scrambleof UTRAN cell at UE, the unit is dBm.

� 1: Ec/No, ratio of the receiving powerto thermal noise of CPICH scramble ofUTRAN cell, the unit is dB.

Unit None

Default value 0



Change mode Offline



Relationship None



PS max number of UTRAN/FDD adjacent cells inmeasurement report (FDDMulRatRrptPS)

Full namePS max number of UTRAN/FDD adjacent cells inmeasurement report

Abbreviation FDDMulRatRrptPS

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter indicates the maximum number ofUTRAN/FDD adjacent cells included in packet meas-urement report or strongest cell list. If UTRAN/FDDadjacent cells are not full, the vacancies are used forGSM adjacent cells. (If TDD technology is available,the vacancies are used for TDD cells).



Unit None

Default value 2

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





PS multiband report indication (MulBndRprtPS)

Full name PS Multiband report indication

Abbreviation MulBndRprtPS



Description

MS in single-frequency GSM system needsonly to report contents of six adjacent cellswith the strongest signals in a frequencyband, when reporting the survey result ofadjacent cells to the network.

In multi-band networking, MS can enter with priorityinto a specific frequency band during handover.The MS reports the survey result according to thesignal intensity and the frequency band of thesignals, according to the actual situation.

MulBndRprtPS is used to notify MS to report contentsof adjacent cells in multiple frequency bands. Itis one of the system control parameters.

The setting of this parameter is subject to trafficin each frequency band. General principles to setthe parameters are as follows: 0: If the traffic ofeach frequency band is almost equivalent, and theoperator has no choice over the frequency band.3: If the traffic of each frequency band is quitedifferent, and the operator hopes that MS entersa specific frequency band with priority.


Value Range

0, 1, 2, 3

� 0: MS reports the survey results of six knownand allowed adjacent cells with the strongestNCC according to the signal intensity, regardlessof which frequency band adjacent cells are in.

� 1: MS reports the measurement result of oneadjacent cell with the strongest signal in thefrequency bands in adjacent cell list (excludingfrequency band of serving cell). In the remainingspace, MS reports adjacent cell in local cellfrequency band. If still more space is available,MS reports the remaining adjacent cells,regardless of which frequency bands they are in.

� 2: MS reports the survey result of two adjacentcells with the strongest signals in the frequencybands (excluding that of local cell) in adjacentcell table. In the remaining space, MS reportsadjacent cell in local cell frequency band.If still more space is available, MS reportsthe remaining adjacent cells, regardless ofwhich frequency bands they are in.

� 3: MS reports the survey result of threeadjacent cells with the strongest signals inthe frequency bands (excluding that of localcell) in adjacent cell table. In the remainingspace, MS reports adjacent cell in local cellfrequency band. If still more space is available,



MS reports the remaining adjacent cells, nomatter what frequency bands they are at.

Unit None

Default value 0

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



TDD multi report PS (TDDMulRatRrptPS)

Full name TDD multi report PS

Abbreviation TDDMulRatRrptPS

3GPP Name XXX_MULTIRAT_REPORTING


Description

This parameter indicates the MAX number ofUTRAN/TDD adjacent cell included in measurementreport. If UTRAN/TDD adjacent cells are not full, thevacancies are used for GSM adjacent cells (If FDDtechnology is supported, remained part is given toFDD cell).



Unit None

Default value 2

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





GPRS Parameters 2

The interface of GPRS parameters 2 is shown in Figure 75.

FIGURE 75 GPRS PARAMETERS 2

PS UE report invalid cell level allowed(InvldBSICRprtPS)

Full name PS UE report invalid cell level allowed

Abbreviation InvldBSICRprtPS

3GPP Name INVALID_BSIC_REPORTING


Description

When BCC is not configured, NCC is permitted forBSIC of some GSM cells. This parameter indicateswhether the system allows UE to report the field in-tensity of such cell.




Value Range

Yes/No

� YES: Allow UE to report the field intensity of‘NCC permitted but BCC invalid’ cells

� NO: Do not Allow UE to report the field intensityof ‘NCC permitted but BCC invalid’ cells

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



PS UE search UTRAN adjacent cell in bsicdecoding frame indication (SearchPrioPS3G)

Full namePS UE search UTRAN adjacent cell in bsic decodingframe indication

Abbreviation SearchPrioPS3G

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter indicates if to allow UE to searchUTRAN adjacent cells in the frame where BSIC de-coding is needed. If yes, then UE can use at most25 frames for search in 13 seconds.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline





Relationship None



Reselect priority control of 2G/3G (ServiceCC)

Full name Reselection priority control of 2G/3G (ServiceCC)

Abbreviation ServiceCC

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description This parameter specifies the reselecting prioritycontrol mode of 2G/3G.


Value Range

Reselect 3G preferentially; Do not reselect 3Gpreferentially; Do not allow to reselect 3G;Determined by SGSN, prefer to reselect 3Gacquiescently; Determined by SGSN, do not preferto reselect 3G acquiescently; Determined by SGSN,do not allow to reselect 3G acquiescently.

Unit None

Default value Reselect 3G preferentially

Change mode Offline



Relationship None

Relatedinterfaces

None

Impact onservice

None



GSM850M Adjacent cell reporting signal levelOffset (RprtOffsetPS850)


Abbreviation RprtOffsetPS850

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

when reporting to GSM850M adjacent cell, if sig-nal level in two cells are higher than or equal toRprtThoPS850, and RepPrioPS value is same, thenthe cell with bigger sum of signal level value andRprtOffsetPS850 value is firstly reported.


Value Range

0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7


Unit None

Default value 0

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



GSM850M Adjacent cell reporting signal levelThreshold (RprtThoPS850)


Abbreviation RprtThoPS850





Description

When reporting to GSM850M adjacent cells, onlywhen signal level in the cell is higher than or equalto RprtThoPS850 (dimensionless, corresponding toRXLEV portion in measurement report, differentmapping relationship for different RXLEV), it can bereported. As to whether it can be reported within acertain period, it also depends on the signal level,RepPrioPS, MulBndRprtPS and RprtOffsetPS850.


Value Range

0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7



Unit None

Default value 0

Change mode Offline



Relationship None






3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description





Value Range

0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7


Unit None

Default value 0

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



GSM 900M Adjacent cell reporting signal levelThreshold (RprtThoPS900)





Description

When reporting to GSM900M adjacent cells, onlywhen signal level in the cell is higher than or equalto RprtThoPS900 (dimensionless, corresponding toRXLEV portion in measurement report, differentmapping relationship for different RXLEV), it can bereported. As to whether it can be reported within acertain period, it also depends on the signal level,RepPrioPS, MulBndRprtPS and RprtOffsetPS900.


Value Range

0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7



Unit None

Default value 0

Change mode Offline





Relationship None






3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description



Value Range

0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7


Unit None

Default value 0

Change mode Offline



Relationship None










Description

When reporting to GSM1800M adjacent cells, onlywhen signal level in the cell is higher than or equalto RprtThoPS1800 (dimensionless, corresponding toRXLEV portion in measurement report, different map-ping relationship for different RXLEV), it can be re-ported. As to whether it can be reported within acertain period, it also depends on the signal level,RepPrioPS, MulBndRprtPS and RprtOffsetPS1800.


Value Range

0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7



Unit None

Default value 0

Change mode Offline



Relationship None






3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None



Description

When reporting to GSM1900M adjacent cell, if sig-nal level in two cells are higher than or equal toRprtThoPS1900, and RepPrioPS value is same, thenthe cell with bigger sum of signal level value andRprtOffsetPS1900 value is firstly reported.


Value Range

0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7


Unit None

Default value 0

Change mode Offline



Relationship None








Description

When reporting to GSM1900M adjacent cells, onlywhen signal level in the cell is higher than or equalto RprtThoPS1900 (dimensionless, corresponding toRXLEV portion in measurement report, different map-ping relationship for different RXLEV), it can be re-ported. As to whether it can be reported within acertain period, it also depends on the signal level,RepPrioPS, MulBndRprtPS and RprtOffsetPS1900.




Value Range

0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7



Unit None

Default value 0

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



UTRAN/FDD Adjacent cell reporting signal levelOffset (FDDRprtOffsetPS)

Full name UTRAN/FDD Adjacent cell reporting signal level Offset

Abbreviation FDDRprtOffsetPS



Description

when reporting to UTRAN/FDD adjacent cell, if sig-nal level in two cells are higher than or equal toFDDRprtThoPS, and RepPrioPS value is same, thenthe cell with bigger sum of signal level value andFDDRprtOffsetPS value is firstly reported.


Value Range

0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7


Unit None

Default value 0

Change mode Offline





Relationship None



UTRAN/FDD Adjacent cell reporting signal levelthreshold (FDDRprtThoPS)

Full nameUTRAN/FDD Adjacent cell reporting signal levelthreshold

Abbreviation FDDRprtThoPS



Description

When reporting to UTRAN/FDD adjacent cells, onlywhen signal level in the cell is higher than or equalto FDDRprtThoPS (dimensionless, corresponding toRXLEV portion in measurement report, different map-ping relationship for different RXLEV), it can be re-ported. As to whether it can be reported in certainperiod, it also depends on the signal level, RepPrioPS,FDDMulRatRrptPS and FDDRprtOffsetPS.


Value Range

0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7



Unit None

Default value 0

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





UTRAN/TDD Adjacent cell reporting signal levelOffset (TDDRprtOffsetPS)

Full name UTRAN/TDD Adjacent cell reporting signal level Offset

Abbreviation TDDRprtOffsetPS



Description

when reporting to UTRAN/TDD adjacent cell, if sig-nal level in two cells are higher than or equal toTDDRprtThoPS, and RepPrioPS value is same, thenthe cell with bigger sum of signal level value andTDDRprtOffsetPS value is firstly reported.


Value Range

0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7


Unit None

Default value 0

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



UTRAN/TDD Adjacent cell reporting signal levelthreshold (TDDRprtThoPS)

Full nameUTRAN/TDD Adjacent cell reporting signal levelthreshold

Abbreviation TDDRprtThoPS





Description

When reporting to UTRAN/TDD adjacent cells, onlywhen signal level in the cell is higher than or equalto TDDRprtThoPS (dimensionless, corresponding toRXLEV portion in measurement report, different map-ping relationship for different RXLEV), it can be re-ported. As to whether it can be reported in certainperiod, it also depends on the signal level, RepPrioPS,TDDMulRatRrptPS and TDDRprtOffsetPS.


Value Range

0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7



Unit None

Default value 0

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Adjacent Cell ParametersThis section introduces adjacent cell parameters.

Adjacent Interference CellParameters

The interface of adjacent interference cell parameters is shown inFigure 76.



FIGURE 76 ADJACENT INTERFERENCE CELL PARAMETERS

Interference cell No. (IntfObjectId)

Full name Interference cell No.

Abbreviation IntfObjectId

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description Interference cell No.


Value Range 1 ~ 6

Unit None

Default value 1

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Related cell DN (RelationDN)

Full name Related cell DN

Abbreviation RelationDN

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

DescriptionThis parameter defines BSS external cell DN: EcId orrelated BSS equipment DN: BscId-SiteId-BtsId.


Value Range None

Unit None

Default value None

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures ZGB-02-02-005 Double BCCH Allocation List


Relationship None



Adjacent Cell Handover andReselection Parameters

The interface of adjacent cell handover and reselection parametersis as shown in Figure 77.



FIGURE 77 ADJACENT CELL HANDOVER AND RESELECTION PARAMETERS

Adjacent cell handover and reselection ID(HoResObjectId)

Full name Adjacent cell handover and reselection ID

Abbreviation HoResObjectId

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

DescriptionThis parameter is a unique identification of adjacentcell handover and reselection object.


Value Range 1 ~ 64

Unit None

Default value 1

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Priority of handover (Hopriority)

Full name Priority of handover

Abbreviation Hopriority

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

According to GSM specifications, cell priority shall beconsidered in sequencing candidate cells. Therefore,there are three decisive factors to sequence the can-didate cells: priority, traffic, and radio conditions.Priority and traffic affect the cell sequencing most. Ifthey lead to the same result, sequence the cells ac-cording to the radio conditions. The larger the value,the higher level of priority.


Value Range 0 ~ 7

Unit None

Default value 3

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures



Relationship None





MAX power level of MS (MsTxPwrMax)

Full name Max power level of MS

Abbreviation MsTxPwrMax



Description


MS sets the specified output transmission poweraccording to the power control header extractedfrom the SACCH. MS uses the nearest possibleoutput power even if the power command sendsmaximum output power. When BSC controls thepower, the parameter is the maximum transmissionpower that can be used by MS in the cell. MSmax power level is also a parameter used byBSC to calculate PBGT value.



Value Range 0 ~ 31

Unit None

Default value 5

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures




Relationship None



Min power level for handover access (RxLevMin)

Full name Min power level for handover access

Abbreviation RxLevMin





Description

This parameter defines the minimum receivingintensity level (on BCCH) required for MS tohandover to this cell. It is one of parameters todecide preferred cells during handover control. MSin the serving cell constantly monitors the signalintensity on BCCH of adjacent cells. Adjacentcells with the minimum receiving intensity levelhigher than this parameter are potential candidatesfor handover. MS with receiving level largerthan minimum receiving level indicates that MSis at the edge of the serving cell.

Recommended value is usually approximatedaccording to MS receiving sensitivity. When networkobserves uneven traffic distribution in certain cells,MIN access level increases the resulting C1 andC2 to decrease the cell effective coverage range.However, the value of this parameter cannot be toolarge. Otherwise, large value change can bring ‘voidarea’ across cell boundaries to result in sudden calldrop problem. With this measure for traffic balance,it is suggested that the level value shall not exceed-90dB. At the preliminary running stage of thenetwork, this parameter can be usually set as 10(that is, -101 dBm ~ -100 dBm) or lower, which ishigher than the MS receiving sensitivity –102 dBm.However, when the network capacity is expanded orthe radio coverage in a cell is not a problem, thisparameter of the cell can be increased by 2 (dB).


Value Range

0 ~ 63

� 0: < -110 dBm;� 1: -110 dBm ~ -109 dBm;� 2: -109 dBm ~ -108 dBm

......

� 62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm� 63: > -48 dBm

Unit None

Default value 15

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures




Relationship None





Min threshold of signal level for handover onPBGT (HoMarginPbgt)

Full name Min threshold of signal level for handover on PBGT

Abbreviation HoMarginPbgt

3GPP Name None


Description

According to GSM specifications, handover decisionsdepend upon received average value of uplinkand downlink signal strength. The PBGT valueof an adjacent cell is also one of the causes forhandover. The decision process is as follows: Ifthe PBGT value of an adjacent cell is greater thanthe relevant threshold of this cell, handover shallbe performed to find a more suitable cell.

This parameter defines the threshold usedto determine PBGT handover from anadjacent cell to local cell.


Value Range

0 ~ 100

� 0: -24 dB� 1: -23 dB

......

� 100: 76 dB

Unit None

Default value 30

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Min threshold of signal level for handover onpower level (HoMarginRxLev)

Full nameMin threshold of signal level for handover on powerlevel

Abbreviation HoMarginRxLev

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

According to GSM specifications, handover decisionsdepend upon received average value of uplink anddownlink signal strength. In handover caused bythe level, adjacent cells shall be screened and se-quenced. This parameter defines the signal strengththreshold to determine handover from adjacent cellto local cell.


Value Range

0 ~ 100

� 0: -24 dB� 1: -23 dB

......

� 100: 76 dB

Unit None

Default value 30

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Min threshold of signal level for handover onquality (HoMarginRxQual)

Full name Min threshold of signal level for handover on quality

Abbreviation HoMarginRxQual

3GPP Name None



3GPP reference None

Description

According to GSM specifications, handover decisionsdepend upon received average value of uplink anddownlink signal strength. In handover caused bythe quality, adjacent cells shall be screened and se-quenced. This parameter defines the signal qualitythreshold to determine handover from adjacent cellto local cell.


Value Range

0 ~ 100

� 0: -24 dB� 1: -23 dB

......

� 100: 76 dB

Unit None

Default value 30

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Max level difference of force handover(MaxForceHoDiff)

Full name Max level difference of force handover

Abbreviation MaxForceHoDiff

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

In order to avoid handover oscillations in cells, atolerable level difference for forced handover is re-quired, which shall be lower than PBGT handoverthreshold in the reverse direction. This parameterdefines the maximum level difference value for forcedhandover.




Value Range 0 ~ 48

Unit None

Default value 9

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Handover force resource threshold(HoForceResThs)

Full name Handover force resource threshold

Abbreviation HoForceResThs

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

Directed handover should not cause congestion in thedestination cell. When resource of object cell is lowerthan the congestion threshold, forced handover canbe implemented.


Value Range 0 ~ 100

Unit None

Default value 40

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Neighboring cell layer (NCellLayer)

Full name Neighboring cell layer

Abbreviation NCellLayer

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter provides the handover policies inmulti-layer network technology and dual-frequencynetwork technology. Multi-layer radio coveragecan be formed in the same physical area.

The handover policies will not be detailed in thismanual. In brief, limiting the PBGT handoverdefined in the specifications at one layer can reducethe number of handovers during the call, thusimproving the system reliability and communicationquality. The policy of handover between a macrocell layer and a micro cell layer mainly depends onthe moving speed of MS. An MS at higher movingspeed will try to stay at the macro cell layer (upperlayer of the micro cell layer), and an MS at lowermoving speed will try to enter the micro cell layer(lower layer of the macro cell layer). Only in caseof PBGT handover and handover towards undefinedlayer being allowed will the undefined cell of theservice area be considered as a candidate cell.

"Same layer of the home cell": Adjacent cell andlocal cell are in the same layer (PBGT handoveris possible). "Upper layer of the home cell":Adjacent cell is the upper layer of local cell (whenthe local cell is a micro cell). "Lower layer of thehome cell": Adjacent cell is the lower layer oflocal cell (when the local cell is a macro cell).For details, refer to Appendix.


Value RangeUndefined, Same layer of the home cell, Upper layerof the home cell, Lower layer of the home cell

Unit None

Default value Same layer of the home cell

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures

ZGO-02-02-001 Handover between Macro-and Micro-cells

ZGO-05-02-008 Multi-layer Cell Structure




Relationship None



CS adjacent cell report priority (RepPrioCS)

Full name CS adjacent cell report priority

Abbreviation RepPrioCS

3GPP Name REP_PRIORITY


Description

Adjacent cells are reported according tothe following priorities:

� Adjacent cell with same frequency band.have the following features: BSIC of colorcode is valid; Its measured field intensityranks high among cells in the same frequencyband and is larger than or equal to the lowerlimit specified by RprtThoCSXXX. Here, XXXrepresents frequency band of serving cell.

� Adjacent cell in the frequency band differentfrom that of the serving cell must have thefollowing features: BSIC of color code isvalid. Its measured field intensity rankshigh among cells in the same frequencyband and is larger than or equal to thelower limit specified by RprtThoCSXXX.Here, XXX represents the frequency banddifferent from that of serving cell.

� Other access technologies, such as UTRAN/FDDadjacent cells. The cell’s scramble is correct.Its measured field intensity ranks high amongcells with the same access technologies and islarger than or equal to the lower limit specifiedby XXXRprtThoCS. Here, XXX representsaccess technologies like UTRAN/FDD.

For above priorities, if the priority’s location hassurplus, then leave it to adjacent cell of thenext priority. For access technology such asUTRAN/FDD, or frequency band such as GSM 900,the cell with high RepPrioCS is preferred. Forcells with same RepPrioCS, the cell with greatersum of RprtThoCSXXX (or XXXRprtThoCS) andRprtOffsetCSXXX (or XXXRprtOffsetCS) is preferred.


Value Range Low; High

Unit None



Default value Low

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



PS adjacent cell report priority (RepPrioPS)

Full name PS adjacent cell report priority

Abbreviation RepPrioPS



Description

This parameter defines the priority of adjacentcells to report the measurement reportduring PS traffic operation.


� Adjacent cell with same frequency band.have the following features: BSIC of colorcode is valid; Its measured field intensityranks high among cells in the same frequencyband and is larger than or equal to the lowerlimit specified by RprtThoPSXXX. Here, XXXrepresents frequency band of serving cell.

� Adjacent cell in the frequency band differentfrom that of the serving cell must have thefollowing features: BSIC of color code isvalid. Its measured field intensity ranks highamong cells in the same frequency bandand is larger than or equal to the lowerlimit specified by RprtThoPSXXX. Here, XXXrepresents the frequency band differentfrom that of serving cell.

� Other access technologies, such as UTRAN/FDDadjacent cells. The cell’s scramble is correct.Its measured field intensity ranks high amongcells with the same access technologies and islarger than or equal to the lower limit specifiedby XXXRprtThoPS. Here, XXX represents accesstechnologies like UTRAN/FDD.

For above priorities, if the priority’s location hassurplus, then leave it to adjacent cell of thenext priority. For access technology such asUTRAN/FDD, or frequency band such as GSM 900,the cell with high RepPrioPS is preferred. Forcells with same RepPrioPS, the cell with greater



sum of RprtThoPSXXX (or XXXRprtThoPS) andRprtOffsetPSXXX (or XXXRprtOffsetPS) is preferred.



Unit None

Default value Low

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Target cell traffic threshold (TargetCellTrafficThs)

Full name Target cell traffic threshold

Abbreviation TargetCellTrafficThs

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter specifies the threshold of the tar-get cell's traffic. This value determines if it shall behanded over to this cell. If the traffic in target cellis more than this threshold, do not handover to thiscell.


Value Range 0 ~ 100

Unit None

Default value 75

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Handover threshold from macro to micro(MacroMicroHoThs, dbm)

Full name Handover threshold from macro to micro

Abbreviation MacroMicroHoThs

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

DescriptionThis parameter specifies the cell's signal strengththreshold for handover between macro-cell andmicro-cell.


Value Range

� > -48 dBm� -50 ~ -49 dBm

......

� -109 ~ -108 dBm� -110 ~ -109 dBm� < -110 dBm

Unit dBm

Default value -91 dBm ~ -90 dBm

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Counter of handover threshold from macro tomicro (MacroMicroHon)

Full name Counter of handover threshold from macro to micro

Abbreviation MacroMicroHon



3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

DescriptionThis counter counts the number of the signalstrength being higher than the macro-microhandover threshold value.


Value Range 1 ~ 255

Unit None

Default value 2

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



The direction fo neighbour cell (NCellDir)

Full name The direction of neighbour cell

Abbreviation NCellDir

3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None

DescriptionThis parameter identifies the direction relation betweenadjacent cell and local cell. You can set the directioninformation for each adjacent cell.


Value Range Direction A, Direction B, No direction

Unit None

Default value No direction

Changemode Offline





Relationship None



Related cell DN


Abbreviation None

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

User can click Select to select cell or external cell.User can also check Mutual to set mutually reselec-tion and handover cell.


Value Range None

Unit None

Default value None

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Is related cell (IsRelatedCell)

Full name Is related cell

Abbreviation IsRelatedCell



3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

Only the cell related to the serving cell can be a can-didate in rapid fading handover. This is a parameterof adjacent cell and is used to indicate whether adja-cent cell is related to the serving cell.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures



Relationship None



Is handover forced neighbor cell (IsHoForceNcell)

Full name Is handover forced neighbor cell

Abbreviation IsHoForceNcell

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

In the case of 1800M and 900M network sharingsite, it is better to handover subscribers of 900Mnetwork to 1800M network. At this time, youcan do directional handover traffic.

Forced handover is a method for on-site trafficadjustment. The forced handover direction isdefinite, i.e. 1800M sector in the same direction. Toavoid influence on other cells, the forced handoveris performed only for a specific object cell.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None



Default value No

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



CCN supported (CCNSupport)

Full name CCN Support

Abbreviation CCNSupport

3GPP Name CCN-ACTIVE


Description

CNN mode refers to cell alternating notificaiton.When BSS supports CCN mode, if MS does cellreselection in NC0 and NC1 modes, PACKET CELLCHANGE NOTIFICATION message notification shallbe delivered to network in normal case. After net-work receives this message, it can send specificsystem message about standby cell to MS.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





The number of C/I limited cell (CILimitedNum)

Full name The number of C/I limited cell

Abbrevia-tion CILimitedNum

3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None

DescriptionThis parameter indicates the number C/I limited adjacentcells of the service cell.



ValueRange 0 ~ 5

Unit None

Defaultvalue 0

Changemode Offline



Relation-ship None



The objectID list of C/I limited cell

Full name The objectID list of C/I limited cell

Abbrevia-tion LimitedObjectId

3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None



DescriptionThis parameter gives the index list of C/I limitedadjacent cells.



ValueRange For C/I limited adjacent cells, the value range is 0 ~ 255.

Unit None

Defaultvalue 0

Changemode Offline



Relation-ship None



The threshold list of C/I limited cell

Full name The threshold list of C/I limited cell

Abbrevia-tion CILimitedThs

3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None

DescriptionThis parameter gives the threshold list of C/I limitedadjacent cells.





ValueRange

For C/I limited adjacent cells, the value range is 0 ~ 63.

� 0: < -110 dBm� 1: -110 dBm ~ -109 dBm� 2: -109 dBm ~ -108 dBm

......

� 62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm� 63: > -48 dBm

Unit None

Defaultvalue 63

Changemode Offline



Relation-ship None



Adjacent Cell Handover Parameters

The interface of adjacent cell handover parameters is shown inFigure 78.



FIGURE 78 ADJACENT CELL HANDOVER PARAMETERS

Adjacent cell handover object ID (HoObjectId)

Full name Adjacent cell handover object ID

Abbreviation HoObjectId

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

DescriptionThis parameter is a unique identification of adjacentcell handover object.


Value Range 1 ~ 64

Unit None

Default value 1

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Priority of handover (HoPriority)

Full name Priority of handover

Abbreviation HoPriority

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

According to GSM specifications, cell priority shall beconsidered in sequencing candidate cells. Therefore,there are three decisive factors to sequence the can-didate cells: priority, traffic, and radio conditions.Priority and traffic affect the cell sequencing most. Ifthey lead to the same result, sequence the cells ac-cording to the radio conditions. The larger the value,the higher level of priority.


Value Range 0 ~ 7

Unit None

Default value 3

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures



Relationship None





Max power level of MS (MsTxPwrMax)

Full name Max power level of MS

Abbreviation MsTxPwrMax



Description


MS sets the specified output transmission poweraccording to the power control header extractedfrom the SACCH. MS uses the nearest possibleoutput power even if the power command sendsmaximum output power. When BSC controls thepower, the parameter is the maximum transmissionpower that can be used by MS in the cell. MSmax power level is also a parameter used byBSC to calculate PBGT value.



Value Range 0 ~ 31

Unit None

Default value 5

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures




Relationship None



Min power level for handover access (RxLevMin)

Full name Min power level for handover access

Abbreviation RxLevMin





Description

This parameter defines the minimum receivingintensity level (on BCCH) required for MS tohandover to this cell. It is one of parameters todecide preferred cells during handover control. MSin the serving cell constantly monitors the signalintensity on BCCH of adjacent cells. Adjacentcells with the minimum receiving intensity levelhigher than this parameter are potential candidatesfor handover. MS with receiving level largerthan minimum receiving level indicates that MSis at the edge of the serving cell.

Recommended value is usually approximatedaccording to MS receiving sensitivity. When networkobserves uneven traffic distribution in certain cells,MIN access level increases the resulting C1 andC2 to decrease the cell effective coverage range.However, the value of this parameter cannot be toolarge. Otherwise, large value change can bring ‘voidarea’ across cell boundaries to result in sudden calldrop problem. With this measure for traffic balance,it is suggested that the level value shall not exceed-90dB. At the preliminary running stage of thenetwork, this parameter can be usually set as 10(that is, -101 dBm ~ -100 dBm) or lower, which ishigher than the MS receiving sensitivity –102 dBm.However, when the network capacity is expanded orthe radio coverage in a cell is not a problem, thisparameter of the cell can be increased by 2 (dB).


Value Range

0 ~ 63


......

� 62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm;� 63: > -48 dBm

Unit None

Default value 15

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures




Relationship None





Min threshold of signal level for handover onPBGT (HoMarginPbgt)

Full name Min threshold of signal level for handover on PBGT

Abbreviation HoMarginPbgt

3GPP Name None


Description

According to GSM specifications, handover decisionsdepend upon received average value of uplinkand downlink signal strength. The PBGT valueof an adjacent cell is also one of the causes forhandover. The decision process is as follows: Ifthe PBGT value of an adjacent cell is greater thanthe relevant threshold of this cell, handover shallbe performed to find a more suitable cell.

This parameter defines the threshold usedto determine PBGT handover from anadjacent cell to local cell.


Value Range

0 ~ 100

� 0: -24 dB� 1: -23 dB

......

� 100: 76 dB

Unit None

Default value 30

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures




Relationship None





Min threshold of signal level for handover onpower level (HoMarginRxLev)

Full nameMin threshold of signal level for handover on powerlevel

Abbreviation HoMarginRxLev

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

According to GSM specifications, handover decisionsdepend upon received average value of uplink anddownlink signal strength. In handover caused bythe level, adjacent cells shall be screened and se-quenced. This parameter defines the signal strengththreshold to determine handover from adjacent cellto local cell.


Value Range

0 ~ 100

� 0: -24 dB� 1: -23 dB

......

� 100: 76 dB

Unit None

Default value 30

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures




Relationship None



Min threshold of signal level for handover onquality (HoMarginRxQual)

Full name Min threshold of signal level for handover on quality

Abbreviation HoMarginRxQual

3GPP Name None



3GPP reference None

Description

According to GSM specifications, handover decisionsdepend upon received average value of uplink anddownlink signal strength. In handover caused bythe quality, adjacent cells shall be screened and se-quenced. This parameter defines the signal qualitythreshold to determine handover from adjacent cellto local cell.


Value Range

0 ~ 100

� 0: -24 dB� 1: -23 dB

......

� 100: 76 dB

Unit None

Default value 30

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures




Relationship None



Max level difference of force handover(MaxForceHoDiff)

Full name Max level difference of force handover

Abbreviation MaxForceHoDiff

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

In order to avoid handover oscillations in cells, atolerable level difference for forced handover is re-quired, which shall be lower than PBGT handoverthreshold in the reverse direction. This parameterdefines the maximum level difference value for forcedhandover.




Value Range 0 ~ 48

Unit None

Default value 9

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Handover force resource threshold(HoForceResThs)

Full name Handover force resource threshold

Abbreviation HoForceResThs

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

Directed handover should not cause congestion in thedestination cell. When resource of object cell is lowerthan the congestion threshold, forced handover canbe implemented.


Value Range 0 ~ 100

Unit None

Default value 40

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Neighboring cell layer (NCellLayer)

Full name Neighboring cell layer

Abbreviation NCellLayer

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter provides the handover policies inmultilayer network technology and dual-frequencynetwork technology. Multilayer radio coverage canbe formed in the same physical area.

The handover policies will not be detailed in thismanual. In brief, limiting the PBGT handoverdefined in the specifications at one layer can reducethe number of handovers during the call, thusimproving the system reliability and communicationquality. The policy of handover between a macrocell layer and a micro cell layer mainly depends onthe moving speed of MS. An MS at higher movingspeed will try to stay at the macro cell layer (upperlayer of the micro cell layer), and an MS at lowermoving speed will try to enter the micro cell layer(lower layer of the macro cell layer). Only in caseof PBGT handover and handover towards undefinedlayer being allowed will the undefined cell of theservice area be considered as a candidate cell.

"Same layer of the home cell": Adjacent cell andlocal cell are in the same layer (PBGT handoveris possible). "Upper layer of the home cell":Adjacent cell is the upper layer of local cell (whenthe local cell is a micro cell). "Lower layer of thehome cell": Adjacent cell is the lower layer oflocal cell (when the local cell is a macro cell).For details, refer to Appendix.


Value RangeUndefined, Same layer of the home cell, Upper layerof the home cell, Lower layer of the home cell

Unit None

Default value Same layer of the home cell

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures

ZGO-02-02-001 Handover between Macro-and Micro-cells

ZGO-05-02-008 Multi-layer Cell Structure




Relationship None








Description

Ajacent cells are reported according to thefollowing priorities:







Unit None



Default value Low

Change mode Offline



Relationship None






3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description



Value Range 0 ~ 100

Unit None

Default value 75

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Handover threshold from macro to micro(MacroMicroHoThs, dbm)

Full name Handover threshold from macro to micro

Abbreviation MacroMicroHoThs

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

DescriptionThis parameter specifies the cell's signal strengththreshold for handover between macro-cell andmicro-cell.


Value Range

� > -48 dBm� -50 ~ -49 dBm

......

� -109 ~ -108 dBm� -110 ~ -109 dBm� < -110 dBm

Unit dBm

Default value -91 dBm ~ -90 dBm

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Counter of Handover Threshold from Macro toMicro (MacroMicroHoN)

Full name Counter of handover threshold from macro to micro

Abbreviation MacroMicroHoN

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

DescriptionThis counter counts the number of the signalstrength being higher than the macro-microhandover threshold value.




Value Range 1 ~ 255

Unit None

Default value 2

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



The direction fo neighbour cell (NCellDir)

Full name The direction of neighbour cell

Abbreviation NCellDir

3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None

DescriptionThis parameter identifies the direction relation betweenadjacent cell and local cell. You can set the directioninformation for each adjacent cell.


Value Range Direction A, Direction B, No direction

Unit None

Default value No direction

Changemode Offline



Relationship None





Is related cell (IsRelatedCell)

Full name Is related cell

Abbreviation IsRelatedCell

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

Only the cell related to the serving cell can be a can-didate in rapid fading handover. This is a parameterof adjacent cell and is used to indicate whether adja-cent cell is related to the serving cell.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures



Relationship None



Is handover forced neighbor cell (IsHoForceNcell)

Full name Is handover forced neighbor cell

Abbreviation IsHoForceNcell

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None



Description

In the case of 1800M and 900M network sharingsite, it is better to handover subscribers of 900Mnetwork to 1800M network. At this time, youcan do directional handover traffic.

Forced handover is a method for on-site trafficadjustment. The forced handover direction isdefinite, i.e. 1800M sector in the same direction. Toavoid influence on other cells, the forced handoveris performed only for a specific object cell.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Related cell DN


Abbreviation None

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description User can click Select to select cell or external cell.


Value Range None

Unit None

Default value None

Change mode Offline





Relationship None



Adjacent Cell ReselectionParameters

The interface of adjacent cell reselection parameters is shown inFigure 79.

FIGURE 79 ADJACENT CELL RESELECTION PARAMETERS

Adjacent cell reselection object ID (ReSelObjectId)

Full name Adjacent cell reselection object ID

Abbreviation ReSelObjectId

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

DescriptionThis parameter is a unique identification of adjacentcell reselection object.


Value Range 1 ~ 64

Unit None



Default value 1

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Adjacent cell report priority (RepPrioPS)

Full name Adjacent cell report priority




Description

This parameter indicates adjacent cell report pri-ority, broadcasted to MS in SI2quater, PSI3ter andPSI3quater. It corresponds to adjacent cell list,indicating the priority of measurement report inadjacent cell.



Unit None

Default value Low

Change mode Offline



Relationship None






Full name CCN supported




Description



Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Related cell DN


Abbreviation None

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

DN (BssId-SiteId-BtsId-Hold) of the handovercell or DN (EcId) of the external cell.

User can click Select to select cell or external cell.


Value Range None



Unit None

Default value None

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



UTRAN Adjacent Cell Handover andReselection Parameters

The interface of UTRAN adjacent cell handover and reselection pa-rameters is as shown in Figure 80.

FIGURE 80 UTRAN ADJACENT CELL HANDOVER AND RESELECTIONPARAMETERS



Adjacent UTRAN cell handover and reselectionobject ID (S3GHoRSObjectId)

Full nameAdjacent UTRAN cell handover and reselection objectID

Abbreviation S3GHoRSObjectId

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

DescriptionThis parameter is a unique identification of UTRANadjacent cell handover and reselection object.


Value Range 1 ~ 64

Unit None

Default value 1

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



RSCP offset handover to UTRAN adjacent cell(HoRSCPOffset3G)

Full name RSCP offset handover to UTRAN adjacent cell

Abbreviation HoRSCPOffset3G

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

Handover from GSM to UTRAN being triggeredonly indicates that UTRAN adjacent cell satisfiesthe minimum requirement for normal UEcommunication within it.

This parameter is a prerequisite to ensure enoughfield intensity for uplink/downlink of UTRAN adjacentcells. It also controls the priority of a UE tohandover to different adjacent cells.




Value Range 0 ~ 63

Unit None

Default value 5

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Ec/No offset handover to UTRAN adjacent cell(HoEcNoOffset3G)

Full name Ec/No offset handover to UTRAN adjacent cell

Abbreviation HoEcNoOffset3G

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

Handover from GSM to UTRAN being triggeredonly indicates that UTRAN adjacent cell satisfiesthe minimum requirement for normal UEcommunication within it.

This parameter is a prerequisite to ensure enoughfield intensity for uplink/downlink of UTRAN adjacentcells. It also controls the priority of a UE tohandover to different adjacent cells.


Value Range 0 ~ 49

Unit None

Default value 5

Change mode Offline





Relationship None








Description








Unit None



Default value Low

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



PS adjacent cell report priority (RepPrioPS)

Full name PS adjacent cell report priority




Description






For above priorities, if the priority’s location hassurplus, then leave it to adjacent cell of thenext priority. For access technology such asUTRAN/FDD, or frequency band such as GSM 900,the cell with high RepPrioPS is preferred. Forcells with same RepPrioPS, the cell with greater



sum of RprtThoPSXXX (or XXXRprtThoPS) andRprtOffsetPSXXX (or XXXRprtOffsetPS) is preferred.



Unit None

Default value Low

Change mode Offline



Relationship None








Description



Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline





Relationship None






3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description



Value Range 0 ~ 100

Unit None

Default value 75

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Relation DN

Full name Relation DN

Abbreviation None

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None



Description

This parameter is used to determine DN ofthe UTRAN external cell.

User can click Select to select the cell.


Value Range None

Unit None

Default value None

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



UTRAN Adjacent Cell HandoverParameters

The interface of UTRAN adjacent cell handover parameters isshown in Figure 81.

FIGURE 81 UTRAN ADJACENT CELL HANDOVER PARAMETERS



UTRAN HO ID (S3GHoObjectId)

Full name UTRAN HO ID

Abbreviation S3GHoObjectId

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

DescriptionThis parameter is a unique identification of UTRANadjacent cell handover object.


Value Range 1 ~ 64

Unit None

Default value 1

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



RSCP offset handover (HoRSCPOffset3G)

Full name RSCP offset handover

Abbreviation HoRSCPOffset3G

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

Handover from GSM to UTRAN being triggered onlyindicates that UTRAN adjacent cell satisfies the min-imum requirement for normal UE communicationwithin it. This parameter is a prerequisite to ensureenough field intensity for uplink/downlink of UTRANadjacent cells. It also controls the priority of a UE tohandover to different adjacent cells.


Value Range 0 ~ 63



Unit None

Default value 5

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Ec/No offset handover (HoEcNoOffset3G)

Full name Ec/No offset handover

Abbreviation HoEcNoOffset3G

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

Handover from GSM to UTRAN being triggered onlyindicates that UTRAN adjacent cell satisfies the min-imum requirement for normal UE communicationwithin it. This parameter is a prerequisite to ensureenough field intensity for uplink/downlink of UTRANadjacent cells. It also controls the priority of a UE tohandover to different adjacent cells.


Value Range 0 ~ 49

Unit None

Default value 5

Change mode Offline



Relationship None








3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

It indicates the priority of CS adjacent cell report.Priorities of the adjacent cell are as follows:

1. Adjacent cell with same frequency band as theserving cell. These cells must have the followingfeatures:

– BSIC of color code is valid.

– Its measured field intensity ranks highamong cells in the same frequency bandand is larger than or equal to the lower limitspecified by RprtThoCSXXX. Here, XXX rep-resents the frequency band different fromthat of serving cell.

2. Adjacent cells at different frequency band fromthe serving cell. These cells must have the fol-lowing features:

– BSIC of color code is valid.

– Its measured field intensity ranks highamong cells in the same frequency bandand is larger than or equal to the lower limitspecified by RprtThoCSXXX. Here, XXX rep-resents the frequency band different fromthat of serving cell.

3. Other access technologies, such as WCDMA/FDDadjacent cells. These cells must have the follow-ing features:

– The cell's scramble is correct.

– Its measured field intensity ranks highamong cells with the same access technol-ogies, such as WCDMA/FDD, and is largerthan or equal to the lower limit specified byXXXRprtThoCS. Here, XXX represents accesstechnologies like WCDMA/FDD.

4. The remaining GSM adjacent cells which havevalid BSIC, or GSM adjacent cells with permit-ted NCC but invalid BCC, or adjacent cells withother access technologies such as WCDMA/FDD.



if such a cell’s RepPrioCS and REPORTING_RATEare low, then the reporting frequency is low too.

For the above priorities:

� If the priority’s location has surplus, then leaveit to adjacent cell of the next priority.

� For access technology such as WCDMA/FDDor frequency band such as GSM900, the cellwith higher RepPrioCS is preferred.

� For cells with same RepPrioCS, the cellwith the larger sum of RprtThoCSXXX (orXXXRprtThoCS) and RprtOffsetCSXXX (orXXXRprtOffsetCS) is preferred.



Unit None

Default value Low

Change mode Offline



Relationship None






3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description



Value Range 0 ~ 100

Unit None



Default value 75

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Relation DN


Abbreviation None

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter is used to determine DN ofthe UTRAN external cell.



Value Range None

Unit None

Default value None

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





UTRAN Adjacent Cell ReselectionParameters

The interface of UTRAN adjacent cell reselection parameters isshown in Figure 82.

FIGURE 82 UTRAN ADJACENT CELL RESELECTION PARAMETERS

Adjacent UTRAN cell reselection object ID(S3GrsObjectId)

Full name Adjacent UTRAN cell reselection object ID

Abbreviation S3GrsObjectId

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

DescriptionThis parameter is a unique identification of UTRANadjacent cell reselection object.


Value Range 1 ~ 64

Unit None

Default value 1

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





CS adjacent cell report priority (RepPrioPS)





Description


Ajacent cells are reported according to thefollowing priorities:




For above priorities, if the priority’s location hassurplus, then leave it to adjacent cell of thenext priority. For access technology such asUTRAN/FDD, or frequency band such as GSM 900,the cell with high RepPrioPS is preferred. Forcells with same RepPrioPS, the cell with greatersum of RprtThoPSXXX (or XXXRprtThoPS) andRprtOffsetPSXXX (or XXXRprtOffsetPS) is preferred.



Unit None

Default value Low



Change mode Offline



Relationship None








Description



Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Relation DN


Abbreviation None

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

DN (BssId-SiteId-BtsId-Hold) of the handovercell or DN (EcId) of the external cell.



Value Range None

Unit None

Default value None

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Frequency Hopping SystemParametersThe interface of frequency hopping system parameters is shownin Figure 83.



FIGURE 83 FREQUENCY HOPPING SYSTEM PARAMETERS

Frequency hopping No. (FhsId)

Full name Frequency hopping No.

Abbreviation FhsId

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

DescriptionThis parameter is a unique identification of frequencyhopping system.


Value Range 1 ~ 255

Unit None

Default value 1

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures



Relevant pa-rameters Frequency No.

Relationship None


Impact on serv-ice




Hopping sequence No. (HSN)

Full name Hopping sequence No.

Abbreviation HSN

3GPP Name Hopping sequence number


Description

According to GSM 05.02 Frequency HopingAlgorithm, MAI is a function of TDMA Framenumber (FN), Hoping Sequence Number (HSN)and Mobile Allocation Index Offset (MAIO). HSNdetermines the operation track of frequenciesduring the frequency hopping process. Usingdifferent HSN for cells having same MA can avoidfrequency utilization conflict between adjacent cellsduring the frequency hopping process.

Different timeslots can share the same group of MAand corresponding HSN. When HSN = 0, it is a specialfrequency hopping (i.e. circular frequency hopping)

HSN can be derived from BCC of the cell, becausecells using the same MA also have the same BCCH.

For example, if HSN ∈ [(BCC×6)+1, (BCC×6)+6],then each cell may use any of the 6 HSNs. Theremaining 0 and 49 ~ 63 are used in otherspecial cases. For simple implementation,directly use 0 by default.


Value Range 0 ~ 63

Unit None

Default value 0

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures




Relationship None


Impact on serv-ice




Frequency hopping mode(FreqHopMode)

Full name Frequency hopping mode

Abbreviation FreqHopMode

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

DescriptionThis parameter indicates the mode of frequency hop-ping.


Value Range RFID freqhop; Base band freqhop

Unit None

Default value RFID freqhop

Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures




Hopping GROUP ID (BhGroupId)

MA frequency list No. (MaFreqNum)

Relationship

When this parameter's value is Base band freqhop,the BhGroupId parameter can be set.

When this parameter is set as "RFID freqhop",adding and deleting operation can be performedfor the "MA frequency list No. (MaFreqNum)"parameter. When this parameter is set as "Baseband freqhop", the Add button and the Del buttondisappear from the interface.


Impact on serv-ice


Hopping group ID (BhGroupId)

Full name Hopping group ID

Abbreviation BhGroupId

3GPP Name None



3GPP reference None

Description It indicates the hopping group id.

Management Object Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 255

Unit None

Default value 0, indicating that TRX is not involved inbaseband frequency hopping.

Change mode Offline

Relevant Features ZGO-04-03-004 Baseband Frequency Hopping

Relevantparameters Frequency hopping mode (FreqHopMode)

Relationship When the "FreqHopMode" parameter's value isBase band freqhop, this parameter can be set.


Impact on serviceService will be affected. If the parameter ismodified, all current services of correspondingfrequency point will be interrupted immediately.

MA Frequency List Number(MaFreqNum)

Full name MA Frequency List Number

Abbreviation MaFreqNum

3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

Description

This parameter provides a list of absolute RFchannel number in a frequency hopping group.It is a CA sub-set of the home cell. The relatedinformation will be notified to MS when MS isnotified of which channel should be used.

User can click Add or Del to perform addingor deleting operation.


Value Range Based on frequency setting

Unit None

Default value Based on frequency setting



Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-tures



ZGO-04-03-002 Support of 64 Frequencies Hopping

Relevant pa-rameters Frequency hopping mode (FreqHopMode)

Relationship

When the "FreqHopMode" parameter is set as"RFID freqhop", adding and deleting operationcan be performed for this parameter. When the"FreqHopMode" parameter is set as "Base bandfreqhop", the Add button and the Del buttondisappear from the interface.


Impact on serv-ice



C h a p t e r 6

System ControlParameters

Table of ContentsOperation Control Parameters ........................................... 771FUC Parameters .............................................................. 801Handover Parameters of BCCH .......................................... 807Handover Parameters of SD .............................................. 813Other Parameters ............................................................ 818IBS Parameters ............................................................... 832Performance Management Parameters................................ 834Baseband Frequency Hopping TRX Exchange Parame-ters ............................................................................... 840GPRS Operation Control Parameters................................... 844

Operation ControlParametersThe interface of Operation Control Parameters for system con-trol is shown in Figure 84.



FIGURE 84 OPERATION CONTROL PARAMETERS

Assign query enable (AssQueEnable)

Full name Assign query enable

Abbreviation AssQueEnable

3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None

Description Whether queuing is allowed if it fails to obtain channelin assignment.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit Yes

Default value Allow

Change mode Offline



Chapter 6 System Control Parameters


Relationship None



Internal redirection enable(InDrEnable)

Full name Internal redirection enable

Abbreviation InDrEnable

3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None

Description Determine if to allow channel request from other cellsin BSC if no any channel is requested.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value Yes

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Outer redirection enable(OutDrEnable)

Full name Outer redirection enable

Abbreviation OutDrEnable

3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None

Description Determine if to allow channel request from the cellsout of BSC if no any channel is requested.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Assign preemption enable(AssPreEmpt)

Full name Assign preemption enable

Abbreviation AssPreEmpt

3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None



DescriptionDetermine if to allow preemption of the channeloccupied by the subscriber with lower priority if noany channel is requested.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value Yes

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



BSC intracell handover enable(HoIntraEnable)

Full name BSC intracell handover enable

Abbreviation HoIntraEnable

3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None

Description Determine if to allow intra-cell handover.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value Yes

Change mode Offline





Relationship None



BSC intercell handover enable(HoInterEnable)

Full name BSC cell handover enable

Abbreviation HoInterEnable

3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None

Description Determine if to allow inter-cell handover.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value Yes

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





BSC outer handover enable(HoOutEnable)

Full name BSC outer handover enable

Abbreviation HoOutEnable

3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None

Description Determine if to enable BSC outer handover


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value Yes

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



SDCCH handover enable(ShoEnable)

Full name SDCCH handover enable

Abbreviation ShoEnable

3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None

Description Determine if to enable SDCCH handover




Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



TCH/F handover enable(TfHoEnable)

Full name TCH/F handover enable

Abbreviation TfHoEnable

3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None

Description Determine if to enable TCH/F handover


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value Yes

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





TCH/H handover enable(ThHoEnable)

Full name TCH/H handover enable

Abbreviation ThHoEnable

3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None

Description Determine if to enable TCH/H handover


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value Yes

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Handover queue enable(HoQueEnable)

Full name Handover queue enable

Abbreviation HoQueEnable



3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None

Description Determine if to enable handover queue


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value Yes

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Handover preemption enable(HoPreEmpt)

Full name Handover preemption enable

Abbreviation HoPreEmpt

3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None

Description Determine if to allow forced release.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value Yes

Change mode Offline





Relationship None



Handover check arithmetic choose(HoA)

Full name Handover check arithmetic choose

Abbreviation HoA

3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None

Description

It is used to identify which kind of handover decisionalgorithm is used.

0: DZD handover algorithm 1


......


10: reserved


Value Range [0, 10]

Unit None

Default value 0

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Handover request response (HoAck)

Full name Handover request response

Abbreviation HoAck

3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None

Description Determine if MSC shall respond messages on BSCouter handover


Value Range No Need, Need

Unit None

Default value No need

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Force FACCH (FacchOnly)

Full name Force FACCH

Abbreviation FacchOnly

3GPP Name None



3GPPreference None

Description First use TCH/F service channel on immediateassignment of channel request.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Continuum handover trigger(HoTrigger)

Full name Continuum handover trigger

Abbreviation HoTrigger

3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None

Description For internal use, assign the number of handover


Value Range [0, 65535]

Unit None

Default value 0

Change mode Offline





Relationship None



Handover reason tip (HoCauseInd)

Full name Handover reason tip

Abbreviation HoCauseInd

3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None

Description For internal use, assign the reason of handover


Value Range

[0, 7]

0: no handover

1 ~ 2: inra-cell handover

3 ~ 7: inter-cell handover or external handover

Unit None

Default value 0

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Local cell position number (LAC)

Full name Local cell position number

Abbreviation LAC

3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None

Description For internal use, assign the position number at localcell on handover.



Unit None

Default value 0

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Local cell identification (CI)

Full name Local cell identification

Abbreviation CI

3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None

Description For internal use, assign the number of local cell onhandover.





Unit None

Default value 0

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Outer cell target number(OutCellNum)

Full name Outer cell target number

Abbreviation OutCellNum

3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None

Description For internal use, assign the number of external targetcell on handover.


Value Range [0, 3]

Unit None

Default value 0

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Outer cell position number 1(OutLAC1)

Full name Outer cell position number 1

Abbreviation OutLAC1

3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None

Description For internal use, assign the position number 1 ofexternal target cell on handover.



Unit None

Default value 0

Change mode Offline



Relationship None








3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None




Unit None

Default value 0

Change mode Offline



Relationship None






3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None




Unit None

Default value 0



Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Outer cell number 1 (OutCI1)

Full name Outer cell number 1

Abbreviation OutCI1

3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None

Description For internal use, assign the number 1 of externaltarget cell on handover.



Unit None

Default value 0

Change mode Offline



Relationship None







Abbreviation OutCI2

3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None




Unit None

Default value 0

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Abbreviation OutCI3

3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None






Unit None

Default value 0

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Outer RNC 1 (OutRNC1)

Full name Outer RNC 1

Abbreviation OutRNC1

3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None

Description For internal use, assign the RNC_ID 1 of external 3Gtarget cell on handover.



Unit None

Default value 0

Change mode Offline



Relationship None








3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None




Unit None

Default value 0

Change mode Offline



Relationship None






3GPP Name None



3GPPreference None




Unit None

Default value 0

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Old BSS to new BSS information(OldToneWctrl)

Full name Old BSS to new BSS information

Abbreviation OldToneWctrl

3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None

DescriptionIt describes the content that shall be sent for"Old BSS to New BSS information" information inHANDOVER REQUIRED message.



Unit None

Default value 0

Change mode Offline





Relationship None



Access Control (AccessCtrl)

Full name Access Control

Abbreviation AccessCtrl

3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None

Description Determine if to do access control


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Resume set option (ResumeSetOpt)

Full name Resume set option

Abbreviation ResumeSetOpt

3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None

Description Determine if to enable RESUME switch.


Value Range Open, Close

Unit None

Default value Close

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Handout queue sign (HandOutQueInd)

Full name Handout queue sign

Abbreviation HandOutQueInd

3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None

Description Identify if to allow queue on inter-BSC handover.




Value Range Handout queue disable, Handout queue enable

Unit None

Default value Handout queue disable

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Send cell prefer indication(SendCellPreferInd)

Full name Send cell prefer indication

Abbreviation SendCellPreferInd

3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None

Description Determine if to include Cell Prefer Ind in full layer3 message


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





IPA AMR start mode(IpaAMRStartMode)

Full name IPA AMR start mode

Abbreviation IpaAMRStartMode

3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None

Description Start rate used by IPA AMR


Value Range Default, Max speed

Unit None

Default value Default

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



TDD cell handover enable(TdHoEnable)

Full name TDD cell handover enable

Abbreviation TdHoEnable



3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None

Description Determine if to allow TDD cell handover


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value Yes

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Sending HO detect message toMSC during intra-BSC HO with IPA(InBscHoSendHoDet)

Full name Sending HO detect message to MSC during intra-BSCHO with IPA

Abbreviation InBscHoSendHoDet

3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None



Description

For intra-BSC handover with IPA, when the linkestablishment indication is received, if the newlyrequested voice version is different from the old voiceversion, it is necessary to send the handover detectmessage to MSC to reduce the no-voice duration in acall. If the handover detect message has been sentwhen IPA is sent to MSC, and if the handover failuremessage is received (the intra-cell handover failureis due to assignment failure), it is necessary to sendthe handover failure message to MSC.



Value RangeYes/No

0: No; 1: Yes

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



ICM optimize when intra BSChandover (AmrHoOpt_0)

Full name ICM optimize when intra BSC handover

Abbreviation AmrHoOpt_0

3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None



Description

This parameter indicates whether ICM optimizationshould be performed for intra-BSC handover. If thisparameter is set as 'Yes', when the response messagefor pre-handover notification is returned from BTS,BSC sends ICM and startmode, which are containedin the handover command message, to MS, and thetwo values are those in the response message forpre-handover notification. Otherwise, the two valuesare those set at background.



Value RangeYes/No

0: No; 1: Yes

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



ICM optimize when inter BSChandover (AmrHoOpt_1)

Full name ICM optimize when inter BSC handover

Abbreviation AmrHoOpt_1

3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None



Description

This parameter indicates whether ICM optimizationshould be performed for inter-BSC handover. If thisparameter is set as 'Yes', when the response messagefor pre-handover notification is returned from BTS,BSC sends ICM and startmode, which are containedin the handover command message, to MS, and thetwo values are those in the response message forpre-handover notification. Otherwise, the two valuesare those set at background.



Value RangeYes/No

0: No; 1: Yes

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



FUC ParametersThe interface of FUC Parameters for system control is shown inFigure 85.



FIGURE 85 FUC PARAMETERS

Use system message methodwhen MSC overload or link block(MSCSysInfoFlc)

Full name Use system message method when MSC overload orlink block

Abbreviation MSCSysInfoFlc

3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None

Description

FUC is done by system message method while all MSCoverloaded or SP congested (FUC shall be started forthis kind of overload).

Use system message method, that is, disable someMSs from accessing network according to the ACCNparameter in system message. Use FUC method,that is, disable some MSs from accessing networkaccording to the number of random access on RACH.




Value Range System message method, FUC method

Unit None

Default value FUC method

Change mode Offline

RelevantFeatures ZGB-03-04-001 BSC Load Control


Relationship None



Start system message method(CPUSysInfoFlc)

Full name Start system message method

Abbreviation CPUSysInfoFlc

3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None

DescriptionEnable system message method if CPU utilizationof CMP increases up to the CPU threshold o systemmessage control method.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Start system message method, startlimit(%) (CPUSysInfoCTLCPU)

Full name Start limit of system message method

Abbreviation CPUSysInfoCTLCPU

3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None

Description

FUC caused by CPU utilization of CMP uses CPUthreshold of system message control method. Itmeans if CPU utilization exceeds this threshold and"Start system message method" parameter is Yes,FUC can be done by system message control method.



Unit %

Default value 65

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Start FUC flow control (CPUFucFlc)

Full name Start FUC flow control

Abbreviation CPUFucFlc

3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None

DescriptionEnable FUC flow control if CPU utilization of CMPincreases up to the CPU threshold of FUC flow controlmethod.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value Yes

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Start limit of FUC flow control(CPUFucCtlCPU, %)

Full name Start limit of FUC flow control

Abbreviation CPUFucCtlCPU

3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None



Description

FUC caused by CPU utilization of CMP uses CPUthreshold of FUC control method. It means if CPUutilization exceeds this threshold and Start FUC flowcontrol parameter is Yes, flow can be controlled byFUC flow control.



Unit %

Default value 75

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



The maximum control level forMSC overload or link block(MSCFlcMaxLevel)

Full name The maximum control level for MSC overload or linkblock (MSCFlcMaxLevel)

Abbreviation MSCFlcMaxLevel

3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None

Description It indicates allowed maximum control level while MSCis overloaded or link is blocked.


Value Range [0, 10]

Unit None

Default value 6



Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Handover Parameters ofBCCHThe interface of Handover Parameters of BCCH for system con-trol is shown in Figure 86.

FIGURE 86 HANDOVER PARAMETERS OF BCCH



Handover BCCH (CanBCCHEx)

Full name Handover BCCH

Abbrevia-tion CanBCCHEx

3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None

Description

This parameter is used to indicate if dynamic configuredBCCH function is enabled by BSC. When this functionis enabled, network can enable dynamic configuredBCCH function. Specially, for which cell can enable thisfunction, it is based on if the cell can dynamically enabledynamically configured BCCH function.


ValueRange Yes/No

Unit None

Defaultvalue No

Changemode Offline

RelevantFeatures ZGO-03-04-001 Automatic BCCH Recovery


Relation-ship None



Scan BCCH (ScanBCCH)

Full name Scan BCCH

Abbrevia-tion ScanBCCH



3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None

Description

This parameter is used to indicate the scanning durationfor idle BCCH channel by the network when dynamicconfigured BCCH function is enabled in the cell. Whennetwork enables dynamic configured BCCH function, thenetwork may periodically check idle BCCH carrier state inthe cell according to this parameter, to decide conversioncondition. This parameter can reflect response time forthis case due to network BCCH carrier failure.


ValueRange [600, 9000]

Unit 100 ms

Defaultvalue 3000

Changemode Offline



Relation-ship None



BCCH starting delay (BCCHDelay)

Full name BCCH starting delay

Abbrevia-tion BCCHDelay

3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None



Description

The initial delay for BCCH switchover. The user shallcheck the state of BCCH carrier after timer timeout.Formally start switchover flow if switchover is requiredindeed.



Unit 100 ms

Defaultvalue 1200

Changemode Offline



Relation-ship None



BCCH finishing delay (ReBCCHEx)

Full name BCCH finishing delay

Abbrevia-tion ReBCCHEx

3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None

Description

The initial delay for BCCH switchover. The user shallcheck the state of BCCH carrier after timer timeout.Formally start switchover flow if switchover is requiredindeed.





Unit 100 ms

Defaultvalue 1200

Changemode Offline



Relation-ship None



Delay of TRX forcible release(TrxRel)

Full name Delay of TRX forcible release

Abbrevia-tion TrxRel

3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None

Description

It indicates delay of TRX forcible release. During BCCHhandover, if you select the carrier with existing serviceas BCCH carrier after handover, you can inform theservice and handover to other carrier. Release theservice on this carrier after timer is timeout.



Unit 100 ms

Defaultvalue 60

Changemode Offline





Relation-ship None



The MAX cells' amount ofsimultaneously handover(MaxChangeProc)

Full name The MAX cells' amount of simultaneously handover

Abbrevia-tion MaxChangeProc

3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None

Description It controls the MAX number of cells that can behandovered simultaneously in a module.


ValueRange [1, 8]

Unit None

Defaultvalue 2

Changemode Offline



Relation-ship None





Handover Parameters of SDThe interface of Handover Parameters of SD for system controlis shown in Figure 87.

FIGURE 87 HANDOVER PARAMETERS OF SD

Dynamic configuration SDCCH(CanSDCCHDyn)

Full name Dynamic configuration SDCCH

Abbrevia-tion CanSDCCHDyn

3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None



Description

This parameter is used to indicate if dynamic configuredSDCCH function is enabled by BSC. When this functionis enabled, network can enable dynamic configuredSDCCH function. Specially, for which cell can enable thisfunction, it is based on if the cell can dynamically enabledynamic configured SDCCH function.


ValueRange Yes/No

Unit None

Defaultvalue No

Changemode Offline

RelevantFeatures ZGB-03-02-003 Dynamic Configuration of SDCCH


Relation-ship None



Scan SDCCH (ScanSDCCH)

Full name Scan SDCCH

Abbrevia-tion ScanSDCCH

3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None

Description

This parameter is used to indicate the scanning durationfor idle SDCCH channel by the network when dynamicconfigured SDCCH function is enabled in the cell.When network enables dynamic configured SDCCHfunction, the network may periodically check idle SDCCHchannels in the cell according to this parameter, todecide conversion condition. This parameter can reflectresponse time for this case due to insufficient SDCCHchannel resource.





Unit 100 ms

Defaultvalue 100

Changemode Offline



Relation-ship None



Delay of TS forcible release (TsRel)

Full name Delay of TS forcible release

Abbrevia-tion TsRel

3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None

Description

It indicates delay of TS forcible release. During dynamicconfig SDCCH converted to TCH, first handover theservice on this timeslot to other timeslots, and releasethe service on this timeslot after timer is timeout.


ValueRange [5, 200]

Unit 100 ms

Defaultvalue 10



Changemode Offline



Relation-ship None



Delay protection (MaxDelay)

Full name Delay protection

Abbrevia-tion MaxDelay

3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None

Description

This parameter is delay protection timer, which is usedto indicate response timeout timer after waiting forBTS configuration finishing while dynamic config BCCHor SDCCH function is enabled and dynamic conversioncondition is met. Restart flow after timer is timeout.



Unit 100 ms

Defaultvalue 1800

Changemode Offline

RelevantFeatures

ZGO-03-04-001 Automatic BCCH Recovery,ZGB-03-02-003 Dynamic Configuration of SDCCH


Relation-ship None





TCH->SDCCH limit (MinSDCCH)

Full name TCH->SDCCH limit

Abbrevia-tion MinSDCCH

3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None

Description

This parameter is used to indicate if dynamic configuredSDCCH function is enabled and conversion thresholdfrom TCH to SDCCH. Only when idle SDCCH is lowerthan this threshold, the conversion from TCH to SDCCHcan be done.


ValueRange [2, 64]

Unit None

Defaultvalue 4

Changemode Offline



Relation-ship None





SDCCH->TCH delay (TimeToTch)

Full name SDCCH->TCH delay

Abbrevia-tion TimeToTch

3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None

Description

This parameter is used to enable dynamic config SDCCHfunction in the cell. After TCH is dynamically convertedto SDCCH channel and SDCCH channel is idle, to preventfrom frequent channel conversion, a time limit will beadded for the conversion from SDCCH channel to TCHchannel. During this limit, SDCCH channel can not beconverted to TCH channel.


ValueRange [0, 24]

Unit None

Defaultvalue 0

Changemode Offline



Relation-ship None



Other ParametersThe interface of Other Parameters for system control is shownin Figure 88.




B2 support AMR (V2TruSupportAMR)

Full name B2 support AMR

Abbreviation V2TruSupportAMR

3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None

Descriptionif B2 carrier on BTSV2 site supports AMR voicealgorithm determines if service on B2 carrier can useAMR voice version.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline





Relationship None



CHR Enable (ChrEnable)

Full name CHR Enable

Abbreviation ChrEnable

3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None

Description It indicates if call history record function is enabled.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





NC2 support (NC2support)

Full name NC2 support

Abbreviation NC2support

3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None

Description It indicates if to support NC2.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



MR server IP (MRSvrIP)

Full name MR server IP

Abbreviation MRSvrIP

3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None

Description MR server IP


Value Range Input IP with 4 bytes, xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx (xxx is 0~255)



Unit None

Default value 0.0.0.0

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



MR server port (MRSvrPort)

Full name MR server port

Abbreviation MRSvrPort

3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None

Description MR server TCP port



Unit None

Default value 0

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





BER weight (VoiceQualWeight_0)

Full name BER Weight

Abbreviation VoiceQualWeight_0

3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None

Description

Voice quality inspects the weight of influence factors.This parameter indicates BER weight. The systemcalculate the weight of voice quality level while addingor reducing these influence factors.



Unit None

Default value 1

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



FER weight (VoiceQualWeight_1)

Full name FER Weight


3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None

Description

Voice quality inspects the weight of influence factors.This parameter indicates FER weight. The systemcalculates the weight of voice quality level whileadding or reducing these influence factors.





Unit None

Default value 1

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Handover frequency weight(VoiceQualWeight_2)

Full name Handover frequence weight


3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None

Description

Voice quality inspects the weight of influence factors.This parameter indicates handover frequency weight.The system calculate the weight of voice quality levelwhile adding or reducing these influence factors.



Unit None

Default value 1

Change mode Offline





Relationship None



DTX weight (VoiceQualWeight_3)

Full name DTX weight


3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None

Description

Voice quality inspects the weight of influence factors.This parameter indicates DTX weight. The systemcalculate the weight of voice quality level while addingor reducing these influence factors.



Unit None

Default value 1

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Coding decode weight(VoiceQualWeight_4)

Full name Coding decode weight


3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None

Description

Voice quality inspects the weight of influence factors.This parameter indicates coding decode weight. Thesystem calculate the weight of voice quality levelwhile adding or reducing these influence factors.



Unit None

Default value 1

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



ABIS transmission error code weight(VoiceQualWeight_5)

Full name ABIS transmission error code weight


3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None



Description

Voice quality inspects the weight of influencefactors. This parameter indicates the weight of Abistransmission error code. The system calculate theweight of voice quality level while adding or reducingthese influence factors.



Unit None

Default value 1

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Delay weight (VoiceQualWeight_6)

Full name Delay weight


3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None

Description

Voice quality inspects the weight of influence factors.This parameter indicates delay weight. The systemcalculate the weight of voice quality level while addingor reducing these influence factors.



Unit None

Default value 1

Change mode Offline





Relationship None



A port resource block threshold(Reslimit_0)

Full name A port resource block threshold

Abbreviation Reslimit_0

3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None

Description It describes proportion threshold while alarm occursby PCM at A-interface.



Unit %

Default value 80

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





NSVC resource block threshold(Reslimit_1)

Full name NSVC resource block threshold


3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None

Description It describes proportion threshold while alarm occursby NSVC at Gb interface.



Unit %

Default value 80

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Channel resource block threshold(Reslimit_2)

Full name Channel resource block threshold


3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None



Description It describes proportion threshold while alarm occursin radio channel.



Unit %

Default value 80

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Subcell busy threshold (Reslimit_3)

Full name Subcell busy threshold


3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None

Description It is used as constraint condition for traffic shift andfrag concentration.



Unit %

Default value 80

Change mode Offline





Relationship None



ABIS alarm delay time(AbisAlmDelayTime)

Full name ABIS alarm delay time

Abbreviation AbisAlmDelayTime

3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None

DescriptionOn disconnection at Abis, if the time fromdisconnection to recovery is shorter than the delaytime, do not send the disconnection alarm.


Value Range [0, 60]

Unit Second

Default value 0

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





DTX factor (Info_0_8)

Full name DTX factor


3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None

Description

If the cell is IP access, MS uses DTX mode, anddownlink discontinuous transmission is enabled,the final allocated Abis bandwidth equals to normalservice bandwidth multiplied by this factor.



Unit %

Default value 50

Change mode Offline


Relevantparameters

Uplink discontinuous transmission (DtxUplinkBcch),Downlink discontinuous transmission (DtxDwlink)

Relationship If MS shall use DTX mode and downlink discontinuoustransmission is enabled, this parameter is valid.



IBS ParametersThe interface of IBS Parameters for system control is shown inFigure 89.



FIGURE 89 IBS PARAMETERS

The method of intelligent TRX poweroff (Info_0_0)

Full name The method of intelligent TRX power off


3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None

DescriptionWhen IBS shutdown function is enabled, thisparameter indicates the decision condition applied toselect shutdown TRX.


Value Range The traffic of each line, peak value occupied by thechannel

Unit None



Default value The traffic of each line

Change mode Offline

RelevantFeatures ZGO-04-04-002 Intelligent TRX Shutdown


Relationship None



Performance ManagementParametersThe interface of Performance Management Parameters forsystem control is shown in Figure 90.

FIGURE 90 PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT PARAMETERS



PingPong handover duration(PingPongDura, s)

Full name Pingpong handover duration

Abbreviation PingPongDura

3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None

Descriptionping pong handover counter that measures thenumber of handovers out and in the original cellwithin this period.


Value Range [0, 60]

Unit s

Default value 10

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Number of measurementreports for dropped connections(LatestMeasureRptNum)

Full name Number of measurement reports for droppedconnections

Abbreviation LatestMeasureRptNum

3GPP Name None



3GPPreference None

Description

On call drops, you shall determine which reasoncauses the call drop based on average level andquality. This parameter is used to control the averagenumber.


Value Range [1, 10]

Unit None

Default value 1

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Uplink quality threshold(DropBadQualULThs, RQ)

Full name Uplink quality threshold

Abbreviation DropBadQualULThs

3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None

DescriptionOn call drops, if uplink quality is better than thisthreshold, it measures as call drop due to poor uplinkquality.


Value Range [0, 7]

Unit None

Default value 5



Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Downlink quality threshold(DropBadQualDLThs, RQ)

Full name Downlink quality threshold

Abbreviation DropBadQualDLThs

3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None

DescriptionOn call drops, if downlink quality is better than thisthreshold, it measures as call drop due to poordownlink quality.


Value Range [0, 7]

Unit None

Default value 5

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





Uplink signal strength threshold(DropLowSigStrULThs)

Full name Uplink signal strength threshold

Abbreviation DropLowSigStrULThs

3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None

DescriptionOn call drops, if uplink level is not more than thisthreshold, it measures as call drop due to low uplinklevel.


Value Range [0, 63]

Unit None

Default value 12

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Downlink signal strength threshold(DropLowSigStrDLThs)

Full name Downlink signal strength threshold

Abbreviation DropLowSigStrDLThs

3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None



DescriptionOn call drops, if downlink level is not more thanthis threshold, it measures as call drop due to lowdownlink level.


Value Range [0, 63]

Unit None

Default value 12

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Excessive TA threshold(DropExcessiveTAThs)

Full name Excessive TA threshold

Abbreviation DropExcessiveTAThs

3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None

Description

On call drops, if the distance (represented by TAvalue) between MS and network is not less than thisthreshold, it measures as call drop due to too distantTA.


Value Range [0, 63]

Unit None

Default value 20

Change mode Offline





Relationship None



Baseband FrequencyHopping TRX ExchangeParametersThe interface of Baseband Frequency Hopping TRX ExchangeParameters for system control is shown in Figure 91.

FIGURE 91 BASEBAND FREQUENCY HOPPING TRX EXCHANGE PARAMETERS



Baseband frequency hopping TRXexchange support (Info_0_1)

Full name Baseband frequency hopping TRX exchange support


3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None

Description

It indicates whether baseband hopping TRX exchangeis supported. If a TRX fails in baseband hopping set,the system automatically removes failed TRX fromhopping set. If the failed TRX restores, move it intooriginal hopping set.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Baseband Frequency hopping TRXExchange scan timer (Info_1_0)

Full name Baseband Frequency hopping TRX Exchange scantimer


3GPP Name None



3GPPreference None

DescriptionIt identifies the exchange period required byperiodically scanning the TRX of baseband frequencyhopping.



Unit 100 ms

Default value 3000

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Baseband frequency hopping TRXconfiguration timer (Info_1_16)

Full name Baseband frequency hopping TRX configuration timer


3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None

DescriptionAfter baseband hopping exchange, you shall updatethe configuration for the site. This parameter definesthe timer to wait for response from the site.



Unit 100 ms

Default value 1800



Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Baseband frequency hoppingTRX exchange check delay timer(Info_2_0)

Full name Baseband frequency hopping TRX exchange checkdelay timer


3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None

Description

When detecting the exchange is required for basebandhopping TRX, the system may delay for a periodto check if the exchange is required again. Thisparameter defines the delay period.



Unit 100 ms

Default value 600

Change mode Offline



Relationship None





GPRS Operation ControlParametersThe interface of Operation Control Parameters for system con-trol is shown in Figure 92.

FIGURE 92 GPRS OPERATION CONTROL PARAMETERS

Two phase access (TwoPhaseAccess)

Full name Two phase access

Abbreviation TwoPhaseAccess

3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None



Description This parameter indicates whether the two phaseaccess mode is used forcedly.


Value Range Yes/No

Unit None

Default value Yes

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Send radio status to SGSN(GBMsgSndInd_0)

Full name Send radio status to SGSN

Abbreviation GBMsgSndInd_0

3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None

Description

This parameter indicates whether to send the radiostatus message to SGSN. The message is sent in thefollowing cases:

1. MS is not in the coverage range, the message con-taining the cause "radio connection with MS is dis-connected".

2. Radio quality is too poor, the message containingthe cause "radio quality is not good".

3. The network side requires MS to perform cell re-selection, the message containing the cause "cellreselection command".

4. The network side can not require MS to performcell reselction or internal rerouting, the messagecontaining the cause "preparing for cell reselec-tion".



5. PCCO fails, the message containing the cause "cellreselection failure".



Value RangeYes/No

0: No; 1: Yes

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Send LLC discard to SGSN(GBMsgSndInd_1)

Full name Send LLC discard to SGSN

Abbreviation GBMsgSndInd_1

3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None

Description

This parameter indicates whether to send discardedLLC frame to SGSN. When this parameter is set as'Yes', the message is sent to notify SGSN of thedeleted LLC frame in the cell.



Value RangeYes/No

0: No; 1: Yes

Unit None



Default value Yes

Change mode Offline



Relationship None



Threshold of quality in radio status(RadStaQuaThs)

Full name Threshold of quality in radio status

Abbreviation RadStaQuaThs

3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None

Description

After N3105 overflows, the radio status message issent to SGSN. The radio status message containstwo types of cause to SGSN: 0 and 1. 0 indicatesthe radio connection with MS is disconnected, and 1indicates the radio quality is poor. Whether the causevalue is 0 or 1 depends on the result of comparingthis parameter's value and the radio quality containedin the downlink ack message.



Value Range [0, 31]

Unit None

Default value 8

Change mode Offline





Relationship None



Send packet TBF release to MSwhen BSS abnormal (PacketTBFRel)

Full name Send packet TBF release to MS when BSS abnormal

Abbreviation PacketTBFRel

3GPP Name None

3GPPreference None

Description

When the network side becomes abnormal, thisparameter is used to decide whether the TBF releasemessage should be sent to MS.



Value RangeYes/No

0: No; 1: Yes

Unit None

Default value No

Change mode Offline



Relationship None




A p p e n d i x A

Flow Control PolicyValues

Over-loadLevel

BarredClassNum-ber

Rxlev_Acces-s_Min

Pen-altyTime

CellselectOffset

Tx-in-teger

Max-Re-trans

0 0 0 0 0 0 0

1 0 0 0 0 1-1(255)

2 0 1 0 0 2-2(254)

3 1 2 0-2(254) 3

-3(253)

4 2 3 0-3(253) 4

-3(253)

5 3 4 0-4(252) 4

-3(253)

6 4 4 0-4(252) 4

-3(253)

7 5 4 11111-3(253) 4

-3(253)

8 6 4 11111-2(254) 4

-3(253)

9 7 4 11111-1(255) 4

-3(253)

10 8 4 11111 0 4-3(253)

11 9 4 11111 0 4-3(253)

12 10 4 11111 0 4-3(253)


A p p e n d i x B

Power Values

GSM900 GSM1800

Value

MS OutputPower(dBm) Value

MS OutputPower(dBm)

0 ~ 2 39 29 36

3 37 30 34

4 35 31 32

5 33 0 30

... ... ... 1 28

16 11 ... …

17 9 13 4

18 7 14 2

19~31 5 15 ~ 28 0


A p p e n d i x C

Cell Layer NumberValues

Adjacent Cell

Cur-rentCell

Sec-toralCell

GSM900MMacroCell

GSM900MMicroCell

GSM1800MMacroCell

GSM1800MMicroCell

PicoCell

SectoralCell N N N N N N

GSM900MMacroCell N SAME LOWER N LOWER LOWER

GSM900MMicroCell N UPPER SAME UPPER N LOWER

GSM1800MMacroCell N N LOWER SAME LOWER LOWER

GSM1800MMicroCell N UPPER N UPPER SAME LOWER

Pico Cell N UPPER N UPPER N N


A p p e n d i x D

CorrespondingRelationship betweenParameter Interface andDatabase Values

The following introduces the corresponding relationship betweenthe parameter interface and parameter values in the database.

Table of ContentsBSC Global Resource Parameters Interface.......................... 855GERAN External Cell Parameters........................................ 863UTRAN External Cell Parameters ........................................ 863Cell Parameters............................................................... 864Cell Object Parameters ..................................................... 875

BSC Global ResourceParameters InterfaceBasic Property Parameters

� Support MNC 3 digits (MNC3Digits)

Interface Value Database Value

2 digits 0

3 digits 1

� Net Type (Net)


CTCN 1

CMCN 2




China Unicom CommunicationNetwork (CUCN) 3

Railway Telecom Network (RLTN) 4

China Netcom (CNC) 5

National Farm Transition Net-work (NFTN) 6

Network 7 7

Network 8 8

� SP Type (SpType)


Signaling End Point (SEP) 1

Signaling Transfer Point (STP) 2

Signaling terminal end point(STEP) 3

� Is TC Type (TCType)


Inner TC 0

Outer TC 1

� Global time zone (GlobalTimeZone)


(GMT-12:00) Enewetak, Kwaja-lein Island -720

(GMT-11:30) Midway Island, Sa-moan Islands -690

(GMT-11:30) Midway Island, Sa-moan Islands -660

(GMT-10:30) Hawaii -630

(GMT-10:00) Hawaii -600

(GMT-09:30) Alaska -570

(GMT-09:00) Alaska -540

(GMT-08:30) Western StandardTime (USA and Canada) -510


Appendix D Corresponding Relationship between ParameterInterface and Database Values


(GMT-08:00) Western StandardTime (USA and Canada) -480

(GMT-07:30) Arizona -450

(GMT-07:00) Arizona -420

(GMT-06:30) Mexico -390

(GMT-06:00) Mexico, Saskatch-ewan -360

(GMT-05:30) Bogota, Lima -330

(GMT-05:00) Bogota, Lima,Eastern Standard Time (USAand Canada) -300

(GMT-04:30) San Diego -270

(GMT-04:00) San Diego -240

(GMT-03:30) Newfoundlander -210

(GMT-03:00) Brasilia, BuenosAires -180

(GMT-02:30) Mid-Atlantic -150

(GMT-02:00) Mid-Atlantic -120

(GMT-01:30) Cape Verde Is-lands, Azores Islands -90

(GMT-01:00) Cape Verde Is-lands, Azores Islands -60

(GMT-0:30) Greenwich MeanTime, London -30

(GMT) Greenwich Mean Time,London 0

(GMT-0:30) Greenwich MeanTime, London 30

(GMT+01:00) Berlin, Roman,Paris 60

(GMT+01:30) Berlin, Roman,Paris 90

(GMT+02:00) Helsinki, Cairo,Athens 120

(GMT+02:30) Helsinki, Cairo,Athens 150

(GMT+03:00) Baghdad, Kuwait,Riyadh, Moscow 180




(GMT+03:30) Teheran 210

(GMT+04:00) Baku, Tbilisi 240

(GMT+04:30) Kabul 270

(GMT+05:00) Islamabad, Kara-chi 300

(GMT+05:30) Calcutta, Madras,Bombay, New Delhi 330

(GMT+06:00) Alma-ata, Dacca 360

(GMT+06:30) Rangoon 390

(GMT+07:00) Bangkok, Dja-karta 420

(GMT+07:30) Bangkok, Dja-karta 450

(GMT+08:00) Beijing 480

(GMT+08:30) Beijing 510

(GMT+09:00) Seoul, Tokyo 540

(GMT+09:30) Adelaide, Darwin 570

(GMT+10:00) Canberra, Mel-bourne, Sydney, Guam 600

(GMT+10:30) Canberra, Mel-bourne, Sydney, Guam 630

(GMT+11:00) Magadan, The So-lomon Islands 660

(GMT+11:30) Magadan, The So-lomon Islands 690

(GMT+12:00) Wellington, Mar-shall Islands 720

(GMT+12:30) Wellington, Mar-shall Islands 750

(GMT+13:00) Nuku'alofa 780

Radio Basic Property Parameters

� DCS1800/PCS1900 supported (FuncExt)




DCS1800 0

PCS1900 1

� MSC version ID (MSCVer)


Release 98 or older 0

Release 99 or newer 1

Other Parameters

� Preferred speech version (half) (PreferSpeechVer)

PreferSpeechVer is a jointed field in the database, half-rateis jointed with full-rate. Jointing mode: adding by bit aftershifting

PreferSpeechVer = (PreferSpeechVer_0<<2) + Prefer-SpeechVer_1

PreferSpeechVer _0: half-rate

PreferSpeechVer _1: full-rate

Note:

In this manual, the shift jointing mode is expressed by aformula. For instance, (PreferSpeechVer_0<<2) + Prefer-SpeechVer_1, meaning the value of PreferSpeechVer_0 isshifted two bits to left and jointed with the value of Prefer-SpeechVer_1.


Not specify the preferred version 0

Half-rate version 1 1

Half-rate version 3 3

� Preferred speech version (full) (PreferSpeechVer)

PreferSpeechVer is a jointed field in the database, half-rateis jointed with full-rate. Jointing mode: adding by bit aftershifting

PreferSpeechVer = (PreferSpeechVer_0<<2) + Prefer-SpeechVer_1

PreferSpeechVer _0: half-rate



PreferSpeechVer _1: full-rate


Not specify the preferred version 0

Full-rate version 1 1



� TFOControl

TFOControl is a jointed field in the database. Joining mode:adding by bit after shifting

TFOControl = (TFOControl_3<<3) + (TFOControl_2<<2) +(TFOControl_1<<1) + TFOControl _0.

TFOControl_0: TFO Enabled

TFOControl_1: coding/decoding type optimization enabled

TFOControl_2: coding/decoding type unmatched enabled

TFOControl_3: AMR optimization mode

AMR Half Method Parameters

� Initial codec mode (IsAmrlCM)

IsAmrICM is a jointed field in database. AMR half-rate is jointedwith AMR full-rate. Jointing mode: IsAmrICM (full) + IsAm-rICM (half), jointed by string.


Initial codec mode 0

Startmode codec 1

� Start mode (AmrStartMode)

AmrStartMode is a jointed field in database. AMR half-rate isjointed with AMR full-rate. Jointing mode: AmrStartMode (full)+ AmrStartMode (half), jointed by string.

� Enable noise control (IsAmrNscb)

IsAmrNscb is a jointed field in database. AMR half-rate isjointed with full-rate. Jointing mode: IsAmrNscb (full) + IsAm-rNscb (half), jointed by string.

� Thresholds of AMR (AmrThresholds)

AmrThresholds is a jointed field in database. AMR half-rate isjointed with full-rate. Jointing mode: AmrThresholds (full) +AmrThresholds (half), jointed by string from top to bottom.

� Hysteresis of AMR (AmrHysteresis)



AmrHysteresis is a jointed field in database. AMR half-rate isjointed with full-rate. Jointing mode: AmrHysteresis (full) +AmrHysteresis (half), jointed by string from top to bottom.

AMR Full Method Parameters

� Initial codec mode (IsAmrlCM)

IsAmrICM is a jointed field in database. AMR half-rate is jointedwith AMR full-rate. Jointing mode: IsAmrICM (full) + IsAm-rICM (half), jointed by string.


Initial codec mode 0

Startmode codec 1

� Start mode (AmrStartMode)

AmrStartMode is a jointed field in database. AMR half-rate isjointed with AMR full-rate. Jointing mode: AmrStartMode (full)+ AmrStartMode (half), jointed by string.

� Enable noise control (IsAmrNscb)

IsAmrNscb is a jointed field in database. AMR half-rate isjointed with full-rate. Jointing mode: IsAmrNscb (full) + IsAm-rNscb (half), jointed by string.

� Thresholds of AMR (AmrThresholds)

AmrThresholds is a jointed field in database. AMR half-rate isjointed with full-rate. Jointing mode: AmrThresholds (full) +AmrThresholds (half), jointed by string from top to bottom.

� Hysteresis of AMR (AmrHysteresis)

AmrHysteresis is a jointed field in database. AMR half-rate isjointed with full-rate. Jointing mode: AmrHysteresis (full) +AmrHysteresis (half), jointed by string from top to bottom.

GPRS Other Parameters 1

� Cn

Cn is a jointed field in the database. Jointing mode: jointed bystring from top to bottom.

� Nn

Nn is a jointed field in the database. Jointing mode: jointedby string from top to bottom.

� Xn

Xn is a jointed field in the database. Jointing mode: jointed bystring from top to bottom.



GPRS Other Parameters 2

� NACC supported (NACCSupport)


Not support NACC 0

Support NACC, not support LLCframework conversion 1

Support NACC, also support LLCframework conversion. 2

� BSC's net operation mode (NMO)


Network Operation Mode 1 0



� Downlink TBF retry (DITBFRetry)


Not retry 0

Retry 1 times 1

Retry 2 times 2

EDGE Parameters

� SGSN version ID (SGSNVer)


Release 98 or older 0

Release 99 or newer 1

� R99 Ind (R99Ind)


non-R99 version 0

R99 version 1



GERAN External CellParameters� Cell type (CellType)


Umbrella cell 0

Macro Cell 1

Micro cell 2

Pico Cell 3

Extended range cell 4

� Frequency band (FreqBand)


GSM900 0

EXT900 1

DCS1800 2

PCS1900 4

GSM850 7

UTRAN External CellParameters� UTRAN cell type (CellType3G)


FDD 0

TDD 1

� UTRAN cell Band width(BandWidth3G)


0 (3.84Mcps) 0

1 (1.28Mcps) 1



Cell ParametersBasic Parameters 1

� Cell type (CellType)


Umbrella cell 0

Macro Cell 1

Micro cell 2

Pico Cell 3

Extended range cell 4

� Frequency band (FreqBand)


GSM900 0

EXT900 1

DCS1800 2

PCS1900 4

GSM850 7

� Frequency band of subCell (SubFreqBand)


GSM900 0

EXT900 1

DCS1800 2

PCS1900 4

GSM850 7

� GPRS service supported (PsSupport)




No 0

GPRS service support 1

Support EDGE 2

� Common control channel configuration (CcchConf)


CCCH uses one physical channel,not combined with SDCCH 0

One basic physical channel usedby CCCH, use with SDCCH 1

Two basic physical channelsused by CCCH, do not use withSDCCH 2

Three basic physical channelsused by CCCH, do not use withSDCCH 4

Four basic physical channelsused by CCCH, do not use withSDCCH 6

Basic Parameters 2

� AMR codec adjust mode (AmrAdjMode)


AMR rapid speed mode 0

Adjustment interval for configu-ration 1

Other Parameters

� CipherMode

CipherMode is a jointed field in the database, consisted of Ci-pherMode-0 ~ CipherMode-7. Jointing mode: jointed by stringfrom top to bottom.



System Parameters

� InterfBoundary

It is a jointed field in database, consisting of InterfBoundary_0~ InterfBoundary_5. Jointing mode: jointed by string from topto bottom.

GPRS Other Params1 Parameters

� SI13 sending position (Si13Locate)


BCCH Norm 0

BCCH Ext 1

� Packet access priority threshold (PriAcThr)


Disallow packet access 1

Allow packet access with the pri-ority level 1 2

Allow packet access with the pri-ority level 1-2 3



Allow priority 6

GPRS Cell Options Parameters

� T3168


0.5 0

1 1

1.5 2

2 3




2.5 4

3 5

3.5 6

4 7

� T3192


500 0

1000 1

1500 2

0 3

80 4

120 5

160 6

200 7

� DRX mode holding time (DrxTimeMax, s)


0 0

1 1

2 2

4 3

8 4

16 5

32 6

64 7

� Packet control acknowledgment type (CtraCKType)


4 access burst 0

RLC/MAC control block 1



� Access burst type (AccessType)


8 bits 0

11 bits 1

� N3102 decrease step (PanDec)


4 0

8 1

12 2

16 3

20 4

24 5

28 6

32 7

� N3102 increase step (PanInc)


4 0

8 1

12 2

16 3

20 4

24 5

28 6

32 7

� N3102 MAX (PanMax)


4 0

8 1

12 2




16 3

20 4

24 5

28 6

32 7

� GPRS Phone Init Coding

GPRS Phone Init Coding is a jointed field in the database. Joint-ing mode: 1*16Kbps+2~4*16Kbps jointed by string.

� GPRS phones init code can be changed (InitAttachExch_0)

InitAttachExch is a jointed field in database. Jointing mode:adding InitAttachExch_0 by bit after shifting bit, that is, (Ini-tAttachExch_1<<1)+InitAttachExch_0).

InitAttachExch_0: GPRS phones init code can be changed dy-namically.

InitAttachExch_1: EGPRS phones init code can be changed

GPRS NC Survey Parameters

� Packet Idle mode (NcRepPerI, s)


0.48 0

0.96 1

1.92 2

3.84 3

7.68 4

15.36 5

30.72 6

61.44 7

� Packet transmission mode (NcRepPerT, s)


0.48 0

0.96 1




1.92 2

3.84 3

7.68 4

15.36 5

30.72 6

61.44 7

� Network control order (CtrlOrder)


NC0 0

NC1 1

NC2 2

� NC hold time in non-drx mode (NcNoDrxPer, s)


No non-DRX mode 0

0.24 1

0.48 2

0.72 3

0.96 4

1.2 5

1.44 6

1.92 7

� Extended measurement report order (ExMeaOrder)


EM0 0

EM1 1

� Type of extended measurement report (ExtRepType)




Type 1 0

Type 2 1

Type 3 2

� Report period of extended measurement (ExtRepPer, s)


60 0

120 1

240 2

480 3

960 4

1920 5

3840 6

7680 7

GPRS Power Control Parameters

� Power control measurement channel (PcMeasChan)


BCCH 0

PDCH 1

GPRS Cell Reselection Parameters

� Cell reselection offset(ReselOffset)

ReselOffset is a jointed field in database by ReselOff_0 andReselOff_1. Jointing mode: ReselOff_0 + ReselOff_1 jointedby string.

� Temporary offset of cell reselection(TempOffset)

TempOffset is a jointed field in database by TempOffset_0 andTempOffset_1. Jointing mode: TempOffset_0 + TempOffset_1jointed by string.




0 0

10 1

20 2

30 3

40 4

50 5

60 6

Large infinite 7

� Penalty time of cell reselection(PenalTime)

PenalTime is a jointed field in database by PenalTime_0 andPenalTime_1. Jointing mode: PenalTime_0 + PenalTime_1jointed by string.

� Interval of reselecting the same cell(T_Resel)

T_Resel is a jointed field in database by T_Resel_0 andT_Resel_1. Jointing mode: T_Resel_0 + T_Resel_1 jointed bystring.


5 0

10 1

15 2

20 3

30 4

60 5

120 6

300 7

� Threshold of HCS signal level(HCS_Thr)

HCS_Thr is a jointed field in database by HCS_Thr_0 andHCS_Thr_1. Jointing mode: HCS_Thr_0+HCS_Thr_1 jointedby string.

� HCS priority(PrioClass)

PrioClass is a jointed field in database by PrioClass_0 and Prio-Class_1. Jointing mode: PrioClass_0 + PrioClass_1 jointed bystring.

� C31 hysteresis(C31_Hyst)



C31_Hyst is a jointed field in database by C31_Hyst_0 andC31_Hyst_1. Jointing mode: C31_Hyst_0 + C31_Hyst_1jointed by string.

� GPRS cell reselection hysteresis(ReselHys)

ReselHys is a jointed field in database by ReselHys_0 and Re-selHys_1. Jointing mode: ReselHys_0 + ReselHys_1 jointedby string.

� Routing reselection hysteresis (RaReselHys)

RaReselHys is a jointed field in database by RaReselHys_0 andRaReselHys_1. Jointing mode: RaReselHys_0 + RaReselHys_1jointed by string.

� Random access attempt permitted (RadAcRetry)

RadAcRetry is a jointed field in database by RadAcRetry_0 andRadAcRetry_1. Jointing mode: RadAcRetry_0 + RadAcRetry_1jointed by string.

� Usage of cell reselection offset (C32_Qual)

C32_Qual is a jointed field in database by C32_Qual_0 andC32_Qual_1. Jointing mode: C32_Qual_0+C32_Qual_1jointed by string.

� GPRS access minimal signal level (RxLevAsMin)

RxLevAsMin is a jointed field in database by RxLevAsMin_0and RxLevAsMin_1. Jointing mode: RxLevAsMin_0 + RxLevAs-Min_1 jointed by string.

� HCS exist (HCS_Exist)

HCS_Exist is a jointed field in database by HCS_Exist_0 andHCS_Exist_1. Jointing mode: HCS_Exist_0+HCS_Exist_1jointed by string.

� GPRS MAX initial access signal level (MsTxMaxCch)

MsTxMaxCch is a jointed field in database by MsTxMaxCch_0and MsTxMaxCch_1. Jointing mode: MsTxMaxCch_0 + MsTx-MaxCch_1 jointed by string.

GPRS Channel Parameters

� Interval range of packet access attempt (TxInt)


2 0

3 1

4 2

5 3

6 4

7 5




8 6

9 7

10 8

12 9

14 10

16 11

20 12

25 13

32 14

50 15

� Interval period of packet access attempt (S)


12 0

15 1

20 2

30 3

41 4

55 5

76 6

109 7

163 8

217 9

� MAX Times of Attempt(MaxRetrans)

MaxRetrans is a jointed field in database. Jointing mode:jointed by string from top to bottom.


1 0

2 1

4 2

7 3



� Access Control Level(AccCtrlClass)

AccCtrlClass is a jointed field in database. Jointing mode:jointed by string from top to bottom.

� Access Persist Level(PersistLev)

PersistLev is a jointed field in database. Jointing mode: jointedby string from top to bottom.

EDGE Parameters

� EGPRS Phone Init Coding (EGPRSInitAttSelt)

It is a jointed field in the database. Jointing mode: jointed bystring from top to bottom.


MCS1 0

MCS2 1

MCS3 2

MCS4 3

MCS5 4

MCS6 5

MCS7 6

MCS8 7

MCS9 8

Cell Object ParametersTRX Information Parameters

� TRX type (TrxType)


Common TRX 0

Extended TRX 1

� Static power level (PwRreduction)




Max output power 0

Max output power -2dB 1






Max output power +1.5dB 253

Max output power +1dB 254

Max output power +0.5dB 255

Channel Information Parameters

� TS Channel Combination


TCH/F 0

TCH/H(0, 1)+FACCH/H(0,1)+SACCH/TH(0, 1) 1

TCH/H(0, 0)+FACCH/H(0,1)+SACCH/TH(0, 1)+TCH/H(0,1) 2

SDCCH/8+SACCH/C8 3

FCCH+SCH+BCCH+CCCH 4

BCCH+SDCCH/4 5

BCCH+CCCH 6

BCCH+SDCCH/4+CBCH 7

SDCCH+CBCH 8

PBCCH+PCCCH+PDTCH+PACC-H+PTCCH 12

PCCCH+PDTCH+PACCH+PTCCH 13

PDTCH+PACCH+PTCCH 14

� Ps Service Preference Property




No preference 255

GPRS preference 0

EDGE preference 1

EDGE exclusion 2

EGPRS2–A Preference 3

EGPRS2–A dedicated 4

Power Control Parameters

� Power Control Level and PwrDecrLimit

They form a jointed field in database. Jointing mode: jointedby string from top to bottom.

� Increase uplink level Threshold (PcULInclLevThsThs), Value P(PcULInclLevThsP), and Value N (PcULInclLevThsN)

They form a jointed field in database. Jointing mode: jointedby string from top to bottom, according to the sequence: FR,HR, AMR FR, AMR HR.

� Decrease uplink level Threshold (PcULRedLevThsThs), Value P(PcULRedLevThsP), and Value N (PcULRedLevThsN)


� Increase uplink quality Threshold (PcULInclQualThsThs), ValueP (PcULInclQualThsP), and Value N (PcULInclQualThsN)


� Decrease uplink quality Threshold (PcULRedQualThsThs),Value P (PcULRedQualThsP), and Value N (PcULRedQualThsN)


� Increase downlink level Threshold (PcDLInclLevThsThs), ValueP (PcDLInclLevThsP), and Value N (PcDLInclLevThsN)


� Decrease downlink level Threshold (PcDLRedLevThsThs), ValueP (PcDLRedLevThsP), and Value N (PcDLRedLevThsN)




� Increase downlink quality Threshold (PcDLInclQualThsThs),Value P (PcDLInclQualThsP), and Value N (PcDLInclQualThsN)


� Decrease downlink quality Threshold (PcDLRedQualThsThs),Value P (PcDLRedQualThsP), and Value N (PcDLRedQualThsN)


� Power increasing step (db) (PwrIncStep)

It is a jointed field in database. Jointing mode: jointed bystring from top to bottom, according to the sequence: FR, HR,AMR FR, AMR HR.

� Power decreasing step (db) (PwrRedStep)


� MAX power level of MS (MsTxPwrMax)


� MIN power level of MS (MsTxPwrMin)


� MIN power level of BS (BxTxPwrMin)


� MIN interval of power control (PcMinlnterval)


Handover Control Parameters

� Frequency control value for handover on traffic (TrafficHoFre-qrCtl)


GSM900 0

EXT900 1

DCS1800 2




PCS1900 4

GSM850 7

� HoPatternInd

HoPatternInd is a jointed field. Jointing mode: addition by bitafter shift.

HoPatternInd=(HoPatternInd4<<3)+(HoPatternInd3<<2)+(HoPatternInd2<<1)+ HoPatternInd1

HoPatternInd1: Synchronization handover

HoPatternInd2: Asynchronization handover

HoPatternInd3: Pseudo-synchronization handover

HoPatternInd4: Pre-synchronization handover

� HoControl

HoControl is a jointed field. Jointing mode: adding by bit aftershifting:

HoControl=(HoControl18<<17)+(HoControl17<<16)+(Ho-Control16<<15)+(HoControl15<<14)+(HoControl14<<13)+(HoControl13<<12)+(HoControl12<<11)+(HoCon-trol11<<10)+(HoControl10<<9)+(HoControl9<<8)+(Ho-Control8<<7)+(HoControl7<<6)+(HoControl6<<5)+(Ho-Control5<<4)+(HoControl4<<3)+(HoControl3<<2)+(Ho-Control2<<1)+HoControl1

HoControl1: Allow SDCCH handover

HoControl2: Allow inter-cell handover due to uplink interfer-ence

HoControl3: Allow inter-cell handover due to downlink inter-ference

HoControl4: Allow handover due to distance

HoControl5: Allow standard PBGT handover

HoControl6: Allow automatic handover based on traffic

HoControl7: Allow handover based on direction

HoControl8: Allow handover based on homocentric circularity

HoControl9: Allow intra-cell handover in super TRX channeldue to downlink interference

HoControl10: Allow intra-cell handover in super TRX channeldue to uplink interference

HoControl11: Allow adjacent cells handover in super TRX chan-nel due to PBGT

HoControl12: Allow dynamic adjustment of handover priority

HoControl13: Allow rapid handover

HoControl14: Allow Macro-Micro delay handover

HoControl15: Allow Micro-Macro delay handover

HoControl16: Allow internal handover based on TA



HoControl17: Allow force transfer handover

HoControl18: Subcell handover algorithm

� Subcell handover algorithm (HoControl18)


Concentric handover 0

Path loss and TA handover 1

UTRAN Cell Control Parameters

� Measurement threshold of UE performing GPRS UTRAN cell(Qsearch_P)

Qsearch_P is a jointed field in database. Jointing mode:Qsearch_P_0+Qsearch_P_1 jointed by string.

Qsearch_P_0: idle state

Qsearch_P_1: packet transmission state

� FDD GPRS reselection offset (FDD_GPRS_Qoffset)

FDD_GPRS_Qoffset is a jointed field in database. Jointingmode: FDD_GPRS_Qoffset_0+FDD_GPRS_Qoffset_1 jointedby string.

FDD_GPRS_Qoffset_0: idle state

FDD_GPRS_Qoffset_1: packet transmission state

� TDD GPRS reselection offset (TDD_GPRS_Qoffset)

TDD_GPRS_Qoffset is a jointed field in database. Jointingmode: TDD_GPRS_Qoffset_0+TDD_GPRS_Qoffset_1 jointedby string.

TDD_GPRS_Qoffset_0: idle state

TDD_GPRS_Qoffset_1: packet transmission state

� PS MIN Ec/No of UTRAN reselecting cell

FDD_QminPS is a jointed field in database. Jointing mode:FDD_QminPS_0+FDD_QminPS_1 jointed by string.

FDD_QminPS_0: idle state

FDD_QminPS_1: packet transmission state

� Offset of FDD_QminPS_0(FDD_Qmin_OffsetPS)

FDD_Qmin_OffsetPS is a jointed field in database. Joint-ing mode: FDD_Qmin_OffsetPS_0+FDD_Qmin_OffsetPS_1jointed by string.

FDD_Qmin_OffsetPS_0: idle state

FDD_Qmin_OffsetPS_1: packet transmission state

� PS MIN RSCP of UTRAN reselecting cell (FDD_RSCPminPS)

FDD_RSCPminPS is a jointed field in database. Jointing mode:FDD_RSCPminPS_0+FDD_RSCPminPS_1 jointed by string.



FDD_RSCPminPS_0: idle state

FDD_RSCPminPS_1: packet transmission state

� Measurement report threshold of Ec/No or RSCP(FDDRprt-Tho2PS)

FDDRprtTho2PS is a jointed field in database. Jointing mode:FDDRprtTho2PS_0+FDDRprtTho2PS_1 jointed by string.

FDDRprtTho2PS_0: idle state

FDDRprtTho2PS_1: packet transmission state

UTRAN Handover ControlParameters

� UTRAN handover (ServiceHo)


Handover to UTRAN first 0

Not handover to UTRAN first 1

Not allow to handover to UTRAN 2

According to MSC, default hand-over to UTRAN first 3

According to MSC, default nothandover to UTRAN first 4

According to MSC, default not al-lowed to handover to UTRAN 5

� FDD/TDD handover (FDDTDDPrio)


Priority to FDD 0

Handover to TDD cell should beperformed 1

Adjacent Cell Handover andReselection Parameters

� Neighboring cell layer (NCellLayer)




Undefined 0

Same layer of the home cell 1

Upper layer of the home cell 2

Lower layer of the home cell 3

Adjacent Cell Handover Parameters

� Neighboring cell layer (NCellLayer)


Undefined 0

Same layer of the home cell 1

Upper layer of the home cell 2

Lower layer of the home cell 3

Frequency Hopping SystemParameters

� Frequency hopping mode (FreqHopMode)


Base band freqhop 1

RFID freqhop 2


Figures

Figure 1 Starting NE Agent .................................................. 3

Figure 2 Selecting NE Management > Configuration

Management.................................................... 3

Figure 3 Configuration Management Interface ........................ 4

Figure 4 Selecting Apply Mutex Right ................................. 5

Figure 5 Information Dialog Box......................................... 5

Figure 6 Successfully Applying Mutex Right ............................ 5

Figure 7 Selecting Release Mutex Right .............................. 6

Figure 8 Selecting Export Network Plan Data...................... 6

Figure 9 Selecting MOC to Be Exported.................................. 7

Figure 10 Selecting Attributes to Be Exported for MOC............. 8

Figure 11 Selecting File Type to Be Exported .......................... 8

Figure 12 Setting Saving Path and File Name for Data ............. 9

Figure 13 Parameter Data.................................................... 9

Figure 14 Selecting Batch Apply Network Plan Data...........11

Figure 15 Selecting File Type to Be Imported.........................11

Figure 16 Applying Network Planning Data in Batch................12

Figure 17 Radio Basic Property Parameters ...........................16

Figure 18 Other Parameters ................................................27

Figure 19 Channel Allocation Control Parameters ...................44

Figure 20 Timer 1 Parameters .............................................56

Figure 21 Timer 2 Parameters .............................................73

Figure 22 GPRS Max Retrying Times Parameters ....................94

Figure 23 GPRS Timer Parameters ..................................... 105

Figure 24 AMR Half Method Parameters .............................. 122

Figure 25 AMR Full Method Parameters............................... 128

Figure 26 GPRS Other Parameters 1................................... 134


Figure 28 BVC Flow Control Parameters .............................. 153

Figure 29 FUC Flow Control Map Parameters........................ 163

Figure 30 EDGE Parameters .............................................. 170

Figure 31 eMLPP Set ........................................................ 179

Figure 32 Ater Timer Parameters ....................................... 201



Figure 33 Basic Property Parameters for GERAN External

Cell................................................................ 212

Figure 34 GPRS Property Parameters for GERAN External

Cell................................................................ 221

Figure 35 UTRAN External Cell Parameters .......................... 240

Figure 36 Basic Parameters 1 ............................................ 252



Figure 39 Optional Parameters .......................................... 311

Figure 40 Cell Selection Parameters ................................... 324

Figure 41 Service Process Additional Parameters.................. 335

Figure 42 System Parameters............................................ 350

Figure 43 Other Parameters .............................................. 358

Figure 44 GPRS Basic Parameters ...................................... 366




Figure 48 GPRS Cell Options Parameters............................. 419

Figure 49 GPRS NC Survey Parameters............................... 431

Figure 50 GPRS Power Control Parameters .......................... 441

Figure 51 GPRS Cell Reselection Parameters........................ 447

Figure 52 GPRS Channel Parameters .................................. 476

Figure 53 EDGE Parameters .............................................. 490

Figure 54 TRX Information Parameters ............................... 500

Figure 55 Channel Information Parameters ......................... 509

Figure 56 IP Parameters ................................................... 519

Figure 57 Panel Parameters .............................................. 522

Figure 58 Power Control Parameters................................... 526

Figure 59 Power Survey Parameters ................................... 529

Figure 60 Power Adjustment Threshold Parameters .............. 538


Figure 62 GPRS Power Control Parameters .......................... 553

Figure 63 Handover Pretreatment Parameters ..................... 558

Figure 64 Handover Threshold Parameters .......................... 568

Figure 65 Handover Condition Parameters........................... 580

Figure 66 Handover Control Parameters.............................. 594


Figure 68 Handover Algorithm Parameters .......................... 618

Figure 69 Subcell Parameters ............................................ 631

Figure 70 Basic Properties 1 Parameters ............................. 637


Figures




Figure 74 GPRS Parameters 1............................................ 682

Figure 75 GPRS Parameters 2............................................ 695

Figure 76 Adjacent Interference Cell Parameters.................. 708

Figure 77 Adjacent Cell Handover and Reselection

Parameters ..................................................... 710

Figure 78 Adjacent Cell Handover Parameters...................... 730

Figure 79 Adjacent Cell Reselection Parameters ................... 745

Figure 80 UTRAN Adjacent Cell Handover and Reselection

Parameters ..................................................... 748

Figure 81 UTRAN Adjacent Cell Handover Parameters ........... 755

Figure 82 UTRAN Adjacent Cell Reselection Parameters......... 761

Figure 83 Frequency Hopping System Parameters ................ 765

Figure 84 Operation Control Parameters ............................. 772

Figure 85 FUC Parameters ................................................ 802

Figure 86 Handover Parameters of BCCH ............................ 807

Figure 87 Handover Parameters of SD ................................ 813


Figure 89 IBS Parameters ................................................. 833

Figure 90 Performance Management Parameters.................. 834

Figure 91 Baseband Frequency Hopping TRX Exchange

Parameters ..................................................... 840

Figure 92 GPRS Operation Control Parameters..................... 844


Glossary

3GPP- 3rd Generation Partnership Project

AMR- Adaptive Multiple Rate

Abis- Abis Interface between BSC and BTS

BCCH- Broadcast Control CHannel

BER- Bit Error Rate

BSC- Base Station Controller

BSS- Base Station System

BTS- Base Transceiver Station

CHR- Call History Record

DSP- Digital Signal Processor

DTX- Discontinuous Transmission

FACCH- Fast Associated Control Channel

FER- Frame Error Rate

FUC- Frame Unit Controller

GERAN- GSM/EDGE Radio Access Network

GSM- Global System for Mobile Communication

MR- Meaturement Report

MS- Mobile Station

MSC- Mobile Switching Center

NSS- Network Subsystem

SDCCH- Stand alone Dedicated Control Channel



TCH- Traffic Channel

TCP- Transfer Control Protocol

TDD- Time Division Duplex

TDMA- Time Division Multiple Access

TRX- Transmitter and Receiver

TS- Time Slot


ibscbase station controller radio parameter reference

Documents

zte corporationno

zte corporationor

distribution ofthis

bss radio parameters

bsc function parameters

revision historyrevision

service marks

product names